Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 22, 2014

Registration No. 333-195024

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

PBF Logistics LP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   4610   35-2470286

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Jeffrey Dill, Esq.

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Michael Swidler

Adorys Velazquez

 

Todd E. Lenson

Jordan M. Rosenbaum

 

William M. Hartnett

Douglas S. Horowitz

Vinson & Elkins LLP
666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
New York, New York 10103
Telephone: (212) 237-0000
 

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Telephone: (212) 806-5400

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Telephone: (212) 701-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

  Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x   Smaller reporting company  ¨   
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated April 22, 2014

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

LOGO

PBF Logistics LP

            Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units representing limited partner interests. We are offering            common units in this offering. We currently expect that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per common unit. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We have been approved to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBFX,” subject to official notice of issuance. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, are eligible for reduced reporting requirements.

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21.

These risks include the following:

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units.

 

   

On a pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on any of our common units and subordinated units for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

   

We have no operating history and, accordingly, you will have a limited basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

 

   

PBF Energy Inc., our sponsor, accounts for all of our revenues. Therefore, we are subject to the business risks of our sponsor. If our sponsor changes its business strategy, fails to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements with it for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes throughput at our facilities, our revenues could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

 

   

Each of our commercial agreements and our operation and management services and secondment agreement with our sponsor contains provisions that allow our counterparty to such agreement to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under such agreement in certain circumstances, including events of force majeure, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

 

   

All of our revenues are generated at two facilities. Any adverse development at either facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

 

   

Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.

 

   

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $        per common unit.

 

   

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional amounts of entity level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

 

   

Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

 

     Per Common Unit    Total

Public offering price

   $                                     $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $    $

Proceeds to PBF Logistics LP (before expenses) (1)

   $    $

 

  (1) Excludes an aggregate structuring fee equal to         % of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC. Please read “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional            common units on the same terms and conditions as set forth above.

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any common units purchased by these persons as they will on any other common units sold to the public in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                    , 2014, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Barclays   UBS Investment Bank

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities

Prospectus dated                 , 2014.


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Delaware City Rail Terminal

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     21   

Risks Related to Our Business

     21   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     42   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     52   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     57   

CAPITALIZATION

     58   

DILUTION

     59   

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     61   

General

     61   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     62   

Subordinated Units

     63   

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

     64   

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending June 30, 2015

     66   

Significant Forecast Assumptions

     69   

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     73   

Distributions of Available Cash

     73   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

     73   

Capital Expenditures

     75   

Subordination Period

     76   

Distributions from Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

     78   

Distributions from Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

     78   

General Partner Interest

     78   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     78   

Percentage Allocations of Distributions from Operating Surplus

     79   

PBF Energy’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     79   

Distributions from Capital Surplus

     82   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     83   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     83   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     86   

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

     88   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     89   

Overview

     89   

How We Generate Revenue

     89   

How We Evaluate Our Operations

     90   

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results

     91   

Other Factors That Will Significantly Affect Our Results

     92   

Results of Operations

     93   

Capital Resources and Liquidity

     94   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     103   

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     104   

BUSINESS

     105   

Overview

     105   

 

i


Table of Contents

Our Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

     109   

Our Relationship with PBF Energy

     110   

Industry Overview

     111   

Our Asset Portfolio

     112   

PBF Energy’s Refining Operations

     112   

Competition

     115   

Safety and Maintenance

     115   

Insurance

     115   

Terminal Control Operations

     116   

Environmental Regulation

     116   

Seasonality

     116   

Title to Properties and Permits

     117   

Facilities

     117   

Employees

     118   

Legal Proceedings

     118   

MANAGEMENT

     119   

Management of PBF Logistics LP

     119   

Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner

     120   

Board Leadership Structure

     122   

Board Role in Risk Oversight

     122   

Committees of the Board of Directors

     122   

Executive Compensation

     123   

Long-Term Incentive Plan

     123   

Director Compensation

     126   

Administrative Services Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

     127   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     128   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     132   

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

     132   

Agreements Governing the Transactions

     133   

Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

     136   

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

     140   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     141   

Conflicts of Interest

     141   

Fiduciary Duties

     145   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     148   

The Units

     148   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     148   

Transfer of Common Units

     148   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     150   

Organization and Duration

     150   

Purpose

     150   

Cash Distributions

     150   

Capital Contributions

     150   

Voting Rights

     151   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     152   

Limited Liability

     152   

Issuance of Additional Interests

     153   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     154   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     156   

Dissolution

     156   

 

ii


Table of Contents

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     157   

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

     157   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     158   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

     158   

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

     158   

Change of Management Provisions

     159   

Limited Call Right

     159   

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

     160   

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

     160   

Meetings; Voting

     160   

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

     161   

Status as Limited Partner

     161   

Indemnification

     161   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     162   

Books and Reports

     162   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     163   

Registration Rights

     163   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     164   

Rule 144

     164   

Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights

     164   

Lock-Up Agreements

     165   

Registration Statement on Form S-8

     165   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     166   

Taxation of the Partnership

     166   

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

     168   

Tax Treatment of Operations

     172   

Disposition of Units

     173   

Uniformity of Units

     175   

Tax-Exempt Entities and Other Investors

     176   

Administrative Matters

     177   

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

     178   

INVESTMENT IN PBF LOGISTICS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     179   

UNDERWRITING

     180   

VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS

     188   

EXPERTS

     188   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     188   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     190   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    
F-1
  

APPENDIX A—FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PBF LOGISTICS LP

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INDUSTRY TERMS

     B-1   

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

iii


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the common units offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.

For investors outside the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common units representing limited partner interests and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 and the historical and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an initial public offering price of $             per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (2) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units.

Unless otherwise noted, references in this prospectus to “PBF Logistics,” “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the businesses and assets of PBF MLP Predecessor as described in “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” beginning on page 17, our predecessor for accounting purposes, also referenced as “our predecessor,” and when used in the present tense or prospectively, refer to PBF Logistics LP and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “PBF Holding” are to PBF Holding Company LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, other than us. References to “PBF LLC” refer to PBF Energy Company LLC, and to “PBF Energy” or “our sponsor” refer to PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation and managing member of PBF LLC, which trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBF,” and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries, including PBF LLC and PBF Holding. References to our “general partner” are to PBF Logistics GP LLC, the general partner of PBF Logistics and a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF LLC. References to affiliates of our sponsor are to PBF Energy’s subsidiaries, excluding us, our general partner and our subsidiary.

PBF Logistics LP

Overview

We are a fee-based, growth-oriented, traditional Delaware master limited partnership recently formed by PBF Energy to own or lease, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined petroleum products terminals, pipelines, storage facilities and similar logistics assets. We receive, handle and transfer crude oil from sources located throughout the United States and Canada for PBF Energy in support of its three refineries located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Our initial assets consist of a light crude oil rail unloading terminal at the Delaware City refinery that also services the Paulsboro refinery (which we refer to as the “Delaware City Rail Terminal”), and a crude oil truck unloading terminal at the Toledo refinery (which we refer to as the “Toledo Truck Terminal”) that are integral components of the crude oil delivery operations at all three of PBF Energy’s refineries. We generate revenue by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil. We do not take ownership of or receive any payments based on the value of the crude oil that we handle and do not engage in the trading of any commodities. As a result, we have no direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.

At the closing of this offering, all of our revenue will be derived from long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with subsidiaries of PBF Energy, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows. Our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum quarterly volume commitments, inflation escalators and an initial term of seven years.

We intend to seek opportunities to grow our business by acquiring additional logistics assets from PBF Energy and third parties and through organic growth, including by potentially constructing new assets and increasing the utilization of our existing assets. We were formed by PBF Energy to be the primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We expect that PBF Energy will serve as a critical source of our future growth by providing us with opportunities to purchase additional logistics assets that it currently owns

 

1


Table of Contents

or may acquire or develop in the future. PBF Energy owns and operates a substantial portfolio of associated logistics assets supporting its three refineries. Upon consummation of this offering, PBF Energy will grant us certain rights to use assets it owns and a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain or that it may acquire or construct in the future. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

PBF Energy is one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. It sells its products throughout the Northeast and Midwest of the United States, and in other regions of the United States and Canada, and is able to ship products to other international destinations. PBF Energy currently owns and operates three domestic oil refineries with a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 barrels per day (“bpd”) and a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to maintain stable and predictable cash flows and to grow the quarterly distributions paid to our unitholders. We intend to achieve these objectives through the following business strategies:

 

   

Generate Stable, Fee-Based Cash Flow. We intend to generate stable revenues by providing traditional logistics services to PBF Energy and third-parties pursuant to long-term, fee-based contracts. In any new service contracts we may enter into, we will endeavor to negotiate minimum volume commitments similar to those included under our current commercial agreements with PBF Energy.

 

   

Grow Through Acquisitions. We were formed by PBF Energy to be the primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We expect to pursue strategic acquisitions independently and jointly with PBF Energy that complement and grow our asset base. PBF Energy has also granted us a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering. In addition, PBF Energy may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that it may acquire or construct in the future. For example, PBF Energy is currently expanding its approximate 40,000 bpd heavy crude oil unloading terminal at its Delaware City refinery to approximately 80,000 bpd. This project is expected to be completed by the end of the third quarter of 2014 and we may have an opportunity to purchase this terminal if desired. Furthermore, we believe that our current asset base and our knowledge of the refining logistics sector will allow us to identify third-party acquisitions that will provide compelling returns to our unitholders.

 

   

Pursue Organic Growth Initiatives. We intend to pursue organic growth projects with our sponsor that complement and expand our existing operational footprint. We will examine projects that arise from the growth of PBF Energy’s refining operations and from third-party activity in our areas of operation. For example, PBF Energy is positioning its Toledo refinery to be able to receive crude oil from the Utica Shale by truck when output becomes available, which would provide us with an opportunity to expand throughput volumes at our Toledo Truck Terminal. PBF Energy also is currently pursuing an expansion project at its Toledo refinery that will increase its tank storage capacity from approximately 3.4 million barrels to 3.9 million barrels.

 

   

Seek to Optimize Our Existing Assets and Pursue Third-Party Volumes. We intend to enhance the profitability of our existing assets by increasing throughput volumes from PBF Energy, attracting third-party volumes, improving operating efficiencies and managing costs.

 

   

Maintain Safe, Reliable and Efficient Operations. We are committed to maintaining and improving the safety, reliability, environmental compliance and efficiency of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee

 

2


Table of Contents
 

training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. For example, we believe our and our sponsor’s operations comply with the recently enacted emergency orders governing shipments of petroleum crude oil transported by rail. We believe these objectives are integral to maintaining stable cash flows and are critical to the success of our business.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Relationship with PBF Energy . One of our key strengths is our relationship with PBF Energy. We will serve as PBF Energy’s primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We believe that PBF Energy will be incentivized to grow our business as a result of its significant indirect economic interest in us, including 100% ownership of our general partner, a     % limited partnership interest in us and all of our incentive distribution rights. In particular, we expect to benefit from the following aspects of our relationship with PBF Energy:

 

  Acquisition Opportunities. Under the omnibus agreement, PBF Energy has granted us a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering and may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that it may acquire or construct in the future. We also expect to jointly pursue strategic acquisitions with PBF Energy that complement and grow our asset base.

 

  Strength of PBF Energy’s Refining Business . PBF Energy’s Delaware City, Paulsboro and Toledo refineries have a combined throughput capacity of 540,000 bpd, making PBF Energy the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. PBF Energy’s refineries provide it with buying power advantages, and it benefits from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries. In addition, its refinery assets are located in high-demand regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity.

 

  Access to Operational and Industry Expertise . We expect to benefit from PBF Energy’s extensive operational, commercial and technical expertise, as well as its industry relationships throughout the midstream and downstream value chain, as we look to optimize and expand our existing asset base.

 

   

Stable Cash Flows Supported by Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts with Minimum Volume Commitments. We will initially generate all of our revenue under long-term, fee-based contracts with PBF Energy. Each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum volume commitments and will have fees adjusted for changes in the Producer Price Index and any increase in our operating costs for providing such services under such agreements, thereby providing us with stable and predictable minimum cash flows.

 

   

Strategically Located and Highly Integrated Assets. Our logistics assets are integral to the operations of PBF Energy’s refineries. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal currently receives a substantial portion of the light crude oil processed by the Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries, and the Toledo Truck Terminal provides important feedstock supply infrastructure for the Toledo refinery.

 

   

High-Quality, Well-Maintained Asset Base. We continually invest in the maintenance and integrity of our assets and have developed various programs to help us efficiently monitor and maintain the assets. We employ an asset integrity program, which focuses on risk analysis, assessment, inspection, preventive measures, repair and data integration to provide reliable operations and to prevent, control and mitigate unintentional releases of hazardous materials. We also have developed and use industrial processes to monitor and control our operations. In addition, our Delaware City Rail Terminal commenced operations in February 2013 and requires a relatively small amount of maintenance capital expenditure, relative to peers with older assets.

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Financial Flexibility. We believe that we will have the financial flexibility to execute our growth strategy through access to the debt and equity capital markets, as well as the approximately $300.0 million of available capacity under our revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into at the closing of this offering.

 

   

Experienced Management and Operations Teams with a Demonstrated Track Record of Acquiring, Integrating and Operating Logistics Assets. Both our management and our operations teams have significant experience in the management and operation of logistics assets and the execution of expansion and acquisition strategies. Our management team has a proven track record of working together successfully to operate refining and logistics assets and to execute expansion and acquisition strategies, including while previously at Tosco Corporation and Premcor Inc.

Our Assets and Operations

Our initial assets include:

 

   

Delaware City Rail Terminal. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal is a light crude oil rail unloading terminal which commenced operations in February 2013 and serves our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery and Paulsboro refinery delivered by barge by our sponsor. It is capable of discharging up to 105,000 bpd and has a double-loop track, which can hold up to two 100-car unit trains. The terminal is capable of unloading a single unit train in approximately 14 hours. An expansion project is underway that will increase the Delaware City Rail Terminal’s unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd in the third quarter of 2014. The operational flexibility afforded by the rail terminal has the potential to enhance the profitability at both refineries by allowing the refineries to optimize their respective crude oil slates. The Delaware City Rail Terminal allows our sponsor’s East Coast refineries to source crude oil from Western Canada and the Midcontinent, which currently provide significant cost advantages compared to international crude oil that has historically been processed at our sponsor’s East Coast refineries and that is priced off of Brent. Our sponsor’s East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd.

 

   

Toledo Truck Terminal. Our Toledo Truck Terminal serves our sponsor’s Toledo refinery. The Toledo Truck Terminal has unloading capacity of 15,000 bpd. PBF Energy acquired the Toledo refinery in 2011 and has added additional truck crude oil unloading capabilities that provide feedstock sourcing flexibility for the refinery and enable Toledo to run a more cost-advantaged crude oil slate. The Toledo refinery processes light, sweet crude oil and has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd.

Logistics Assets Owned by PBF Energy

We believe that our relationship with PBF Energy should provide us with a number of potential future growth opportunities, including the potential to acquire assets to which PBF Energy has granted us a right of first offer for a period of 10 years after the closing of this offering and, under certain circumstances, a purchase option. The assets subject to our right of first offer are traditional logistics assets of PBF Energy that are critical to supporting its core refining operations and include the following:

 

   

Delaware City Storage Facility . The Delaware City Storage Facility has approximately 10.0 million barrels of total storage capacity, with 3.6 million barrels dedicated to crude oil and feedstock storage and the remaining 6.4 million barrels allocated to finished, intermediate and other products.

 

   

Delaware City Heavy Crude Oil Terminal . The Delaware City Heavy Crude Oil Terminal includes a heavy crude oil unloading facility at the Delaware City refinery with total throughput capacity of approximately 40,000 bpd. Additionally, PBF Energy recently announced a project to add approximately 40,000 bpd of incremental heavy crude oil unloading capability at the Delaware City refinery. PBF Energy expects this project to be completed by the end of the third quarter of 2014,

 

4


Table of Contents
 

bringing total heavy crude oil throughput capacity at the facility to 80,000 bpd. We may have an opportunity to purchase this terminal if desired.

 

   

Delaware City Marine Terminal . In addition to receiving crude oil feedstock from the Delaware City Rail Terminal, the Delaware City refinery receives crude oil via ship and barge at docks located on the Delaware River. The marine terminal is also used to ship and receive various petroleum finished and intermediate products. The Delaware City Marine Terminal consists of three berths of which two have vapor recovery capabilities.

 

   

Delaware City Products Pipeline . The Delaware City Products Pipeline consists of a 23.4 mile, 16-inch interstate petroleum products pipeline with 125,000 bpd of capacity and generally operates at approximately 40-60% of capacity. The pipeline transports refined petroleum products from the Delaware City refinery to Sunoco Logistics’ Twin Oaks pump station at Delaware County, PA, with connections to Buckeye’s Laurel pipeline and Sunoco Logistics’ northeast pipeline systems that serve Western Pennsylvania and New York.

 

   

Delaware City Truck Rack. The Delaware City Truck Rack is a 10-bay, 76,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located at PBF Energy’s Delaware City refinery and is utilized to distribute gasoline and distillates.

 

   

Delaware City LPG Rack. The Delaware City LPG Rack at PBF Energy’s Delaware City refinery consists of a six-rail car loading and unloading LPG facility.

 

   

Paulsboro Storage Facility. The Paulsboro Storage Facility has approximately 7.5 million barrels of total storage capacity at PBF Energy’s Paulsboro refinery with 2.1 million barrels dedicated to crude oil and feedstock storage and the remaining 5.4 million barrels allocated to finished products and intermediates.

 

   

Paulsboro Marine Terminal. The Paulsboro Marine Terminal facilitates the receipt of crude oil and feedstocks for the Paulsboro refinery located on the Delaware River. The terminal also ships and receives intermediate and finished petroleum products. In the spring of 2013, PBF Energy commenced transporting some of the crude oil delivered by rail from Delaware City to its Paulsboro refinery via barge. The Paulsboro Marine Terminal consists of two berths with vapor recovery capabilities.

 

   

Paulsboro Rail Terminal. The Paulsboro Rail Terminal at the Paulsboro refinery is used to transport refined products such as lube oils to various locations throughout the Northeast and other regions in the United States.

 

   

Toledo Storage Facility. The Toledo Storage Facility services the Toledo refinery and consists of 29 tanks for storing crude oil, refined products and intermediates. The aggregate capacity of the storage facility is approximately 3.4 million barrels, of which 0.8 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage and 2.6 million barrels are allocated to refined products and intermediates. PBF Energy is currently pursuing an expansion project to increase the aggregate capacity of the storage facility to 3.9 million barrels.

 

   

Toledo LPG Truck Rack. The Toledo LPG Truck Rack at the Toledo refinery consists of 27 propane storage bullets and a truck loading facility and has a throughput capacity of approximately 5,000 bpd.

We refer to the assets listed above as our “right of first offer assets” and our rights related to them as our “right of first offer.” We believe that these assets would be appropriate candidates for future sales by PBF Energy to us, although PBF Energy is under no obligation to sell such assets to us. We have not included any potential future acquisitions in our budgeted capital expenditures for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Our Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with subsidiaries of PBF Energy, under which we will provide various logistics services to PBF

 

5


Table of Contents

Energy’s refineries. Each of these agreements will include minimum volume commitments, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows, and will have fees adjusted for changes in the Producer Price Index and any increase in our operating costs for providing such services.

In addition to the benefits we expect to receive from our agreements with PBF Energy, we also anticipate that our relationship with PBF Energy will provide us with growth opportunities. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement pursuant to which we will agree upon certain aspects of our relationship with PBF Energy and our general partner, including PBF Energy providing to us certain centralized administrative services and employees, our reimbursement of our general partner and its affiliates for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred on our behalf, including the cost of providing such services and employees, and certain indemnification obligations and other matters. Prior to making any distributions on our common units, in addition to our reimbursement of our general partner and its affiliates for such costs, we will pay an annual fee of $2.3 million to PBF Energy for the provision of such services pursuant to the omnibus agreement. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Under the omnibus agreement, PBF Energy will grant us a right of first offer on the right of first offer assets and may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that PBF Energy may acquire or construct after this offering. In addition, our commercial agreements provide us with an option to purchase certain assets at PBF Energy’s Delaware City and Toledo refineries related to our business in the event PBF Energy permanently shuts down either the Delaware City refinery or the Toledo refinery. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions.”

In addition, in connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with our general partner and PBF Energy, pursuant to which PBF Energy will provide us the use of its contractors, and employees through secondments, so that we can provide services back to PBF Energy under our commercial agreements. In addition to providing employees under the operation and management services and secondment agreement, PBF Energy will provide to us certain infrastructure-related services. Prior to making any distribution on our common units, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to PBF Energy for the provision of such services pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions.”

Our Relationship with PBF Energy

PBF Energy is the indirect parent entity of PBF Holding, which serves as the parent company for PBF Energy’s refinery operating subsidiaries. PBF Energy’s three refineries are located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Its Midcontinent refinery at Toledo processes light, sweet crude oil, has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. The majority of Toledo’s WTI based crude oil is delivered via pipelines that originate in both Canada and the United States. Since the acquisition of the Toledo refinery in 2011, PBF Energy has added additional truck and rail crude oil unloading capabilities that provide feedstock sourcing flexibility for the refinery and enable Toledo to run a more cost-advantaged crude oil slate. Its East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd and Nelson Complexity Indices of 11.3 and 13.2, respectively. These high conversion refineries have historically processed primarily medium and heavy, sour crudes and have historically received the bulk of their feedstock via ships and barges on the Delaware River. The Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries also receive light crude oil via the Delaware City Rail Terminal which commenced operations in February 2013, enhancing the flexibility and profitability of both refineries.

PBF Energy is the sole managing member of PBF LLC and operates and controls all of its business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries, including PBF Holding. PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate PBF Energy’s business.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2014, PBF Energy’s sole asset is a controlling economic interest of approximately 71.9% in PBF LLC, with the remaining 28.1% of the economic interests in PBF LLC held by funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, and First Reserve Management, L.P., or First Reserve, and our executive officers and directors and certain employees (we refer to the holders of the remaining interests in PBF LLC as “the members of PBF LLC other than PBF Energy”). The public stockholders of PBF Energy have approximately 71.9% of the voting power in PBF Energy, and the members of PBF LLC other than PBF Energy have the remaining approximately 28.1% of the voting power in PBF Energy. As a result, Blackstone and First Reserve and the other members of PBF LLC are able to significantly influence PBF Energy. Blackstone and First Reserve are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our partnership agreement contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by Blackstone or First Reserve. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—Blackstone and First Reserve through their ownership of units of PBF LLC have substantial influence or control over PBF LLC, and their interests may differ from those of PBF LLC, us and our public unitholders.”

Following the closing of this offering, PBF Energy, through its ownership in PBF LLC, will retain a significant interest in us. PBF LLC owns 100% of our general partner and all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle it to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter after the closing of our initial public offering. In addition, PBF Energy, through its ownership in PBF LLC, will own             common units and             subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us. Our general partner will own a noneconomic general partner interest in us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

While our relationship with PBF Energy is a significant strength, it is also a source of potential conflicts. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business (including PBF Energy’s business and creditworthiness), our regulatory and legal matters, our limited partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors.”

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

We were formed in February 2013 by PBF Energy to own or lease, operate, develop and acquire crude oil, refined products and similar logistics assets. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will acquire from PBF Holding (1) a 100% interest in Delaware City Terminaling, which owns the Delaware City Rail Terminal, and (2) the Toledo Truck Terminal.

At the closing of this offering the following transactions, which we refer to as the formation transactions, will occur:

 

   

Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“DCR”), a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF Holding, distributes all of the interests in Delaware City Terminaling and Toledo Refining distributes the Toledo Truck Terminal, in each case, to PBF Holding.

 

   

PBF Holding contributes (i) all of the interests in Delaware City Terminaling and (ii) the Toledo Truck Terminal to us in exchange for (a)              common units and              subordinated units representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in us, (b) all of our incentive distribution rights, (c) the right to receive distributions from us as reimbursement for certain preformation capital expenditures attributable to the contributed assets, (d) the right to receive the distribution of $65.0 million and (e) the right to

 

7


Table of Contents
 

either (A) receive up to an additional              common units representing a     % limited partner interest in us, (B) receive a cash distribution if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised, or (C) a combination of both (A) and (B), and in connection with the foregoing, we will redeem PBF Holding’s initial partner interests in us for $1,000.

 

   

We will issue              common units to the public in this offering, representing a     % limited partner interest in us, and will apply the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

   

PBF Holding distributes to PBF LLC (i) its interest in our general partner, (ii) the common units, subordinated units and incentive distribution rights, (iii) the right to receive a distribution as reimbursement for certain preformation capital expenditures, (iv) the right to receive the distribution of $65.0 million and (v) the right to receive additional common units and/or cash depending on whether the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised in whole or in part.

 

   

We will borrow approximately $65.0 million of term debt and use the proceeds to make a distribution to PBF LLC.

 

   

We will enter into a new $ 300.0 million revolving credit facility, which will remain undrawn at the closing of this offering.

 

   

We will enter into long-term commercial agreements with PBF Energy.

 

   

We and our general partner will enter into an omnibus agreement with PBF LLC and PBF Holding.

 

   

We, our general partner and our subsidiary will enter into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with PBF Energy.

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to             additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the remaining common units, if any, will be issued to PBF LLC at the expiration of the option period. Any such units issued to PBF LLC will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, PBF LLC will own     % of the common units and the public will own     % of the common units. Please read “Underwriting.” If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $        . The net proceeds received in connection with any exercise of such option will be used to purchase a corresponding amount of additional U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures. In addition, we will borrow under our term loan an amount equal to the net proceeds received upon any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and distribute the proceeds of such borrowing to PBF LLC.

Ownership of PBF Logistics LP

After giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised, all of our incentive distribution rights will be held indirectly by PBF Energy and our units will be held as follows:

 

Public Common Units (1)(2)

  

PBF Energy Units:

  

Common Units

  

Subordinated Units

  

Non-Economic General Partner Interest

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The following diagram depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure, as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering.

LOGO

 

(1) Includes up to             common units that may be purchased by certain of our directors, officers and related persons pursuant to direct sales or a directed unit program, as described in more detail in “Underwriting—Direct Sales to Insiders and Directed Unit Program.”
(2) Includes              common units that will be issued to PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC), for no additional consideration, at the expiration of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to             additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be sold to the public instead of being issued to PBF Energy. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, PBF Energy will own     % of the common units and the public will own     % of the common units.

 

9


Table of Contents

Management of PBF Logistics LP

We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner, PBF Logistics GP LLC. PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC) owns all of the ownership interests in our general partner and is entitled to appoint the entire board of directors of our general partner. Our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly participate in our management or operations. All of the initial officers and a majority of the initial directors of our general partner are also officers of PBF Energy. For information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

Under the NYSE listing requirements, the board of directors of our general partner is required to have at least three independent directors meeting the NYSE’s independence standards within twelve months of the date of this prospectus. At the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will be comprised of seven directors, including three directors meeting the NYSE’s independence standards. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

In order to maintain operational flexibility, certain of our operations will be conducted through, and certain of our operating assets will be owned by, various operating subsidiaries. However, neither we nor our subsidiaries will have any employees. Our general partner has the sole responsibility for providing the personnel necessary to conduct our operations. All of the personnel that will conduct our business immediately following the closing of this offering will be employed or contracted by our general partner and its affiliates, and certain specified employees of PBF Energy may be seconded to our general partner and its affiliates to provide operating, maintenance and other services with respect to the assets owned and operated by us. Such employees will be under our direction, supervision and control. We sometimes refer to these individuals in this prospectus as our employees because they provide services directly to us.

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054, and our telephone number is (973) 455-7500. Our website will be www.pbflogistics.com. We expect to make available our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission free of charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on, or accessible through, our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Duties

Our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it subjectively believes is in our best interests. However, because our general partner is a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF LLC, the officers and directors of our general partner also have duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, PBF LLC. Additionally, all of our initial executive officers and the majority of our initial directors are officers of PBF Energy. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between our general partner and its affiliates, including PBF Energy, on the one hand, and us and our common unitholders, on the other hand. For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest of our general partner, please read “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest.”

Delaware law provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership. Pursuant to these provisions, our partnership agreement contains various provisions replacing the fiduciary duties

 

10


Table of Contents

that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing the duties of the general partner and the methods of resolving conflicts of interest. The effect of these provisions is to restrict the remedies available to our common unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. Our partnership agreement also provides that, subject to the provisions contained in the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner, including PBF Energy and its affiliates, are permitted to compete with us. We may enter into additional agreements in the future with PBF Energy and its affiliates relating to the purchase of additional assets from them, the provision of certain services to us by them and other matters. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, PBF Energy and its affiliates are not held to a fiduciary duty standard of care to us, our general partner or our limited partners, but rather to the standard of care specified in these agreements. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each common unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

For a description of our other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during its last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

an ability to provide only two years of audited financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

an exemption to provide fewer than five years of selected financial data in an initial public offering registration statement;

 

   

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

no requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements;

 

   

reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

delayed adoption of certain accounting standards.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or through such earlier date that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common units held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. In this prospectus, we have taken advantage of the reduced disclosure obligations described above, except we have elected to opt out of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards (this election is irrevocable). We may choose to take advantage of this and other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide you may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public

            common units, or             common units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

            common units and             subordinated units, representing a     % and     % limited partner interest in us, respectively. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to             additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise will be sold to the public, and any remaining common units not purchased by the underwriters pursuant to any exercise of the option will be issued to PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC) at the expiration of the option period for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. In addition, our general partner will own a noneconomic general partner interest in us and PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC) will own all of our incentive distribution rights.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses, to be approximately $         million. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering:

 

   

to distribute approximately $15.0 million to PBF LLC to reimburse it for certain capital expenditures incurred prior to the closing of this offering with respect to the contributed assets;

 

   

to pay debt issuance costs of approximately $4.5 million related to our new revolving credit facility and term loan facility;

 

   

to purchase $65.0 million in U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures; and

 

   

to retain approximately $5.0 million for general partnership purposes.

 

  We will also borrow $65.0 million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units) under our term loan and distribute the proceeds of such borrowings to PBF LLC.

 

  At the closing of this offering, we will also enter into a new $300.0 million revolving credit facility which will remain undrawn at the closing.

 

 

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to            additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the remaining common units, if any, will be

 

12


Table of Contents
 

issued to PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC) at the expiration of the option period. Any such units issued to PBF Energy will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.” If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $        . The net proceeds received in connection with any exercise of such option will be used to purchase a corresponding amount of additional U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures. In addition, we will borrow under our term loan an amount equal to the net proceeds received upon any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and use the proceeds to make a distribution to PBF LLC. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Cash distributions

We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we generate sufficient earnings. However, since it will be our policy to set our distributions based on the level of success of our operations, the actual amount of cash we will distribute on our common and subordinated units will depend principally on the amount of earnings we can generate from our operations. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

  We will adjust the amount of our distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014, based on the actual length of that period.

 

  Our partnership agreement generally provides that we will make our distribution, if any, each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , 100% to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $         plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , 100% to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $         ; and

 

   

third , 100% to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unit has received a distribution of $        .

 

 

If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per unit in any quarter, the holders of our incentive distribution rights will receive increasing percentages, up to 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions.” In certain circumstances, PBF Energy, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, will have the right to reset

 

13


Table of Contents
 

the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels at which the incentive distributions receive increasing percentages of the cash we distribute to higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of this reset election. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

 

  Prior to making distributions, we will pay PBF Energy an annual fee of initially $2.3 million for the provision of centralized administrative services and reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including PBF Energy, for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred on our behalf pursuant to the omnibus agreement. In addition, prior to making distributions, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to PBF Energy for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions.”

 

  Pro forma cash available for distribution during the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately $33.2 million. The amount of cash we will need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on our common units and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after this offering will be approximately $         (or an average of approximately $         per quarter). As a result, we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on any of our common units or subordinated units for the year ended December 31, 2013. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ended December 31, 2013.”

 

  We believe that, based on the financial forecasts and related assumptions included under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015,” we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to make cash distributions for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, at the minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit per quarter ($              per unit on an annualized basis) on all common units and subordinated units outstanding immediately after closing of this offering. However, our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during the forecast period may vary from the forecast.

 

Subordinated units

PBF Energy (through its ownership in PBF LLC) will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not

 

14


Table of Contents
 

entitled to receive any distribution of available cash until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. If we do not pay distributions on our subordinated units, our subordinated units will not accrue arrearages for those unpaid distributions.

 

Conversion of subordinated units

The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (i) $         (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common and subordinated unit, for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after March 31, 2017, or (ii) $         (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit, in addition to any distribution made in respect of the incentive distribution rights, for any four-consecutive-quarter period ending on or after March 31, 2015, in each case provided that there are no arrearages on our common units at that time. In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if the units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.

 

  When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

 

Issuance of additional units

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional units without the approval of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

 

Limited voting rights

Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, holders of our common units will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Holders of our common units will not have the right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, including any common and subordinated units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon closing of this offering, PBF Energy will own an aggregate of approximately     % of our common and subordinated units (or     % of our common and subordinated units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). This will give PBF Energy the ability to prevent the involuntary removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

 

15


Table of Contents

Limited call right

If at any time PBF Energy and its controlled affiliates own more than 80% of the outstanding common units, PBF Energy will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units at a price not less than the then-current market price of the common units, as calculated in accordance with our partnership agreement.

 

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2016, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of U.S. federal taxable income for that period that will be approximately     % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $         per common unit, we estimate that your average allocable taxable income per year will be no more than approximately $         per common unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions.”

 

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences

For a discussion of other material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Directed unit program

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the common units being offered by this prospectus for sale to the directors and executive officers of our general partner and certain other employees and consultants of our sponsor and certain other participants who have expressed an interest in purchasing common units in the offering. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved common units, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of common units available to the general public. Please read “Underwriting—Direct Sales to Insiders and Directed Unit Program.”

 

New York Stock Exchange listing

We have been approved to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBFX,” subject to official notice of issuance.

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering, or              common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering.

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The following table shows summary historical combined financial and operating data of PBF MLP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes, and summary pro forma combined financial data of PBF Logistics LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. Our summary historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 are derived from the audited combined financial statements of our predecessor appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

PBF MLP Predecessor consists of the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Delaware City Rail Terminal assets, operated and held by Delaware City Terminaling, a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of PBF Holding, which such entity is to be conveyed to us in connection with this offering, and the Toledo Truck Terminal. The historical financial data include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the contributed assets.

The summary pro forma combined financial data presented in the following table for the year ended December 31, 2013 are derived from the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of PBF Logistics LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering and the related formation transactions occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of January 1, 2013. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data give effect to, the following:

 

   

PBF Holding’s contribution of all of our initial assets and operations, including Delaware City Terminaling and the Toledo Truck Terminal to us;

 

   

our entry into a new $300.0 million revolving credit facility, which will remain undrawn at the closing of this offering;

 

   

$65.0 million of borrowings under our term loan facility;

 

   

our entry into long-term commercial agreements with PBF Energy and recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements as discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy”;

 

   

our entry into an omnibus agreement with PBF LLC and PBF Holding;

 

   

our entry into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with PBF Energy;

 

   

the consummation of this offering and our issuance of common units to the public and common units, subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights to PBF LLC; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowings under our new term loan, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The pro forma combined financial data do not give effect to the estimated $4.0 million in incremental annual general and administrative expense we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.

 

17


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, which we use in our business as a measure of performance and liquidity. For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

 

    PBF MLP
Predecessor Historical
    PBF Logistics LP
Pro  Forma
 
    Year Ended
December 31,

2013
    Year Ended
December  31,

2013
 
          (unaudited)  
   

(in thousands, except per unit data

and operating information)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

   

Net revenues

  $      $ 50,625   

Cost of goods sold

             

Operating expenses

    6,024        6,408   

General and administrative expenses

    1,834        3,200   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,032        1,032   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (8,890     39,985   

Interest expense, net

           (2,395
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (8,890   $ 37,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common unitholders interest in net income

   

Subordinated unitholders interest in net income

   

Pro forma net income per common unit

   

Pro forma net income per subordinated unit

   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

   

Marketable securities

  $

  
  $ 65,000   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    29,996        29,996   

Total assets

    29,996        104,496   

Total debt, including current maturities

           65,000   

Total liabilities

    499        65,000   

Total net investment/partners’ equity

    29,497        39,496   

Cash Flow Data:

   

Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (7,858  

Cash flows used in investing activities

    (11,654  

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

    19,512     

Other Financial Data:

   

EBITDA (1)

  $ (7,858   $ 41,017   

Capital expenditures:

   

Maintenance

  $     

Expansion

    7,471     
 

 

 

   

Total

  $ 7,471     
 

 

 

   

Operating Information:

   

Delaware City Rail Terminal throughput (kbpd)

    69.7     

Toledo Truck Terminal throughput (kbpd)

    5.4     

 

(1) For a definition of EBITDA and reconciliations to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.

 

18


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is a supplemental financial measure that management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies may use, to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to those of other publicly traded partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our partners;

 

   

our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA provides information useful to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash from operations or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, because EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Some of the limitations of EBITDA are:

 

   

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the asset being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements; and

 

   

EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness.

 

19


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

     PBF MLP
Predecessor  Historical
    PBF Logistics LP
Pro Forma
 
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
           (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

  

Net income (loss)

   $ (8,890   $ 37,590   

Add:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,032        1,032   

Interest expense, net

            2,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ (7,858   $ 41,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (7,858  
  

 

 

   

EBITDA

   $ (7,858  
  

 

 

   

 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from shares of capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in similar businesses. We urge you to carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in us.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our sponsor accounts for all of our revenues. Therefore, we are subject to the business risks of our sponsor. If our sponsor changes its business strategy, fails to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes throughput at our facilities, our revenues could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

For the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2013, our sponsor accounted for 100% of our pro forma revenues. Our sponsor is our sole customer of our logistics services. Our sponsor has historically operated our logistics assets to support its refineries and not as a stand-alone business. As we expect to continue to derive all of our revenues from our sponsor for the foreseeable future, we are subject to the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance by our sponsor under our commercial agreements. If our sponsor were to significantly decrease its use of our logistics assets, because of business or operational difficulties or strategic decisions by management, it is unlikely that we would be able to utilize any additional capacity as a result of this decreased use to service third-party customers without substantial capital outlays and delays, if at all, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, any event, whether in our areas of operation or otherwise, that materially and adversely affects our sponsor’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may adversely affect our ability to sustain or increase cash distributions to our unitholders. Accordingly, we are subject to the operational and business risks of our sponsor, including:

 

   

supply, demand, prices and other market conditions for our sponsor’s products;

 

   

the effects of competition in our sponsor’s markets;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates and capital costs;

 

   

adverse developments in our sponsor’s relationship with both its key employees and unionized employees;

 

   

our sponsor’s ability to operate its business efficiently, manage capital expenditures and costs (including general and administrative) effectively and generate earnings and cash flow;

 

   

our sponsor’s substantial indebtedness and other contractual obligations and restrictive covenants related thereto that may adversely affect our sponsor’s operational flexibility;

 

   

the risk of contract cancellation, non-renewal or failure to perform by our sponsor’s suppliers, customers or other counterparties, and our sponsor’s inability to replace such contracts and/or suppliers, customers or other counterparties;

 

   

termination of our sponsor’s inventory intermediation and crude oil acquisition agreements could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, as our sponsor would be required to finance its refined products inventory covered by the agreements; additionally, our sponsor is obligated to repurchase from the counterparty all volumes of products located at its Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage tanks upon termination of these agreements;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

our sponsor’s obligations under its tax receivable agreement for certain tax benefits it may claim, and in particular that our sponsor’s assumptions regarding such payments are subject to change due to various factors outside of its control;

 

   

our sponsor’s expectations and timing with respect to its acquisition and capital improvements activity;

 

   

disruptions due to equipment interruption or failure at our sponsor’s facilities, or at third-party facilities on which our sponsor’s business is dependent;

 

   

the price volatility of crude oil, other feedstocks, blendstocks, refined products and fuel and utility services in commodity prices and demand for our sponsor’s refined products, and the availability and costs of crude oil and other refinery feedstocks;

 

   

fluctuations in crude oil differentials and any narrowing of these differentials;

 

   

concentration of our sponsor’s earnings in operations of its Toledo, Ohio refinery;

 

   

the impact of disruptions to crude oil or feedstock supply to any of our sponsor’s refineries, including disruptions due to problems with third-party logistics infrastructure or operations, including pipeline and rail transportation;

 

   

the impact of current and future laws, rulings and governmental regulations, including any change by the federal government in the restrictions on exporting U.S. crude oil;

 

   

the effects of continued economic turmoil in the global financial system on our sponsor’s business and the business of its suppliers, customers, business partners and lenders;

 

   

changes in the cost or availability of third-party logistics services;

 

   

state and federal environmental, economic, health and safety, energy and other policies and regulations, including any changes in those policies and regulations, and adverse impacts resulting from actions taken by environmental interest groups;

 

   

terrorist attacks, cyber-attacks, political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, changes in foreign policy, threats of war, or actual war may negatively affect our and our sponsor’s operations, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders;

 

   

environmental incidents and violations and related remediation costs, fines and other liabilities; and

 

   

changes in crude oil and refined product inventory levels and carrying costs.

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units.

In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         per unit on an annualized basis, we will require available cash of approximately $         per quarter, or $         per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after closing of this offering and phantom units with distribution equivalent rights expected to be awarded in connection with this offering to the independent directors of our general partner pursuant to our long-term incentive plan. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.” We may not have sufficient available cash from operating surplus each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

 

   

the volume of crude oil we throughput;

 

   

our entitlement to payments associated with minimum volume commitments;

 

   

the fees we charge for the volumes we throughput;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

the level of our operating, maintenance and general and administrative costs; and

 

   

prevailing economic conditions.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level and timing of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

the amount of our operating expenses and general and administrative expenses, including reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, in respect of those expenses and payment of the administrative fees under the omnibus agreement and the operation and management services and secondment agreement for services provided to us by our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor;

 

   

the cost of acquisitions, if any;

 

   

our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

   

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

   

restrictions contained in our revolving credit agreement and term loan facility and other debt service requirements;

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner; and

 

   

other business risks affecting our cash levels.

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

We have no operating history and, accordingly, you will have a limited basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We have no operating results to date. Construction of our Delaware City Rail Terminal was completed and the terminal began operating in February 2013. At our Toledo Truck Terminal, one lease automatic custody transfer, or LACT, unit commenced operations in December 2012 and two additional units were made operational in May 2013. A fourth LACT unit, which has been owned and operated by our sponsor’s vendor in connection with a crude oil supply agreement, was purchased in July 2013. Since our initial assets have limited or no operating history, you will have a limited basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives, which are to maintain stable cash flows and grow the quarterly distributions paid to our unitholders.

On a pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on any of our common units or subordinated units for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Pro forma cash available for distribution during the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately $33.2 million. We would not have had sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on any of our common units or subordinated units for the year ended December 31, 2013. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ended December 31, 2013.”

 

23


Table of Contents

The assumptions underlying the forecast of cash available for distribution that we include in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual cash available for distribution to differ materially from our forecast.

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations, EBITDA and cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct and that are discussed in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 61. Our financial forecast has been prepared by management, and we have neither received nor requested an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks, including those discussed in this prospectus, which could cause our EBITDA to be materially less than the amount forecasted. If we do not generate the forecasted EBITDA, we may not be able to make the minimum quarterly distribution or pay any amount on our common units or subordinated units, and the market price of our common units may decline materially.

Each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy and our operation and management services and secondment agreement with PBF Energy, contains provisions that allow our counterparty to such agreement to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under such agreement in certain circumstances, including events of force majeure, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

Each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy and our operation and management services and secondment agreement with PBF Energy provides that our counterparty to such agreement may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations to us, including the requirement to pay the fees associated with the applicable minimum volume commitments, if certain events occur, including (i) a material breach of the agreement by us, (ii) PBF Energy deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend crude oil refining operations at its Delaware City refinery, in the case of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, or its Toledo refinery, in the case of the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement (after the second anniversary of the closing of this offering) or (iii) the occurrence of certain force majeure events that would prevent us or PBF Energy from performing our or its obligations under the applicable agreement (in the case of PBF Energy, or with respect to the operation and management services and secondment agreement, us). In such circumstances, PBF Energy has the discretion to decide to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations notwithstanding the fact that its decision may significantly and adversely affect us. For instance, under each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy, if, at any time after the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, PBF Energy decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the refinery served under the applicable agreement for a period that will continue for at least twelve consecutive months, then it may terminate the agreement on no less than twelve months’ prior written notice to us. Furthermore, under such agreements, PBF Energy has the right, commencing two years after this offering, to suspend or reduce its obligations at the refinery served under the applicable agreement for the duration of a force majeure event affecting its assets with respect to any affected services, and may terminate the agreements with respect to such services if the force majeure event lasts in excess of twelve months. In addition, if the force majeure event occurs on our assets at any time, PBF Energy has the right to suspend or reduce its obligations for the duration of the force majeure event with respect to any affected services. As defined in our commercial agreements with PBF Energy, force majeure events include any acts or occurrences that prevent services from being performed either by us or PBF Energy under the applicable agreement, such as:

 

   

acts of God;

 

   

strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances;

 

   

acts of the public enemy, wars, terrorism, blockades, insurrections, riots or civil disturbances;

 

 

24


Table of Contents
   

storms, floods or washouts; or other interruptions caused by acts of nature or the environment;

 

   

interruptions in the ability to have safe passage in navigable waterways;

 

   

arrests or the order of any court or governmental authority claiming or having jurisdiction while the same is in force and effect;

 

   

civil disturbances, explosions, fires, breakage leaks, releases, accidents to machinery, vessels, storage tanks, lines of pipe, rail lines and equipment;

 

   

any inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment;

 

   

any inability to obtain crude oil because of a failure of third-party logistics systems; and

 

   

any other causes not reasonably within the control of the party claiming suspension and which by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts such party is unable to prevent or overcome.

Accordingly, under our commercial agreements with PBF Energy there exists a broad range of events that could result in our no longer being able to utilize our facilities and our sponsor no longer having an obligation to meet its minimum volume commitments or pay the full amount of fees or other amounts otherwise owing under these agreements. Furthermore, a single event relating to one of our sponsor’s refineries could have such an impact on a number of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy. Any reduction, suspension or termination of any of our commercial agreements would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy.”

If we are unable to renew or extend the various commercial agreements we have with PBF Energy, our ability to make distributions to our unitholders will be reduced.

The term of PBF Energy’s obligations under each of the commercial agreements with us expires at 11:59 p.m. on the first December 31 following the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering. If we are unable to renew or extend the various commercial agreements we have with our sponsor and if we are unable to generate additional revenues from third parties, our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders will be reduced.

A material decrease in the refining margins at our sponsor’s refineries could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil that we throughput, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

The volumes of crude oil that we throughput depend substantially on our sponsor’s refining margins. Refining margins are dependent mostly upon the price of crude oil or other refinery feedstocks and the price of refined products. These prices are affected by numerous factors beyond our or our sponsor’s control, including the global supply and demand for crude oil and gasoline and other refined products. Global economic weakness and high unemployment in the United States and globally could depress demand for refined products. The impact of low demand may be further compounded by excess global refining capacity and high inventory levels. Several refineries in North America and Europe have been temporarily or permanently shut down in response to falling demand and excess refining capacity.

In addition to such market conditions, there are long-term factors that may impact the supply and demand of refined products in the United States, including:

 

   

changes in capacity and utilization rates of refineries worldwide;

 

   

increased fuel efficiency standards for vehicles, including greater acceptance of electric and alternative fuel vehicles;

 

   

development and marketing of alternative and competing fuels, such as ethanol and biodiesel;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

changes in fuel specifications required by environmental and other laws, particularly with respect to renewable fuel content;

 

   

potential and enacted climate change legislation;

 

   

the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulation of greenhouse gas emissions under the Clean Air Act; and

 

   

other U.S. government regulations.

A significant portion of our sponsor’s profitability is derived from the ability to purchase and process crude oil feedstocks that historically have been less expensive than benchmark crude oils, such as the heavy, sour crude oils processed at the Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries and the WTI based crude oils processed at the Toledo refinery. These crude oil differentials can vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on overall economic conditions and trends and conditions within the markets for crude oil and refined products. Any change in these crude oil differentials may have an impact on our sponsor’s earnings. Our sponsor’s rail investment and strategy to acquire cost advantaged Midcontinent and Canadian crude oil, which are priced based on WTI, could be adversely affected by changes in crude oil markets, including if the WTI-Brent differential narrows from current levels. For example, the average annual Brent/WCS differential has decreased from $39.34 per barrel in 2012 to $35.29 per barrel in 2013. This decrease has been substantially narrower in recent periods. The narrowing of this light-heavy differential may reduce our sponsor’s refining margins and adversely affect its profitability and earnings. In addition, while our sponsor’s Toledo refinery benefits from a widening of the Dated Brent/WTI differential, a narrowing of this differential may result in our sponsor’s Toledo refinery losing a portion of its crude oil price advantage over certain of its competitors, which could negatively impact our profitability. Divergent views have been expressed as to the expected magnitude of changes to these crude oil differentials in future periods, including some analysts that expect these crude oil differentials to contract in upcoming periods. Any further narrowing of these differentials could have a material adverse effect on our sponsor’s and our business and profitability.

If the demand for refined products decreases significantly, or if there is a material increase in the price of crude oil supplied to our sponsor’s refineries without an increase in the value of the refined products produced by those refineries, either temporary or permanent, which causes our sponsor to reduce production of refined products at its refineries, there would likely be a reduction in the volumes of crude oil we handle for our sponsor. Any such reduction could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

A material decrease in the supply of attractively priced crude oil could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil that we throughput, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

The volumes of crude oil that we may throughput in excess of our sponsor’s minimum volume commitments will depend on the volumes of crude oil purchased by our sponsor and transported by rail or truck. This volume of crude oil purchased depends, in part, on the availability of attractively priced crude oil that can be transported to our sponsor’s refineries by rail or truck.

In order to maintain or increase product production levels at our sponsor’s refineries, our sponsor must continually contract for new crude oil supplies or consider connecting to alternative sources of crude oil. Adverse developments in major oil producing regions around the world could have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows because of our lack of industry and geographic diversity and substantial reliance on our sponsor as a customer. Accordingly, in addition to risks related to accessing and transporting crude oil, we are disproportionately exposed to risks inherent in the broader oil and gas industry, including:

 

   

the volatility and uncertainty of regional pricing differentials for crude oil and refined products;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

the ability of the members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, to agree to and maintain production controls;

 

   

the nature and extent of governmental regulation and taxation; and

 

   

the anticipated future prices of crude oil and refined products in markets served by our sponsor’s refineries.

If, as a result of any of these or other factors, the volumes of attractively priced crude oil available to our sponsor’s refineries are materially reduced for a prolonged period of time, the volumes of crude oil that we handle, and the related fees for those services, could be materially reduced, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders as well as the trading price of our common units.

Terrorist attacks, cyber-attacks, political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, changes in foreign policy, threats of war, or actual war may negatively affect our and our sponsor’s operations, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Terrorist attacks in the U.S., as well as events occurring in response to or in connection with them, may adversely affect our and our sponsor’s operations, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders. Energy related assets (that could include third-party pipelines and refineries, such as our sponsor’s refineries on which we are substantially dependent, and terminals such as ours) may be at greater risk of future terrorist attacks than other possible targets. A direct attack on our assets or assets used by us could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to make distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any terrorist attack could have an adverse impact on energy prices, including prices for our sponsor’s crude oil and refined and other products. In addition, disruption or significant increases in energy prices could result in government imposed price controls. While we expect to maintain some insurance that provides coverage against terrorist attacks, such insurance has become increasingly expensive and difficult to obtain. As a result, insurance providers may not continue to offer this coverage to us on terms that we consider affordable, or at all.

We and our sponsor are dependent on technology infrastructure and maintain and rely upon certain critical information systems for the effective operation of our respective businesses. These information systems include data network and telecommunications, internet access and our websites, and various computer hardware equipment and software applications, including those that are critical to the safe operation of our terminals. These information systems are subject to damage or interruption from a number of potential sources including natural disasters, software viruses or other malware, power failures, cyber-attacks, and other events. To the extent that these information systems are under our control, we and our sponsor have implemented measures such as virus protection software, and emergency recovery processes to address the outlined risks. However, security measures for information systems cannot be guaranteed to be failsafe. Any compromise of our data security or our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timely and efficient operation of our business and subject us to additional costs and liabilities.

Any political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns or changes in foreign policy in areas or regions of the world where we operate or where our sponsor acquires crude oil and other raw materials or sells its refined petroleum products may affect our business in unpredictable ways, including forcing us to increase security measures and causing disruptions of supplies and distribution markets. We may also be subject to United States trade and economic sanctions laws, which change frequently as a result of foreign policy developments, and which may necessitate changes to our sponsor’s crude oil acquisition activities. Any act of war that results in damage to any of our logistics assets or our sponsor’s refineries or third-party facilities upon which we or our sponsor are dependent for our business operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

27


Table of Contents

We are substantially dependent on our sponsor’s three refineries, particularly its Delaware City refinery. Our sponsor’s recent historical earnings have been concentrated at its Toledo refinery and may continue to be concentrated in the future.

All of our revenues for the foreseeable future will be derived from operations supporting our sponsor’s three refineries, particularly its Delaware City refinery. Our sponsor’s three refineries have similar throughput capacity, however, favorable market conditions due to, among other things, geographic location, crude oil and refined product slates and customer demand may cause an individual refinery to contribute more significantly to its earnings than others for a period of time. For example, its Toledo refinery has produced a substantial portion of its earnings over the past few years. As a result, if there was a significant disruption to operations at this refinery, our sponsor’s earnings could be materially adversely affected (to the extent not recoverable through insurance) disproportionately to Toledo’s portion of its consolidated throughput. The Toledo refinery, or one of its other refineries, may continue to disproportionately affect our sponsor’s results of operations in the future. Any prolonged disruption to the operations of such refinery or its other refineries, whether due to labor difficulties, destruction of or damage to such facilities, severe weather conditions, interruption of utilities service or other reasons or decrease in demand for refined products from our sponsor’s refineries, could have a material adverse effect on our sponsor’s business, financial condition or results of operations. If this occurs, our revenue would likely decline, and we may not have sufficient available cash from operating surplus each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution.

All of our revenues are generated at two facilities. The lack of diversification of our assets and geographic locations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

We rely exclusively on the revenues generated from our Delaware City Rail Terminal and our Toledo Truck Terminal. Due to our lack of asset diversification, an adverse development at either facility would have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets.

Our ability to expand may be limited if PBF Energy’s business does not grow as expected.

Part of our growth strategy depends on the growth of our sponsor’s business. We believe our growth will be driven in part by identifying and executing organic expansion projects that will result in increased throughput volumes from our sponsor and third parties. Our prospects for organic growth currently include projects that we expect our sponsor to undertake, and that we expect to have an opportunity to purchase from our sponsor. In addition, our organic growth opportunities will be limited if our sponsor is unable to acquire new assets for which our execution of organic projects is needed. Additionally, if our sponsor focuses on other growth areas or does not make capital expenditures to fund the organic growth of its logistics operations, we may not be able to fully execute our growth strategy.

We may not be able to significantly develop third-party revenue due to competition and other factors, which could limit our ability to grow and may extend our dependence on our sponsor.

Our ability to develop third-party revenue is subject to numerous factors beyond our control, including competition from third parties and the extent to which we have available capacity when third-party customers require it.

In addition, our ability to obtain third-party customers will be dependent on our ability to make connections to third-party facilities and pipelines and we have no current plans to do so. If we do not or are unable to make connections to third-party facilities and pipelines, the throughput at our facilities will be limited to the demand from our sponsor’s refineries. Furthermore, to the extent that we have capacity at our products terminals available for third-party volumes, competition from other existing or future products terminals owned by our competitors may limit our ability to utilize this available capacity.

 

28


Table of Contents

We can provide no assurance that we will be able to attract material third-party revenues. Our efforts to establish our reputation and attract new unaffiliated customers may be adversely affected by our relationship with our sponsor and our desire to provide services pursuant to fee-based contracts. Our potential third-party customers may prefer to obtain services under contracts through which we could be required to assume direct commodity exposure.

If we are unable to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms to fund expansions of our asset base, our ability to make quarterly cash distributions may be diminished or our financial leverage could increase. We do not have any commitment with any of our affiliates to provide any direct or indirect financial assistance to us following the closing of this offering.

In order to expand our asset base, we will need to make expansion capital expenditures. If we do not make sufficient or effective expansion capital expenditures, we will be unable to expand our business operations and may be unable to maintain or raise the level of our quarterly cash distributions. We will be required to use cash from our operations or incur borrowings or sell additional common units or other limited partner interests in order to fund our expansion capital expenditures. Using cash from operations will reduce cash available for distribution to our common unitholders. Our ability to obtain financing or to access the capital markets for future equity or debt offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as the covenants in our debt agreements, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Even if we are successful in obtaining funds for expansion capital expenditures through equity or debt financings, the terms thereof could limit our ability to pay distributions to our common unitholders. Incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional limited partner interests may result in significant common unitholder dilution and increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain the then-current distribution rate, which could materially decrease our ability to pay distributions at the then-current distribution rate.

Our sponsor’s level of indebtedness, the terms of its borrowings and any future credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to grow our business, our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and our credit ratings and profile. Our ability to obtain credit in the future and our future credit rating may also be affected by our sponsor’s level of indebtedness.

Our sponsor has a significant amount of debt. As of December 31, 2013, our sponsor had total debt of $747.6 million, all of which is secured. In addition to its outstanding debt, as of December 31, 2013, our sponsor could have incurred an additional $615.9 million of senior secured indebtedness under its existing debt agreements. Our sponsor’s significant level of debt could increase its and our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and require our sponsor to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to service its debt and lease obligations, thereby reducing the availability of its cash flow to fund its growth strategy, including capital expenditures, acquisitions and other business opportunities. Furthermore, a higher level of indebtedness at our sponsor increases the risk that it may default on its obligations, including under its commercial agreements with us. The covenants contained in the agreements governing our sponsor’s outstanding and future indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds for development and make certain investments and may directly or indirectly impact our operations in a similar manner. For example, our sponsor’s indebtedness requires that any transactions our sponsor enters into with us must be on terms no less favorable to our sponsor than those that could have been obtained with an unrelated person.

Our sponsor’s senior secured debt is rated BB- by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services. If we were to seek a credit rating in the future, our credit rating may be adversely affected by the leverage or any change in the credit rating of our sponsor, as credit rating agencies such as Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. may consider the leverage and credit profile of our sponsor and its affiliates because of their ownership interest in and control of us and because our sponsor accounts for all of our revenues. Any adverse effect on our credit rating would increase our cost of borrowing or hinder our ability to raise financing in the capital markets, which would impair our ability to grow our business and make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

29


Table of Contents

In the event our sponsor were to default under certain of its debt obligations, we could be materially adversely affected. We have no control over whether our sponsor remains in compliance with the provisions of its debt obligations, except as such provisions may otherwise directly pertain to us. Further, any debt instruments that our sponsor or any of its affiliates enter into in the future, including any amendments to existing credit facilities, may include additional or more restrictive limitations on our sponsor that may impact our ability to conduct our business. These additional restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in, expand or pursue our business activities.

PBF LLC has obligations to make tax distributions to the members of PBF LLC and these amounts could be material. PBF Energy has obligations to make certain payments under its tax receivable agreement to the members of PBF LLC other than PBF Energy, and the amounts PBF Energy has to pay could be significant and, in certain cases, may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits realized by PBF Energy.

PBF LLC is required to make periodic tax distributions to the members of PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, pro rata in accordance with their respective percentage interests, subject to the terms and conditions of its limited liability company agreement. These amounts could be material to PBF LLC. PBF Energy is also party to a tax receivable agreement that provides for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to the members of PBF LLC other than PBF Energy of 85% of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from its acquisitions of PBF LLC Series A Units, and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to its entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The payments that PBF Energy may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial and there may be a material negative effect on PBF Energy’s liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits it realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and/or (ii) distributions to PBF Energy by PBF LLC are not sufficient to permit PBF Energy, after it has paid its taxes and other obligations, to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. In addition, in certain cases, payments owed by PBF Energy under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits it realizes. PBF Energy may not be able to finance its obligations under the tax receivable agreement and its existing indebtedness may limit its subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to it to pay these obligations. These provisions could materially adversely affect PBF Energy.

Our logistics operations and our sponsor’s refining operations are subject to many risks and operational hazards, some of which may result in business interruptions and shutdowns of our or our sponsor’s facilities and liability for damages, particularly if not fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs that results in business interruption or shutdown for which we are not adequately insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our logistics operations are subject to all of the risks and operational hazards inherent in receiving, handling and transferring crude oil, including:

 

   

damages to our facilities, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by floods, fires, severe weather, explosions and other natural disasters and acts of terrorism;

 

   

the inability of third-party facilities on which our operations are dependent, including our sponsor’s facilities, to complete capital projects and to restart timely refining operations following a suspension or shutdown;

 

   

mechanical or structural failures at our facilities or at third-party facilities on which our operations are dependent, including our sponsor’s facilities;

 

   

curtailments of operations relative to severe seasonal weather;

 

   

inadvertent damage to our facilities from construction, farm and utility equipment; and

 

   

other hazards.

 

30


Table of Contents

These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage, as well as business interruptions or shutdowns of our facilities. Any such event or unplanned shutdown could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our sponsor’s refining operations, on which our operations are substantially dependent and over which we have no control, are subject to similar operational hazards and risks inherent in refining crude oil. A significant accident at our facilities or at our sponsor’s facilities could result in serious injury or death to employees of our sponsor or its affiliates or contractors, could expose us to significant liability for personal injury claims and reputational risk and could affect our sponsor’s ability and/or requirement to satisfy the minimum volume commitments under our commercial agreements.

Our insurance policies do not cover all losses, costs or liabilities that we may experience, and insurance companies that currently insure companies in the energy industry may cease to do so or substantially increase premiums.

We maintain insurance or are covered by insurance policies maintained by our sponsor or its affiliates. These insurance policies provide limited coverage for some, but not all, of the potential risks and liabilities associated with our business. To the extent we are covered by insurance policies maintained by our sponsor or its affiliates, our coverage is subject to the deductibles and limits under those policies and to the extent our sponsor or its affiliates experience losses under these insurance policies, the limits of our coverage may be decreased. In addition, we are not insured against all potential losses, costs or liabilities. We could suffer losses for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. We and our sponsor may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our or our sponsor’s insurance policies may increase substantially. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. For example, coverage for hurricane damage can be limited, and coverage for terrorism risks can include broad exclusions. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

The energy industry is highly capital intensive, and the entire or partial loss of individual facilities or multiple facilities can result in significant costs to both energy industry companies, such as us, and their insurance carriers. In recent years, several large energy industry claims have resulted in significant increases in the level of premium costs and deductible periods for participants in the energy industry. As a result of large energy industry claims, insurance companies that have historically participated in underwriting energy-related facilities may discontinue that practice, may reduce the insurance capacity they are willing to offer or demand significantly higher premiums or deductible periods to cover these facilities. If significant changes in the number or financial solvency of insurance underwriters for the energy industry occur, or if other adverse conditions over which we have no control prevail in the insurance market, we may be unable to obtain and maintain adequate insurance at reasonable cost.

Our insurance program may include a number of insurance carriers. Significant disruptions in financial markets could lead to a deterioration in the financial condition of many financial institutions, including insurance companies and, therefore, we may not be able to obtain the full amount of our insurance coverage for insured events.

The geographic concentration of our sponsor’s East Coast refineries creates a significant exposure to the risks of the local economy and other local adverse conditions.

Our sponsor’s East Coast refineries are both located in the mid-Atlantic region and therefore are vulnerable to economic downturns in that region, as well as other factors, including adverse weather conditions. These refineries are located within a relatively limited geographic area and our sponsor primarily markets its refined products in that area. As a result, we and our sponsor are more susceptible to regional conditions than the

 

31


Table of Contents

operations of more geographically diversified competitors and any unforeseen events or circumstances that affect the area could also materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in the economy, damages to infrastructure, weather conditions, demographics and population.

Restrictions in our new revolving credit and term loan facilities could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders and the value of our units.

We expect to enter into new revolving credit and term loan facilities in connection with the closing of this offering. We will be dependent upon the earnings and cash flow generated by our operations in order to meet our debt service obligations and to allow us to make cash distributions to our unitholders. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our new revolving credit and term loan facilities and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities, which may, in turn, limit our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Our new credit facility will limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur certain liens on assets;

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

make certain cash distributions or redeem or repurchase units;

 

   

change the nature of our business;

 

   

engage in certain mergers or acquisitions;

 

   

make certain investments and acquisitions; and

 

   

enter into non arms-length transactions with affiliates.

Our new credit facility will contain covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios. The provisions of our new credit facility may affect our ability to obtain future financing and pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of our new credit facility could result in a default or an event of default that could enable our lenders to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other outstanding amounts, to be immediately due and payable. Such event of default would also permit our lenders to foreclose on our assets serving as collateral for our obligations under the credit facility. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, our assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and our unitholders could experience a partial or total loss of their investment. Our revolving credit facility will also have cross-default provisions that apply to our term loan facility and to any other material indebtedness we may have. Our term loan facility will have cross default provisions that apply to our revolving credit facility and to any other material indebtedness we may have. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources and Liquidity—New Credit Facilities.”

Our future debt levels may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.

After giving effect to this offering and the related transactions, we estimate that we would have had approximately $65.0 million of debt outstanding on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013. Following the closing of this offering, we will have the ability to incur additional debt, including under our new revolving credit facility that we will enter into in connection with this offering. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our credit facilities;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

   

our funds available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced by that portion of our cash flow required to make payments on our debt;

 

   

we may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

   

our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms or at all. The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units depends primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability, which may prevent us from making distributions, even during periods in which we record net income.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record net losses for financial accounting purposes, and we may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income for financial accounting purposes.

Increases in interest rates could adversely impact the price of our common units, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

Interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our common units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on the price of our common units, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

Our right of first offer to acquire the right of first offer assets and certain assets that it may acquire or construct in the future is subject to risks and uncertainty, and ultimately we may not acquire any of those assets.

The omnibus agreement provides us with a right of first offer for a period of 10 years after the closing of this offering on certain of our sponsor’s existing logistics assets and certain assets that it may acquire or construct in the future, subject to certain exceptions. The consummation and timing of any future acquisitions pursuant to this right will depend upon, among other things, our sponsor’s willingness to offer subject assets for sale and obtain any necessary consents, our ability to negotiate acceptable purchase agreements and commercial agreements with respect to such assets and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to our right of first offer, and our sponsor is under no obligation to accept any offer that we may choose to make. In addition, certain of the right of first offer assets may require substantial capital expenditures in order to maintain compliance with

 

33


Table of Contents

applicable regulatory requirements or otherwise make them suitable for our commercial needs. For these or a variety of other reasons, we may decide not to exercise our right of first offer if and when any assets are offered for sale, and our decision will not be subject to unitholder approval. In addition, our right of first offer may be terminated by our sponsor at any time in the event that PBF LLC no longer controls our general partner. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Right of First Offer.”

Our purchase option under certain circumstances to acquire and our right to use certain of our sponsor’s existing assets is subject to risks and uncertainty, and ultimately we may not acquire or have a right to use any of those assets.

Our commercial agreements provide us with options to purchase and use certain assets at our sponsor’s Delaware City and Toledo refineries related to our business in the event our sponsor shuts down either the Delaware City in the case of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement or the Toledo refinery in the case of the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement. In the event our sponsor shuts down either refinery and our option becomes exercisable, the consummation and timing of any future acquisitions pursuant to our purchase option will depend upon, among other things, our ability to obtain any necessary consents, our ability to negotiate acceptable purchase agreements and commercial agreements with respect to such assets and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to this purchase option. In addition, certain of the assets covered by this purchase option and our right of use may require substantial capital expenditures in order to maintain compliance with applicable regulatory requirements or otherwise make them suitable for our commercial needs. For these or a variety of other reasons, we may decide not to exercise this purchase option if our sponsor permanently shuts down the Delaware City refinery or the Toledo refinery, or to exercise our right of use if and when we have capacity in excess of our sponsor’s throughput volumes, as applicable, and our decision to exercise any purchase options or right of use will not be subject to unitholder approval. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy.”

If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms from our sponsor or third parties, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we may make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in cash flow. If we are unable to make acquisitions from our sponsor or third parties for any reason, including if we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, we are outbid by competitors or we or the seller are unable to obtain any necessary consents, our future growth and ability to increase distributions to unitholders will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a decrease in cash flow. Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:

 

   

mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including synergies;

 

   

the assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

   

limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;

 

   

mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and

 

   

customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.

 

34


Table of Contents

If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in determining the application of these funds and other resources.

We may be unsuccessful in integrating the operations of the assets we have acquired or of any future acquisitions with our existing operations, and in realizing all or any part of the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions.

From time to time, we expect to evaluate and acquire assets and businesses that we believe complement our existing assets and businesses. Acquisitions may require substantial capital or the incurrence of substantial indebtedness. Our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly as a result of future acquisitions. Acquisitions and business expansions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the assets and operations of the acquired businesses, inefficiencies and difficulties that arise because of unfamiliarity with new assets and the businesses associated with them and new geographic areas and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Further, unexpected costs and challenges may arise whenever businesses with different operations or management are combined, and we may experience unanticipated delays in realizing the benefits of an acquisition. Also, following an acquisition, we may discover previously unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business or assets for which we have no recourse under applicable indemnification provisions.

Our expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

A portion of our strategy to grow and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to expand existing assets and to construct additional assets. We have no material commitments for expansion or construction projects as of the date of this prospectus. The construction of a pipeline or terminal or the expansion of our existing terminals involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties, most of which are beyond our control. If we undertake these types of projects, they may not be completed on schedule or at all or at the budgeted cost. Moreover, we may not receive sufficient long-term contractual commitments from customers to provide the revenue needed to support such projects. Even if we receive such commitments, we may not realize an increase in revenue for an extended period of time. For instance, if we build a pipeline, the construction will occur over an extended period of time, and we will not receive any material increases in revenues until after completion of the project. Moreover, we may construct facilities to capture anticipated future growth in production in a region or gain access to crude oil supplies at lower costs and such growth or access may not materialize. As a result, new facilities may not be able to attract enough throughput to achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

We do not own all of the land on which our facilities are located, which could result in disruptions to our operations.

We do not own all of the land on which our facilities have been constructed, and we are therefore subject to the possibility of more onerous terms and/or increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have valid rights-of-way, if such rights-of-way lapse or terminate or if our facilities are not properly located within the boundaries of such rights-of-way. Although some of these rights are perpetual in nature, we occasionally obtain the rights to construct and operate our facilities on land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. If we are unsuccessful in renegotiating rights-of-way, we may have to relocate our facilities. A loss of rights-of-way or a relocation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Whether we have the power of eminent domain varies from state to state, depending upon the laws of the particular state. We must compensate landowners for the use of their property and, in eminent domain actions,

 

35


Table of Contents

such compensation may be determined by a court. Our inability to exercise the power of eminent domain could negatively affect our business if we were to lose the right to use or occupy the property on which our facilities are located.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future laws, regulations and other requirements could significantly increase our costs of doing business, thereby adversely affecting our profitability.

Our industry is subject to extensive laws, regulations and other requirements including, but not limited to, those relating to the environment, safety, employment, labor, immigration, minimum wages and overtime pay, health care and benefits, working conditions, public accessibility and other requirements. These laws and regulations are enforced by federal agencies including the EPA, the DOT, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, the Federal Railroad Administration, or FRA, as well as numerous other state, local and federal agencies. Ongoing compliance with, or a violation of, these laws, regulations and other requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations. However, these laws and regulations, and the interpretation or enforcement thereof, are subject to frequent change and varying interpretation by regulatory authorities, and we are unable to predict the ongoing cost to us of complying with these laws and regulations or the future impact of these laws and regulations on our operations. Violation of environmental or other laws, regulations and permits can result in the imposition of significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions and construction bans or delays.

Under various federal, state and local environmental requirements, as the owner or operator of terminals or other facilities, we may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of contamination at or from our existing locations, whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence of such contamination. The failure to timely report and properly remediate contamination may subject us to liability to third parties and may adversely affect our ability to sell or rent our property or to borrow money using our property as collateral. Additionally, we may be liable for the costs of remediating third-party sites where hazardous substances from our operations have been transported for treatment or disposal, regardless of whether we own or operate that site. In the future, we may incur substantial expenditures for investigation or remediation of contamination that has not yet been discovered at our current or former locations or locations that we may acquire.

A discharge of hydrocarbons or hazardous substances into the environment could subject us to substantial expense, including the cost to recover the materials spilled, restore the affected natural resources, pay fines and penalties, and natural resource damages and claims made by employees, neighboring landowners, government authorities and other third parties, including for personal injury and property damage. We may experience future catastrophic sudden or gradual releases into the environment from our facilities or discover historical releases that were previously unidentified or not assessed. Although our inspection and testing programs are designed to prevent, detect and address any such releases promptly, the liabilities incurred due to any future releases into the environment from our assets, have the potential to substantially affect our business. Such events could also subject us to media and public scrutiny that could have a negative effect on our operations and also on the value of our common units.

The growth in production of crude oil from shale formations, which is expected to lead to increased crude oil production, may not continue at projected rates due to the uncertainty associated with legislative initiatives restricting such production.

Hydraulic fracturing generally involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into the formation to stimulate production. The proliferation of hydraulic fracturing has led to a marked growth in production of crude oil. However, various federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives have been undertaken which could result in additional requirements or restrictions being imposed on hydraulic fracturing

 

36


Table of Contents

operations. A number of federal agencies, including the EPA and the U.S. Department of Energy, are analyzing, or have been requested to review, a variety of environmental issues associated with shale development, including hydraulic fracturing. In addition, the EPA has asserted federal regulatory authority over hydraulic fracturing involving diesel additives under the Safe Drinking Water Act’s Underground Injection Control Program and has begun the process of drafting guidance documents related to this assertion of regulatory authority. Further, some states and municipalities have adopted, and other states and municipalities are considering adopting, regulations that could prohibit hydraulic fracturing in certain areas or impose more stringent disclosure and/or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. At the same time, certain environmental groups have suggested that additional laws may be needed to more closely and uniformly regulate the hydraulic fracturing process, and legislation has been proposed by some members of Congress to provide for such regulation. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will ever be enacted and if so, what its provisions would be.

Additional regulation at the federal, state or local level could result in corresponding delays, increased operating costs and process prohibitions for crude oil producers, and crude oil production may not continue to increase at projected rates. Because we generate revenue primarily by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil, a reduction in crude oil production could reduce the volumes of crude oil that we handle and our fee revenue, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

Changes in laws or standards affecting the transportation of North American crude oil by rail could significantly reduce volumes throughput at our facilities, and as a result our revenues could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

Investigations into recent rail accidents involving the transport of crude oil have prompted government agencies and other interested parties to call for increased regulation of the transport of crude oil by rail including in the areas of crude oil constituents, rail car design, routing of trains and other matters. Recently, the Secretary of Transportation issued an Emergency Restriction/Prohibition Order that was later amended and restated on March 6, 2014 governing shipments of petroleum crude oil offered in transportation by rail. The Order requires shippers to properly test and classify petroleum crude oil and further requires shippers to treat Class 3 petroleum crude oil transported by rail in tank cars as a Packing Group I or II hazardous material only. To the extent that the Order is applicable, we believe our and our sponsor’s operations already comply with it and that the Order will not have a material impact on our cash flows. If further changes in law, regulations or industry standards occur that result in requirements to reduce the volatile or flammable constituents in crude oil that is transported by rail, alter the design or standards for rail cars, change the routing or scheduling of trains carrying crude oil, or any other changes that detrimentally effect the economics of delivering North American crude oil by rail to our sponsor’s or third parties’ refineries, our revenues could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

We could incur substantial costs or disruptions in our business if we cannot obtain or maintain necessary permits and authorizations or otherwise comply with health, safety, environmental and other laws and regulations.

Our operations require numerous permits and authorizations under various laws and regulations. These authorizations and permits are subject to revocation, renewal or modification and can require operational changes to limit impacts or potential impacts on the environment and/or health and safety. A violation of authorization or permit conditions or other legal or regulatory requirements could result in substantial fines, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions, and/or facility shutdowns. In addition, major modifications of our operations could require modifications to our existing permits or upgrades to our existing pollution control equipment. Any or all of these matters could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may incur significant liability for costs and capital expenditures to comply with environmental and health and safety regulations, which are complex and change frequently.

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws regulating, among other things, the handling of petroleum and other regulated materials, the emission and discharge of materials into the environment, waste management, and remediation of discharges of petroleum and petroleum products, characteristics and composition of gasoline and distillates and other matters otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Our operations are also subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety.

We cannot predict what additional environmental, health and safety legislation or regulations may be adopted in the future, or how existing or future laws or regulations may be administered or interpreted with respect to our operations. Many of these laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to increase over time.

Certain environmental laws impose strict, and in certain circumstances, joint and several, liability for costs of investigation and cleanup of such spills, discharges or releases on owners and operators of, as well as persons who arrange for treatment or disposal of regulated materials at, contaminated sites. Under these laws, we may incur liability or be required to pay penalties for past contamination, and third parties may assert claims against us for damages allegedly arising out of any past or future contamination. The potential penalties and clean-up costs for past or future releases or spills, the failure of prior owners of our facilities to complete their clean-up obligations, the liability to third parties for damage to their property, or the need to address newly-discovered information or conditions that may require a response could be significant, and the payment of these amounts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery and our Delaware City Rail Terminal are located in Delaware’s coastal zone where certain activities are regulated under the Delaware Coastal Zone Act and closely monitored by environmental interest groups. On June 14, 2013, two administrative appeals were filed by the Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon regarding a permit DCR obtained to allow loading of crude oil onto barges. The appeals allege that both the loading of crude oil onto barges and the operation of the Delaware City rail unloading terminal violate Delaware’s Coastal Zone Act. The first appeal is Number 2013-1 before the State Coastal Zone Industrial Control Board (the “CZ Board”), and the second appeal is before the Environmental Appeals Board and appeals Secretary’s Order No. 2013-A-0020. The CZ Board held a hearing on the first appeal on July 16, 2013, and ruled in favor of DCR and the State of Delaware and dismissed the Appellants’ appeal for lack of standing. Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon have appealed that decision to the Delaware Superior Court, New Castle County, Case No. N13A-09-001 ALR, and DCR and the State have filed cross-appeals. Briefs have been filed in this appeal but no date has been set for a decision by the Superior Court. A hearing on the second appeal before the Environmental Appeals Board, case no. 2013-06, was held on January 13, 2014, and the Board ruled in favor of DCR and the State and dismissed the appeal for lack of jurisdiction. A written decision by the Environmental Appeals Board has been issued and the appellants have the right to appeal the decision to Superior Court. If the appellants in one or both of these matters ultimately prevail, our ability to conduct or expand our operations may be impaired, or our sponsor’s volumes may decline, any of which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Climate change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases could result in increased operating and capital costs and reduced demand for our products and the services we provide.

In December 2009, the EPA published its findings that emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHGs, present a danger to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic conditions. Based on these findings, the EPA adopted two sets of regulations that restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act, including one that requires a reduction in emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and another

 

38


Table of Contents

that regulates GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources under the Clean Air Act Prevention of Significant Deterioration, or PSD, and Title V permitting programs. In addition, the EPA expanded its existing GHG emissions reporting rule to include onshore oil and natural gas processing, transmission, storage, and distribution activities, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011. Congress has also from time to time considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs. Although it is not possible to predict the requirements of any GHG legislation that may be enacted, any laws or regulations that may be adopted to restrict or reduce GHG emissions may require us to incur increased operating costs and decrease the overall volume of crude oil or petroleum products being sold. Such decreases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, any increase in the prices of refined products resulting from GHG legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, GHG regulation could also impact the consumption of refined products, thereby affecting the demand for our services.

In 2010, the EPA and the National Highway Transportation Safety Administration, or NHTSA, finalized new standards, raising the required Corporate Average Fuel Economy, or CAFE, standard of the nation’s passenger fleet by 40% to approximately 35 miles per gallon by 2016 and imposing the first-ever federal GHG emissions standards on cars and light trucks. In September 2011, the EPA and the Department of Transportation finalized first-time standards for fuel economy of medium and heavy duty trucks. In August 2012, the EPA and NHTSA announced final regulations that mandated further decreases in passenger vehicle GHG emissions and increases in fuel economy beginning with 2017 model year vehicles and increasing to the equivalent of 54.5 miles per gallon by 2025. Such increases in fuel economy standards and potential electrification of the vehicle fleet, along with mandated increases in use of renewable fuels discussed above, could result in decreasing demand for petroleum fuels. Decreasing demand for petroleum fuels could materially affect profitability at our sponsor’s refineries, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business may suffer if any of our or our sponsor’s senior executives or other key employees discontinues employment with us or our sponsor. Furthermore, a shortage of skilled labor or disruptions in our labor force may make it difficult for us to maintain labor productivity.

Our future success depends to a large extent on the services of our senior executives and other key employees and the same is true of our sponsor and its senior executives and key employees. Our business depends on our continuing ability to recruit, train and retain highly qualified employees in all areas of our operations, including engineering, accounting, business operations, finance and other key back-office and mid-office personnel, or those of our sponsor that we rely upon. Furthermore, our operations require skilled and experienced employees with proficiency in multiple tasks. The competition for these employees is intense, and the loss of these executives or employees could harm our business. If any of these executives or other key personnel resigns or becomes unable to continue in his or her present role and is not adequately replaced, either with us or our sponsor, our business operations could be materially adversely affected.

A portion of our sponsor’s workforce is unionized, and we may face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations.

As of December 31, 2013, our sponsor had approximately 1,735 employees. At our sponsor’s Paulsboro refinery, 296 of our sponsor’s 460 employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in March 2015. In addition, 678 of our sponsor’s 1,066 employees at its Delaware City and Toledo refineries are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in February of 2015. Our sponsor may not be able to renegotiate its collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms or at all when such agreements expire. Other employees of our sponsor who are not presently represented by a union and employees of third-party contractors engaged by our sponsor may become so represented in the future as well. In addition, our sponsor’s existing labor agreements may not prevent a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities in the future, and any work stoppage could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

39


Table of Contents

Our operations could be disrupted if our or our sponsor’s information systems fail, causing increased expenses and loss of sales.

Our business is highly dependent on financial, accounting and other data processing systems and other communications and information systems, including such systems of our sponsor that we utilize pursuant to the omnibus agreement. We will process a large number of transactions on a daily basis and rely upon the proper functioning of computer systems. If a key system were to fail or experience unscheduled downtime for any reason, even if only for a short period, our operations and financial results could be affected adversely. The systems could be damaged or interrupted by a security breach, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure or similar event. A formal disaster recovery plan is in place, but this plan may not prevent delays or other complications that could arise from an information systems failure. Further, our business interruption insurance may not compensate us adequately for losses that may occur.

Our sponsor’s operating results may be seasonal. Our sponsor depends on favorable weather conditions in the spring and summer months.

Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in motor vehicle traffic. Crude oil pricing and differentials may also be seasonal. As a result, the operating results in the refining sector, which is our sponsor’s sector, can fluctuate seasonally. Unfavorable weather conditions during the spring and summer months and a resulting lack of the expected seasonal upswings in traffic and sales could adversely affect our sponsor’s business, financial condition and results of operations, which may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Blackstone and First Reserve through their ownership of units of PBF LLC have substantial influence or control over PBF Energy, and their interests may differ from those of PBF Energy, us and our public unitholders.

Blackstone and First Reserve collectively possess in the aggregate approximately 22.5% of the combined voting power of PBF Energy as of March 31, 2014. As a result, Blackstone and First Reserve have the ability to significantly influence or control the management and affairs of our general partner, including the election and removal of our general partner’s directors and thereby significantly influence our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of securities, the incurrence of debt by us, amendments to our organizational documents and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with our common unitholders’ interests.

For example, Blackstone and First Reserve may have different tax positions which could influence their positions, including regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, the structuring of future transactions by our general partner may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to our common unitholders or us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Blackstone and First Reserve may have an interest in pursuing or not pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to our common unitholders. For example, they could influence us to make acquisitions, investments and capital expenditures that increase our indebtedness or to sell revenue-generating assets or to not make such acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures. This concentration of ownership of PBF Energy may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company. Blackstone and First Reserve are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. PBF LLC’s limited liability company agreement provides that Blackstone and First Reserve shall not have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries, and that in the event that

 

40


Table of Contents

Blackstone or First Reserve acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and us or any of our subsidiaries, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity, and neither Blackstone nor First Reserve shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for itself or direct such corporate opportunity to another person. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

The adoption of derivatives legislation by the United States Congress could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivatives contracts to reduce the effect of commodity price, interest rate and other risks associated with our business.

The United States Congress in 2010 adopted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which, among other things, established federal oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities that participate in that market. In connection with the Dodd-Frank Act, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, adopted regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets. Although these regulations were vacated by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia and the matter was remanded to the CFTC, the CFTC has appealed the District Court’s decision and that appeal is pending. The legislation may also require us to comply with margin requirements, and with certain clearing and trade-execution requirements if we do not satisfy certain specific exceptions. The legislation may also require the counterparties to our derivatives contracts to transfer or assign some of their derivatives contracts to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty. The legislation and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivatives contracts (including through requirements to post collateral), materially alter the terms of derivatives contracts, and reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivatives contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on us, our financial condition and our results of operations.

Elimination of certain U.S. federal income tax deductions currently available with respect to oil and gas exploration and development could negatively impact crude oil production levels, which could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil that we throughput and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

The Fiscal Year 2015 Budget proposed by the President recommends the elimination of certain key U.S. federal income tax incentives currently available to oil and gas exploration and production companies, and from time to time legislation has been introduced in Congress which would implement many of these proposals. The proposed changes include, but are not limited to, (i) the repeal of the percentage depletion allowance for oil and gas properties, (ii) the elimination of current deductions for intangible drilling and development costs, (iii) the elimination of the deduction for certain domestic production activities and (iv) an extension of the amortization period for certain geological and geophysical expenditures. We cannot predict whether these or similar changes will be enacted and, if enacted, when any such changes would become effective. The passage of any legislation as a result of these proposals or any other similar changes in U.S. federal income tax laws could raise the cost of energy production and reduce oil and gas exploration and production activities. Because we generate revenue primarily by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil, a reduction in crude oil production activities could reduce the volumes of crude oil that we handle and our fee revenue, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

 

41


Table of Contents

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.

PBF Energy owns and controls our general partner and appoints all of the officers and directors of our general partner. All of the initial officers and a majority of the initial directors of our general partner are also officers of PBF Energy. Although our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner that is beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to PBF Energy. Conflicts of interest will arise between PBF Energy and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of PBF Energy over our interests and the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

   

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our sponsor to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, including whether to increase or decrease refinery production, whether to shut down or reconfigure a refinery or what markets to pursue or grow. The directors and officers of PBF Energy have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the stockholders of PBF Energy, which may be contrary to our interests. PBF Energy may choose to shift the focus of its investment and growth to areas not served by our assets.

 

   

PBF Energy, as our sole customer, has an economic incentive to cause us not to seek higher service fees, even if such higher rates or fees would reflect rates and fees that could be obtained in arm’s-length, third-party transactions.

 

   

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as PBF Energy, in resolving conflicts of interest.

 

   

All of the initial officers and a majority of the initial directors of our general partner are also officers of PBF Energy and will owe fiduciary duties to it. These officers will devote significant time to the business of PBF Energy and will be compensated by it accordingly.

 

   

PBF Energy may be constrained by the terms of its debt instruments from taking actions, or refraining from taking actions, that may be in our best interests.

 

   

Our partnership agreement replaces the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing its duties, limits our general partner’s liabilities and restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

 

   

Disputes may arise under our commercial agreements with PBF Energy.

 

   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership units and the creation, reduction or increase of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion or investment capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units. In addition, the inability of PBF Energy to suspend or reduce its obligations under its commercial agreements with us or to claim a force majeure event following the closing of this offering increases the likelihood of the conversion of the subordinated units.

 

42


Table of Contents
   

Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it are reimbursable by us.

 

   

Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period.

 

   

Our partnership agreement permits us to classify up to $         as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions to PBF LLC as the holder of all of our subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights.

 

   

Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

 

   

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations.

 

   

PBF Energy and its controlled affiliates may exercise their right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by them if they own more than 80% of the common units.

 

   

Our general partner controls the enforcement of the obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us, including our sponsor’s obligations under the omnibus agreement and its commercial agreements with us.

 

   

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

 

   

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to PBF Energy in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

PBF Energy may compete with us.

PBF Energy may compete with us. Under the omnibus agreement, PBF Energy and its affiliates will agree not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business of owning or operating any crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States that are not within, directly connected to, substantially dedicated to, or otherwise an integral part of, any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by our sponsor. This restriction, however, does not apply to:

 

   

any assets owned by our sponsor at the closing of this offering (including replacements or expansions of those assets);

 

   

any assets acquired or constructed by our sponsor that are within, substantially dedicated to, or an integral part of any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by our sponsor;

 

   

any asset or business that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of less than $ 25 million ;

 

   

any asset or business that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $ 25 million or more;

 

   

any logistics asset that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $ 25 million or more but comprises less than half of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by our sponsor)

 

43


Table of Contents
 

of the total asset package acquired or constructed by our sponsor;

 

   

the purchase and ownership of a non-controlling interest in any publicly traded entity; and

 

   

the ownership of the equity interests in us, our general partner and our affiliates.

As a result, our sponsor has the ability to construct assets which directly compete with our assets. The limitations on the ability of our sponsor to compete with us are terminable by either party if PBF Energy ceases to control our general partner.

Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including PBF Energy and its executive officers and directors. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our common unitholders. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

In addition, there are no restrictions on the ability of Blackstone or First Reserve to compete with us.

If you are not an Eligible Holder, your common units may be subject to redemption.

We have adopted certain requirements regarding those investors who may own our common and subordinated units. Eligible Holders are limited partners whose (a) federal income tax status is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged by us on assets that are subject to regulation by FERC or an analogous regulatory body and (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which we have an interest, in each case as determined by our general partner with the advice of counsel. If you are not an Eligible Holder, in certain circumstances as set forth in our partnership agreement, your units may be redeemed by us at the then-current market price. The redemption price will be paid in cash or by delivery of a promissory note, as determined by our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption” and “The Partnership Agreement—Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption.”

It is our policy to distribute a significant portion of our cash available for distribution to our partners, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

We plan to distribute most of our cash available for distribution, which may cause our growth to proceed at a slower pace than that of businesses that reinvest their cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the cash that we have available to distribute to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement does not contain a requirement for us to pay distributions to our unitholders, and there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution, or any distribution, in any quarter.

 

44


Table of Contents

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. Following this offering, the market price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. After this offering, there will be only             publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. In addition, PBF Energy will own             common units (             common units if the underwriters do not exercise such option) and             subordinated units, representing an aggregate of approximately     % limited partner interest in us. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

The initial public offering price for the common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level of our quarterly distributions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic conditions, including interest rates and governmental policies impacting interest rates;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common units; and

 

   

other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $         per common unit.

The estimated initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $         per unit. Based on the estimated initial public offering price of $         per common unit, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by our sponsor are recorded in accordance with GAAP at their historical cost, and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution.”

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our common units with contractual standards governing its duties.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law and replace those duties with several different contractual standards. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, free of any duties to us and our unitholders other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, which means that a court will enforce the reasonable expectations of the partners where the language in the partnership agreement does not provide for a clear course of action. This provision entitles our general partner to consider only the

 

45


Table of Contents

interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

how to allocate business opportunities among us and its other affiliates;

 

   

whether to exercise its limited call right;

 

   

whether to seek approval of the resolution of a conflict of interest by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner; and

 

   

whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder agrees to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

whenever our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in their respective capacities, our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner and any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee), as applicable, is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, meaning that it subjectively believed that the decision was in the best interests of our partnership, and, except as specifically provided by our partnership agreement, will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as such decisions are made in good faith;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

   

our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement (including any duties to us or our unitholders) if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

  approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;

 

  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates;

 

  determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

  determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

 

46


Table of Contents

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner or the conflicts committee must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth subbullets above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership challenging such determination, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

The administrative services fee and reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce our cash available for distribution to our common unitholders. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general partner.

Prior to making any distribution on our common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for costs and expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Prior to making distributions, we will pay our general partner and its affiliates an annual fee for the provision of centralized administrative services and employees and reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred on our behalf pursuant to the omnibus agreement, which we currently estimate will total approximately $3.7 million annually. We also expect to incur $4.0 million annually of incremental annual general and administrative expense as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. In addition, prior to making distributions, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to our sponsor for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement” and “—Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement.” Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of available cash to pay cash distributions to our common unitholders. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our general partner or its board of directors. Rather, the board of directors of our general partner will be appointed by PBF Energy. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.

Unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates, including PBF Energy, will own sufficient units upon the closing of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering,

 

47


Table of Contents

PBF Energy will indirectly own     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units and any existing arrearages on our common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over our subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable to us or any limited partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of our general partner because of unitholder dissatisfaction with the performance of our general partner in managing our partnership will most likely result in the termination of the subordination period and conversion of all subordinated units to common units.

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by a provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third-party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third-party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of any assets it may own without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in the partnership agreement on the ability of PBF Energy to transfer its membership interest in our general partner to a third-party. The new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with their own choices and to control the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.

The incentive distribution rights held by PBF Energy may be transferred to a third-party without unitholder consent.

PBF Energy may transfer its incentive distribution rights to a third-party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If PBF Energy transfers its incentive distribution rights to a third-party but retains its ownership interest in our general partner, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if PBF Energy had retained ownership of the incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by PBF Energy could reduce the likelihood of PBF Energy, accepting offers made by us relating to assets owned by it or its subsidiaries, as PBF Energy would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.

We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute unitholder interests.

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests, including limited partner interests that rank senior to the common units that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

48


Table of Contents
   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

because the amount payable to holders of incentive distribution rights is based on a percentage of the total cash available for distribution, the distributions to holders of incentive distribution rights will increase even if the per unit distribution on common units remains the same;

 

   

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

PBF Energy may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, PBF Energy will hold             common units and             subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. In addition, we have agreed to provide PBF Energy with certain registration rights. The sale of these units in the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to limit its liability, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

PBF Energy has a limited call right that may require you to sell your units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time PBF Energy and its controlled affiliates own more than 80% of our common units, PBF Energy will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price that is not less than their then-current market price, as calculated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At the closing of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, PBF Energy will own approximately     % of our outstanding common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), PBF Energy will own approximately     % of our outstanding common units. For additional information about this right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

49


Table of Contents

PBF Energy, or any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels related to the incentive distribution rights, without the approval of the conflicts committee of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights, which will initially be PBF Energy, have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and such holders have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters (and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed adjusted operating surplus for each such quarter), to reset the minimum quarterly distribution and the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution. PBF Energy has the right to transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time, in whole or in part, and any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights shall have the same rights as PBF Energy with respect to resetting target distributions.

In the event of a reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to receive, in the aggregate, the number of common units equal to that number of common units which would have entitled the holders to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that PBF Energy would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not otherwise be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit. It is possible, however, that PBF Energy or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then-current business environment. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third-party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued common units to PBF Energy in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—PBF Energy’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in and outside of Delaware. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states in which we do business. You could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability.”

 

50


Table of Contents

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Transferees of common units are liable both for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership that were known to the transferee at the time of transfer and for those obligations that were unknown if the liabilities could have been determined from the partnership agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

We have applied to list our common units on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly traded limited partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have, and we do not intend to have, a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership. As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE have required changes in the corporate governance practices of publicly traded companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly traded partnership reporting requirements, and our general partner will maintain director and officer liability insurance under a separate policy from PBF Energy’s corporate director and officer insurance. We have included $4.0 million of estimated annual incremental costs associated with being a publicly traded partnership in our financial forecast included elsewhere in this prospectus. However, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis, and we will be required to assess the effectiveness of our controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to provide an auditor’s attestation report on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports, prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded partnership. We prepare our consolidated financial

 

51


Table of Contents

statements in accordance with GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may not meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. Our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or to comply with our obligations under Section 404. For example, Section 404 will require us, among other things, to annually review and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We must comply with Section 404 (except for the requirement for an auditor’s attestation report) beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015. Any failure to develop, implement or maintain effective internal controls or to improve our internal controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Even if we conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to the operating effectiveness of our internal controls or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us.

Given the difficulties inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, in addition to our limited accounting personnel and management resources, we can provide no assurance as to our, or our independent registered public accounting firms, future conclusions about the effectiveness of our internal controls, and we may incur significant costs in our efforts to comply with Section 404. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting will subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our units less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our units less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our units and our trading price may be more volatile.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, treats us as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or we become subject to entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax benefit of an investment in our units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, we would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless we satisfy a “qualifying income” requirement. Based upon our current operations, we believe we satisfy the qualifying income requirement. However, we have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other matter affecting us. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would pay U.S. federal income tax on our income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely be liable for state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. Because

 

52


Table of Contents

taxes would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, our treatment as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of the units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us. At the state level, several states have been evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise or other forms of taxation. If any state were to impose a tax upon us as an entity, the cash available for distribution to you would be reduced and the value of our common units could be negatively impacted.

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes or differing interpretations, possibly applied on a retroactive basis.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, from time to time, members of Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. One such legislative proposal would have eliminated the qualifying income exception to the treatment of all publicly traded partnerships as corporations upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units. Any modification to U.S. federal income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible for us to meet the qualifying income requirement to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of the importance of our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Taxation of the Partnership—Partnership Status.”

If the IRS were to contest the U.S. federal income tax positions we take, it may adversely impact the market for our common units, and the costs of any such contest would reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions that we take, even positions taken with the advice of counsel. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the prices at which they trade. Moreover, the costs of any contest between us and the IRS will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders.

Even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us, you will be required to pay taxes on your share of our taxable income.

You will be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes, on your share of our taxable income, whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax due from you with respect to that income.

 

53


Table of Contents

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your units, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in those units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your adjusted tax basis in your units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a price greater than your adjusted tax basis therein, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of any amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income to you due to potential recapture items, including depreciation and depletion recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our non-recourse liabilities, if you sell your common units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons owning our units face unique tax issues that may result in substantially adverse tax consequences to them.

Investment in our units by tax-exempt entities, such as individual retirement accounts (known as “IRAs”) and non-U.S. persons, raises tax issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to entities exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them, despite their exempt status. Allocations and/or distributions to non-U.S. persons will be subject to withholding taxes imposed at the highest effective tax rate applicable to such non-U.S. persons and each non-U.S. person will be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Entities and Other Investors.”

We will treat each purchaser of our units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the units actually purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of our units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of units and could have a negative impact on the value of our units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we will adopt.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly-traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations will not be effective until they are issued in their final form and, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the

 

54


Table of Contents

use of the proration method we have adopted. If the IRS were to challenge our proration method or new Treasury Regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

A unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be considered to have disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and could recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because there are no specific rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequence of loaning a partnership interest, a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered to have disposed of the loaned units. In that case, the unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a securities loan are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their units.

We will adopt certain valuation methodologies that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between the general partner and the unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, we determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating the value of our assets in which case there may be a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders, which may be unfavorable to such unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated to our intangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our tangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods, or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction between the general partner and certain of our unitholders.

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests within a twelve-month period will result in the termination of us as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. Immediately following this offering, PBF LLC will own 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, a transfer of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. Further, PBF LLC is also a partnership for federal income tax purposes and a constructive termination of it would be considered an exchange of its entire interest in us. Since June 1, 2013, approximately 47% of the interests in PBF LLC have been sold or exchanged. Therefore, a constructive termination of PBF LLC could also result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In

 

55


Table of Contents

the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination would not affect our classification as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but it would result in our being treated as a new partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes following the termination. If we were treated as a new partnership, we would be required to make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we were unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS recently announced a relief procedure whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically terminated requests and the IRS grants special relief, among other things, the partnership may be permitted to provide only a single Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the two short tax periods included in the year in which the termination occurs. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

You will likely be subject to state and local taxes and income tax return filing requirements in jurisdictions where you do not live as a result of investing in our units.

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property, even if you do not live in those jurisdictions. You will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We may own property or conduct business in other states in the future. It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, state and local tax returns.

 

56


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and estimated offering expenses, to be approximately $         million. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering:

 

   

to distribute approximately $15.0 million to PBF LLC to reimburse it for certain capital expenditures incurred prior to the closing of this offering with respect to the contributed assets;

 

   

to pay debt issuance costs of approximately $4.5 million related to our new revolving credit facility and term loan facility;

 

   

to purchase $65.0 million of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures; and

 

   

to retain $5.0 million for general partnership purposes.

We will also borrow $65.0 million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to              additional common units) under our term loan and distribute the proceeds of such borrowings to PBF LLC.

At the closing of this offering, we will enter into a new $ 300.0 million revolving credit facility which will remain undrawn at the closing.

If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to              additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the remaining common units, if any, will be issued to PBF Energy at the expiration of the option period. Any such units issued to PBF Energy will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.” If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds would be approximately $        . The net proceeds received in connection with any exercise of such option will be used to purchase a corresponding amount of additional U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures. In addition, we will borrow under our term loan an amount equal to the net proceeds received upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and use the proceeds to make a distribution to PBF LLC.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and offering expenses, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $        . If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price or decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then the amount we borrow under our revolving credit facility and the cash distributions to PBF LLC will increase or decrease, as applicable, by a corresponding amount.

 

57


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows:

 

   

the historical cash and equivalents and capitalization of our predecessor as of December 31, 2013; and

 

   

our pro forma cash and equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described in our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, including this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical and unaudited pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Predecessor
Historical
     Partnership
Pro Forma (1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and equivalents

   $       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities (2)

   $       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt:

     

New revolving credit facility

   $       $     

New term loan facility (2)

          
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment/partners’ equity

     

Net investment

   $ 29,497       $     

Common units—public (2)

          

Common units—PBF LLC (2)

          

Subordinated units—PBF LLC

          

Total net investment/partners’ equity

     29,497      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $
29,497
  
   $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2013, the public would have held              common units and PBF Energy would have held an aggregate of              common units and              subordinated units.
(2) An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses, to increase or decrease by $         million. If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price or decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then the amount we borrow under our term loan facility, and the amount of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities we purchase, and the cash distributions to PBF LLC will increase or decrease, as applicable, by a corresponding amount.

 

58


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per unit after this offering. On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013, our net tangible book value was $         million, or $         per unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per unit before the offering (1)

   $                   

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering (2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering (3)(4)

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the number of units (             common units and              subordinated units) to be issued to PBF LLC for its contribution of assets and liabilities to us into the pro forma net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities.
(2) Determined by dividing the total number of units to be outstanding after the offering (             common units and              subordinated) into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the offering.
(3) If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per common unit, then dilution in net tangible book value per unit would equal $         and $        , respectively.
(4) Because the total number of units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and borrowings under our term loan facility will increase by an amount equal to the net proceeds from such option exercise retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any such exercise of the option.

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by PBF LLC and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon closing of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus:

 

     Units Issued      Total Consideration  
     Number    Percent      Amount      Percent  
                 (in thousands)         

PBF LLC (1)(2)

           

Purchasers in this offering

         $                   
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        100.0       $                      100.0   
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon closing of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, PBF LLC will own          common units and             subordinated units.
(2) The assets contributed by our sponsor were recorded at historical cost in accordance with GAAP. Book value of the consideration provided by our sponsor and its affiliates, as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the offering, is as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Book value of net assets contributed

   $                

Less: Distribution to our sponsor from net proceeds of this offering

  

Distribution to PBF LLC from borrowings under our term loan facility

  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $                
  

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering, or             common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering. The foregoing discussion and tables do not reflect any potential purchases by these persons.

 

60


Table of Contents

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the specific assumptions included in this section. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma results of operations, you should refer to our historical and pro forma Combined Financial Statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

It is our intent to distribute at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our units to the extent we generate sufficient earnings. Furthermore, we expect that if we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will grow our business in a steady and sustainable manner and distribute to our unitholders a portion of any increase in our earnings resulting from such growth. Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing rather than retaining a substantial amount of the cash derived from our earnings. However, since it will be our policy to set our distributions based on the level of success of our operations, the actual amount of cash we distribute on our common and subordinated units will depend principally on the amount of earnings we can generate from our operations. In addition, as we discuss below, our ability to pay distributions is subject to various restrictions, as well as other factors.

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:

 

   

Our ability to make cash distributions may be limited by certain covenants in our new revolving credit facility and term loan facility. Should we be unable to satisfy these covenants, we will be unable to make cash distributions notwithstanding our cash distribution policy. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources and Liquidity—New Credit Facilities.”

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business, including for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves that our general partner may establish. Any decision to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders.

 

   

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses may include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. We currently estimate that the total amount of such expenses will be approximately $3.7 million annually. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders.

 

61


Table of Contents
   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases in our operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs.

 

   

If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.” We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our assets and subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.

Our Ability to Grow may be Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

We expect to generally distribute a significant percentage of our cash from operations to our unitholders on a quarterly basis, after the establishment of cash reserves and payment of our expenses. Therefore, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest most or all of their cash to expand ongoing operations. Moreover, our future growth may be slower than our historical growth. We expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and issuances of debt and equity interests, to fund our expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Pursuant to our distribution policy, we intend to declare a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit for each complete quarter, or $         per unit on an annualized basis. The payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of the common units and subordinated units to be outstanding after closing of this offering would require us to have earnings providing amounts available for distribution of approximately $         per quarter, or $         per year. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.”

The table below sets forth the amount of common units and subordinated units that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, and the earnings needed to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal quarter and a four quarter period:

 

     Number of
Units
   Distributions  
        One Quarter      Annualized  
          (in thousands)  

Publicly held common units (1)

      $                    $                

Common units held by PBF LLC (1)

        

Subordinated units held by PBF LLC

        

LTIP participant units (2)

        
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $                    $                
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

 

(1) Assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. Please read “Prospectus Summary—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure” for a description of the impact of an exercise of the option on the common unit ownership percentages.
(2) In connection with the closing of this offering, we will grant phantom units with dividend equivalent rights to the independent directors of our general partner as described in “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to PBF LLC at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to PBF LLC. Any such units issued to PBF LLC will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

PBF LLC will also be the initial holder of the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter.

We expect to pay our distributions on or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 15th day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly distribution for the period after the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014 based on the actual length of the period.

Subordinated Units

PBF LLC will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. When the subordination period ends, all of the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common units.

To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except during the subordination period. To the extent we have earnings in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units, we will use such excess earnings to pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to fully fund our annualized minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. In those sections, we present two tables, consisting of:

 

   

“Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution,” in which we present the amount of cash we would have had available for distribution on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, derived from our unaudited pro forma financial data that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, as adjusted to give pro forma effect to this offering and the related formation transactions; and

 

   

“Estimated Cash Available for Distribution,” in which we explain our belief that we will be able to generate sufficient cash available for distribution for us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015.

 

63


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

If we had completed this offering and related transactions on January 1, 2013, our unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $33.2 million. This amount would not have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on any of our common units and subordinated units for such period.

Our unaudited pro forma available cash for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes $4.0 million on an annualized basis of estimated incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership. Incremental general and administrative expenses related to being a publicly traded partnership include expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer liability insurance expenses; director compensation; and incremental costs associated with operating our logistics assets as a growth-oriented business. These expenses are not reflected in historical financial statements of our predecessor or our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

We based the pro forma adjustments upon currently available information and specific estimates and assumptions. The pro forma amounts below do not purport to present our results of operations had this offering and related formation transactions been completed as of the date indicated. In addition, cash available for distribution is primarily a cash accounting concept, while the historical financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, you should view the amount of pro forma cash available for distribution only as a general indication of the amount of cash available for distributions that we might have generated had we completed this offering on the dates indicated.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that this offering and the related formation transactions had been completed on January 1, 2013. Each of the adjustments reflected or presented below is explained in the footnotes to such adjustments. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution for the Year Ended December 31, 2013.”

PBF Logistics LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
     (in thousands,
except per unit data)
 

Pro Forma Net Income

   $ 37,590   

Add:

  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,032   

Interest expense, net (1)

     2,395   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma EBITDA (2)

   $ 41,017   
  

 

 

 

Less:

  

Cash interest, net (1)

     (1,865

Maintenance capital expenditures (3)

     (2,000

Incremental general and administrative expense of being a public partnership (4)

     (4,000
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution

   $ 33,152   
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Cash Distributions

  

Distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

   $     
  

 

 

 

Annual distributions to:

  

Public common unitholders (5)

   $     

PBF LLC:

  

Common units (6)

  

Subordinated units (6)

  

Total distributions to PBF LLC

  

Total Distributions

   $     
  

 

 

 

Shortfall

   $                
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest expense, net and cash interest, net both include commitment fees and interest expense that would have been paid by our predecessor had our revolving credit facility and term loan facility been in place during the period presented and we had borrowed $ 65.0 million under the term loan facility at the beginning of the period. Interest expense and cash interest are reduced by the interest income related to the $65.0 million of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities we intend to purchase with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our new revolving credit facility. Cash interest, net excludes the amortization of debt issuance costs.
(2) We define EBITDA and provide a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”
(3) Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, our capital assets, and for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) made to maintain our long-term operating income or operating capacity. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures for the refurbishment and replacement of terminals, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations.

 

65


Table of Contents
(4) Reflects an adjustment for estimated cash expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and incremental costs associated with operating our logistics assets as a growth-oriented business.
(5) Includes $         million attributable to phantom units with distribution equivalent rights awarded in connection with this offering to the independent directors of our general partner pursuant to our long-term incentive plan. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”
(6) Based on the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering, assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending June 30, 2015

We forecast that our estimated cash available for distribution during the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 will be approximately $43.6 million. This amount would exceed by $         the amount needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit on all of our units for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015.

We are providing the forecast of estimated cash available for distribution to supplement the historical financial statements of PBF MLP Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate on all of our units for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. To the extent that there is a shortfall during any quarter in the forecast period, we believe we would be able to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions in such quarter and would likely be able to repay such borrowings in a subsequent quarter, because we believe the total cash available for distribution for the forecast period will be more than sufficient to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution for the forecast period on all of our units. Please read “—Significant Forecast Assumptions” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the forecast. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for information as to the accounting policies we have followed for the financial forecast.

Our forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. We believe that our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. If our estimates are not achieved, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution on our common units. The assumptions and estimates underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and, though we consider them reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forecast, including, among others, risks and uncertainties contained in “Risk Factors.” Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forecast is indicative of our future performance or that actual results will not differ materially from those presented in the forecast. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by any person that the results contained in the forecast will be achieved.

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future revenue, earnings, or other results. However, we have prepared the prospective financial information set forth below to present the estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in our view, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, the expected course of

 

66


Table of Contents

action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.

Neither our independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the prospective financial information. The independent registered public accounting firm’s report included in this prospectus relates to historical financial information. It does not extend to prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update this financial forecast or the assumptions used to prepare the forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the closing of this offering. In light of this, the statement that we believe that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for each quarter through December 31, 2014, should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that we will make such distribution. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

67


Table of Contents

PBF Logistics LP

Estimated Cash Available for Distribution

 

     Twelve  Months
Ending
June 30, 2015
     Three Months Ending  
        September 30,
2014
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
     June 30,
2015
 
     (In thousands, except per unit data)  

Total Revenues

   $ 61,670       $ 14,168       $ 16,008       $ 15,660       $ 15,834   

Costs and Expenses:

              

Operating and maintenance expense

     7,024         1,637         1,812         1,779         1,796   

General and administrative expense (1)

     7,200         1,800         1,800         1,800         1,800   

Depreciation expense

     1,238         302         307         312         317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     15,462         3,739         3,919         3,891         3,913   

Operating Income

     46,208         10,429         12,089         11,769         11,921   

Interest expense, net (2)

     2,395         603         603         592         597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

     43,813         9,826         11,486         11,177         11,324   

Plus:

              

Interest expense, net

     2,395         603         603         592         597   

Depreciation expense

     1,238         302         307         312         317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated EBITDA (3)

     47,446         10,731         12,396         12,081         12,238   

Less:

              

Cash interest paid, net (2)

     1,865         470         470         460         465   

Maintenance capital expenditures (4)

     2,000         425         500         538         537   

Expansion capital expenditures

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution

   $ 43,581       $ 9,836       $ 11,426       $ 11,083       $ 11,236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distributions to public common unitholders (5)

   $         $         $         $         $     

Distributions to PBF LLC—common units (6)

              

Distributions to PBF LLC—subordinated units (6)

              

Distributions to our general partner

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total distributions to unitholders and general partner

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Excess (shortfall) of cash available for distribution over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions

   $         $         $         $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes approximately $4.0 million of estimated annual incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
(2) Interest expense, net and cash interest paid, net both include the commitment fee on our $300.0 million revolving credit facility that is expected to be undrawn during the period and interest expense on our $65.0 million of borrowings under our term loan, which is reduced by interest income related to the $65.0 million of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities we intend to purchase with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Interest expense, net also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our new revolving credit facility. Cash interest, net excludes the amortization of debt issuance costs.
(3) We define EBITDA and provide a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”
(4) Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, our capital assets, and for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) made to maintain our long-term operating income or operating capacity. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures for the refurbishment and replacement of terminals, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations.
(5) Includes $         for each of the three month periods and $         for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 attributable to phantom units with distribution equivalent rights awarded in connection with this offering to the independent directors of our general partner pursuant to our long-term incentive plan. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”
(6) Based on the number of common units and subordinated units expected to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering and assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

 

68


Table of Contents

Significant Forecast Assumptions

The forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of management. The forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending September 30, 2015. While the assumptions disclosed in this prospectus are not all-inclusive, the assumptions listed below are those that we believe are material to our forecasted results of operations and any assumptions not discussed below were not deemed to be material. We believe we have a reasonable objective basis for these assumptions. We believe our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to make cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at all.

Net Income and EBITDA

We estimate that we will generate net income of $43.8 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, as compared to pro forma net income of $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, we estimate that our EBITDA will be $47.4 million as compared to pro forma EBITDA of $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Based on our assumptions for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, we expect all of our forecasted revenues to be generated by our commercial agreements with, and fees paid by, our sponsor. Additionally, our commercial agreements include provisions that generally permit our sponsor to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include our sponsor deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations after the second anniversary of the closing of this offering at the applicable refinery that receives services under the commercial agreement, as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement. We have assumed no such event will occur during the forecast period.

Volumes

Our forecasted net sales have been determined by reference to historical volumes handled by us for the year ended December 31, 2013 for our sponsor. We did not have any agreements in effect with our sponsor with respect to the historical volumes handled by us for our sponsor during those periods. The forecasted net sales also take into account the commercial agreements with PBF Energy that we will enter into at the closing of this offering, as well as forecasted usage by our sponsor of services above the minimum throughput requirements under these commercial agreements. We expect that any variances between actual net sales and forecasted net sales will be driven by differences between actual volumes and forecasted volumes (subject to the minimum volume commitments of our sponsor) and by changes in uncommitted volumes.

The following table compares our forecasted volumes to pro forma historical volumes, contrasted against our minimum volume commitments.

 

    Pro Forma      Forecasted              
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013 (1)
     Twelve
months
ending

June  30,
2015
     Contracted Minimum    Contracted
Minimum
as a
Percentage
of Forecast
 

Delaware City Rail Terminal throughput (kbpd)

    69.7         82.5       75.0 through September 30,
2014, 85.0 for each
subsequent quarter
     100

Toledo Truck Terminal throughput (kbpd)

    5.4         4.0       4.0      100

 

(1) Represents actual throughput of the Delaware City Rail Terminal for the period February 8, 2013 through December 31, 2013 and the Toledo Truck Terminal based on the date each of its four LACT units were placed in service.

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating and Maintenance Expense

Our operating and maintenance expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, utility costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses. We estimate that we will incur operating and maintenance expense of $7.0 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 as compared to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. The increase in our forecasted operating and maintenance expenses compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 is primarily related to the fact that the assets were under construction and not operating during a portion of the historical period.

Our operating and maintenance expense includes an operating and administrative service fee of $0.5 million per year that we will pay to our sponsor under the operation and management services and secondment agreement that we will enter into at the closing of this offering for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business. We also expect to reimburse our general partners and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for insurance premiums for business interruption, property and other insurance coverages in the amount of $0.5 million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement.”

General and Administrative Expenses

We estimate that our total general and administrative expenses will be $7.2 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. These expenses consist of:

 

   

a corporate services fee of $2.3 million per year that we will pay to our sponsor under the omnibus agreement that we will enter into at the closing of this offering for the provision of various centralized administrative services for our benefit, including executive management services of our sponsor employees who devote less than 50% of their time to our business, financial and administrative services, information technology services, legal services, health, safety and environmental services, human resources services and insurance administration. For a more complete description of this agreement and the services covered by it, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement”;

 

   

approximately $0.9 million of reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for allocated expenses of personnel who devote 50% or more of their time performing services for our benefit; and

 

   

approximately $4.0 million of incremental annual expenses as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audit, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations, activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance premiums, independent director compensation, and incremental costs associated with operating our logistics assets as a growth-oriented business.

Depreciation Expense

We estimate that depreciation expense will be approximately $1.2 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. Our depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, was $1.0 million.

Financing

We estimate that interest expense will be approximately $2.4 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, also would have been approximately $2.4 million. Our interest expense for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 is based on the following assumptions:

 

70


Table of Contents
   

We will enter into a $ 300 .0 million revolving credit facility, which will remain undrawn during the forecast period. The facility bears interest based on predetermined pricing grids that allow us to choose between Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans. The weighted average rate on any borrowings would be approximately 2.0 %.

 

   

We will enter into an up to $300.0 million term loan facility. Borrowings under our term loan facility in the amount of $65.0 million will bear an average interest rate of 0.4%, net of interest earned on the $65.0 million in U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities purchased to fund anticipated capital expenditures.

 

   

Interest expense includes an estimated 0.3 % commitment fee for the unutilized portion of the revolving credit and term loan facilities.

 

   

Interest expense also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our revolving credit and term loan facilities.

 

   

We will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our revolving credit and term loan facilities.

 

   

An increase or decrease of 1.0% in the interest rate on our term loan borrowings and our revolving credit facility if it was fully utilized would change our annual interest expense by $2.1 million.

Capital Expenditures

We estimate that total capital expenditures for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 will be $2.0 million as compared to pro forma capital expenditures of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Pro forma capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2013 were comprised primarily of the costs to acquire three LACT units at our Toledo Truck Terminal and costs to construct the Delaware City Rail Terminal, including approximately $1.1 million related to a project to expand its throughput unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd. Maintenance capital expenditures during the pro forma period were de minimis, as the assets had only recently been placed into service. This forecast estimate is based on the following assumptions:

 

   

Maintenance Capital Expenditures. We estimate that our maintenance capital expenditures will be $2.0 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. This estimate is based primarily on estimates provided by the third-party contractor that constructed the Delaware City Rail Terminal and operates it on behalf of our sponsor.

 

   

Expansion Capital Expenditures. Our estimate does not include any cash expenditures for expansion capital. We expect to complete the project to expand the throughput unloading capacity at our Delaware City Rail Terminal from 105,000 to 130,000 bpd. The total estimated cost of the project for the period from January 1, 2014 to its expected completion date in the third quarter of 2014 is approximately $10 million. Any costs we incur to complete the project will be funded by the sale of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Expenditures”. Our estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 includes an increase in the minimum throughput commitment for the Delaware City Rail Facility from 75,000 bpd to 85,000 bpd related to the expansion project.

Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors

Our forecast of estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015 is based on the following significant assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

our sponsor will not default under any of our commercial agreements or reduce, suspend or terminate its obligations, nor will any events occur that would be deemed a force majeure event, under such agreements;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

there will not be any new federal, state or local regulation, or any interpretation of existing regulation, of the portions of the refining or logistics industries in which we operate that will be materially adverse to our business;

 

   

all forecasted increases in the fees under our commercial agreements with our sponsor will occur on schedule;

 

   

there will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our assets or our sponsor’s refineries;

 

   

there will not be a shortage of skilled labor; and

 

   

there will not be any material adverse changes in the refining industry, the midstream energy sector or market, or overall economic conditions.

 

72


Table of Contents

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

Distributions of Available Cash

General

Our partnership agreement requires that, on or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November, beginning with either the quarter in which the closing of this offering occurs or the following quarter (as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus) we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the amount of our distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2014 based on the actual length of the period.

Definition of Available Cash

Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash on hand at the end of that quarter:

 

   

less , the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

 

   

provide for the proper conduct of our business (including cash reserves for our future capital expenditures and anticipated future debt service requirements subsequent to that quarter);

 

   

comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

 

   

provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters (provided that our general partner may not establish cash reserves for distributions if the effect of the establishment of such reserves will prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative arrearages on such common units for the current quarter);

 

   

plus , if our general partner so determines, all or any portion of the cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of such quarter.

The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that quarter to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to unitholders, and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within twelve months with funds other than from additional working capital borrowings.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

Any distributions we make will be characterized as made from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Distributions from operating surplus are made differently than cash distributions that we would make from capital surplus. Operating surplus distributions will be made to our unitholders and, if we make quarterly distributions above the first target distribution level described below, to the holder of our incentive distribution rights. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus. In such an event, however, any capital surplus distribution would be made pro rata to all unitholders, but the holder of the incentive distribution rights would generally not participate in any capital surplus distributions with respect to those rights.

In determining operating surplus and capital surplus, we will only take into account our proportionate share of our consolidated subsidiaries, provided they are not wholly owned, and our proportionate share of entities accounted for under the equity method.

 

73


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus

We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$         million (as described below);  plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below), provided that cash receipts from the termination of a commodity hedge or interest rate hedge prior to its specified termination date shall be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such commodity hedge or interest rate hedge;  plus

 

   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for that quarter;  plus

 

   

cash distributions (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) paid in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, development, replacement, improvement, or expansion of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;  plus

 

   

cash distributions (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) paid in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in this offering, to pay interest and related fees on debt incurred, or to pay distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to in the prior bullet;  less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering;  less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures;  less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings;  less

 

   

any cash loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $         million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such an asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures (as described below) and thus reduce operating surplus when repayments are made. However, if working capital borrowings, which increase operating surplus, are not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, they will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowings are in fact repaid, they will not be treated as a further reduction in operating surplus because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

We define interim capital transactions as (i) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than working capital borrowings and items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) and sales of debt securities, (ii) issuances of equity securities and (iii) sales or other dispositions of assets, other than sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal asset retirements or replacements.

 

74


Table of Contents

We define operating expenditures as all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of expenses of our general partner and its affiliates, director, officer and employee compensation, debt service payments, payments made in the ordinary course of business under interest rate hedge contracts and commodity hedge contracts (provided that payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its settlement or termination date specified therein will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract will be amortized over the life of such rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below), and repayment of working capital borrowings; provided, however, that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayments of working capital borrowings where such borrowings have previously been deemed to have been repaid (as described above);

 

   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

   

payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners;

 

   

repurchases of partnership interests (excluding repurchases we make to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans); or

 

   

any other expenditures or payments made using the proceeds of this offering.

Capital Surplus

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any distribution of available cash in excess of our cumulative operating surplus. Accordingly, except as described above, capital surplus would generally be generated by:

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of ordinary course retirement or replacement of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Capital Expenditures

Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our operating income or operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the construction, development or acquisition of unloading equipment or other equipment at our facilities or additional throughput capacity to the extent such

 

75


Table of Contents

capital expenditures are expected to expand our operating capacity or our operating income. Expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, development, replacement, improvement or expansion of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that such capital improvement is abandoned or disposed of.

Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures made to maintain, over the long-term, our operating capacity or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures to repair, refurbish and replace unloading equipment or other equipment at our facilities, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations. Maintenance capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures and thus will reduce operating surplus.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of facilities that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity or operating income, but that are not expected to expand our operating capacity or operating income over the long term.

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.

Subordination Period

General

Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we describe below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $         per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions from operating surplus until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be sufficient cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Determination of Subordination Period

PBF Energy will initially own all of our subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2017, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

76


Table of Contents
   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

Early Termination of Subordination Period

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2015, if each of the following has occurred:

 

   

distributions from operating surplus exceeded $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the related distributions on the incentive distribution rights for a four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis, plus the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

In addition to the tests outlined above, the subordination period will end only in the event that our conflicts committee, or the board of directors of our general partner based on the recommendation of our conflicts committee, reasonably expects to satisfy the tests set forth under the first and second bullet points above for the succeeding four-quarter period without treating as earned any shortfall payments that would be paid under our existing commercial agreements with PBF Energy (or similar fees to be paid by PBF Energy under future contracts) expected to be received during such period.

Expiration Upon Removal of the General Partner

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

Expiration of the Subordination Period

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions.

Adjusted Operating Surplus

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

77


Table of Contents
   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods.

Distributions from Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

If we make a distribution from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter and any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters;

 

   

second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

Distributions from Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

If we make distributions of cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period, our partnership agreement requires that we make the distribution in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

General Partner Interest

Our general partner owns a noneconomic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions. However, our general partner may in the future own common units or other equity securities in us and will be entitled to receive distributions on any such interests.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive increasing percentages (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. PBF Energy currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights at any time.

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

78


Table of Contents

then we will make additional distributions from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and PBF LLC (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

second , 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

third , 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holders of our incentive distribution rights.

Percentage Allocations of Distributions from Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under the column heading “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) and the unitholders in any distributions from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Common Unit and Subordinated Unit.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below assume PBF Energy has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and there are no arrearages on common units.

 

     Total Quarterly Distribution
Per Common Unit and
Subordinated Unit
   Marginal Percentage Interest
in Distributions
 
        Unitholders     PBF LLC
(as Holder of
Incentive
Distribution
Rights)
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   up to $              100.0     0.0

First Target Distribution

   above $         up to $              100.0     0.0

Second Target Distribution

   above $         up to $              85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $         up to $              75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $              50.0     50.0

PBF Energy’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

PBF Energy, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to PBF Energy would be set. If PBF Energy transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that PBF Energy holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. The right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset target distribution levels will be higher than

 

79


Table of Contents

the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following the reset event increase as described below. We anticipate that PBF Energy would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to PBF Energy.

In connection with the resetting of the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by PBF Energy of incentive distribution payments based on the target cash distributions prior to the reset, PBF Energy will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by PBF Energy for the quarter prior to the reset event as compared to the cash distribution per common unit in such quarter.

The number of common units that PBF Energy would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the amount of cash distributions received by PBF Energy in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the amount of cash distributed per common unit with respect to such quarter. PBF Energy would be entitled to receive distributions in respect of these common units pro rata in subsequent periods.

Following a reset election, a baseline minimum quarterly distribution amount will be calculated as an amount equal to the cash distribution amount per unit for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would make distributions from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first, to all common unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

second, 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to PBF Energy, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

third, 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to PBF Energy, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to PBF Energy.

Because a reset election can only occur after the subordination period expires, the reset minimum quarterly distribution will have no significance except as a baseline for the target distribution levels.

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of distributions from operating surplus between the unitholders and PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) at various distribution levels (1) pursuant to the distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the target distribution levels based on the assumption that the quarterly distribution amount per common unit during the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

    Quarterly Distribution
per Unit Prior to Reset
  Unitholders     PBF Energy
(as Holder
of our
Incentive
Distribution
Rights)
    Quarterly Distribution Per
Unit Following Hypothetical
Reset

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  up to $             100.0     0.0   up to $         (1)

First Target Distribution

  above $         up to $             100.0     0.0   above $         up to $         (2)

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $             85.0     15.0   above $         up to $         (3)

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $             75.0     25.0   above $         up to $         (4)

Thereafter

  above $             50.0     50.0   above $        

 

(1) This amount is equal to the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(4) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), in respect of its incentive distribution rights, based on the amount distributed for the quarter immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be             common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $         per quarter for the quarter prior to the reset. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that the             phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that will be granted to the independent directors of our general partner in connection with this offering will be treated as common units.

 

     Quarterly Distribution Per
Unit Prior to Reset
   Cash
Distributions
to Common
Unitholders
Prior to Reset
     Cash Distributions
to PBF Energy
(as Holder of
our Incentive
Distribution Rights)
Prior to Reset
     Total
Distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   up to $            $                    $       $                

First Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                      

Second Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                 

Third Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                 

Thereafter

   above $                 
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $         $       $     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of distributions from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) in respect of its incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be             common units outstanding and the distribution to each common unit would be $        . The number of common units to be issued to PBF Energy upon the reset was calculated by dividing (1) the amount received by PBF Energy in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        , by (2) the cash distributed on each common unit for the quarter prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $        . For purposes of the table below, we have

 

81


Table of Contents

assumed that the             phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that will be granted to the independent directors of our general partner in connection with this offering will be treated as common units.

 

    Quarterly
Distribution  Per
Unit After Reset
  Cash
Distributions
to Common
Unitholders
    Cash Distributions to     Total
Distributions
 
        PBF Energy (as Holder of
Our Incentive Distribution
Rights) After Reset
   
      After Reset     Common
Units (1)
    Incentive
Distribution
Rights
    Total    

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  up to $           $           $           $           $           $        

First Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $                                           

Thereafter

  above $                                           
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $        $        $        $        $     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents distributions in respect of the common units issued to PBF Energy upon the reset.

PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) will be entitled to cause the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions from Capital Surplus

How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first , to all common unitholders and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

second , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each common unit an amount from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter , we will make all distributions from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution From Capital Surplus

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in relation to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for PBF Energy to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to zero, all future distributions will be made such that 50.0% is paid to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% is paid to the holder or holders of incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

82


Table of Contents

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

the target distribution levels;

 

   

the initial unit price, as described below under “—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation”;

 

   

the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

the number of subordinated units.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine or subdivide our subordinated units using the same ratio applied to the common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if as a result of a change in law or interpretation thereof, we or any of our subsidiaries is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or are otherwise subject to additional taxation as an entity for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income or withholding tax purposes, our general partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is cash for that quarter (after deducting our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholdings taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) cash for that quarter, plus (2) our general partner’s estimate of our additional aggregate liability for the quarter for such income and withholding taxes payable by reason of such change in law or interpretation thereof. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in distributions with respect to subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of units to a repayment of the initial value contributed by unitholders for their units in this offering, which we refer to as the “initial unit price” for each unit. The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are also intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of PBF Energy.

 

83


Table of Contents

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

 

   

first , to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

second , to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

third , to all unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fourth , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fifth , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights), until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights) for each quarter of our existence; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to PBF Energy (as the holder of our incentive distribution rights).

The percentage interests set forth above for PBF Energy assume PBF Energy has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the first bullet point above and all of the second bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

 

84


Table of Contents

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to our unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

first , to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

thereafter , to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into which the subordinated units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

We will make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In doing so, we generally will allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the holders of our incentive distribution rights in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders based on their percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

85


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table shows selected historical combined financial and operating data of PBF MLP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes, and selected pro forma combined financial data of PBF Logistics LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. Our selected historical combined financial data for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 are derived from the audited combined financial statements of our predecessor appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

PBF MLP Predecessor consists of the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Delaware City Rail Terminal assets of our sponsor, operated and held by Delaware City Terminaling, a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of our sponsor, which such entity is to be conveyed to us in connection with this offering, and the Toledo Truck Terminal. The historical financial data include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the contributed assets.

The selected pro forma combined financial data presented in the following table for the year ended December 31, 2013 are derived from the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of PBF Logistics LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering and the related formation transactions occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of January 1, 2013. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data give effect to, the following:

 

   

PBF Holding’s contribution of all of our initial assets and operations, including Delaware City Terminaling and the Toledo Truck Terminal to us;

 

   

our entry into a new $300.0 million revolving credit facility, which will remain undrawn at the closing of this offering;

 

   

$65.0 million of borrowings under our term loan facility;

 

   

our entry into long-term commercial agreements with PBF Energy and recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements as discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy”;

 

   

our entry into an omnibus agreement with PBF LLC and PBF Holding;

 

   

our entry into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with PBF Energy;

 

   

the consummation of this offering and our issuance of common units to the public and common units, subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights to PBF LLC; and

 

   

the application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowings under our new term loan, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The pro forma combined financial data do not give effect to the estimated $4.0 million in incremental annual general and administrative expense we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, which we use in our business as a measure of performance and liquidity. For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

 

    PBF MLP
Predecessor Historical
    PBF Logistics LP
Pro Forma
 
    Period July 1,
2012 (date of
inception) to
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December  31,
2013
    Year Ended
December  31,
2013
 
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per unit data and operating
information)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

     

Net revenues

  $      $      $ 50,625   

Cost of goods sold

                    

Operating expenses

    21        6,024        6,408   

General and administrative expenses

    569        1,834        3,200   

Depreciation and amortization

           1,032        1,032   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (590     (8,890     39,985   

Interest expense, net

                  (2,395
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (590   $ (8,890   $ 37,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common unitholders interest in net income

     

Subordinated unitholders interest in net income

     

Pro forma net income per common unit

     

Pro forma net income per subordinated unit

     

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

     

Marketable securities

  $ —        $ —        $ 65,000   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    23,557        29,996        29,996   

Total assets

    23,557        29,996        104,496   

Total debt, including current maturities

                  65,000   

Total liabilities

    4,682        499        65,000   

Total net investment/partners’ equity

    18,875        29,497        39,496   

Cash Flow Data:

     

Cash flows used in operating activities

  $ (590   $ (7,858  

Cash flows used in investing activities

    (18,439     (11,654  

Cash flows provided by financing activities

    19,029        19,512     

Other Financial Data:

     

EBITDA (1)

  $ (590   $ (7,858   $ 41,017   

Capital expenditures:

     

Maintenance

  $      $     

Expansion

    23,557        7,471     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 23,557      $ 7,471     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating Information:

     

Delaware City Rail Terminal throughput (kbpd)

           69.7     

Toledo Truck Terminal throughput (kbpd)

    0.4        5.4     

 

(1) For a definition of EBITDA and reconciliations to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.

 

87


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

For a discussion of the Non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, please read “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.” The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income and net cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

     PBF MLP
Predecessor Historical
    PBF Logistics LP
Pro Forma
 
     Period July 1,
2012 (date of
inception) to
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December  31,
2013
    Year Ended
December  31,
2013
 
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (590   $ (8,890   $ 37,590   

Add:

      

Depreciation and amortization

            1,032        1,032   

Interest expense, net

                   2,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ (590   $ (7,858   $ 41,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (590   $ (7,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

EBITDA

   $ (590   $ (7,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

88


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations for PBF Logistics LP in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes of PBF Logistics LP, PBF MLP Predecessor and the pro forma combined financial statements for PBF Logistics LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical and pro forma combined financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. In this section, references in this discussion to “we,” “our,” “us” or like terms when used in a historical context refer to the businesses and assets of PBF MLP Predecessor and when used in the present tense or prospectively, refer to PBF Logistics LP and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a fee-based, growth-oriented, traditional Delaware master limited partnership recently formed by PBF Energy to own or lease, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined petroleum products terminals, pipelines, storage facilities and similar logistics assets. We receive, handle and transfer crude oil from sources located throughout the United States and Canada for our sponsor in support of our sponsor’s three refineries located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware, and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Our initial asset servicing the Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries is a light crude oil rail unloading terminal, and our initial asset servicing the Toledo refinery is a crude oil truck unloading terminal.

Our Delaware City Rail Terminal, which commenced operations in February 2013, serves our sponsor’s Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries and is capable of discharging up to 105,000 bpd. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal has a double-loop track that can hold two 100-car unit trains and is capable of unloading a single unit train in approximately 14 hours. An expansion project is underway that will increase the Delaware City Rail Terminal’s unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd in the third quarter of 2014.

Our Toledo Truck Terminal serves our sponsor’s Toledo refinery. The Toledo Truck Terminal has unloading capacity of up to 15,000 bpd.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil. Following this offering, all of our revenue will be derived from long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with PBF Energy, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows. Our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum volume commitments, which we believe will provide us with a stable revenue stream in the future.

Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement. We will enter into a rail terminaling services agreement with a subsidiary of our sponsor under which we will provide to our sponsor’s subsidiary terminaling services at our Delaware City Rail Terminal. Under the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, our sponsor’s subsidiary will be obligated to throughput aggregate volumes of crude oil of at least 75,000 bpd through September 30, 2014 and of at least 85,000 bpd for each quarter thereafter (in each case, calculated on a quarterly average basis) for a terminaling service fee of $2.00 per barrel, which will decrease to $0.50 per barrel to the extent volumes exceed the minimum throughput commitment. We also will receive fees from our sponsor’s subsidiary for providing related ancillary services at the terminal that are specified in the agreement. The terminaling service fee is subject to (i) increase or decrease on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2015, by the amount of any change in the Producer Price Index, provided that the fee may not be adjusted below the initial amount and (ii) increase by the increase in any operating costs that increase greater than the Producer Price Index reasonably incurred by us in connection with providing the services and ancillary services under the agreement.

 

89


Table of Contents

Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement.  We will enter into a truck unloading and terminaling services agreement with our sponsor under which we will provide to our sponsor terminaling services at our truck unloading services in Toledo. Under the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement, our sponsor will be obligated to throughput aggregate volumes of crude oil of at least 4,000 bpd (calculated on a quarterly average basis) for a terminaling service fee of $1.00 per barrel. We also will receive fees from our sponsor for providing related ancillary services at the terminal which are specified in the agreement. The terminaling service fee is subject to (i) increase or decrease on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2015, by the amount of any change in the Producer Price Index, provided that the fee may not be adjusted below the initial amount and (ii) increase by the increase in any operating costs that increase greater than the Producer Price Index reasonably incurred by us in connection with providing the services and ancillary services under the agreement.

Each of these agreements with our sponsor terminate at 11:59 p.m. on the first December 31 following the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering and may be extended, at our sponsor’s option, for up to two additional five-year terms. For a detailed description of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy.”

How We Evaluate Our Operations

Our management intends to use a variety of financial and operating metrics to analyze our performance. These metrics are significant factors in assessing our operating results and profitability and include: (i) volumes (including terminal volumes); (ii) operating and maintenance expenses; and (iii) EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. We define EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow below.

Volumes. The amount of revenue we generate primarily depends on the volumes of crude oil that we throughput at our terminaling operations. These volumes are primarily affected by the supply of and demand for crude oil and refined products in the markets served directly or indirectly by our assets. Although our sponsor has committed to minimum volumes under the commercial agreements described above, our results of operations will be impacted by:

 

   

our sponsor’s utilization of our assets in excess of its minimum volume commitments;

 

   

our ability to identify and execute accretive acquisitions and organic expansion projects, and capture our sponsor’s incremental volumes or third-party volumes; and

 

   

our ability to increase throughput volumes at our facilities and provide additional ancillary services at those terminals.

Operating and Maintenance Expenses. Our management seeks to maximize the profitability of our operations by effectively managing operating and maintenance expenses. These expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, outside contractor expenses, utility costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses and related property taxes. These expenses generally remain relatively stable across broad ranges of throughput volumes but can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of activities performed during that period and the timing of these expenses. We will seek to manage our maintenance expenditures on our terminals by scheduling maintenance over time to avoid significant variability in our maintenance expenditures and minimize their impact on our cash flow.

EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense. Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend to use distributable cash flow, which we define as EBITDA less net cash paid for interest, maintenance capital expenditures and income taxes, to analyze our performance. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. Distributable cash flow and EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP.

 

90


Table of Contents

EBITDA and distributable cash flow are Non-GAAP supplemental financial measures that management and external users of our combined financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies, may use to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to historical cost basis or, in the case of EBITDA, financing methods;

 

   

the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our unitholders;

 

   

our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and distributable cash flow provides useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. EBITDA and distributable cash flow should not be considered alternatives to net income, operating income, cash from operations or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and distributable cash flow have important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities. Additionally, because EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility. For a reconciliation of EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the reasons described below:

Revenues. There are differences in the way we historically reported revenues for services provided to our sponsor and the way we will record revenues following the closing of this offering. Our assets have historically been a part of the integrated operations of our sponsor, and the operation of our assets did not generate third-party or inter-entity revenue. Following the closing of this offering, revenues will be generated from the commercial agreements that we will enter into with our sponsor at the closing of this offering under which we will receive revenues for logistics services. These contracts contain minimum volume commitments and fees that are indexed for inflation. We expect to generate revenue from ancillary services such as metering (at the rail terminal) and from volumes in excess of minimum volume committed under our commercial agreements with PBF Energy.

General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses included direct monthly charges for the management and operation of our logistics assets and certain expenses allocated by our sponsor for general corporate services, such as treasury, accounting and legal services. These expenses were allocated to us based on the nature of the expenses and our proportionate share of employee time and headcount. Following the closing of this offering, our sponsor will charge us for the management and operation of our logistics assets, including an annual fee of $2.3 million for the provision of various centralized administrative services. Additionally, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by them on our behalf which we currently estimate will be approximately $0.9 million. We also expect to incur $4.0 million of incremental annual general and administrative expense as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. For more information about such fees and services, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement” and “—Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement.”

 

91


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expenses. Prior to this offering, we were included in our sponsor’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, in which we were treated as a flow-through entity for income tax purposes. Following the closing of this offering, we will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with each partner being separately taxed on its share of taxable income; therefore, there will be no income tax expense in our financial statements.

Financing. Following the closing of this offering, we intend to make cash distributions to our unitholders at an initial distribution rate of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis). As a result, we expect to fund future capital expenditures primarily from the sale of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities, external sources including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and issuances of equity and debt securities. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a five-year, $300.0 million revolving credit facility and a three-year, up to $300.0 million term loan facility. The revolving credit facility will be undrawn at closing and available for working capital and other general partnership purposes.

Other Factors That Will Significantly Affect Our Results

Supply and Demand for Crude Oil and Refined Products. We generate revenue by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil. Following the consummation of this offering, all of our revenues will be derived from fee-based commercial agreements with our sponsor with initial terms of seven years, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows. The volume of crude oil that we throughput depends substantially on our sponsor’s refining margins. Refining margins are dependent mostly upon the price of crude oil or other refinery feedstocks and the price of refined products. These prices are affected by numerous factors beyond our or our sponsor’s control, including the global supply and demand for crude oil and gasoline and other refined products. The current global economic weakness and high unemployment in the United States could depress demand for refined products. The impact of low demand may be further compounded by excess global refining capacity and high inventory levels. Several refineries in North America and Europe have been temporarily or permanently shut down in response to falling demand and excess refining capacity. If the demand for refined products decreases, or if our sponsor’s crude oil costs exceed the value of the refined products it produces, our sponsor may reduce the volumes of crude oil that we handle.

Acquisition Opportunities. We plan to pursue strategic acquisitions that complement our existing assets and that will provide attractive returns for our unitholders. We may acquire additional logistics assets from our sponsor or third parties. We also have a right of first offer on certain logistics assets retained by our sponsor to the extent our sponsor decides to sell or otherwise dispose of any of those assets. In addition, our sponsor may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that our sponsor may acquire or construct in the future. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” Our commercial agreements provide us with options to purchase certain assets at our sponsor’s Delaware City and Toledo refineries related to our business in the event our sponsor permanently shuts down either the Delaware City refinery or the Toledo refinery. In addition, our commercial agreements provide us with the right to use certain assets at our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery or Toledo refinery in the event of a temporary shutdown. Furthermore, we believe our current asset base and our knowledge of the regional markets in which we operate will allow us to target and consummate potentially accretive third-party acquisitions. We intend to pursue these opportunities both independently and jointly with our sponsor in connection with our sponsor’s growth strategy, which may include the acquisition of retail assets and additional refinery capacity. However, if we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth will be limited, and the acquisitions we do make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash available for distribution.

Third-Party Business. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our sponsor will account for all of our revenues. We plan to seek to further diversify our customer base by potentially developing third-party

 

92


Table of Contents

throughput volumes at our existing system and expanding our asset portfolio to service third-party customers. Unless we are successful in attracting third-party customers, our ability to increase volumes will be dependent on our sponsor, which has no obligation under our commercial agreements with it to supply our facilities with additional volumes in excess of its minimum volume commitments. If we are unable to increase throughput volumes, future growth may be limited.

Results of Operations

Overview

The following table is a summary of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands).

The results of operations reflect the impact of, among other things, the following events on our financial statements:

 

   

Construction of our Delaware City Rail Terminal beginning in July 2012, which was placed in service in February 2013.

 

   

Construction of the first of three LACT units comprising our Toledo Truck Terminal commenced in 2012 with the first unit placed in service in December 2012. The remaining two units were made operational in May 2013. In July 2013, we purchased a fourth LACT unit that had previously been owned and operated at the Toledo Truck Terminal by a vendor in connection with a crude oil supply agreement.

 

     PBF MLP Predecessor Historical  
     Period July 1,  2012
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,  2013
 

Operating costs and Expenses:

    

Operating expenses

   $ 21      $ 6,024   

General and administrative expenses

     569        1,834   

Depreciation and amortization

            1,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (590   $ (8,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA (1)

   $ (590   $ (8,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For a definition of EBITDA and reconciliation to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Our assets are operated in support of our sponsor’s refining operations at its Delaware City refinery and Toledo refinery. The assets do not generate third-party or intra-entity revenue. As a result, our financial results include only the cost of operating our assets.

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $6.0 million and reflected the operating expenses of one LACT unit at the Toledo Truck Terminal for the entire period, two LACT units for the period May 6, 2013 through December 31, 2013 and one LACT unit since its acquisition on July 22, 2013 and the operations of the Delaware City Rail Terminal from its start-up on February 8, 2013 through December 31, 2013. Operating expenses are comprised mainly of services provided by an outside contractor to operate the assets, maintenance, materials and services, utilities and security. The expenses were incurred by our sponsor and have been allocated to us based on the nature of the expenses and our proportionate share of employee time and

 

93


Table of Contents

headcount. The allocation of employee costs was based on each employee’s compensation plus associated employee benefits. Employee benefits include pension benefits and stock-based compensation.

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $1.8 million and were comprised principally of insurance, property taxes, project management, executive oversight, and finance and accounting services. Insurance expense was allocated based on the total insured value, the replacement value and the proportionate share of the 2013 gross premiums charged to our sponsor and its subsidiaries. The property taxes were allocated based on the proportionate share of the land encompassing the Delaware City refinery. Other general and administrative expenses provided by employees of our sponsor were allocated as described above.

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.0 million and represented twelve months of depreciation expense for the LACT units at the Toledo Truck Terminal, with depreciation expense on each LACT unit commencing in the month each unit was placed in service, and eleven months of depreciation expense for the Delaware City Rail Terminal.

The results of our operations were included in PBF Holding’s U.S. federal income tax return. As PBF Holding is a limited liability company treated as a “flow-through” entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, there is no benefit or provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes recorded in our financial statements.

Period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012

Our financial statements for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 include activities to construct our Delaware City Rail Terminal and the operation of the LACT unit at our Toledo Truck Terminal. Construction of the Delaware City Rail Terminal commenced in July 2012 on land contributed by our sponsor. The operation of the LACT unit at our Toledo Truck Terminal commenced on December 3, 2012. The Toledo Truck Terminal was operated in support of our sponsor’s refining operations at its Toledo refinery and did not generate third-party or intra-entity revenue. As a result, our financial results include only the cost of operating the Toledo Truck Terminal asset and activities relating to the construction of the Delaware City Rail Terminal.

Operating expenses for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 related to the operation of the LACT unit at our Toledo Truck Terminal from December 3, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and were comprised of maintenance labor and security services provided by employees of our sponsor. The allocation of employee costs was based on headcount and an estimate of the time devoted by employees to our operations times each employee’s compensation plus associated employee benefits. Employee benefits include pension benefits and stock-based compensation.

General and administrative expenses for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 were $0.6 million and were comprised of insurance, property taxes, project management, executive oversight, and finance and accounting services provided by employees of our sponsor. Such costs were allocated as described above.

The results of our operations were included in PBF Holding’s U.S. federal income tax return. As PBF Holding is a limited liability company treated as a “flow-through” entity for income tax purposes, there is no benefit or provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes recorded in our financial statements.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal liquidity requirements are to finance current operations, fund capital expenditures, including acquisitions from time to time and the costs to construct our assets, and to service our debt. Historically, our predecessor’s operations were financed as part of our sponsor’s integrated operations and our predecessor did not record any significant costs associated with financing its operations. Following the closing of this offering, we

 

94


Table of Contents

expect our ongoing sources of liquidity to include cash generated from operations, borrowings under our new revolving credit facility, and the issuance of additional debt and equity securities as appropriate given market conditions and the liquidation of U.S. Treasury and other investment grade securities that will be pledged under our term loan facility. We will sell our U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities over time to fund our capital expenditures. Immediately prior to selling such securities, we will repay an equal amount of term loan borrowings with borrowings under our new revolving credit facility. As a result, our U.S. Treasury and other investment grade securities, coupled with the availability under our new revolving credit facility, initially provide us with the ability to fund capital expenditures without increasing the net amount of our outstanding borrowings. We expect that these sources of funds will be adequate to provide for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and other capital requirements, including capital expenditures, as well as make acquisitions, will depend on our future operating performance which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions, many of which are beyond our control. As a normal part of our business, depending on market conditions, we will from time to time consider opportunities to repay, redeem, repurchase or refinance our indebtedness.

We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit per quarter, which equates to $         per quarter, or $         per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after closing of this offering and phantom units with distribution equivalent rights expected to be awarded in connection with this offering to the independent directors of our general partner pursuant to our long-term incentive plan. Please read “Management—Long-Term Incentive Plan.” We do not have a legal or contractual obligation to pay this distribution. Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

New Credit Facilities

Concurrent with the closing of this offering, we will enter into agreements for a five-year, $300.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility and a three-year, up to $300.0 million term loan facility, each with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders.

The revolving credit facility will be available to fund working capital, acquisitions, distributions and capital expenditures and for other general partnership purposes. We also have the ability to increase the maximum amount of the revolving credit facility by an aggregate amount of up to $300.0 million, to a total facility size of $600.0 million, subject to receiving increased commitments from lenders or other financial institutions and satisfaction of certain conditions. The revolving credit facility includes a $25.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $25.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. Obligations under the credit facility and certain cash management and hedging obligations designated by us will be guaranteed by our restricted subsidiaries, and will be secured by a first priority lien on our assets and those of our restricted subsidiaries other than excluded assets and a guaranty of collection from PBF LLC. The maturity date of the credit facility may be extended for one year on up to two occasions, subject to certain customary terms and conditions. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will bear interest at either a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75%, or at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%. The applicable margin will vary based upon our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit agreement.

The term loan will be used to fund distributions to PBF LLC and the term loan will be guaranteed by a guaranty of collection from PBF LLC and secured at all times by cash, U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities in an amount equal to or greater than the outstanding principal amount of the term loan. Borrowings under the term loan will bear interest at either a base rate plus an applicable percentage per annum equal to (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, 0.25% and (b) in the case of a Base Rate Loan, 0%.

The revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for revolving credit facilities of this nature that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur or guarantee debt, incur liens, make investments, make restricted payments, amend material contracts, engage in business activities, engage in mergers, consolidations and other organizational changes, sell,

 

95


Table of Contents

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets or enter into burdensome agreements or enter into transactions with affiliates on terms that are not arm’s length. The term loan agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for term loans of this nature that, among other things, limit our use of proceeds, liens and burdensome agreements.

Additionally, we will be required to maintain the following financial ratios, each tested on a quarterly basis for the immediately preceding four quarter period then ended (or such shorter period as shall apply, the “Measurement Period”): (a) until such time as we obtain an investment grade credit rating, Consolidated Interest Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement), of at least 2.50 to 1.00, (b) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of not greater than 4.00 to 1.00 (or 4.50 to 1.00 at any time after (i) we have issued at least $100 million of unsecured notes) and (ii) in addition (and without prejudice) to clause (i), upon the consummation of a material permitted acquisition (as defined in the credit facility) and for two-hundred seventy days immediately thereafter (an “Increase Period”), if elected by us by written notice to the Administrative Agent given on or prior to the date of such acquisition, the maximum permitted ratio shall be increased by 0.50 to 1.00 above the otherwise relevant level (the “Step-Up”); provided that Increase Periods may not be successive unless the ratio has been complied with for at least one Measurement Period ending after such Increase Period (i.e., without giving effect to the Step-Up) and (c) after we have issued at least $100 million of unsecured notes, Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of not greater than 3.50 to 1.00. The revolving credit agreement generally prohibits us from making cash distributions (subject to certain exceptions) except so long as no default or event of default exists or would be caused thereby, and only to the extent permitted by our partnership agreement, we may make cash distributions to unitholders up to the amount of our available cash (as defined in our partnership agreement).

The agreements contain events of default customary for transactions of their nature, including, but not limited to (and subject to grace periods in certain circumstances), the failure to pay any principal, interest or fees when due, failure to perform or observe any covenant contained in the credit agreement or related documentation, any representation or warranty made in the agreements or related documentation being untrue in any material respect when made, default under certain material debt agreements, commencement of bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings, certain changes in our ownership or the ownership or board composition of our general partner and material judgments or orders. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the agreements, the lenders may, among other things, terminate their commitments, declare any outstanding loans to be immediately due and payable and/or exercise remedies against us and the collateral as may be available to the lenders under the agreements and related documentation or applicable law.

At the closing of this offering, we expect we will borrow approximately $65.0 million under the term loan facility and use $65.0 million of the proceeds from the offering to purchase U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities. We will pledge such securities to secure the term loan facility and distribute the $65.0 million borrowed under the term loan facility to PBF LLC. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to an additional             common units from us in full, we will borrow up to approximately $         million in additional funds under the term loan facility. We will then purchase and pledge an equal amount of additional U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities to further secure the additional borrowings under the term loan facility. We will distribute the additional $         million borrowed under the term loan facility to PBF LLC. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We expect that we will sell the $65.0 million in U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities that are purchased with proceeds from this offering and used to secure the term loan facility in order to fund capital expenditures. Immediately prior to selling such securities, we will repay an equal amount of term loan borrowings with borrowings under our new revolving credit facility. As a result, there will be no change in the net amount of our outstanding borrowings.

Borrowings under our credit facility and the term loan are subject to a number of customary conditions, including the negotiation, execution and delivery of definitive documentation and the closing of this offering.

 

96


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012, were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

     Period July 1,  2012
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,  2013
 

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (590   $ (7,858

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,439     (11,654

Net cash provided by financing activities

     19,029        19,512   

Cash flows used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect the operations of the Toledo Truck Terminal for the entire period and the Delaware City Rail Terminal for the period from February 8, 2013 to December 31, 2013. Cash flows used in operating activities included the cost of operating the Toledo Truck Terminal asset and general administrative expenses associated with the Toledo Truck Terminal and activities to construct the Delaware City Rail Terminal for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period July 1, 2012 consisted of capital expenditures for the Delaware City Rail Terminal of $10.9 million and $18.2 million, respectively, and $0.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively for the Toledo Truck Terminal.

Cash flows from financing activities for all periods represent our sponsor’s investment in the construction of our assets and the funding of our operating and general and administrative expenses as discussed above.

Capital Expenditures

Our historical capital expenditures have consisted of the costs to construct our assets. Our operations are expected to be capital intensive, requiring investments to expand, upgrade or enhance existing operations and to meet environmental and operational regulations. Our capital requirements are expected to consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability and tankage integrity and safety and to address environmental regulations. Expansion capital expenditures include expenditures to acquire assets and expand existing facilities that increase throughput capacity. We have budgeted maintenance capital expenditures of approximately $2.0 million for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. We also expect to incur approximately $10.0 million to complete the expansion of our Delaware City Rail Terminal which will be funded by the sale of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities. Immediately prior to selling such securities, we will repay an equal amount of term loan borrowings with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We currently have not included any potential future acquisitions in our budgeted capital expenditures for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015. Following this offering, we expect that we will rely primarily upon sales of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities to fund expansion capital expenditures. We may also rely on external sources including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and issuances of equity and debt securities to fund any significant future expansion.

Under the omnibus agreement, our sponsor has agreed to reimburse us for any costs up to $20.0 million per event (net of any insurance recoveries) that we incur for repairs required due to the failure of any contributed asset to operate in substantially the same manner and condition as such asset was operating prior to the closing of this offering during the first five years after the closing of this offering, and any clean-up related thereto.

 

97


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We had no contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation in the United States has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any transactions, agreements or other contractual arrangements that would result in off-balance sheet liabilities.

Environmental and Other Matters

General

Our operation of terminals, rail and truck facilities, and associated facilities in connection with the receiving, handling and transferring of crude oil is subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment. Among other things, these laws and regulations govern the emission or discharge of pollutants into or onto the land, air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and the remediation of contamination. As with the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated environmental laws and regulations increases our overall cost of business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain, operate and upgrade equipment and facilities. While these laws and regulations affect our maintenance capital expenditures and net income, we believe they do not affect our competitive position, as the operations of our competitors are similarly affected. We believe our facilities are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, these laws and regulations are subject to frequent change by regulatory authorities and continued and future compliance with such laws and regulations, or changes in the interpretation of such laws and regulations, may require us to incur significant expenditures. Additionally, the violation of environmental laws, regulations, and permits can result in the imposition of significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions limiting or shutting down our operations, investigatory or remedial liabilities or construction bans or delays in the construction of additional facilities or equipment. Additionally, a discharge of hydrocarbons or hazardous substances into the environment could, to the extent the event is not insured, subject us to substantial expenses, including fines and penalties, costs to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to resolve claims made by third parties for personal injury or property damage. These impacts could directly and indirectly affect our business and have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, and liquidity. We cannot currently determine the amounts of such future impacts.

Under the contribution agreement, our sponsor will indemnify us for certain known and unknown environmental liabilities that are based on conditions in existence at our predecessor’s properties and associated with the ownership or operation of the contributed assets and arising before the closing of this offering. Neither we nor our general partner will have any contractual obligation to investigate or identify any such unknown environmental liabilities after the closing of this offering. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Contribution Agreement.” Under the omnibus agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our sponsor for certain events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental liabilities related to our assets to the extent our sponsor is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

 

98


Table of Contents

Air Emissions and Climate Change

Our operations are subject to the Clean Air Act and comparable state and local laws. Under these laws, permits may be required before construction can commence on a new or modified source of potentially significant air emissions, and operating permits may be required for emission sources that are already constructed. Although our facilities are currently minor sources of volatile organic compounds, we may become subject to more stringent regulations requiring the installation of additional emission control technologies. Any such future obligations may require us to incur significant additional capital or operating costs which may be material. Although we can give no assurances, we are aware of no changes to air quality regulations that will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

These air emissions requirements also affect our sponsor’s three refineries from which we will receive all of our revenues. Our sponsor has been required in the past, and will be required in the future, to incur significant capital expenditures to comply with new legislative and regulatory requirements relating to its operations. For example, as of January 1, 2011 our sponsor is required to meet an EPA regulation limiting the average sulfur content in gasoline to 30 PPM. The EPA has also announced that it plans to propose new “Tier 3” motor vehicle emission and fuel standards. It has been reported that these new Tier 3 regulations may, among other things, lower the maximum average sulfur content of gasoline from 30 PPM to 10 PPM. If the Tier 3 regulations are eventually implemented and lower the maximum allowable content of sulfur or other constituents in fuels that our sponsor produces, our sponsor may at some point in the future be required to make significant capital expenditures and/or incur materially increased operating costs to comply with the new standards. Any increase in the prices of refined products resulting from such increased costs and any resulting changes in demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Currently, various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas emissions (including carbon dioxide, methane and other gases) are in various phases of discussion or implementation. These include federal requirements effective in January 2010 to monitor and report emissions of greenhouse gases to the EPA beginning in 2011 and proposed federal legislation and regulation as well as state actions to develop statewide or regional programs, each of which require or could require reductions in our greenhouse gas emissions or those of our sponsor. None of our facilities are presently subject to the federal greenhouse gas reporting rule or the greenhouse gas “tailoring” rule, which subjects certain facilities to the additional permitting obligations under the NSR/PSD and Title V programs of the Clean Air Act based on a facility’s greenhouse gas emissions. As such, we do not expect any substantial impacts from the tailoring rule on our facilities. However, requiring reductions in greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased costs to (i) operate and maintain our facilities, (ii) install new emission controls at our facilities and (iii) administer and manage any greenhouse gas emissions programs, including acquiring emission credits or allotments. These requirements may also significantly affect our sponsor’s refinery operations and may have an indirect effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Renewable Fuels Standard

In December 2007, the U.S. Congress passed the Energy Independence and Security Act that created a second Renewable Fuels Standard, or RFS2. This standard requires the total volume of renewable transportation fuels (including ethanol and advanced biofuels) sold or introduced annually in the U.S. to reach 36 billion gallons by 2022. The requirements could reduce future demand for petroleum products and thereby have an effect on certain aspects of our business.

The Energy Policy Act of 2005 requires increasing amounts of renewable fuel to be incorporated into the gasoline pool through 2012. The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 increased the amounts of renewable fuel required by the Energy Policy Act of 2005. RFS2 requires that refiners blend increasing amounts of biofuels with refined products beginning with approximately 7.8% of their combined gasoline and diesel volume in 2011, increasing to 9.2% in 2012 and escalating to approximately 18% in 2022. The rule could cause

 

99


Table of Contents

decreased crude oil runs in future years and materially affect our sponsor’s and our profitability unless fuel demand rises at a comparable rate or other outlets are found for the displaced products, or the law is amended to modify these requirements.

Because of the growth of the renewable fuels mandate and the stagnation of demand for refined products, in 2013, there was a significant increase in the price of renewable fuels credits. Increases in the price of renewable fuels credits will likely entail more significant expenditure by our sponsor to comply with the RFS2. We cannot assure you that the price of renewable fuels credits will not continue to rise and potentially result in a decline in demand for our services.

Although the production of renewable fuels has been increasing, overall gasoline consumption in the United States has been lower than anticipated when Congress established the program in 2007. To address this issue, the EPA has proposed to reduce the advanced biofuel and total renewable fuel standards for 2014. The EPA has proposed to maintain the same volume for biomass-based diesel for 2014 and 2015 as was adopted in 2013.

Hazardous Substances and Waste

To a large extent, the environmental laws and regulations affecting our operations relate to the investigation and remediation of releases of hazardous substances or solid wastes into soils, groundwater, and surface water, and include measures to control pollution of the environment. These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation, and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. They also require corrective action, including investigation and remediation, at a facility where such waste may have been released or disposed. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which is also known as Superfund, the Reserve Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state laws, impose liability, without regard to fault or to the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, the hazardous substances found at the site. Under these laws, these persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. These laws also authorize the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate waste that falls within CERCLA’s definition of a “hazardous substance” and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites. Costs for any such remedial actions occurring or existing before the closing of this offering are covered by an indemnity from our sponsor.

We also may generate small quantities of solid wastes, including hazardous wastes that are specifically subject to the requirements of RCRA, and comparable state laws. From time to time, the EPA considers the adoption of stricter disposal standards for non-hazardous wastes, including crude oil and refined products wastes. We are not currently required to comply with a substantial portion of the RCRA requirements because our operations generate minimal quantities of hazardous wastes. However, it is possible that additional wastes, which could include wastes currently generated during operations, will in the future be designated as “hazardous wastes.” Hazardous wastes are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements than are non-hazardous wastes. Any such changes in the regulations could increase our costs of doing business and could expose us to risks in connection with the off-site disposal or treatment of any such regulated wastes.

We will own and access for operations properties where hydrocarbons are being or have been handled for many years. Although we utilize operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other waste may have been disposed of or released on or under these properties or on or under

 

100


Table of Contents

other locations where these wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, many of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other substances were not under our control. These properties and substances disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, and analogous state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed substances (including substances disposed of or released by prior owners or operators), to investigate and remediate contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater), or to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination to the extent we are not indemnified for such matters.

Water

Our operations can result in the discharge of pollutants, including crude oil. Our facilities are located near environmentally sensitive waters such as streams, creeks, rivers, lakes and wetlands. The handling of crude oil adjacent to water involves risk and may subject us to the provisions of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Clean Water Act and related state requirements. These requirements subject owners of covered facilities to strict, joint, and potentially unlimited liability for containment and removal costs, natural resource damages and certain other consequences of an oil spill where the spill is into navigable waters, along shorelines or in the exclusive economic zone of the United States. In the event of an oil spill into navigable waters, substantial liabilities could be imposed upon us. States in which we operate have also enacted similar and, in some cases, more stringent laws.

Regulations under the Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, or the Clean Water Act, the OPA and state laws also impose additional requirements on our operations. Spill prevention control and countermeasure requirements of federal laws and some state laws require containment to mitigate or prevent contamination of navigable waters in the event of an oil overflow, rupture, or leak. For example, the Clean Water Act requires us to maintain spill prevention control and countermeasure plans at our facilities. In addition, the OPA requires that most oil transport and storage companies maintain and update various oil spill prevention and oil spill contingency plans. We maintain such plans, and where required have submitted plans and received federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the OPA, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. Our crude oil spill prevention plans and procedures are periodically reviewed and modified to prevent crude oil releases and to minimize potential impacts should a release occur.

The Clean Water Act also imposes restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters. Our sponsor contracts for its facilities with third parties for wastewater disposal, discharge to local Publicly Owned Treatment Works, or discharge under the terms of a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit for wastewater and stormwater. In the event regulatory requirements change, or interpretations of current requirements change, and our facilities are required to undertake different wastewater management arrangements, we could incur substantial additional costs. The Clean Water Act imposes substantial potential liability for the violation of permits or permitting requirements and for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages resulting from such discharges. In addition, some states maintain groundwater protection programs that require permits for discharges or operations that may impact groundwater conditions. We believe that compliance with existing permits and compliance with foreseeable new permit requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

At each of our facilities, we and our sponsor and its affiliates maintain spill-response capability to mitigate the impact of a spill from our facilities and our sponsor has entered into contracts with various parties to provide spill response services augmenting that capability, if required. In addition, our sponsor contracts with various spill-response specialists to ensure appropriate expertise is available for any contingency. We believe these contracts provide the additional services necessary to meet or exceed all regulatory spill-response requirements. We also maintain insurance or are covered by insurance policies maintained by our sponsor or its affiliates to protect against the risk of spills. Please read “Business—Insurance” for a discussion of coverages.

Employee Safety

We are subject to the requirements of the OSHA and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that

 

101


Table of Contents

information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state, and local government authorities and citizens. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to regulated substances.

Endangered Species Act

The Endangered Species Act restricts activities that may affect endangered species or their habitats. While some of our facilities are in areas that may be designated as habitat for endangered species, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the Endangered Species Act. However, the discovery of previously unidentified endangered species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected area.

Hazardous Materials Transportation Requirements

Federal regulators have prescribed regulations governing railroads’ and trucks’ transportation of hazardous materials and have the ability to put in place additional regulations. For instance, recently enacted legislation requires pre-notification for hazardous materials shipments. Such legislation and regulations could impose significant additional costs on railroads and trucking companies. Additionally, regulations adopted by the DOT and the FRA could significantly increase the costs associated with moving hazardous materials by rail or truck. Further, certain local governments have sought to enact ordinances banning hazardous materials moving by rail within their borders. Such ordinances could require the re-routing of hazardous materials shipments, with the potential for significant additional costs. Increases in costs associated with the transportation of hazardous materials could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

Investigations into recent rail accidents involving the transport of crude oil have prompted government agencies and other interested parties to call for increased regulation of the transport of crude oil by rail including in the areas of crude oil constituents, rail car design, routing of trains and other matters. If changes in law, regulations or industry standards occur that result in requirements to reduce the volatile or flammable constituents in crude oil that is transported by rail, alter the design or standards for rail cars, change the routing or scheduling of trains carrying crude oil, or any other changes that detrimentally affect the economics of delivering North American crude oil by rail to our sponsor’s or third parties’ refineries, our revenues could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.

Environmental Liabilities

Contamination resulting from spills of crude oil is not unusual within the petroleum terminaling or transportation industries. Historic spills along truck and rail racks, and terminals as a result of past operations have resulted in contamination of the environment, including soils and groundwater.

Under the contribution agreement, our sponsor will indemnify us for certain known and unknown environmental liabilities that are based on conditions in existence at our predecessor’s properties and associated with the ownership or operation of the contributed assets and arising before the closing of this offering. We will not be indemnified for any future spills or releases of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials at our facilities, or, in addition to any other environmental liabilities, otherwise resulting from our operations. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our sponsor for certain events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental liabilities related to our assets to the extent our sponsor is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities. As a result, we may incur such expenses in the future, which may be substantial. For a further description of the indemnification rights and obligations of us and our sponsor, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Contribution Agreement.”

 

102


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 3 to our audited combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and in the process of applying these principles, we must make judgments, assumptions and estimates based on the best available information at the time. To aid a reader’s understanding, management has identified our critical accounting policies. These policies are considered critical because they are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Often they require judgments and estimation about matters which are inherently uncertain and involve measuring, at a specific point in time, events which are continuous in nature. Actual results may differ based on the accuracy of the information utilized and subsequent events, some over which we may have little or no control.

Depreciation

We calculate depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of our property, plant and equipment. Because of the expected long useful lives of the property and equipment, we depreciate our property, plant and equipment over 25 years. Changes in the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Long-Lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long-lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value.

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results. No impairment of long-lived assets were recorded in the periods included in these financial statements.

Asset Retirement Obligations

We record an asset retirement obligation at fair value for the estimated cost to retire a tangible long-lived asset at the time we incur the liability, which is generally when the asset is purchased, constructed, or leased. We record the liability when we have a legal or contractual obligation to incur costs to retire the asset and when a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability can be made. If a reasonable estimate cannot be made at the time the liability is incurred, we will record the liability when sufficient information is available to estimate the liability’s fair value. Certain of our asset retirement obligations are based on our legal obligation to perform remedial activity when we permanently cease operations of the long-lived assets. We therefore consider the settlement date of these obligations to be indeterminable. Accordingly, we cannot calculate an associated asset retirement liability for these obligations at this time. We will measure and recognize the fair value of these asset retirement obligations when the settlement date is determinable.

Environmental Matters

Liabilities for future clean-up costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or clean-up efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available

 

103


Table of Contents

technology and applying current regulations, as well as our own internal environmental policies. The actual settlement of our liability for environmental matters could materially differ from our estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Because we do not generally own the crude oil that is distributed through our facilities, and because all of our commercial agreements with our sponsor require our sponsor to bear the risk of any material volume loss relating to the services we provide, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices.

Debt that we incur under our revolving credit facility and term loan facility will bear interest at a variable rate and will expose us to interest rate risk. A 1.0% change in the interest rate associated with the borrowings outstanding under these facilities would result in a $3.7 million change in our interest expense, assuming we were to borrow all $300.0 million under our revolving credit facility and the balance of our term loan facility was $65.0 million.

 

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a fee-based, growth-oriented, traditional Delaware master limited partnership recently formed by PBF Energy to own or lease, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined petroleum products terminals, pipelines, storage facilities and similar logistics assets. We receive, handle and transfer crude oil from sources located throughout the United States and Canada for PBF Energy in support of its three refineries located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Our initial assets consist of a light crude oil rail unloading terminal at the Delaware City refinery that also services the Paulsboro refinery, and a crude oil truck unloading terminal at the Toledo refinery that are integral components of the crude oil delivery operations at all three of PBF Energy’s refineries. We generate revenue by charging fees for receiving, handling and transferring crude oil. We do not take ownership of or receive any payments based on the value of the crude oil that we handle and do not engage in the trading of any commodities. As a result, we have no direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.

At the closing of this offering, all of our revenue will be derived from long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with subsidiaries of PBF Energy, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows. Our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum quarterly volume commitments, inflation escalators and an initial term of seven years.

We intend to seek opportunities to grow our business by acquiring additional logistics assets from PBF Energy and third parties and through organic growth, including by potentially constructing new assets and increasing the utilization of our existing assets. We were formed by PBF Energy to be the primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We expect that PBF Energy will serve as a critical source of our future growth by providing us with opportunities to purchase additional logistics assets that it currently owns or may acquire or develop in the future. PBF Energy owns and operates a substantial portfolio of associated logistics assets supporting its three refineries. Upon consummation of this offering, PBF Energy will grant us certain rights to use assets it owns and a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain or that it may acquire or construct in the future. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

PBF Energy is one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. It sells its products throughout the Northeast and Midwest of the United States, and in other regions of the United States and Canada, and is able to ship products to other international destinations. PBF Energy currently owns and operates three domestic oil refineries with a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd and a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to maintain stable and predictable cash flows and to grow the quarterly distributions paid to our unitholders. We intend to achieve these objectives through the following business strategies:

 

   

Generate Stable, Fee-Based Cash Flow. We intend to generate stable revenues by providing traditional logistics services to PBF Energy and third-parties pursuant to long-term, fee-based contracts. In any service contracts we may enter into, we will endeavor to negotiate minimum volume commitments similar to those included under our current commercial agreements with PBF Energy.

 

   

Grow Through Acquisitions. We were formed by PBF Energy to be the primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We expect to pursue strategic acquisitions independently and jointly with PBF Energy that complement and grow our asset base. PBF Energy has also granted us a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering. In addition,

 

105


Table of Contents
 

PBF Energy may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that it may acquire or construct in the future. For example, PBF Energy is currently expanding its approximate 40,000 bpd heavy crude oil unloading terminal at its Delaware City refinery to approximately 80,000 bpd. This project is expected to be completed by the end of the third quarter of 2014 and we may have an opportunity to purchase this terminal if desired. Furthermore, we believe that our current asset base and our knowledge of the refining logistics sector will allow us to identify third-party acquisitions that will provide compelling returns to our unitholders.

 

   

Pursue Organic Growth Initiatives. We intend to pursue organic growth projects with our sponsor that complement and expand our existing operational footprint. We will examine projects that arise from the growth of PBF Energy’s refining operations and from third-party activity in our areas of operation. For example, PBF Energy is positioning its Toledo refinery to be able to receive crude oil from the Utica Shale by truck when output becomes available, which would provide us with an opportunity to expand throughput volumes at our Toledo Truck Terminal. PBF Energy also is currently pursuing an expansion project at its Toledo refinery that will increase its tank storage capacity from approximately 3.4 million barrels to 3.9 million barrels.

 

   

Seek to Optimize Our Existing Assets and Pursue Third-Party Volumes. We intend to enhance the profitability of our existing assets by increasing throughput volumes from PBF Energy, attracting third-party volumes, improving operating efficiencies and managing costs.

 

   

Maintain Safe, Reliable and Efficient Operations. We are committed to maintaining and improving the safety, reliability, environmental compliance, and efficiency of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. For example, we believe our and our sponsor’s operations comply with the recently enacted emergency orders governing shipments of petroleum crude oil transported by rail. We believe these objectives are integral to maintaining stable cash flows and are critical to the success of our business.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well-positioned to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Relationship with PBF Energy . One of our key strengths is our relationship with PBF Energy. We will serve as PBF Energy’s primary vehicle to expand the logistics assets supporting its business. We believe that PBF Energy will be incentivized to grow our business as a result of its significant indirect economic interest in us including 100% ownership of our general partner, a     % limited partnership interest in us and all of our incentive distribution rights. In particular, we expect to benefit from the following aspects of our relationship with PBF Energy:

 

  Acquisition Opportunities . Under the omnibus agreement, PBF Energy has granted us a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering and may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that it may acquire or construct in the future. We also expect to jointly pursue strategic acquisitions with PBF Energy that complement and grow our asset base.

 

  Strength of PBF Energy’s Refining Business. PBF Energy’s Delaware City, Paulsboro and Toledo refineries have a combined throughput capacity of 540,000 bpd, making PBF Energy the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. PBF Energy’s refineries provide it with buying power advantages, and it benefits from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries. In addition, its refinery assets are located in high-demand regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity.

 

  Access to Operational and Industry Expertise . We expect to benefit from PBF Energy’s extensive operational, commercial and technical expertise, as well as its industry relationships throughout the midstream and downstream value chain, as we look to optimize and expand our existing asset base.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Stable Cash Flows Supported by Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts with Minimum Volume Commitments. We will initially generate all of our revenue under long-term, fee-based contracts with PBF Energy. Each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum volume commitments and will have fees adjusted for changes in the Producer Price Index and any increase in our operating costs for providing such services under such agreements, thereby providing us with stable and predictable minimum cash flows.

 

   

Strategically Located and Highly Integrated Assets. Our logistics assets are integral to the operations of PBF Energy’s refineries. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal currently receives a substantial portion of the light crude oil processed by the Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries, and the Toledo Truck Terminal provides important feedstock supply infrastructure for the Toledo refinery.

 

   

High-Quality, Well-Maintained Asset Base. We continually invest in the maintenance and integrity of our assets and have developed various programs to help us efficiently monitor and maintain the assets. We employ an asset integrity program, which focuses on risk analysis, assessment, inspection, preventive measures, repair and data integration to provide reliable operations and to prevent, control and mitigate unintentional releases of hazardous materials. We also have developed and use industrial processes to monitor and control our operations. In addition, our Delaware City Rail Terminal commenced operations in February 2013 and requires a relatively small amount of maintenance capital expenditures relative to peers with older assets.

 

   

Financial Flexibility. We believe that we will have the financial flexibility to execute our growth strategy through access to the debt and equity capital markets, as well as the approximately $300.0 million of available capacity under our revolving credit facility that we expect to enter into at the closing of this offering.

 

   

Experienced Management and Operations Teams with a Demonstrated Track Record of Acquiring, Integrating and Operating Logistics Assets. Both our management and our operations teams have significant experience in the management and operation of logistics assets and the execution of expansion and acquisition strategies. Our management team has a proven track record of working together successfully to operate refining and logistics assets and to execute expansion and acquisition strategies, including while previously at Tosco Corporation and Premcor Inc.

Our Assets and Operations

Our initial assets include:

 

   

Delaware City Rail Terminal. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal is a light crude oil rail unloading terminal which commenced operations in February 2013 and serves our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery and Paulsboro refinery delivered by barge by our sponsor. It is capable of discharging up to 105,000 bpd and has a double-loop track, which can hold up to two 100-car unit trains. The terminal is capable of unloading a single unit train in approximately 14 hours. An expansion project is underway that will increase the Delaware City Rail Terminal’s unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd in the third quarter of 2014. The operational flexibility afforded by the rail terminal has the potential to enhance the profitability at both refineries by allowing the refineries to optimize their respective crude oil slates. The Delaware City Rail Terminal allows our sponsor’s East Coast refineries to source crude oil from Western Canada and the Midcontinent, which currently provide significant cost advantages compared to international crude oil that has historically been processed at our sponsor’s East Coast refineries and that is priced off of Brent. Our sponsor’s East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd.

 

   

Toledo Truck Terminal. Our Toledo Truck Terminal serves our sponsor’s Toledo refinery. The Toledo Truck Terminal has unloading capacity of 15,000 bpd. PBF Energy acquired the Toledo refinery in 2011 and has added additional truck crude oil unloading capabilities that provide feedstock sourcing flexibility for the refinery and enable Toledo to run a more cost-advantaged crude oil slate. The Toledo refinery processes light, sweet crude oil and has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd.

 

107


Table of Contents

Logistics Assets Owned by PBF Energy

We believe that our relationship with PBF Energy should provide us with a number of potential future growth opportunities, including the potential to acquire assets to which PBF Energy has granted us a right of first offer for a period of 10 years after the closing of this offering, and, under certain circumstances, a purchase option. The assets subject to our right of first offer are traditional logistics assets of PBF Energy that are critical to supporting its core refining operations and include the following:

 

   

Delaware City Storage Facility. The Delaware City Storage Facility has approximately 10.0 million barrels of total storage capacity, with 3.6 million barrels dedicated to crude oil and feedstock storage and the remaining 6.4 million barrels allocated to finished, intermediate and other products.

 

   

Delaware City Heavy Crude Oil Terminal. The Delaware City Heavy Crude Oil Terminal includes a heavy crude oil unloading facility at the Delaware City refinery with total throughput capacity of approximately 40,000 bpd. Additionally, PBF Energy recently announced a project to add approximately 40,000 bpd of incremental heavy crude oil unloading capability at the Delaware City refinery. PBF Energy expects this project to be completed by the end of the third quarter of 2014, bringing total heavy crude oil throughput capacity at the facility to 80,000 bpd. We may have an opportunity to purchase this terminal if desired.

 

   

Delaware City Marine Terminal. In addition to receiving crude oil feedstock from the Delaware City Rail Terminal, the Delaware City refinery receives crude oil via ship and barge at docks located on the Delaware River. The marine terminal is also used to ship and receive various petroleum finished and intermediate products. The Delaware City Marine Terminal consists of three berths of which two have vapor recovery capabilities.

 

   

Delaware City Products Pipeline. The Delaware City Products Pipeline consists of a 23.4 mile, 16-inch interstate petroleum products pipeline with 125,000 bpd of capacity and generally operates at approximately 40-60% of capacity. The pipeline transports refined petroleum products from the Delaware City refinery to Sunoco Logistics’ Twin Oaks pump station at Delaware County, PA, with connections to Buckeye’s Laurel pipeline and Sunoco Logistics’ northeast pipeline systems that serve Western Pennsylvania and New York.

 

   

Delaware City Truck Rack. The Delaware City Truck Rack is a 10-bay, 76,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located at PBF Energy’s Delaware City refinery and is utilized to distribute gasoline and distillates.

 

   

Delaware City LPG Rack. The Delaware City LPG Rack at PBF Energy’s Delaware City refinery consists of a six-rail car loading and unloading LPG facility.

 

   

Paulsboro Storage Facility. The Paulsboro Storage Facility has approximately 7.5 million barrels of total storage capacity at PBF Energy’s Paulsboro refinery with 2.1 million barrels dedicated to crude oil and feedstock storage and the remaining 5.4 million barrels allocated to finished products and intermediates.

 

   

Paulsboro Marine Terminal. The Paulsboro Marine Terminal facilitates the receipt of crude oil and feedstocks for the Paulsboro refinery located on the Delaware River. The terminal also ships and receives intermediate and finished petroleum products. In the spring of 2013, PBF Energy commenced transporting some of the crude oil delivered by rail from Delaware City to its Paulsboro refinery via barge. The Paulsboro Marine Terminal consists of two berths with vapor recovery capabilities.

 

   

Paulsboro Rail Terminal. The Paulsboro Rail Terminal at the Paulsboro refinery is used to transport refined products such as lube oils to various locations throughout the Northeast and other regions in the United States.

 

108


Table of Contents
   

Toledo Storage Facility. The Toledo Storage Facility services the Toledo refinery and consists of 29 tanks for storing crude oil, refined products and intermediates. The aggregate capacity of the storage facility is approximately 3.4 million barrels, of which 0.8 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage and 2.6 million barrels are allocated to refined products and intermediates. PBF Energy is currently pursuing an expansion project to increase the aggregate capacity of the storage facility to 3.9 million barrels.

 

   

Toledo LPG Truck Rack. The Toledo LPG Truck Rack at the Toledo refinery consists of 27 propane storage bullets and a truck loading facility, and has a throughput capacity of approximately 5,000 bpd.

We believe that these assets would be appropriate candidates for future sales by PBF Energy to us, although PBF Energy is under no obligation to sell such assets to us. We have not included any potential future acquisitions in our budgeted capital expenditures for the twelve months ending June 30, 2015.

Our Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with subsidiaries of PBF Energy, under which we will provide various logistics services to PBF Energy’s refineries. Each of these agreements will include minimum volume commitments, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows, and will have fees adjusted for changes in the Producer Price Index, and any increase in our operating costs of providing the services provided that the fees may not be adjusted below the initial amounts. For the twelve months ending June 30, 2015, we project the minimum volume commitments associated with these commercial agreements will generate approximately $61.7 million of our revenues.

The following table outlines the key terms of these commercial agreements with PBF Energy. For a more detailed discussion, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy.”

 

    Benefiting
Refinery
  Initial/
Maximum
Term
(years) (1)
  Service   Year Ended
December 31,
2013

Throughput
(average
bpd) (2)
 

Minimum Throughput/

Commitment
(average bpd)

 

Fee

Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement

  Delaware
City and
Paulsboro
refineries
  7/17   Dedicated
terminaling
services
  69,749   75,000 through September 30, 2014; 85,000 for each subsequent quarter.   $2.00 per barrel for all throughput up to the minimum throughput commitment, and $0.50 per barrel for all throughput volumes in excess of the minimum throughput commitment

Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement

  Toledo
refinery
  7/17   Dedicated
terminaling
services
  5,380   4,000   $1.00 per barrel for all throughput

 

(1) Maximum term gives effect to the extension of the commercial agreement pursuant to the terms thereof.
(2) Represents actual throughput of the Delaware City Rail Terminal for the period February 8, 2013 through December 31, 2013 and the Toledo Truck Terminal based on the date each of its four LACT units were placed in service.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our Relationship with PBF Energy

One of our principal strengths is our relationship with PBF Energy. PBF Energy has a significant interest in our partnership through its ownership of our general partner, a     % limited partner interest in us and all of our incentive distribution rights. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our sponsor reported revenues and net income of $19.2 billion and $214.1 million, respectively.

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with our sponsor, under which we will provide various logistics services to our sponsor’s refineries. Each of these agreements will include minimum volume commitments, which we believe will enhance the stability of our cash flows and will have fees indexed to the Producer Price Index and any increase in our operating costs for providing such services.

In addition to the benefits we expect to receive as a result of our long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with PBF Energy, we also anticipate that our relationship with our sponsor will provide us with growth opportunities.

In addition to the commercial agreements described above, we also will enter into the following agreements with our sponsor:

Omnibus Agreement . Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with our sponsor under which our sponsor will agree not to compete with us under certain circumstances and will grant us a right of first offer to acquire the right of first offer assets, including certain terminals and other related assets located at our sponsor’s refineries. In addition, our sponsor also may, under certain circumstances, offer us the opportunity to purchase additional logistics assets that our sponsor may acquire or construct after this offering. The omnibus agreement will also address our payment of a $2.3 million annual fee to our sponsor, for our sponsor’s provision of centralized administrative services, including executive management services of our sponsor’s employees who devote less than 50% of their time to our business, financial and administrative services, information technology services, legal services and health, safety and environmental services. This annual fee may by increased or decreased by our sponsor on the second anniversary of the closing of this offering (and each anniversary thereafter), by a percentage equal to the change in the Producer Price Index or to reflect any increase in the cost of providing administrative services to us, but the fee will never be decreased below the initial amount of $2.3 million per year unless the type or extent of the services provided by our sponsor materially decreases. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement” and “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us—Our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.”

Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement . Upon the closing of this offering, we, our general partner and our subsidiary will enter into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with our sponsor and certain of its subsidiaries, pursuant to which our sponsor and its subsidiaries will provide to us and our subsidiary the personnel necessary for us to perform our obligations under the commercial agreements. We will reimburse our sponsor for the use of such employees and the provision of certain utilities and infrastructure-related services for our benefit. The operation and management services and secondment agreement will also address our payment of a $0.5 million annual fee to our sponsor, indexed to the Producer Price Index, for the provision of such services. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement.”

Contribution Agreement . In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution and conveyance agreement, which we refer to as the contribution agreement, with our sponsor and certain of its subsidiaries and our general partner that will effect the formation transactions, including the transfer of ownership interest in Delaware City Terminaling and the contribution of the Toledo Truck Terminal. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Contribution Agreement.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

The United States has historically been the largest consumer of petroleum-based products in the world. According to the EIA’s 2013 Refinery Capacity Report, there were 139 operating oil refineries in the United States, with a total refining capacity of approximately 16.8 million bpd and a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of approximately 10.8. Of the total operating refining capacity in the United States, approximately 59.9%, or 10.1 million bpd, is currently owned and operated by independent refining companies, compared to 2002 when approximately 31.6%, or 5.1 million bpd, was owned by independent refining companies. The remaining capacity is controlled by integrated oil companies. Because of this trend, the refining industry increasingly must rely on its own operations for its profitability.

We believe our sponsor’s three refineries currently benefit from secular growth in North American crude production because of our sponsor’s ability to access cost-advantaged North American crude oil. According to a recent EIA publication, average United States crude oil production in 2014 is expected to grow by approximately 3.0 million bpd, to 8.5 million bpd from 5.5 million bpd in 2010, an increase of approximately 55%. This level of United States crude oil production would represent the highest level since 1986. In addition, CAPP projects that Canadian crude oil production will increase by approximately 30%, or 850,000 bpd, from 2.8 million bpd in 2010 to 3.7 million bpd in 2014. As a result of the recent and projected growth in North American crude oil production, the United States has reduced its reliance on imported crude oil. The EIA estimates that crude oil imported from foreign sources (crude oil from outside North America) since 2010 will decline by approximately 1.9 million bpd or 21%, to 7.3 million bpd in 2014.

Historically, lower 48-state domestic oil production was sourced from fields located principally in Texas and Louisiana. As a result, the U.S. petroleum complex was constructed around a transportation network of pipelines which moved large volumes of domestic crude oil and products from the major refining centers in the Gulf Coast states to refineries in the Mid-continent and northern tier states. As U.S. domestic production declined, the Gulf Coast became a major hub for importing large volumes of waterborne crude oil. Refineries on the U.S. East Coast also came to rely on waterborne imports of crude oil. Recent production growth in Canada and the U.S. Mid-continent has placed considerable stress on the North American crude oil pipeline network, which was designed to transport volumes from south to north with limited capacity to send volumes east or west. Construction of new pipelines has been delayed by commercial and regulatory constraints.

Crude-by-rail transportation has emerged to fill the gap. The Association of American Railroads estimates that crude oil originated carloads on U.S. Class 1 railroads increased thirteen-fold from 29.6 thousand carloads in 2010 to 400.0 thousand in 2013. In 2013, more than 10% of all U.S. domestic crude oil was transported by rail. While crude-by-rail can be more expensive than transporting crude oil by pipeline (ignoring the upfront capital investment), rail offers several advantages over pipelines. Crude-by-rail creates flexibility to move swiftly and capitalize on market imbalances and to redeploy assets as bottlenecks shift. Rail terminals for loading and unloading crude oil can be constructed quickly and connected to an extensive rail network to reach all major processing centers. Crude-by-rail provides optionality to source crude oil from multiple basins without the need for large financial commitments to long-term take-or-pay contracts as is typical with new pipeline construction. Crude-by-rail provides the ability to ship segregated volumes which can be particularly useful when shipping bitumen barrels from Canada. Crude-by-rail allows for faster shipment of product and reduces working capital requirements. Most importantly, crude-by-rail facilitates access to markets where pipeline connections are unlikely given environmental and permitting hurdles, such as the U.S. East and West Coasts.

Our sponsor has invested in facilities and a crude oil railcar fleet to deliver cost-advantaged crude oils to its East Coast refineries. By the end of 2015, our sponsor will control a 5,900 car fleet comprised solely of new-style DOT-111A railcars. New DOT-111A railcars, also referred to as CPC-1232 railcars, were ordered after October 1, 2011 and are equipped with advanced safety features including a thicker, more puncture resistant shell, extra protective head shields at both ends of the tank car, additional protection for top fittings, and a high flow safety relief value.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our Asset Portfolio

We own and operate the Delaware City Rail Terminal, which is a light crude oil rail unloading terminal located near our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery, and the Toledo Truck Terminal, which is a crude oil truck unloading terminal located at our sponsor’s Toledo refinery.

Our Delaware City Rail Terminal serves our sponsor’s Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries and is capable of discharging up to 105,000 bpd. Our Delaware City Rail Terminal has a double-loop track that can hold two 100-car unit trains and is capable of unloading a single unit train in approximately 14 hours. An expansion project is underway that will increase the Delaware City Rail Terminal’s unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd in the third quarter of 2014.

Our Toledo Truck Terminal serves our sponsor’s Toledo refinery. The Toledo Truck Terminal has unloading capacity of up to 15,000 bpd.

Delaware City Rail Terminal . Our Delaware City Rail Terminal located near our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery includes a light crude oil unloading facility that can hold two 100-car unit trains and is capable of unloading a single unit train in approximately 14 hours. The terminal has total throughput capacity of up to 105,000 bpd. An expansion project is underway that will increase the Delaware City Rail Terminal’s unloading capacity from 105,000 bpd to 130,000 bpd in the third quarter of 2014. Our sponsor (and its agents) is the owner and shipper of all crude oil handled at this terminal.

The table below sets forth historical average daily throughput for the Delaware City Rail Terminal for the period February 8, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

 

     Average Daily
Throughput 
 
     February 8, 2013 -
December 31, 2013
 

Delaware City Rail Terminal (bpd)

     69,749   

Delaware City Refinery Throughput (%)

     37.4   

Toledo Truck Terminal . Our Toledo Truck Terminal includes a crude oil unloading facility at our sponsor’s Toledo refinery with total throughput capacity of up to 15,000 bpd. The unloading facility has one LACT unit that commenced operations in December 2012 and two additional units that were made operational in May 2013. A fourth LACT unit, which has been owned and operated by our sponsor’s vendor in connection with a crude oil supply agreement, was purchased in July 2013. Crude oil is transferred via pipeline from the LACT units to the crude oil tanks in the Toledo Storage Facility.

The table below sets forth historical average daily throughput information for the Toledo Truck Terminal.

 

     Average Daily
Throughput 
 
     Year Ended
December 31, 2013 (1)
 

Toledo Truck Terminal (bpd)

     5,380   

Toledo Refinery Throughput (%)

     3.8   

 

(1) Represents average daily throughput of the terminal’s four LACT units based on their acquisition dates.

PBF Energy’s Refining Operations

Our sponsor owns and operates three refineries (the Delaware City refinery, the Paulsboro refinery and the Toledo refinery), which are all located in regions with currently favorable market dynamics where finished

 

112


Table of Contents

product demand exceeds operating refining capacity. Our sponsor produces a variety of products at each of its refineries, including gasoline, ULSD, heating oil, jet fuel, lubricants, petrochemicals and asphalt. Our sponsor sells its products throughout the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest of the United States, as well as in other regions of the United States and Canada, and is able to ship products to other international destinations.

Our initial assets will consist of crude oil logistics assets that receive, handle and transfer crude oil for our sponsor in support of its three refineries. Our sponsor considered various factors in determining which assets to contribute to us in connection with our initial public offering and which assets to retain. The determination was made based on identifying assets integral to our sponsor’s strategy of expanding its utilization of cost-advantaged North American crude oil at our refineries and the availability of financial information related to those logistics assets. The Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal are logistics assets that were constructed or purchased by our sponsor in 2012 and 2013 to add feedstock sourcing flexibility that enables our sponsor’s refineries to run a more cost-advantaged crude oil slate. The remaining logistics assets retained by our sponsor that are fully in service are primarily integrated assets that were part of the refinery acquisitions completed by our sponsor in 2010 and 2011.

Delaware City Refinery

Through its subsidiaries, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, or Delaware City Refining, and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, our sponsor acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash.

The Delaware City refinery is located on a 5,000-acre site, with access to waterborne cargoes and an extensive distribution network of pipelines, barges and tankers, truck and rail. The Delaware City refinery is a fully integrated operation that receives crude oil via ship or barge at its docks located on the Delaware River. In addition, our Delaware City Rail Terminal located near our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery receives and unloads light crude oil via rail. The crude oil and other feedstocks are transported, via pipes, to an extensive tank farm where they are stored until processing. In addition, there is a 10-bay, 76,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located at the refinery and a 23.4-mile interstate pipeline that are used to distribute clean products.

The Delaware City refinery has a throughput capacity of 190,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3. As a result of its configuration and process units, Delaware City has capability of processing a slate of heavy crude oil with a high concentration of high sulfur crude oil and is one of the largest and most complex refineries on the East Coast. The Delaware City refinery is one of two heavy crude oil coking refineries, the other being Paulsboro, on the East Coast of the United States with coking capacity equal to approximately 25% of crude oil capacity.

The Delaware City refinery processes a variety of medium to heavy, sour crude oils. The refinery has large conversion capacity with its 82,000 bpd FCC unit, 47,000 bpd FCU and 18,000 bpd hydrocracking unit with vacuum distillation. Hydrogen is provided via the refinery’s steam methane reformer and continuous catalytic reformer.

The Delaware City refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 10.0 million barrels. Of the total, 18 tanks with approximately 3.6 million barrels of storage capacity are dedicated to crude oil and other feedstock storage with the remaining approximately 6.4 million barrels allocated to refined products, intermediates and other products.

Under normal operating conditions, the Delaware City refinery consumes approximately 55,000 MMBTU per day of natural gas. The Delaware City refinery has a 280 MW power plant located on-site that consists of two natural gas-fueled turbines with combined capacity of approximately 140 MW and four turbo-generators with combined nameplate capacity of approximately 140 MW. Collectively, this power plant produces electricity in

 

113


Table of Contents

excess of Delaware City’s refinery load of approximately 90 MW. Excess electricity is sold into the Pennsylvania-New Jersey-Maryland, or PJM, grid. Steam is primarily produced by a combination of three dedicated boilers and supplemented by secondary boilers at the FCC and coker.

In connection with operations at the Delaware City refinery, Delaware City Refining entered into a rail operations services agreement, with Savage Services Corporation, or Savage, a pursuant to which Savage performs crude oil unloading, rail switching, logistics, commercial rail, loading and railcar management services for Delaware City Refining. Under the rail operations agreement, Savage provides the related equipment and personnel necessary for the performance of its contracted operating services at the Delaware City refinery. Delaware City Refining pays Savage a per barrel fee subject to minimum monthly volumes. Delaware City Refining also reimburses Savage for certain replacement, repair and maintenance costs incurred in connection with operating the Delaware City Rail Terminal. The rail operations services agreement expires in 2019.

Paulsboro Refinery

Through its subsidiary, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, our sponsor acquired the entities that owned the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010, from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital and inventory purchased by third-party customers. Our sponsor invested approximately $60.0 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery.

Paulsboro has a throughput capacity of 180,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 13.2. The Paulsboro refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Delaware River in Paulsboro, New Jersey, just south of Philadelphia and approximately 30 miles away from Delaware City. Paulsboro receives crude oil and feedstocks via its marine terminal on the Delaware River. Paulsboro is one of two operating refineries on the East Coast with coking capacity, the other being Delaware City. Major units at the Paulsboro refinery include crude oil distillation units, vacuum distillation units, an FCC unit, a delayed coking unit, a lube oil processing unit and a propane deasphalting unit.

The Paulsboro refinery processes a variety of medium and heavy, sour crude oils. The Paulsboro refinery predominantly produces gasoline, heating oil and jet fuel and also manufactures Group I base oils or lubricants. In addition to its finished clean products slate, Paulsboro produces asphalt and petroleum coke. The Paulsboro refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 7.5 million barrels.

Toledo Refinery

Through its subsidiary, Toledo Refining Company LLC, our sponsor acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011, from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. Our sponsor also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based upon post-acquisition earnings of the refinery, of which $103.6 million was paid in 2012, and the balance was paid in 2013.

The Toledo refinery has a throughput capacity of approximately 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. The Toledo refinery is located on a 282-acre site near Toledo, Ohio, approximately 60 miles from Detroit. The Toledo refinery processes a slate of light, sweet crude oils from Canada, the Midcontinent, the Bakken region and the U.S. Gulf Coast. The Toledo refinery produces a high percentage of finished products including gasoline and ULSD, in addition to a variety of high-value petrochemicals including nonene, xylene, tetramer and toluene.

Major units at the Toledo refinery include an FCC unit, a hydrocracker, an alkylation unit and a UDEX unit. The Toledo refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 4.4 million barrels. The Toledo refinery receives its crude oil through pipeline connections and a truck rack. Of the total, approximately 0.8 million barrels are

 

114


Table of Contents

dedicated to crude oil storage with the remaining 3.6 million barrels allocated to intermediates and products. Under normal operating conditions, the Toledo refinery consumes approximately 17,000 MMBTU per day of natural gas. The Toledo refinery purchases its electricity from a local utility and has a long-term contract to purchase hydrogen and steam from a local third-party supplier. In addition to the third-party steam supplier, the Toledo refinery consumes a portion of the steam that is generated by its various process units.

Competition

As a result of our contractual relationship with PBF Energy under our commercial agreements and our direct connection to two of its refineries, we believe that our crude oil unloading terminals will not face significant competition from other crude oil unloading terminals for PBF Energy’s crude oil transportation requirements to the refineries we support with respect to the services provided by our initial assets. Please read “—Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy.”

If PBF Energy reduces its purchases of crude oil shipped via rail or truck, PBF Energy may only receive the minimum volumes through our crude oil unloading terminals (or pay the shortfall payment if it does not receive the minimum volumes), which would cause a decrease in our revenues. PBF Energy may elect to ship crude oil to its refineries via pipeline or through its refinery marine facilities as an alternative mode of crude oil transportation. PBF Energy competes with integrated petroleum companies, which have their own crude oil supplies and distribution and marketing systems, as well as with independent refiners, many of which also have their own distribution and marketing systems. PBF Energy also competes with other suppliers that purchase refined petroleum products for resale. Competition in any particular geographic area is affected significantly by the volume of products produced by refineries in that area and by the availability of products and the cost of transportation to that area from distant refineries.

Safety and Maintenance

We will perform preventive and normal maintenance on all of our facilities and make repairs and replacements when necessary or appropriate. We will also conduct routine and required inspections of those assets as required by regulation.

Our terminal facilities have response plans, spill prevention and control plans, and other programs to respond to emergencies. Our truck unloading facility is protected with fire systems, actuated either by sensors or an emergency switch. We continually strive to maintain compliance with applicable air, solid waste, and wastewater regulations.

Insurance

Terminals and similar facilities may experience damage as a result of an accident or natural disaster. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We will maintain insurance and/or be insured under the property, liability and business interruption policies of our sponsor and/or certain of its subsidiaries, subject to the deductibles and limits under those policies, which we believe are reasonable and prudent under the circumstances to cover our operations and assets. However, such insurance does not cover every potential risk associated with our logistics assets, and we cannot ensure that such insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential future claims for personal and property damage, or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at commercially reasonable prices. As we continue to grow, we will continue to monitor our policy limits and retentions as they relate to the overall cost and scope of our insurance program.

 

115


Table of Contents

Terminal Control Operations

Our truck unloading facility is automated and generally unmanned outside of normal business hours, during the weekends, and most holidays. Our customers’ truck drivers are provided with security badges to access and use the truck unloading facility. In addition, individual trucks are required to be registered in our system to ensure that required regulatory inspections are maintained by either our customers or their common carriers.

Environmental Regulation

Employee Safety

We are subject to the requirements of the OSHA and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state, and local government authorities and citizens. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to regulated substances.

Endangered Species Act

The Endangered Species Act restricts activities that may affect endangered species or their habitats. While some of our facilities are in areas that may be designated as habitat for endangered species, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the Endangered Species Act. However, the discovery of previously unidentified endangered species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected area.

Environmental Liabilities

As is the case with all companies engaged in industries similar to ours, we face potential exposure to future claims and lawsuits involving environmental matters. These matters include soil and water contamination, air pollution, personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by substances which we manufactured, handled, used, released or disposed of.

Under the contribution agreement, our sponsor will indemnify us for all known and unknown environmental losses we incur arising from ownership or operation of the Toledo Truck Terminal Assets and Delaware City Terminaling that occurred or existed on or before the closing of this offering and which are identified before the 20th anniversary of the closing of this offering. In addition, we will indemnify our sponsor for any environmental losses our sponsor incurs relating to ownership or operation of the Toledo Truck Terminal Assets and Delaware City Terminaling that occur after the closing of this offering to the extent our sponsor is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities. We will not be indemnified for any future spills or releases of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials at our facilities, or, in addition to any other environmental liabilities, otherwise resulting from our operations. As a result, we may incur such expenses in the future, which may be substantial.

Seasonality

The crude oil throughput at our facilities is affected by the level of supply and demand for crude oil and refined products in the markets served directly or indirectly by our assets. However, many effects of seasonality on our revenues will be substantially mitigated due to our commercial agreements with PBF Energy that include minimum volume commitments. Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. As a result, our sponsor’s operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for the second and third calendar quarters of each year.

 

116


Table of Contents

Title to Properties and Permits

Some of the leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits, and licenses that will be transferred to us will require the consent of the grantor to transfer these rights, which in some instances is a governmental entity. Our general partner believes that it has obtained or will obtain sufficient third-party consents, permits, and authorizations for the transfer of the assets necessary for us to operate our business in all material respects as described in this prospectus. With respect to any consents, permits, or authorizations that have not been obtained, our general partner believes that these consents, permits, or authorizations will be obtained after the closing of this offering, or that the failure to obtain these consents, permits, or authorizations will not have a material adverse effect on the operation of our business.

Our general partner believes that we will have satisfactory title to all of the assets that will be contributed to us at the closing of this offering. Under the contribution agreement, our sponsor has agreed to indemnify us for certain title defects as of the closing date. In addition, under the omnibus agreement, our sponsor will indemnify us for certain title defects and for failures to obtain certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, in each case, that are identified prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. Record title to some of our assets may continue to be held by subsidiaries of our sponsor until we have made the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which such assets are located and obtained any consents and approvals that are not obtained prior to transfer. We will make these filings and obtain these consents upon closing of this offering. Although title to these properties is subject to encumbrances in some cases, such as customary interests generally retained in connection with acquisition of real property, liens that can be imposed in some jurisdictions for government-initiated action to clean up environmental contamination, liens for current taxes and other burdens, and easements, restrictions, and other encumbrances to which the underlying properties were subject at the time of acquisition by our predecessor or us, our general partner believes that none of these burdens should materially detract from the value of these properties or from our interest in these properties or should materially interfere with their use in the operation of our business.

Furthermore, our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery and our Delaware City Rail Terminal are located in Delaware’s coastal zone where certain activities are regulated under the Delaware Coastal Zone Act and closely monitored by environmental interest groups. On June 14, 2013, two administrative appeals were filed by the Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon regarding a permit DCR obtained to allow loading of crude oil onto barges. The appeals allege that both the loading of crude oil onto barges and the operation of the Delaware City rail unloading terminal violate Delaware’s Coastal Zone Act. The first appeal is Number 2013-1 before the State Coastal Zone Industrial Control Board (the “CZ Board”), and the second appeal is before the Environmental Appeals Board and appeals Secretary’s Order No. 2013-A-0020. The CZ Board held a hearing on the first appeal on July 16, 2013, and ruled in favor of DCR and the State of Delaware and dismissed the Appellants’ appeal for lack of standing. Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon have appealed that decision to the Delaware Superior Court, New Castle County, Case No. N13A-09-001 ALR, and DCR and the State have filed cross-appeals. Briefs have been filed in this appeal but no date has been set for a decision by the Superior Court. A hearing on the second appeal before the Environmental Appeals Board, case no. 2013-06, was held on January 13, 2014, and the Board ruled in favor of DCR and the State and dismissed the appeal for lack of jurisdiction. A written decision by the Environmental Appeals Board has been issued and the appellants have the right to appeal the decision to Superior Court. If the appellants in one or both of these matters ultimately prevail, our ability to conduct or expand our operations may be impaired, or our sponsor’s volumes may decline, any of which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Facilities

Our office is located in the same office as our sponsor’s. Our sponsor leases approximately 53,000 square feet for its principal corporate offices in Parsippany, New Jersey. The lease for our sponsor’s principal corporate offices expires in 2016. Functions performed in the Parsippany office include overall corporate management,

 

117


Table of Contents

refinery and HSE management, planning and strategy, corporate finance, commercial operations, logistics, contract administration, marketing, investor relations, governmental affairs, accounting, tax, treasury, information technology, legal and human resources support functions.

Employees

We do not have any employees. We are managed by the directors and officers of our general partner. All of our executive management personnel will be employees of our general partner or our sponsor or a subsidiary of our sponsor and will devote the portion of their time to our business and affairs that is required to manage and conduct our operations. We have access to employees employed by our general partner and its affiliates. We, our general partner and our subsidiary will enter into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with our sponsor and its subsidiary, pursuant to which we will use employees of our sponsor to operate our assets and our sponsor will be reimbursed for such employees. We will also pay an annual fee to our sponsor of initially $2.3 million for the provision of various centralized administrative services and reimburse our sponsor for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by our sponsor on our behalf pursuant to the omnibus agreement and we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions.”

In addition, our sponsor and its affiliates have entered into a rail operations services agreement with Savage, an unaffiliated third-party, to provide crude oil unloading and other operations services for the Delaware City refinery. Under the rail operations services agreement, Savage is responsible for providing the personnel necessary for the performance of its operations services. Under the rail operations services agreement, Savage is at all times considered an independent contractor and none of Savage’s employees or contractors are considered an employee, representative or agent of Delaware City Refining. See “Business—PBF Energy’s Refining Operations—Delaware City Refinery.”

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business various legal and regulatory claims and proceedings are pending or threatened against us. While the amounts claimed may be substantial, we may be unable to predict with certainty the ultimate outcome of such claims and proceedings.

 

118


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Management of PBF Logistics LP

Our general partner, PBF Logistics GP LLC, will manage our operations and activities on our behalf through its employees, directors and officers. Our general partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election in the future. Directors of our general partner will oversee our operations. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the directors of our general partner, which will all be appointed by PBF LLC, or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operations. However, our general partner owes a duty to our unitholders. Our general partner will be liable, as general partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are made expressly non-recourse to it. Our general partner therefore may cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are non-recourse to it.

The directors of our general partner will oversee our operations. PBF LLC will appoint all members to the board of directors of our general partner. At the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will be comprised of seven directors and each of the director nominees will meet the NYSE’s independence standards. The independent directors of our general partner will serve as the initial members of the audit and the conflicts committees of the board of directors of our general partner.

In identifying and evaluating candidates as possible director-nominees of our general partner, PBF LLC will assess the experience and personal characteristics of the possible nominee against the following individual qualifications, which PBF LLC may modify from time to time:

 

   

possesses appropriate skills and professional experience;

 

   

has a reputation for integrity and other qualities, including industry knowledge;

 

   

possesses expertise, determined in the context of the needs of the board of directors of our general partner;

 

   

has experience in positions with a high degree of responsibility;

 

   

is a leader in the organizations with which he or she is affiliated;

 

   

has the time, energy, interest and willingness to serve as a member of the board of directors of our general partner; and

 

   

meets such standards of independence and financial knowledge as may be required or desirable.

All of our general partner’s initial executive officers will be employees of PBF Energy. While the amount of time that our general partner’s initial executive officers will devote to our business will vary in any given year, we currently estimate that approximately 10% of their productive business time will be spent on the management and conduct of our operations. The executive officers of our general partner intend, however, to devote as much of their time as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business. Our general partner’s executive officers will manage the day-to-day affairs of our business and conduct our operations.

 

119


Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the current directors and executive officers of our general partner as of this prospectus date. Each director and executive officer will hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas D. O’Malley

     72       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Thomas J. Nimbley

     62       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Michael D. Gayda

     59       President and Director

Matthew C. Lucey

     40       Executive Vice President and Director

Jeffrey Dill

     52       Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Erik Young

     37       Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Bruce A. Jones

     60       Director Nominee

George E. Ogden

     71       Director Nominee

Dave Roush

     60       Director Nominee

Thomas D. O’Malley was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of our general partner in 2014. Mr. O’Malley has served as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of PBF Energy since its formation in November 2011, served as Executive Chairman of PBF LLC and its predecessors from March 2008 to February 2013 and was our Chief Executive Officer from inception until June 2010. Mr. O’Malley has more than 30 years’ experience in the refining industry. He served as Chairman of the Board of Petroplus Holdings A.G., listed on the Swiss Exchange, from May 2006 until February 2011, and was Chief Executive Officer from May 2006 until September 2007. Mr. O’Malley was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Premcor, a domestic oil refiner and Fortune 250 company listed on the NYSE, from February 2002 until December 2004, and continued as Chairman until its sale to Valero in August 2005. Before joining Premcor, Mr. O’Malley was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tosco Corporation. This Fortune 100 company, listed on the NYSE, was the largest independent oil refiner and marketer of oil products in the United States when it was sold to Phillips Petroleum Corporation.

Thomas J. Nimbley was appointed Chief Executive Officer and a Director of our general partner in 2013. Mr. Nimbley has served as the Chief Executive Officer of PBF Energy Inc. since June 2010 and was the Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of PBF Energy Inc. from March 2010 through June 2010. Prior thereto, he served as a Principal for Nimbley Consultants LLC from June 2005 to April 2010, where he provided consulting services and assisted on the acquisition of two refineries. He previously served as Senior Vice President and head of Refining for Phillips Petroleum Company and subsequently Senior Vice President and head of Refining for ConocoPhillips domestic refining system (13 locations) following the merger of Phillips and Conoco. Before joining Phillips at the time of its acquisition of Tosco in September 2001, Mr. Nimbley served in various positions with Tosco Corporation and its subsidiaries starting in April 1993.

Michael D. Gayda was appointed President and a Director of our general partner in 2013. Mr. Gayda joined PBF Energy Inc. as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in April 2010 and has served as its President since June 2010 and was a director from inception until October 2009. Prior thereto, from May 2006 until January 2010 Mr. Gayda served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Petroplus. Prior to Petroplus, he served as an executive officer of Premcor until its sale to Valero in August 2005 and as General Counsel—Refining for Phillips 66 Company, a division of Phillips Petroleum Company, following Phillips Petroleum’s acquisition of Tosco in September 2001. Mr. Gayda previously served as a Vice President of certain of Tosco’s subsidiaries.

Matthew C. Lucey was appointed Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a Director of our general partner in 2013. Effective April 1, 2014, Mr. Lucey serves as Executive Vice President of PBF Energy and our Executive Vice President and Director. Mr. Lucey joined PBF Energy Inc. as Vice President, Finance in April 2008 and served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of PBF Energy Inc. from April 2010

 

120


Table of Contents

until his promotion in March 2014. Prior thereto, Mr. Lucey served as a Managing Director of M.E. Zukerman & Co., a New York-based private equity firm specializing in several sectors of the broader energy industry, from 2001 to 2008. While at M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey participated in all aspects of the firm’s energy investment activities and served on the Management Committee of Penreco, a manufacturer of specialty petroleum products; Cortez Pipeline Company, a 500 mile CO2 pipeline; and Venture Coke Company, a merchant petroleum coke calciner. Before joining M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey spent six years in the banking industry.

Jeffrey Dill was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our general partner in 2013. Mr. Dill has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PBF Energy Inc. since May 2010 and from March 2008 until September 2009. Mr. Dill served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Maxum Petroleum, Inc., a national marketer and logistics company for petroleum products, from September 2009 to May 2010 and as Consulting General Counsel and Secretary for NTR Acquisition Co., a special purpose acquisition company focused on downstream energy opportunities, from April 2007 to February 2008. Previously he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Neurogen Corporation, a drug discovery and development company, from March 2006 to December 2007. Mr. Dill has over 15 years’ experience providing legal support to refining, transportation and marketing organizations in the petroleum industry, including positions at Premcor, ConocoPhillips, Tosco and Unocal.

Erik Young was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of our general partner and of PBF Energy effective April 1, 2014. Mr. Young previously served as Director, Strategic Planning at PBF Energy since December 2010, where he was responsible for coordinating corporate development and capital markets initiatives for PBF Energy. Prior to joining PBF Energy, Mr. Young spent eleven years in corporate finance, strategic planning and mergers and acquisitions roles across a variety of industries. He began his career in investment banking before joining J.F. Lehman & Company, a private equity investment firm, in 2001.

Bruce A. Jones has approximately 32 years of experience in energy related industries, including 19 years in refining and distribution. From May 2006 until February 2010, Mr. Jones served as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Petroplus during its acquisitions of four European refineries. Since February 2010, after leaving Petroplus, Mr. Jones has been retired. Prior to Petroplus, he served as Vice President Environmental Health and Safety for Premcor until its sale to Valero in August 2005. Mr. Jones previously held various positions with Phillips, Tosco, Exxon and Public Service Electric and Gas Company. Mr. Jones has extensive experience in the energy industry, including refining and distribution operations with a strong basis in safe and environmentally compliant operations and for these reasons Mr. Jones is a valuable member of our Board of Directors.

George E. Ogden has over 45 years of experience in the energy sector. From January 1999 to the present, Mr. Ogden has served as an independent refining and marketing consultant for energy and investment companies. Previously he was a Senior Vice President of Tosco from 1992 to 1999, where he was responsible for mergers, acquisitions and divestments and general corporate planning, and prior to that Mr. Ogden held various positions at Tosco, Occidental Petroleum and the Mobil Oil Corporation in business development, refinery operations, planning and economics and as a refinery engineer. Mr. Ogden’s extensive career across many aspects of the energy and refining industries make him a valuable member of our Board of Directors.

Dave Roush is a licensed CPA and an experienced entrepreneur and financial expert. Mr. Roush is a founder and principal of JDP Holdings, Inc., an investment company which acquires and develops technology companies. He founded JDP Holdings in the early part of 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Roush founded Insurance.com, a leading, web-based, auto insurance agency, in 2000 and worked as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until February 2009, and also held various positions at Progressive Insurance and worked as an internal auditor for the Bendix/Allied Signal Corporation. Mr. Roush has over 38 years of accounting and management experience, is a licensed CPA and for these reasons he is a valuable member of our Board of Directors.

 

121


Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure

The board of directors of our general partner has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of chairman of the board and chief executive officer; rather, that relationship is defined and governed by the limited liability company agreement of our general partner, which permits the same person to hold both offices. Members of the board of directors of our general partner are appointed by PBF Energy. Accordingly, unlike holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business or governance, subject in all cases to any specific unitholder rights contained in our partnership agreement.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our corporate governance guidelines will provide that the board of directors of our general partner is responsible for reviewing the process for assessing the major risks facing us and the options for their mitigation. This responsibility will be largely satisfied by the audit committee, which is responsible for reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditors our major risk exposures and the policies management has implemented to monitor such exposures, including our financial risk exposures and risk management policies.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our general partner will have an audit committee comprised of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The audit committee will assist the board of directors of our general partner in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof, and pre-approve any non-audit services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee.

Conflicts Committee

At least two members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on our conflicts committee. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of any conflict of interest referred to it by our general partner is in our best interests. There is no requirement that our general partner seek the approval of the conflicts committee for the resolution of any conflict. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, may not hold an ownership interest in the general partner or its affiliates other than common units or awards under any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan implemented by the general partner or the partnership, and must meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee in good faith will be deemed to be approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. Any unitholder challenging any matter approved by the conflicts committee will have the burden of proving that the members of the conflicts committee did not believe that the matter was in the best interests of our partnership. Moreover, any acts taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinions of experts such as legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants and investment bankers, where our general partner (or any members of the board of directors of our general partner including any member of the conflicts committee) reasonably believes the advice or opinion to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith.

 

122


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

We and our general partner were formed in February 2013 and had no material assets or operations until the closing of this offering. Accordingly, neither we nor our general partner has accrued nor will accrue any obligations with respect to management compensation or retirement benefits for our directors and executive officers for any periods prior to the closing of this offering. We do not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing our business, and our general partner does not have a compensation committee. Our general partner may establish a compensation committee prior to the closing of this Offering. All of the initial executive officers of our general partner are also officers of PBF Energy, and therefore will have responsibilities for us and PBF Energy. These officers and all other personnel necessary for our business to function will be employed and compensated by PBF Energy or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the administrative services fee or reimbursement by us in accordance with the terms of the omnibus agreement and the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Under the omnibus agreement, a portion of PBF Energy’s long-term incentive compensation expense will be allocated to us in accordance with the preceding sentence. We will also be responsible for paying the long-term incentive compensation expense associated with our long-term incentive plan described below. The executive officers of our general partner who are also executive officers of PBF Energy will continue to participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by PBF Energy and its subsidiaries including plans that may be established in the future. Neither we nor our general partner has entered into any employment or benefit-related agreements with any of the individuals who provide executive officer services to us, and we do not anticipate entering into any such agreements in the near future. The board of directors of our general partner may grant awards to our executive officers, key employees of PBF Energy and its subsidiaries who support our operations and/or our independent directors pursuant to the long-term incentive plan described below under “—Long-Term Incentive Plan” following the closing of this offering.

We are not presenting any compensation for historical periods as we and our general partner were formed in February 2013. We are a new subsidiary formed to acquire, at the closing of this offering, portions of different parts of our sponsor’s business. Further, neither we nor our general partner incurred or will incur any cost or liability with respect to compensation of our executive officers prior to the closing of this offering. Compensation paid or awarded by us in 2014 with respect to the executive officers of our general partner who perform services for us and also perform services for PBF Energy is expected to only reflect the portion of compensation paid by PBF Energy that is allocated to us pursuant to PBF Energy’s allocation methodology and subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement. We will be solely responsible for paying the expense associated with any awards granted under the long-term incentive plan described below which has been adopted by our general partner. Responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers of our general partner who perform services for us and also perform services for PBF Energy will reside with the board of directors of PBF Energy and its committees (other than compensation under our long-term incentive plan). Any such compensation decisions will not be subject to any approvals by the board of directors of our general partner or any committees thereof.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

We, through our general partner, intend to adopt the PBF Logistics LP 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the LTIP, prior to the effectiveness of this offering for officers, directors and employees of our general partner or its affiliates, and any consultants, affiliates of our general partner or other individuals who perform services for us. We may issue our executive officers long-term equity based awards under the plan, which awards will be intended to compensate the officers based on the performance of our common units and their continued employment during the vesting period, as well as align their long-term interests with those of our unitholders. We will be responsible for the cost of awards granted under the LTIP to be adopted by us.

The description of the LTIP set forth below is a summary of the material features of the plan our general partner anticipates adopting, but the LTIP remains subject to change. In addition, this summary does not purport to be a complete description of all the provisions of the LTIP. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the LTIP, which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. The purpose of the LTIP is to

 

123


Table of Contents

provide a means to attract and retain individuals who will provide services to us by affording such individuals a means to acquire and maintain ownership of awards, the value of which is tied to the performance of our common units. The LTIP provides for grants of (1) Restricted Units, (2) unit appreciation rights, referred to as UARs, (3) unit options, referred to as Options, (4) Phantom Units, (5) Unit Awards, (6) substitute awards, (7) other Unit-Based Awards, (8) cash awards, (9) performance awards and (10) distribution equivalent rights, referred to as DERs, collectively referred to as Awards.

Administration

The LTIP will be administered by the board of directors of our general partner or an alternative committee appointed by the board of directors of our general partner, which we refer to together as the “committee” for purposes of this summary. The committee will administer the LTIP pursuant to its terms and all applicable state, federal, or other rules or laws. The committee will have the power to determine to whom and when Awards will be granted, determine the amount of Awards (measured in cash or in common units), proscribe and interpret the terms and provisions of each Award agreement (the terms of which may vary), accelerate the vesting provisions associated with an Award, delegate duties under the LTIP and execute all other responsibilities permitted or required under the LTIP. In the event that the committee is not comprised of “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the full Board or a subcommittee of two or more nonemployee directors will administer all Awards granted to individuals that are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Securities to be Offered

The maximum aggregate number of common units that may be issued pursuant to any and all Awards under the LTIP shall not exceed             common units, subject to adjustment due to recapitalization or reorganization, or related to forfeitures or the expiration of Awards, as provided under the LTIP.

If a common unit subject to any Award is not issued or transferred, or ceases to be issuable or transferable for any reason, including (but not exclusively) because units are withheld or surrendered in payment of taxes or any exercise or purchase price relating to an Award or because an Award is forfeited, terminated, expires unexercised, is settled in cash in lieu of common units, or is otherwise terminated without a delivery of units, such common unit will again be available for issue, transfer, or exercise pursuant to Awards under the LTIP, to the extent allowable by law. Common units to be delivered pursuant to awards under the LTIP may be common units acquired by our general partner in the open market, from any other person, directly from us, or any combination of the foregoing.

Awards

Restricted Units. A Restricted Unit is a grant of a common unit subject to a risk of forfeiture, performance conditions, restrictions on transferability and any other restrictions imposed by the committee in its discretion. Restrictions may lapse at such times and under such circumstances as determined by the committee. The committee shall provide, in the Restricted Unit agreement, whether the Restricted Unit will be forfeited upon certain terminations of employment. Unless otherwise determined by the committee, a common unit distributed in connection with a unit split or unit dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, will generally be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Unit with respect to which such common unit or other property has been distributed.

Options . We may grant Options to eligible persons. Option Awards are options to acquire common units at a specified price. The exercise price of each Option granted under the LTIP will be stated in the Option agreement and may vary; provided, however, that, the exercise price for an Option must not be less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit as of the date of grant of the Option unless that Option is intended to otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

 

124


Table of Contents

Options may be exercised in the manner and at such times as the committee determines for each Option, unless that Option is determined to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, where the Option will be subject to any necessary timing restrictions imposed by the Code or federal regulations. The committee will determine the methods and form of payment for the exercise price of an Option and the methods and forms in which common units will be delivered to a participant.

UARs . A UAR is the right to receive, in cash or in common units, as determined by the committee, an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one common unit on the date of exercise over the grant price of the UAR. The committee will be able to make grants of UARs and will determine the time or times at which a UAR may be exercised in whole or in part. The exercise price of each UAR granted under the LTIP will be stated in the UAR agreement and may vary; provided, however, that, the exercise price must not be less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit as of the date of grant of the UAR unless that UAR Award is intended to otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Phantom Units. Phantom Units are rights to receive common units, cash or a combination of both at the end of a specified period. The committee may subject Phantom Units to restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) to be specified in the Phantom Unit agreement that may lapse at such times determined by the committee. Phantom Units may be satisfied by delivery of common units, cash equal to the fair market value of the specified number of common units covered by the Phantom Unit, or any combination thereof determined by the committee. Except as otherwise provided by the committee in the Phantom Unit agreement or otherwise, Phantom Units subject to forfeiture restrictions may be forfeited upon termination of a participant’s employment prior to the end of the specified period. Cash distribution equivalents may be paid during or after the vesting period with respect to a Phantom Unit, as determined by the committee.

Unit Awards. The committee will be authorized to grant common units that are not subject to restrictions. The committee may grant Unit Awards to any eligible person in such amounts as the committee, in its sole discretion, may select.

Substitute Awards. The LTIP will permit the grant of Awards in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become employees or directors as a result of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition by or involving us, an affiliate of another entity, or the assets of another entity. Such substitute Awards that are Options or UARs may have exercise prices less than 100% of the fair market value per common unit on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with Section 409A of the Code and its regulations and other applicable laws and exchange rules.

Unit-Based Awards. The LTIP will permit the grant of other Unit-Based Awards, which are Awards that may be based, in whole or in part, on the value or performance of a common unit or are denominated or payable in common units. Upon settlement, the Unit-Based Award may be paid in common units, cash or a combination thereof, as provided in the Award agreement.

Cash Awards. The LTIP will permit the grant of Awards denominated in and settled in cash. Cash Awards may be based, in whole or in part, on the value or performance of a common unit.

Performance Awards. The committee may condition the right to exercise or receive an Award under the LTIP, or may increase or decrease the amount payable with respect to an Award, based on the attainment of one or more performance conditions deemed appropriate by the committee.

DERs . The committee will be able to grant DERs in tandem with Awards under the LTIP (other than an award of Restricted Units or Unit Awards), or DERs may be granted alone. DERs entitle the participant to receive an amount equal to the amount of any distributions made by us during the period the DER is outstanding. Payment of a DER issued in connection with another Award may be subject to the same vesting terms as the Award to which it relates or different vesting terms, in the discretion of the committee.

 

125


Table of Contents

Miscellaneous

Tax Withholding . At our discretion, and subject to conditions that the committee may impose, a participant’s minimum statutory tax withholding with respect to an Award may be satisfied by withholding from any payment related to an Award or by the withholding of common units issuable pursuant to the Award based on the fair market value of the common units.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments . If any “equity restructuring” event occurs that could result in an additional compensation expense under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or FASB ASC Topic 718, if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the committee will equitably adjust the number and type of units covered by each outstanding Award and the terms and conditions of such Award to equitably reflect the restructuring event, and the committee will adjust the number and type of units with respect to which future Awards may be granted. With respect to a similar event that would not result in a FASB ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if adjustment to Awards were discretionary, the committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in the manner it deems appropriate. In the event the committee makes any adjustment in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made with respect to the maximum number of units available under the LTIP and the kind of units or other securities available for grant under the LTIP. Furthermore, in the case of (i) a subdivision or consolidation of the common units (by reclassification, split or reverse split or otherwise), (ii) a recapitalization, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure or (iii) any other reorganization, merger, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization of our equity, then a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the LTIP, as appropriate, with respect to the maximum number of units available under the LTIP, the number of units that may be acquired with respect to an Award, and, if applicable, the exercise price of an Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Awards as a result of such events.

Change in Control. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in the LTIP), the committee may, in its discretion, (i) remove any forfeiture restrictions applicable to an Award, (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or vesting of an Award, (iii) require Awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment, (iv) cancel unvested Awards without payment or (v) make adjustments to Awards as the committee deems appropriate to reflect the change of control. Unless determined otherwise by the committee or provided for otherwise in an Award agreement, upon involuntary termination of employment or service of a participant within twenty-four (24) months of a change in control, all of the participant’s Awards that have not at such time become vested or otherwise remain subject to lapse restrictions shall immediately become vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as applicable.

Termination of Employment or Service. The consequences of the termination of a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement, or membership on the board of directors will be determined by the committee in the terms of the relevant award agreement.

Clawback . In the discretion of the committee, Awards under the plan may be subject to clawback or other recovery to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

Director Compensation

Our general partner anticipates that its directors, excluding directors who are also officers or employees of PBF Energy or its subsidiaries, will receive compensation for services on our general partner’s board of directors and committees thereof. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect our general partner to pay meeting fees to each non-employee director for each board meeting attended and each committee meeting attended, but the amounts of such meeting fees have not yet been determined.

 

126


Table of Contents

Directors of our general partner will be eligible to receive grants under the LTIP. At the closing of this offering, each of the independent directors of our general partner will receive an initial award grant with a value equal to $50,000 under the LTIP, in the form of phantom units with distribution equivalent rights, which will vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period.

Administrative Services Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

We will pay an annual fee of initially $2.3 million to our sponsor for the provision of certain centralized administrative services, including the management services of our sponsor’s employees, including our initial executive officers, who devote less than 50% of their time to our business. We also will reimburse our sponsor for allocated expenses of personnel who devote 50% or more of their time performing services for our benefit. In addition, we are required to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all direct and indirect expenses that they incur on our behalf. Except to the extent specified under the omnibus agreement, our general partner determines the amount of these expenses. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. In addition, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to our sponsor for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions.”

 

127


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units that will be owned upon the consummation of the formation transactions and this offering by:

 

   

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the units;

 

   

each of the directors and director nominees of our general partner;

 

   

each of the named executive officers of our general partner; and

 

   

all directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner as a group.

The amounts and percentage of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering, or                      common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering.

Percentage of total units to be beneficially owned after this offering is based on common units outstanding. The table assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. The following table does not include any common units that directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner may purchase in this offering through direct sales or the directed unit program described under “Underwriting—Direct Sales to Insiders and Directed Unit Program” or any phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that may be granted under our long-term incentive plan. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Common Units
to be
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Common Units
to be
Beneficially
Owned
    Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Total Common
and
Subordinated
Units to be
Beneficially
Owned
 

PBF Energy Inc. (1)

                                 

Directors and Executive Officers:

            

Thomas D. O’Malley

                                     

Thomas J. Nimbley

                                     

Michael D. Gayda

                                     

Matthew C. Lucey

                                     

Jeffrey Dill

                                     

Erik Young

                                     

Director Nominees:

            

Bruce A. Jones

                                     

George E. Ogden

                                     

Dave Roush

                                     

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

                                     

 

128


Table of Contents

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes common and subordinated units owned directly by PBF LLC. PBF Energy is the sole managing member of PBF LLC and operates and controls all of PBF LLC’s business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries. PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate PBF Energy’s business.

The following table sets forth, as of April 1, 2014, information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock by (a) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than five percent of PBF Energy Class A common stock, (b) each of the named executive officers, directors and director nominees of our general partner and (c) all directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner as a group. The information for persons known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than five percent of PBF Energy Class A common stock is based solely upon reports filed by such persons with the SEC. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Accordingly, the reports of beneficial ownership of PBF Energy Class A common stock by Blackstone, First Reserve, each of the named executive officers, directors and director nominees of our general partner and all directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner as a group, assume the exchange of any PBF LLC Series A Units held by such person for shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock, but excludes the shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units by any other person; the other persons are reporting on the basis of the issued and outstanding shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock as of the date indicated above. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

 

     Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned (1)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number        %     Combined Voting
Power (2)
 

Blackstone (3)(4)

     21,804,653           24.8     22.5

First Reserve (4)(5)

     21,804,653           24.8     22.5

Directors and Executive Officers:

         

Thomas D. O’Malley (6)(13)

     3,803,065           5.2     3.9

Thomas J. Nimbley (7)(13)

     687,500           1.0     *   

Michael D. Gayda (8)(13)

     196,538           *        *   

Matthew C. Lucey (9)(13)

     79,198           *        *   

Jeffrey Dill (10)(13)

     71,814           *        *   

Erik Young (11)(13)

     28,333           *        *   

Director Nominees:

         

Bruce A. Jones

                        

George E. Ogden

                        

Dave Roush

                        

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) (12)(13)

     4,866,449           6.5     4.9

 

* Less than 1%.
(1)

Subject to the terms of an exchange agreement, PBF LLC Series A Units are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. The holders of PBF LLC Series B Units, which include certain executive officers of PBF Energy and our general partner, may be deemed to have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by Blackstone and First Reserve. Each holder of PBF LLC Series A Units also holds one share of PBF Energy Class B common stock. The shares of PBF Energy Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of PBF Energy Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate

 

129


Table of Contents
  number of PBF LLC Series A Units held by such holder. As a holder exchanges PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock pursuant to such exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to the holder by its share of PBF Energy Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced.
(2) Represents percentage of voting power of the PBF Energy Class A common stock and PBF Energy Class B common stock voting together as a single class (voting power for this purpose is based solely on securities issued and outstanding that such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, and specifically excludes any securities such person has the right to acquire within 60 days). Each holder of PBF Energy Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of PBF Energy Class B common stock held by it, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by it.
(3) The Blackstone Vehicles (as hereinafter defined) are comprised of the following entities: Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C. (“BPBCP V”), Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P. (“BPBCP V-AC”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P. (“BFIP V”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A USS SMD L.P. (“BFIP V-A”), and Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P. (“BPP V”, and together with BPBCP V, BPBCP V-AC, BFIP V and BFIP V-A, the “Blackstone Vehicles”). The Blackstone Vehicles beneficially own (i) 15,231,422.54 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V, (ii) 2,729,249.56 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V-AC, (iii) 84,012.06 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V, (iv) 319,041.57 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V-A, and (v) 38,600.77 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPP V. Blackstone Management Associates V USS L.L.C. (“BMA”) is a general partner of each of BPBCP V and BPBCP V-AC. BCP V USS Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. (“BCP V GP L.L.C.”) is a general partner of BFIP V and BPP V. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. holds the majority of membership interests in BMA and is the sole member of BCP V GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of BFIP V-A is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Mr. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by the Blackstone Vehicles directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(4) Consists entirely of 18,402,326.5 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Blackstone and 3,402,326.5 PBF LLC Series A Units held by First Reserve. Blackstone and First Reserve are party to a stockholders agreement with PBF Energy. Given the terms of the stockholders agreement, each of Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of their respective affiliates may be deemed to be a member of a group that may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock held by the other.
(5) Owned collectively by FR PBF Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), and FR PBF Holdings II LLC (“Holdings II” and, together with Holdings, the “First Reserve Vehicles”), which in turn are wholly owned and managed by FR XII PBF Holdings LLC, which in turn is collectively owned and managed by FR XII PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII”) and FR XII-A PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII-A”). The First Reserve Vehicles beneficially own (i) 841,055.95 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by Holdings and (ii) 2,561,270.55 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by Holdings II. FR XII and FR XII-A are managed by First Reserve GP XII, L.P. which, in turn, is managed by First Reserve GP XII Limited. The address of FR PBF Holdings LLC and First Reserve is c/o First Reserve Management, L.P., One Lafayette Place, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
(6)

The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of (a) 200,000 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock held directly by Mr. O’Malley, of which 40,000 are restricted shares of Class A Common Stock which vest in four equal annual installments beginning on February 20, 2014, (b) 2,971,800 PBF LLC Series A Units held directly by Mr. O’Malley, (c) 230,000 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Argus Energy Corporation, in which Mr. O’Malley holds a controlling interest, (d) 270,000 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Argus Investments Inc., in which Mr. O’Malley holds a controlling

 

130


Table of Contents
  interest and (e) 131,265 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Horse Island Partners LLC, of which Mr. O’Malley is the Managing Member. Mr. O’Malley disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Argus Energy Corporation, Argus Investments Inc. and Horse Island Partners LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. In addition, does not include 350,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. O’Malley.
(7) The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of 675,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 12,500 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon exercise of outstanding options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Nimbley.
(8) The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of 136,538 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 50,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and 10,000 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Gayda.
(9) The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of 59,198 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 10,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 10,000 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon exercise of outstanding options. In addition, does not include 60,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Lucey.
(10) The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of 36,814 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 30,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and 5,000 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding options. In addition, does not include 60,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Dill.
(11) The number of shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock beneficially owned consists of 5,500 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 9,500 PBF LLC Series A Units and 13,333 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options.
(12) Consists of 200,000 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock, of which 40,000 are restricted shares, which are entitled to vote and receive dividends but remain subject to vesting, 4,516,115 PBF LLC Series A Units, an aggregate of 107,833 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 42,500 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 790,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by the directors and officers as a group.
(13) Does not include any beneficial ownership that may be deemed to arise from the right of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to receive dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, the shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by Blackstone and First Reserve.

 

131


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

After this offering, PBF Energy will own          common units and          subordinated units representing a     % limited partner interest in us and all of our incentive distribution rights. PBF Energy will also own our general partner. Our general partner will own a noneconomic general partner interest in us.

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

The following information summarizes the distributions and payments made or to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, in connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, may not equal the distributions and payments that would result from arm’s-length negotiations.

Formation Stage

The aggregate consideration received by our general partner and its affiliates, including PBF Energy, for the contribution of certain assets and liabilities to us includes:

 

   

             common units;

 

   

             subordinated units;

 

   

a noneconomic general partner interest; and

 

   

all of the incentive distribution rights;

In addition, in connection with the closing of this offering, we will purchase $65.0 million ($         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase          additional common units) of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures. In addition, we will borrow $65.0 million ($         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase          additional common units) under our term loan and distribute the proceeds of such borrowing to PBF LLC.

Operational Stage

Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates . We will generally make cash distributions to unitholders pro rata, including our sponsor as holder of an aggregate of common units and all of the subordinated units.

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates . We will pay an annual fee of initially $2.3 million to our sponsor for the provision of certain centralized administrative services, including the management services of our sponsor’s employees who devote less than 50% of their time to our business. We also will reimburse our sponsor for allocated expenses of personnel who devote 50% or more of their time performing services for our benefit. In addition, we are required to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, for all direct and indirect expenses that they incur on our behalf. Except to the extent specified under the omnibus agreement, our general partner determines the amount of these expenses. In addition, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to our sponsor for the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services with respect to our business pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement. We will also reimburse our sponsor and its subsidiaries for any direct costs actually incurred by our sponsor for our benefit. Please read “—Agreements Governing the Transactions” below and “Management—Executive Compensation.”

Liquidation Stage

Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

 

132


Table of Contents

Agreements Governing the Transactions

We have entered into or will enter into various documents and agreements with our sponsor that will effect the transactions relating to our formation, including the vesting of assets in us and our subsidiary, and the application of the proceeds of this offering. These agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. However, we believe that these fees are substantially equivalent to the fees that we would expect to charge others for similar services. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with our formation transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement with our sponsor and certain of its subsidiaries and our general partner that will effect the formation transactions, including (1) the transfer of ownership interest in Delaware City Terminaling and (2) the contribution of the Toledo Truck Terminal. In addition, pursuant to the contribution agreement, our sponsor will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities attributable to the ownership and operation of the businesses, assets, rights and subsidiary being contributed to us prior to the time they were contributed to us, as summarized below.

Environmental Indemnification . The contribution agreement provides that our sponsor will indemnify us for all known and unknown environmental losses we incur arising from ownership or operation of the Toledo Truck Terminal Assets and Delaware City Terminaling that occurred or existed on or before the closing of this offering and which are identified before the 20th anniversary of the closing of this offering. In addition, we will indemnify our sponsor for any environmental losses our sponsor incurs relating to ownership or operation of the Toledo Truck Terminal Assets and Delaware City Terminaling that occur after the closing of this offering to the extent our sponsor is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities.

Tax Indemnification . The contribution agreement provides that our sponsor must indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership or operation of the businesses, assets, rights and subsidiary being contributed to us for the period prior to the closing of this offering.

Title Indemnification . The contribution agreement provides that our sponsor must indemnify us for any costs or expenses that we incur for losses resulting from defects in title to contributed assets or equity interests transferred to us in connection with this offering, to the extent that any such title defects renders us liable or unable to use or operate the contributed assets in substantially the same manner as they were used and operated prior to the closing of this offering.

Additional Indemnification . The contribution agreement provides that our sponsor must indemnify us for liabilities relating to legal actions, if any, associated with the contributed assets that are pending against our sponsor or its affiliates as of the closing of this offering, subject to certain limitations. In addition, pursuant to the contribution agreement our sponsor will indemnify us for losses attributable to any assets retained by our sponsor and its affiliates after the closing of this offering.

Omnibus Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with PBF LLC, PBF Holding and our general partner, that will address the following matters:

 

   

our obligation to pay our sponsor an administrative fee, initially in the amount of $2.3 million per year, for the provision by our sponsor of centralized corporate services (which fee is in addition to certain expenses of our general partner and its affiliates that are reimbursed under our partnership agreement);

 

   

our agreement to reimburse our sponsor for all other direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by our sponsor on our behalf;

 

133


Table of Contents
   

our sponsor’s agreement not to compete with us under certain circumstances;

 

   

our right of first offer to acquire the right of first offer assets, including certain logistics assets that our sponsor may construct or acquire in the future;

 

   

a license to use the PBF Logistics trademark and name; and

 

   

our sponsor’s agreement to reimburse us for certain expenditures related to our initial assets for a period of five years after the closing of this offering.

So long as our sponsor or its affiliates control our general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect. If our sponsor or its affiliates cease to control our general partner, either our sponsor or we may terminate the omnibus agreement.

Payment of Administrative Fee. We will pay our sponsor an administrative fee, initially in the amount of $2.3 million per year (prorated for the first year of services), payable in equal monthly installments, for the provision of various centralized corporate services for our benefit, including executive management services of our sponsor’s employees who devote less than 50% of their time to our business, financial and administrative services, information technology services, legal services, health, safety and environmental services, human resources services and insurance administration. In addition, we also will reimburse our sponsor for allocated expenses of personnel who devote 50% or more of their time performing services for our benefit. This fee and reimbursement will be in addition to reimbursement of our general partner and its affiliates for certain costs and expenses incurred on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations as required by our partnership agreement. The omnibus agreement provides that the administrative fee may be adjusted annually, commencing on the second year following this offering, by a percentage equal to the change in the Producer Price Index or to reflect any increase or decrease in the cost of providing such services to us due to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to us or our sponsor. In addition, our general partner may agree on our behalf to increases in the administrative fee in connection with expansions of our operations through the acquisition or construction of new assets or businesses. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest.”

Noncompetition. Our sponsor will agree, and will cause its subsidiaries to agree, not to own, operate, engage in, acquire or invest in any business that owns or operates any crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States. This restriction will not apply to:

 

   

any assets owned by our sponsor at the closing of this offering (including replacements or expansions of those assets);

 

   

any assets acquired or constructed by our sponsor that are within, substantially dedicated to, or an integral part of any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by our sponsor;

 

   

any asset or business that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of less than $25 million;

 

   

any asset or business that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $25 million or more;

 

   

any logistics asset that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $25 million or more but comprises less than half of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by our sponsor) of the total asset package acquired or constructed by our sponsor;

 

   

the purchase and ownership of a non-controlling interest in any publicly traded entity; and

 

   

the ownership of the equity interests in us, our general partner and our affiliates.

Right of First Offer. Under the omnibus agreement, if our sponsor decides to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the sponsor’s Delaware City refinery, the sponsor’s Toledo refinery, or any of the assets described under “Business—Logistics Assets Owned by PBF Energy” (other than (i) to an affiliate who agrees to be bound

 

134


Table of Contents

by the right of first offer, (ii) in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposal by our sponsor of the related refinery or (iii) in connection with the foreclosure on such asset by any lenders under any credit arrangements of our sponsor in effect on the date of the closing of this offering), our sponsor will provide us with the opportunity to make the first offer to it, in each case for a ten -year period following the closing of this offering.

Our decision to make any offer will require the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner.

In addition, the omnibus agreement provides that if we do not purchase an asset that our sponsor acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $25 million or more, such assets will also be subject to our right of first offer until the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering.

The consummation and timing of any acquisition by us of the assets covered by our right of first offer will depend on, among other things, our sponsor’s decision to sell an asset covered by our right of first offer, our ability to reach an agreement with our sponsor on price and other terms and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance whether, when or on what terms we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to our right of first offer, and our sponsor is under no obligation to accept any offer that we may choose to make.

Reimbursement of Maintenance Capital and Other Expenditures. Our sponsor has agreed to reimburse us for any costs per event up to $20.0 million per event (net of any insurance recoveries) that we incur for repairs required due to the failure of any contributed asset to operate in substantially the same manner and condition as such asset was operating prior to the closing of this offering during the first five years after the closing of this offering, and any clean-up related thereto. Additionally, we will bear the costs associated with the expansion of the Delaware City rail track.

Name and Trademark. Under the omnibus agreement, our sponsor will grant us a license to use the PBF Logistics trademark and names. We will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with our sponsor and its affiliates in the defense and conservation of the names and trademarks which our sponsor will grant us permission to use under the omnibus agreement, and we will agree to use such names and trademarks in accordance with such quality standards established by our sponsor and communicated to us from time to time. We will also agree to use best efforts to act and operate in a manner consistent with good business ethics, and in a manner that will not reflect poorly on the goodwill and reputation of our sponsor, its affiliates and us.

Our sponsor will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with us in the defense and conservation of the names and trademarks which our sponsor will grant us a license to use under the omnibus agreement and agree to cooperate with us in maintaining the trademarks in due force and duly registered. Our sponsor will also agree to defend, indemnify, and hold us harmless from and against any losses suffered or incurred by us arising from (i) claims or causes of action brought by any third-party alleging that our use of the names and trademarks which use is granted to us violates any law, statute or rule, or infringes, dilutes, misappropriates or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of such third-party, and (ii) invalidity or unenforceability of any right with respect to the names and trademarks which use is granted to us.

Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we, our general partner and our subsidiary will enter into an operation and management services and secondment agreement with our sponsor and certain of its subsidiaries, pursuant to which our sponsor and its subsidiaries will provide to us and our subsidiary the personnel necessary for us to perform our obligations under the commercial agreements. We will reimburse our sponsor for the use of such employees and the provision of certain infrastructure-related services to the extent applicable to our operations including storm water discharge and waste water treatment, steam, potable water, access to certain roads and grounds, sanitary sewer access, electrical power, emergency response, filter press, fuel gas, API solids treatment, fire water and compressed air. In addition, we will pay an annual fee of $0.5 million to our sponsor for the provision of such services pursuant to the operation and management services and secondment agreement.

 

135


Table of Contents

The operation and management services and secondment agreement will terminate upon the termination of the omnibus agreement, provided that we may terminate any service on 30 days’ notice. If a force majeure event prevents a party from carrying out its obligations (other than to make payments due) under the agreement, such obligations, to the extent affected by force majeure, will be suspended during the continuation of the force majeure event. These force majeure events include acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, acts of the public enemy, wars, terrorism, blockades, insurrections, riots or civil disturbances, storms, floods or washouts; or other interruptions caused by acts of nature or the environment, interruptions in the ability to have safe passage in navigable waterways, arrests or the order of any court or governmental authority claiming or having jurisdiction while the same is in force and effect, civil disturbances, explosions, fires, breakage leaks, releases, accident to machinery, vessels, storage tanks or lines of pipe, any inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment, any inability to obtain crude oil because of a failure of third-party pipelines; and any other causes not reasonably within the control of the party claiming suspension and which by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts such party is unable to prevent or overcome.

Under the operation and management services and secondment agreement, we will indemnify our sponsor and certain of its affiliates for any losses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs or disbursements) arising out of (i) any breach by us of a covenant or agreement or any representation or warranty under the operation and management services and secondment agreement; (ii) our failure to comply with any applicable law; or (iii) personal injury or property damage caused by us or our agents in the exercise of any rights thereunder or the handling of crude oil thereunder, except to the extent caused by negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Subject to certain conditions, neither party is liable for any consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the agreement. Our sponsor will indemnify us and certain of our affiliates for any losses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs or disbursements) arising out of (i) any breach by it of a covenant or agreement or any representation or warranty in the operation and management services and secondment agreement; (ii) any failure by it to comply with any applicable law; or (iii) any personal injury or property damage caused by it or its agents in the exercise of any rights thereunder or the handling of crude oil thereunder, except to the extent caused by negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Recoveries by either party under the indemnity will be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by such party.

Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under the agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that we may make a collateral assignment of this agreement solely to secure financing.

Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with PBF Energy pursuant to which we will provide various terminaling services. Each of these agreements with PBF Energy will include minimum volume commitments.

Fees under each agreement are payable by our sponsor monthly. If our sponsor fails to meet the minimum volume commitment during any calendar quarter, our sponsor will be required to make a shortfall payment quarterly to us equal to the volume of the shortfall multiplied by the applicable fee.

Each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will terminate at 11:59 p.m. on the first December 31 following the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering and may be extended, at our sponsor’s option, for up to two additional five-year terms. Additionally, each of our commercial agreements with PBF Energy will not terminate in the event of a change of control of our general partner.

Pursuant to each of our commercial agreements, our sponsor will have a right of first refusal to purchase certain of our assets that serve its refineries, including the Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal.

 

136


Table of Contents

Before we enter into any contract to sell such assets, we must give written notice of the terms of such proposed sale to our sponsor. The notice must set forth the name and address of the proposed third-party purchaser, the assets to be sold, the purchase price, reasonable detail concerning any non-cash portion of the consideration and our estimate of the fair market value of such consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the offer. To the extent the third-party offer consists of consideration other than cash, the purchase price shall be deemed equal to the amount of any such cash plus the fair market value of such non-cash consideration, determined as set forth in the respective commercial agreement. Our sponsor will then have the sole and exclusive option for a period of 60 days (subject to extension in certain circumstances) following receipt of such notice to purchase the subject assets on the terms specified in the notice.

In the event our sponsor permanently shuts down either the Delaware City refinery or the Toledo refinery, which shall consist of the cessation of commercial operation at the respective refinery with no present intent on the part of our sponsor to resume commercial operation thereof, we will have the right to purchase certain assets at such refinery related to our business. Within two years of receiving notice of such permanent shutdown, we can exercise our option to purchase such assets of the respective refinery by delivering notice to our sponsor of our intention to do so. Once we deliver such notice to our sponsor, we will have a period of not less than 90 days to perform diligence in accordance with prudent industry practice on the respective refinery and its assets, and following such diligence period we and our sponsor will have 30 days to negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the terms for a purchase of the respective refinery assets. The terms of any such agreement shall, among other conditions: be on terms customary for the sale of similar assets and otherwise agreeable to us and our sponsor; (ii) require that the purchase price be paid at closing in cash; (iii) not obligate our sponsor to make any representations as to the condition of the assets being purchased; (iv) not require us to purchase the real property on which the assets being sold are located (in which case we shall be entitled to lease all or a portion of such real property); (v) require our sponsor to convey all operating and maintenance records reasonably necessary for the operation of the assets being sold; and (vi) require our sponsor to convey the assets being sold free and clear of any charge, claim, covenant, equitable interest, equitable servitude, lien, option, pledge security interest, right of first refusal, or other restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute of ownership; provided, however, that our sponsor shall receive a reasonable easement with respect to the assets being sold in order to access such assets in connection with their or its affiliates potential refining operations.

Prior to the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, PBF Energy is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the applicable agreement in connection with the shutdown of the applicable PBF Energy refinery served under such agreement for any reason. After the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, if PBF Energy decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Delaware City refinery or the Toledo refinery, as the case may be, for a period that will continue for at least twelve consecutive months, then PBF Energy may terminate the agreement on no less than twelve months’ prior written notice to us, which notice period may run concurrently with the twelve-month suspension period described above. During the twelve-month notice period, PBF Energy will continue to owe shortfall payments for any calendar quarter in which it does not throughput aggregate volumes at least equal to its minimum throughput commitment.

If a force majeure event occurs that renders either party unable to perform its obligations under a commercial agreement, such party must provide the other party with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time the affected party believes that the force majeure event will continue. Until the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, if a force majeure event occurs, our sponsor will continue to be required to make shortfall payments to us unless the force majeure event affects our ability to perform the services we are required to perform under the respective commercial agreement; however, if the force majeure event affects our ability to perform, the term of the agreement will be extended by the length of such force majeure (up to one year). The obligations of each party will be suspended to the extent affected by force majeure unless the agreement is terminated as provided in the following two sentences. Beginning on the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, in the case of our sponsor and as of the date of the closing of the offering, in our case, if the affected party believes that a force majeure event will continue for twelve

 

137


Table of Contents

consecutive months or more, then either party will have the right to terminate the respective commercial agreement to the extent affected by the force majeure on no less than twelve months’ prior written notice to the other party; provided, however, that under each commercial agreement with our sponsor, we and our sponsor may agree to terminate the respective commercial agreement to the extent affected by the force majeure event prior to the expiration of the twelve-month notice period in order for us to enter into a new agreement with any third-party. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, our sponsor will have the right, prior to the effectiveness of the force majeure termination notice, to elect to continue making shortfall payments and we will not be permitted to terminate the applicable commercial agreement for so long as our sponsor continues to make such shortfall payments.

The applicable fees in each commercial agreement will be adjusted on January 1 of each year starting January 1, 2015, by the amount of any change in the Producer Price Index provided that the adjustment shall not result in a fee below the initial fee in effect at the closing of this offering. The fees described in each commercial agreement also presume that such fees are not challenged or subsequently altered by any governmental authority.

If PBF Energy fails to throughput aggregate volumes equal to its minimum throughput commitment during any contract quarter, then PBF Energy will pay us a shortfall payment equal to the terminaling service fee multiplied by the difference between the minimum throughput commitment and the volume of products actually delivered to the terminal by PBF Energy during the applicable contract quarter.

Under the agreements, PBF Energy will bear the risk of loss at all times of any products handled or throughput by PBF Energy or PBF Energy’s designee at the terminal. Unless we experience a spill or other release of product while the product is in our custody, all volumetric losses and gains in product shall be for PBF Energy’s or such designee’s account, as applicable.

If new laws or regulations are adopted that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures (other than maintenance capital expenditures), we may, by written notice to our sponsor, request to negotiate an adjustment in the throughput fee, or other fees and charges paid under the respective agreements, as applicable, to cover our sponsor’s pro rata portion of any reasonable, incremental, out-of-pocket costs we would incur to comply with the change in law; provided, however, if the cost increases by more than      %, our sponsor may terminate the agreements.

Our sponsor may request that we make certain capital expenditures and we shall make such capital expenditures; provided, however, that we shall not be required to make any such capital expenditure if such expenditure would materially adversely affect our operations under the applicable commercial agreement, as determined in our reasonable discretion. Our sponsor shall reimburse us for its pro rata portion of any reasonable, incremental, out-of-pocket costs of any such expenditure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in the omnibus agreement, any maintenance capital expenditure required for us to continue to provide the services specified under the agreement shall be paid for by us.

A party will be in default under the respective commercial agreements if (i) such party fails to pay owed amounts when due; (ii) such party fails to perform material obligations or covenants, if such failure is not cured within 15 business days; (iii) such party breaches any representation or warranty in any material respect, if not cured within 15 business days; or (iv) such party becomes insolvent, declares bankruptcy or takes any action in furtherance of, or indicates its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, a similar proceeding. Additionally, we will be in default if we allow to exist any liens, subject to specified exceptions, on the products at our terminal facilities. If an event of default occurs and is continuing beyond the applicable cure period, the non-defaulting party will have the right to terminate the respective commercial agreement. Additionally, if we are the defaulting party under a respective commercial agreement, our sponsor will be entitled to suspend its payment and other obligations under the respective commercial agreement and our sponsor or its designee may reclaim any of its crude oil in our possession.

 

138


Table of Contents

Each respective commercial agreement may be assigned by us or our sponsor only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that our sponsor may assign (i) any commercial agreement in connection with a sale of all products covered under such agreement; (ii) the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement without our prior written consent in connection with a sale of the Delaware City refinery; and (iii) the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement without our prior written consent in connection with a sale of the Toledo refinery, and we or our subsidiary, as applicable, may assign our or our subsidiary’s rights and obligations under the agreement without our sponsor’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of our or such subsidiary’s terminal facility under the respective commercial agreements, subject to the previously described right of first refusal, in each case, if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement and, in the reasonable judgment of the assigning party, is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under such agreement. We and our sponsor may also make a collateral assignment of any of the commercial agreements solely to secure financing. In addition, we may not assign either of the commercial agreements to one of our sponsor’s competitors, as determined in good faith by our sponsor. Our sponsor may also have the right to assign certain of its rights under the commercial agreements to any future intermediator of the products.

Under the commercial agreements, we will indemnify our sponsor and certain of its affiliates for any losses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs or disbursements) arising out of (i) any breach by us of a covenant or agreement or any representation or warranty under the respective commercial agreements; (ii) our failure to comply with any applicable law; or (iii) personal injury or property damage caused by us or our agents in the exercise of any rights thereunder or the handling of crude oil thereunder, except to the extent caused by negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Pursuant to each of the respective commercial agreements, our sponsor (and as applicable, its affiliates) will indemnify us and certain of our affiliates for any losses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs or disbursements) arising out of (i) any breach by it of a covenant or agreement or any representation or warranty thereto; (ii) any failure by it to comply with any applicable law; or (iii) any personal injury or property damage caused by it or its agents in the exercise of any rights thereunder or the handling of crude oil thereunder, except to the extent caused by negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification. Recoveries by either party under the indemnity will be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by such party. Subject to certain conditions, neither party is liable for any consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the agreement.

Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into a rail terminaling services agreement with our sponsor under which we will provide rail terminaling services to our sponsor’s Delaware City refinery. Under the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, our sponsor will be obligated to throughput aggregate volumes on our double-loop rail track as follows:

The minimum throughput commitment will be 75,000 bpd through September 30, 2014 and 85,000 bpd for each subsequent quarter (in each case, calculated on a quarterly average basis) of light crude oil shipped on the Delaware City Rail Terminal for a fee equal to $2.00 per barrel for all volumes of light crude oil throughput up to the minimum throughput commitment and $0.50 per barrel for all volumes of light crude oil throughput in excess of the minimum throughput commitment, in any contract quarter.

We are required to maintain the capabilities of our Delaware City Rail Terminal such that our sponsor may throughput at least 75,000 bpd through September 30, 2014 and 85,000 bpd for each subsequent quarter (in each case, calculated on a quarterly average basis) of refined light crude oil on the double-loop rail track. To the extent that (i) our sponsor is prevented from throughputting at least such volumes on the Delaware City Rail Terminal (on a quarterly average basis) for more than seven days per quarter as a result of our failure to maintain capacities, then our sponsor’s aggregate throughput commitments for the double-loop rail track will be reduced proportionately to the extent of the difference between such aggregate minimum throughput capacity and the actual available aggregate throughput capacity, prorated for the portion of the quarter during which throughput capacity was unavailable.

 

139


Table of Contents

Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement

Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into a Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement with our sponsor under which we will provide truck unloading services to our sponsor’s Toledo refinery. Under the truck unloading and services agreement, our sponsor will be obligated to throughput aggregate volumes at our Toledo Truck Terminal as follows:

The minimum throughput commitment will be 4,000 bpd (on a quarterly average basis) of crude oil throughput at the Toledo Truck Terminal for a fee equal to $1.00 per barrel for all volumes of crude oil throughput up to the minimum throughput commitment and $1.00 per barrel for all volumes of crude oil throughput in excess of the minimum throughput commitment (in any contract quarter).

We are required to maintain the capabilities of our Toledo Truck Terminal such that our sponsor may throughput at least 4,000 bpd on a quarterly average basis of crude oil on the Toledo Truck Terminal. To the extent that our sponsor is prevented from throughputting at least such volumes on the Toledo Truck Terminal, on a quarterly average basis, for more than seven days per quarter as a result of our failure to maintain capacities, then our sponsor’s aggregate throughput commitments for the Toledo Truck Terminal will be reduced proportionately to the extent of the difference between such aggregate minimum throughput capacity and the actual available aggregate throughput capacity, prorated for the portion of the quarter during which throughput capacity was unavailable.

Participation in this Offering

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering, or              common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

The board of directors of our general partner expects to adopt a written related party transactions policy to document procedures pursuant to which “related party transactions” are reviewed, approved or ratified. Under Item 404 of Regulation S-K, a “related party transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and any related person has a direct or indirect material interest. The policy covers all transactions between us and any related party (including any transactions requiring disclosure under Item 404), other than transactions generally available to all employees and transactions involving less than $5,000, when aggregated with all similar transactions.

The policy is expected to state that, in most instances, the conflicts committee is best suited to review and approve related party transactions that may arise within our partnership. However, the policy permits the disinterested members of the board of directors of our general partner to exercise any authority otherwise assigned to the conflicts committee by the policy. In particular, the board of directors of our general partner believes that any related party transaction in which any director is interested should typically be reviewed and approved by all disinterested members of the board. An interested director is not allowed to vote upon a transaction in which he is involved. Depending upon the issue presented, the disinterested members of the board may request to hear from the interested director during the course of its deliberations, but the interested director does not vote upon the matter and is not present during the vote on the matter.

A related party transaction may be consummated only if it is ratified or approved by the conflicts committee or disinterested members of the board of directors of our general partner and if it is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third-party.

 

140


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including PBF Energy, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to PBF Energy. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it believes is in our best interests. Our partnership agreement specifically defines the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to the limited partners and the partnership.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all our limited partners and shall not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement, of any agreement contemplated thereby or of any duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;

 

   

approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates;

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to, or available from, unrelated third parties; or

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolutions or courses of action from the conflicts committee of its board of directors or from the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units as described above. If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or from holders of common units as described above and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of us or any of our unitholders, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, the board of directors of our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner may consider any factors they determine in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. An independent third-party is not required to evaluate the resolution. Under our partnership agreement, a determination, other action or failure to act by our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) will be deemed to be “in good faith” unless our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the partnership. Please read “Management—Management of PBF Logistics LP—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

 

141


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others:

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available to pay distributions to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

cash expenditures;

 

   

borrowings;

 

   

entry into and repayment of current and future indebtedness;

 

   

issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $        , which would not otherwise constitute operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of distributions on subordinated units and the incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash or equity distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make such distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus.”

The directors and officers of PBF Energy have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the owners of PBF Energy, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because certain officers and certain directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of affiliates of our general partner, including PBF Energy, they have fiduciary duties to PBF Energy that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit PBF Energy or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as PBF Energy, in exercising certain rights under our partnership agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of its call right, its voting rights with respect to any units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and replaces the duties owed by, our general partner and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was not adverse to the interests of our partnership;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that its conduct was criminal; and

 

   

in resolving conflicts of interest, it will be presumed that in making its decision the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will agree to become bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “—Fiduciary Duties.”

Common unitholders have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are not and will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of such future transactions.

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval, necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following actions:

 

   

expending, lending, or borrowing money, assuming, guaranteeing, or otherwise contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, issuing evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and incurring any other obligations;

 

   

preparing and transmitting tax, regulatory and other filings, periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

acquiring, disposing, mortgaging, pledging, encumbering, hypothecating, or exchanging our assets or merging or otherwise combining us with or into another person;

 

143


Table of Contents
   

negotiating, executing and performing contracts, conveyance or other instruments;

 

   

distributing cash;

 

   

selecting or dismissing employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and determining their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

maintaining insurance for our benefit;

 

   

forming, acquiring an interest in, and contributing property and loaning money to, any further limited partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

 

   

controlling all matters affecting our rights and obligations, including bringing and defending actions at law or in equity or otherwise litigating, arbitrating or mediating, and incurring legal expense and settling claims and litigation;

 

   

indemnifying any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or disposing of our partnership interests, or issuing additional options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to our partnership interests; and

 

   

entering into agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

Please read “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

Common units are subject to PBF Energy’s call right.

If at any time PBF Energy and its controlled affiliates own more than 80% of the common units, PBF Energy will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at the market price calculated in accordance with the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. PBF Energy is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the call right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that prevents our general partner from issuing additional common units and exercising its call right. PBF Energy may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the conflict committee in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict, although we may choose not to do so.

Our general partner’s affiliates may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner is restricted from engaging in any business other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. However, affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition

 

144


Table of Contents

with us, and may acquire, construct or dispose of assets in the future without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire those assets. In addition, under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

The holder or holders of our incentive distribution rights may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of incentive distribution levels without the approval of our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

The holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights (initially our sponsor) have the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and they have received incentive distributions at the highest level to which they are entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash distribution levels at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

We anticipate that our sponsor would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per unit without such conversion. However, our sponsor may transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time. It is possible that our general partner or a transferee could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights expect that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, the holders of the incentive distribution rights may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to the incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for them to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to the holders of the incentive distribution rights in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Fiduciary Duties

Duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and in our partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions that eliminate and replace the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited by state law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in good faith and a duty to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards in this manner benefits our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards also strengthens the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and

 

145


Table of Contents

capable directors. Replacing the fiduciary duty standards represents a detriment to our public unitholders because it restricts the remedies available to our public unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permits our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interests.

The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

 

State law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that any action taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the partnership.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

  If our general partner does not obtain approval from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our common unitholders, excluding any such units owned by our general partner or its affiliates, and the board of directors of our general partner approves the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, its board, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards replace the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

 

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third-party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its duties or of our partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a

 

146


Table of Contents
 

limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

 

  The Delaware Act provides that, unless otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to another partner or to another person that is a party to or is otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of fiduciary duty for the partner’s or other person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that, at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of our partnership agreement.

By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was criminal. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.” For a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor is appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

148


Table of Contents

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

149


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions”;

 

   

with regard to the duties of, and standard of care applicable to, our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

PBF Logistics LP was organized in February 2013 and will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

Purpose

Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that our general partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our current or future subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of owning and operating crude oil, refined products and similar logistics assets, our general partner may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

 

150


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, voting as a single class.

In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances.

 

Issuance of additional units

No approval right.

 

Amendment of the partnership agreement

Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

 

Dissolution of our partnership

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

Unit majority. Please read “—Dissolution.”

 

Withdrawal of our general partner

Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to June 30, 2024 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Removal of our general partner

Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner.”

 

Transfer of our general partner interest

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

 

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

No approval right. Please read “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

 

151


Table of Contents

If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of our general partner.

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

 

152


Table of Contents

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.

Following the closing of this offering, we expect that we and our subsidiary will conduct business in three states and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of Delaware City Terminaling and any other subsidiaries through which we conduct operations in the future may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the such operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying ourselves and our subsidiary to do business there.

Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for the obligations of a limited liability company or limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our subsidiary or any subsidiaries we may have in the future, or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Interests

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing common unitholders in our distributions. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have rights to distributions or special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our current or future subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests or to make additional capital contributions to us whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue partnership interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of our

 

153


Table of Contents

general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without his consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own approximately     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, including all of our subordinated units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

 

   

an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

154


Table of Contents
   

an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to acquire partnership interests;

 

   

any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

   

conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

do not adversely affect the limited partners, considered as a whole, or any particular class of limited partners, in any material respect;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership securities; or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting percentage required to take any action other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not

 

155


Table of Contents

less than the percentage sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and our general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a successor.

 

156


Table of Contents

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

the action would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any limited partner; and

 

   

neither we nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to March 31, 2024 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after March 31, 2024, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority may appoint a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, an affiliate of our general partner will own         % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, including all of our subordinated units.

 

157


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist:

 

   

all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, if such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner; and

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.

In the event of the removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and all its and its affiliates’ incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due to the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a result of the termination of any employees employed for our benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

At any time, our general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest to another person without the approval of our common unitholders. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or third-party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights

By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Subordinated units and incentive distribution rights are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units or incentive distribution rights.

Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove PBF Logistics GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise changing our management. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner” for a discussion of certain consequences of the removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please read “—Meetings; Voting.”

Limited Call Right

If at any time PBF Energy and its controlled affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, PBF Energy will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days’ notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

   

the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

 

   

the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 consecutive trading days preceding the date that is three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of PBF Energy’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units.”

 

159


Table of Contents

Non-Taxpaying Holders; Redemption

To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:

 

   

obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and

 

   

permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

 

160


Table of Contents

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and purchasers specifically approved by our general partner, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units, as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Voting Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights

If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our general partner.

If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

our general partner;

 

161


Table of Contents
   

any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

 

   

any person who is or was serving at the request of a general partner, any departing general partner or any of their respective affiliates as a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries;

 

   

any person who controls our general partner or any departing general partner; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct and indirect expenses they incur or payments they make on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner and its affiliates in connection with operating our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed. These expenses may include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. These books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of our common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report on those consolidated financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available website which we maintain.

We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably required for U.S. federal and state tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his U.S. federal and state tax liability and in filing his U.S. federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary information.

 

162


Table of Contents

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

a current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

   

information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other capital contribution, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;

 

   

copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

 

   

information regarding the status of our business and financial condition (provided that obligation shall be satisfied to the extent the limited partner is furnished our most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act); and

 

   

any other information regarding our affairs that our general partner determines is just and reasonable.

Under our partnership agreement, however, each of our limited partners and other persons who acquire interests in our partnership interests, do not have rights to receive information from us or any of the persons we indemnify as described above under “—Indemnification” for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against us or those indemnified persons relating to our affairs, except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to the litigation commenced by the person seeking information.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts.

 

163


Table of Contents

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered hereby and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional units, our general partner and its affiliates, including our sponsor, will hold an aggregate of              common units and              subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period. All of the common units and subordinated units held by our sponsor are subject to the lock-up restrictions described below. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

Rule 144

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act other than any units purchased in this offering by the directors or executive officers of our general partner pursuant to direct sales or the directed unit program, which will be subject to the lock-up restrictions described below. None of the directors or officers of our general partner own any common units prior to the closing of this offering; however, they may purchase common units through direct sales, the directed unit program or otherwise. Please read “Underwriting—Direct Sales to Insiders and Directed Unit Program.” Additionally, any common units owned by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1.0% of the total number of the securities outstanding; and

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our Partnership Agreement and Registration Rights

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of partnership interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity interests would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units or other partnership securities to require registration by us of any of these units or other partnership securities and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner will continue to have these registration rights for two years after it ceases to be our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against certain liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from

 

164


Table of Contents

the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts. Our general partner and its affiliates may also sell their units or other partnership interests in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws and the lock-up agreement described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our sponsor, our general partner and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to sell or offer to sell any common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. For a description of these lock-up provisions, please read “Underwriting.”

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register all common units issued or reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Common units covered by the registration statement on Form S-8 will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to applicable vesting requirements and the terms of applicable lock-up agreements described above.

 

165


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and is based upon current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect). Changes in these authorities may cause the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a prospective unitholder to vary substantially from those described below, possibly on a retroactive basis. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we” or “us” are references to PBF Logistics LP and its operating subsidiary.

Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us and our general partner to them for this purpose. However, this section does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders and does not describe the application of the alternative minimum tax that may be applicable to certain unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), who have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, who use the calendar year as their taxable year, and who hold units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for investment). This section has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships (including other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes), estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt entities, non-U.S. persons, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each unitholder to consult the unitholder’s own tax advisor in analyzing the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to that unitholder resulting from ownership or disposition of units and potential changes in applicable tax laws.

We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins LLP with respect to the matters described herein. An opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or a court. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters described herein may materially and adversely impact the market for our units and the prices at which our units trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution. Furthermore, the tax consequences of an investment in us may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which may be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following U.S. federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a short seller to cover a short sale of units) (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

Taxation of the Partnership

Partnership Status

We expect to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for entity-level U.S. federal income taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our unitholders will take into account its respective share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned such income directly, even if we make no cash distributions to the unitholder.

 

166


Table of Contents

Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a partnership’s gross income for every taxable year it is publicly traded consists of “qualifying income,” the partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Qualifying Income Exception”). Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the transportation, storage, processing and marketing of certain natural resources, including crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business) dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 2% of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time.

Based upon the factual representations made by us and our general partner, Vinson & Elkins LLP is of the opinion that we will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The representations made by us and by our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins LLP has relied in rendering its opinion include, without limitation:

(a) Neither we nor our operating subsidiary has elected or will elect to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

(b) For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income will be income of a character that Vinson & Elkins LLP has opined is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.

We believe that these representations are true and will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as transferring all of our assets, subject to all of our liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation and then as distributing that stock to our unitholders in liquidation. This deemed contribution and liquidation should not result in the recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long as the aggregate amount of our liabilities does not exceed the adjusted tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative or legislative action or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time, members of the U.S. Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. One such legislative proposal would have eliminated the Qualifying Income Exception upon which we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any such changes will ultimately be enacted. However, it is possible that a change in law could affect us and may be applied retroactively. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be taken into account by us in determining the amount of our liability for U.S. federal income tax, rather than being passed through to our unitholders. Our taxation as a corporation would materially reduce the cash available for distribution to unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value of our units. Any distribution made to a unitholder at a time we are treated as a corporation would be (i) a taxable dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then (ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units (determined separately for each unit), and thereafter (iii) a taxable capital gain.

 

167


Table of Contents

The remainder of this discussion is based on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP that we will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For a discussion related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of securities loans, please read “Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Securities Loans.” Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to them under their particular circumstances.

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes” with respect to payments we may be required to make on behalf of our unitholders, we will not pay any U.S. federal income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report on its own U.S. federal income tax return each year its share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or within its taxable year. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash distribution.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing through December 31, 2016, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of U.S. federal taxable income that will be approximately     % of the cash distributed through that date. These estimates are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will approximate the amount available to make the assumed distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to our earnings from operations, capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct, and our counsel has not opined on the accuracy of such estimates.

For any taxable year ending on or before December 31, 2025, holders of common units (excluding common units and converted subordinated units held by PBF LLC or its affiliates) may be allocated additional gross operating income; provided that no such special allocation shall be made to the extent a purchaser of common units in this offering would be allocated an amount of federal taxable income on the common units purchased in this offering with respect to such taxable year that would exceed     % of the cash distributed on the common units purchased in this offering with respect to such year.

The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could affect the value of units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of units in this offering would be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

we distribute less cash than we have assumed in making this projection; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for U.S. federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

 

168


Table of Contents

Basis of Units

A unitholder’s tax basis in its units initially will be the amount paid for those units increased by the unitholder’s initial allocable share (as measured for federal income tax purposes) of our “nonrecourse liabilities” (liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss). That basis generally will be (i) increased by the unitholder’s share of our income and any increases in such unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and (ii) decreased, but not below zero, by the amount of all distributions to the unitholder, the unitholder’s share of our losses, and any decreases in the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities and its share of our expenditures that are neither deductible nor required to be capitalized. The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all of those interests.

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units, in which case the unitholder generally will recognize a gain taxable in the manner described below under “—Disposition of Units.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units may decrease the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities. For purposes of the foregoing, a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities generally will be based upon that unitholder’s share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities allocated based on the unitholder’s share of our profits. Please read “—Disposition of Units.”

A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a deemed distribution as a result of a reallocation of our nonrecourse liabilities described above) may cause a unitholder to recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture and substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Code (“Section 751 Assets”). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in return for a portion of the non-pro rata distribution. This deemed exchange generally will result in the unitholder’s recognition of ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to be relinquished in the exchange.

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

A unitholder may not be entitled to deduct the full amount of loss we allocate to it because its share of our losses will be limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder that is an individual, estate, trust or certain types of closely-held corporations, the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of its adjusted tax basis in its units, reduced by (1) any portion of that basis attributable to the unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, (2) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar arrangement, and (3) any amount of money the unitholder borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder subject to the at risk limitation must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions (including distributions deemed to result from a reduction in a unitholder’s share of nonrecourse liabilities) cause the unitholder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year.

Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of the basis or at risk limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units,

 

169


Table of Contents

any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can no longer be used, and will not be available to offset a unitholder’s salary or active business income.

In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, a passive activity loss limitation generally limits the deductibility of losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely held corporations and personal service corporations from “passive activities” (generally, trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate). The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only passive income generated by us. Passive losses that exceed a unitholder’s share of passive income we generate may be deducted in full when the unitholder disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss rules generally are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” generally is limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

 

   

interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

 

   

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income. Net investment income generally does not include qualified dividend income or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. A unitholder’s share of a publicly-traded partnership’s portfolio income and, according to the IRS, net passive income will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.

Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder Taxes

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax on behalf of any current or former unitholder, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder. Where the tax is payable on behalf of all the unitholders or we cannot determine the specific unitholder on whose behalf the tax is payable, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount. Unitholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their behalf.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

Our items of income, gain, loss and deduction generally will be allocated amongst our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated units, or we make incentive distributions, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. In addition, for any taxable year ending on or before December 31, 2025, holders of common units (excluding common units and converted subordinated units held by PBF LLC or its affiliates) may be allocated additional gross operating income; provided that no such

 

170


Table of Contents

special allocation shall be made to the extent a purchaser of common units in this offering would be allocated an amount of federal taxable income on the common units purchased in this offering with respect to such taxable year that would exceed     % of the cash distributed on the common units purchased in this offering with respect to such year.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code (or the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code) to account for any difference between the adjusted tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a “Book-Tax Disparity”). As a result, the U.S. federal income tax burden associated with any Book-Tax Disparity immediately prior to an offering generally will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to such offering. In addition, items of recapture income will be specially allocated to the extent possible (subject to the limitations described below) to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Code to eliminate a Book-Tax Disparity, will generally be given effect for U.S. federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has “substantial economic effect.” In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of the partner’s interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including (i) the partner’s relative contributions to us, (ii) the interests of all the partners in profits and losses, (iii) the interests of all the partners in cash flow, and (iv) the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation. Vinson & Elkins LLP is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “—Section 754 Election” and “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations of income, gain, loss or deduction under our partnership agreement will be given effect for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Treatment of Securities Loans

A unitholder whose units are loaned (for example, a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units) may be treated as having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no longer be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period (i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to those units would not be reportable by the lending unitholder, and (ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units may be treated as ordinary taxable income.

Due to a lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins LLP has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder that enters into a securities loan with respect to its units. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of income recognition from a loan of their units are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rates for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 39.6% and (subject to certain exceptions) 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

In addition, a 3.8% net investment income tax applies to certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates, and trusts. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain, as well as any income or gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment

 

171


Table of Contents

income from all investments, or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if married filing separately) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is unmarried or in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest U.S. federal income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

Section 754 Election

We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to specific purchasers of our units under Section 743(b) of the Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The Section 743(b) adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based upon the values and adjusted tax bases of our assets at the time of the relevant purchase, and the adjustment will reflect the purchase price paid. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us.

Under our partnership agreement, we are authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with applicable Treasury Regulations. A literal application of Treasury Regulations governing a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to properties depreciable under Section 167 of the Code may give rise to differences in the taxation of unitholders purchasing units from us and unitholders purchasing from other unitholders. If we have any such properties, we intend to adopt methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships to preserve the uniformity of units, even if inconsistent with existing Treasury Regulations, and Vinson & Elkins LLP has not opined on the validity of this approach. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.”

The IRS may challenge the positions we adopt with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment to preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling authority. Because a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis for its units is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any position we take that understates deductions will overstate a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.” If a challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our assets subject to depreciation to goodwill or nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than certain of our tangible assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the calendar year as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in its tax return its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain, loss and

 

172


Table of Contents

deduction in income for its taxable year, with the result that it will be required to include in income for its taxable year its share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of those assets. If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation deductions previously taken, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

The costs we incur in offering and selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. Our estimates and determinations of fair market value and tax basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale of units equal to the difference, if any, between the unitholder’s amount realized and the adjusted tax basis in the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized generally will equal the sum of the cash and the fair market value of other property it receives plus its share of our nonrecourse liabilities with respect to the units sold. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to Section 751 Assets, such as depreciation recapture and our “inventory items,” regardless of whether such inventory item is substantially appreciated in value. Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and capital gain or loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.

 

173


Table of Contents

For purposes of calculating gain or loss on the sale of units, the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis will be adjusted by its allocable share of our income or loss in respect of its units for the year of the sale. Furthermore, the IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all of those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that adjusted tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s adjusted tax basis in its entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership.

Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed in the paragraph above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of the units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult its own tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” financial position, including a partnership interest with respect to which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, in the event the taxpayer or a related person enters into:

 

   

a short sale;

 

   

an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue Treasury Regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees

In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month (the “Allocation Date”). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated some income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations will not be effective until they are issued

 

174


Table of Contents

in their final form, and the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins LLP is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the final Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses could be reallocated among our unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash distribution for that period.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells or purchases any of its units is generally required to notify us in writing of that transaction within 30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the transaction in the case of a seller). Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have “constructively” terminated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. Immediately following this offering, PBF LLC will own 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, a transfer of all or a portion of its interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. Further, PBF LLC is also a partnership for federal income tax purposes and a constructive termination of it would be considered an exchange of its entire interest in us. Since June 1, 2013, approximately 47% of the interests in PBF LLC have been sold or exchanged. Therefore, a constructive termination of PBF LLC could also result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder’s taxable income for the year of termination.

A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 generally would require that we file two tax returns for one fiscal year thereby increasing our administration and tax preparation costs. However, pursuant to an IRS relief procedure, the IRS may allow a constructively terminated partnership to provide a single Schedule K-1 for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. Following a constructive termination, we would be required to make new tax elections, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and the termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation and amortization. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination may either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination that would not otherwise have been applied to us as a continuing as opposed to a terminating partnership.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and for other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. As a result of the need to preserve uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of U.S. federal income tax requirements. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

 

175


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity of our units. These positions may include reducing the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which a unitholder would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than that to which they would otherwise be entitled. Vinson & Elkins LLP is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions.

A unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in units is reduced by its share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual income tax return) so that any position that we take that understates deductions will overstate the unitholder’s basis in its units, and may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” and “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” above. The IRS may challenge one or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain from a sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

Tax-Exempt Entities and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans and other tax-exempt entities as well as by non-resident alien individuals, non-U.S. corporations and other non-U.S. persons (collectively “Non-U.S. Unitholders”) raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. Prospective unitholders that are tax-exempt entities or Non-U.S. Unitholders should consult their own tax advisors before investing in our units. Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt entities, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to U.S. federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.

Non-U.S. Unitholders are taxed by the United States on income effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (“effectively connected income”) and on certain types of U.S.-source non-effectively connected income (such as dividends), unless exempted or further limited by an income tax treaty. Non-U.S. Unitholders will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of their ownership of our units. Furthermore, is it probable that they will be deemed to conduct such activities through permanent establishments in the United States within the meaning of applicable tax treaties. Consequently, they will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay U.S. federal income tax on their share of our net income or gain in a manner similar to a taxable U.S. unitholder. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, distributions to Non-U.S. Unitholders are subject to withholding at the highest applicable U.S. federal income effective tax rate. Each Non-U.S. Unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes.

In addition, because a Non-U.S. Unitholder classified as a corporation will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular U.S. federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity” to the extent reflected in the corporation’s effectively connected earnings and profits. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

A Non-U.S. Unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” gain recognized by a non-U.S. person from the sale of its interest in a partnership that is engaged in a trade or business in the United States will be considered to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Thus, part or all of a Non-U.S. Unitholder’s gain from the sale or other

 

176


Table of Contents

disposition of its units may be treated as effectively connected with a unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business constituted by its investment in us. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a Non-U.S. Unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the units or the five-year period ending on the date of disposition. More than 50% of our assets may consist of U.S. real property interests (which include U.S. real estate (including land, improvements, and certain associated personal property) and interests in certain entities holding U.S. real estate). Therefore, Non-U.S. Unitholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax (and in the case of a foreign corporation, possible branch profits tax) on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions will yield a result that conforms to all of the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS.

The IRS may audit our U.S. federal income tax information returns. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins LLP can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully challenge the positions we adopt, and such a challenge could adversely affect the value of the units. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and may result in an audit of the unitholder’s own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments unrelated to our returns.

Publicly traded partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from their owners for purposes of U.S. federal income tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS, and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings of the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes, and our partnership agreement designates our general partner.

The Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review may go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate in that action.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on its U.S. federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

 

177


Table of Contents

(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

(a) a non-U.S. person;

(b) a non-U.S. government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(c) a tax-exempt entity;

(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(4) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report the foregoing information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

Certain penalties may be imposed as a result of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion. We do not anticipate that any accuracy-related penalties will be assessed against us.

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, unitholders may be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future or in which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct business or own property in Ohio, Delaware, and New Jersey. Each of these states imposes a personal income tax on individuals. Certain of these states also impose an income or other entity-level tax on corporations and other entities. In addition, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on its investment in us.

Although a unitholder may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in a jurisdiction because its income from such jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirements, a unitholder will be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in many of the jurisdictions in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of its investment in us. We strongly recommend that each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of it. Vinson & Elkins LLP has not rendered an opinion on the state, local, alternative minimum tax or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in us.

 

178


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT IN PBF LOGISTICS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in our common units by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans, tax deferred annuities or individual retirement accounts established or maintained by an employer or employee organization and entities whose underlying assets are deemed under ERISA to include “plan assets” of any such plans, accounts and arrangements. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

 

   

whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and

 

   

whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Entities and Other Investors.”

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in our common units is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit employee benefit plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to the plan. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the employee benefit plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code.

The Department of Labor regulations and Section 3(42) of ERISA provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

 

  (1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities—i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;

 

  (2) the entity is an “operating company”—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

 

  (3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above.

Our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (1) and (2) above.

Employee benefit plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Code in light of the excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities that may be imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

 

179


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of common units shown opposite the underwriter’s name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common Units

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the common units included in this offering depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby (other than those common units covered by their option to purchase additional common units as described below), if any of the common units are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us, our general partner and our sponsor to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we, our general partner and our sponsor deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and excludes the structuring fee. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common units.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per common unit

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

We will pay Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC an aggregate structuring fee equal to     % of the gross proceeds of this offering for evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per common unit. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of common units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the common units by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We estimate that the expenses of this offering incurred by us will be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and the structuring fee).

 

180


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             additional common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than             common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our general partner and certain of its affiliates, including our sponsor and the directors and executive officers of our general partner, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common units or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units; or

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of common units or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units;

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, each such person will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units.

The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of common units to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

the issuance by us of common units upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing or are described in this prospectus;

 

   

the issuance by us, and the receipt by a holder, of equity awards pursuant to employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, so long as the recipient signs and delivers a lock-up letter agreement and the common units underlying such awards do not vest during the restricted period;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, for the transfer of common units; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common units during the 180-day restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the holder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common units may be made under such plan during the 180-day restricted period;

 

   

our issuance of common units as consideration for bona fide acquisitions, in an aggregate number of common units not to exceed 10% of the total number of common units issued and outstanding as of the

 

181


Table of Contents
 

date of such acquisition agreement, provided that each recipient of these common units shall be subject to the lock-up restrictions described herein;

 

   

the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to the issuance by us of equity awards pursuant to employee benefit plans described in this prospectus;

 

   

transactions by any person other than us relating to common units or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing of the offering of the common units; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or will be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common units or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

transfers of common units or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common units (i) as a bona fide gift or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to an immediate family member of the holder or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder, (iv) not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (v) if the undersigned is a trust, to any beneficiary of the holder or to the estate of any such beneficiary;

 

   

distributions of common units or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common units to any direct or indirect affiliates, current or former partners (general or limited), members or managers of the holder, as applicable, or to the estates of any such partners, members or managers; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this exception or the prior exception above, (i) each such transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common units, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

   

transfer of common units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

any transfer of common units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units to us or our affiliates, pursuant to agreements under which we or such affiliate has the option to repurchase such common units or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such common units; or

 

   

in the event of undue hardship, any transfer of common units after notice to, and with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) of, Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC.

Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representatives expect to consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we operate;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

182


Table of Contents
   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded common units of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We, our general partner and our sponsor have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

183


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Direct Sales to Insiders and Directed Unit Program

Thomas D. O’Malley, the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner, and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of $10 million of common units in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no common units in this offering to any of these persons, and any of these persons may determine to purchase more, less or no common units in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any common units purchased by these persons as they will on any other common units sold to the public in this offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common units being offered by this prospectus (in addition to common units that Mr. O’Malley and certain of his affiliates and family members have indicated an interest in purchasing as described above) for sale at the initial public offering price to the directors and executive officers of our general partner and certain other employees and consultants of our sponsor and certain other participants. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed unit program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved common units, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of common units available to the general public.

Any common units sold to Mr. O’Malley and any of his affiliates and family members and any common units sold in the directed unit program to the directors and executive officers of our general partner shall be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above.

New York Stock Exchange

We have been approved to list our common units, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBFX.” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed     % of the total number of common units offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

184


Table of Contents

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, commodities trading (physical and financial), financing and brokerage activities. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us.

In addition, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities or instruments or the securities or instruments of our general partner or our sponsor. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments. Affiliates of one or more of the underwriters act as lenders and/or agents under, and as consideration therefor received customary fees and expenses in connection with our sponsor’s revolving credit facility. UBS AG, Stamford Branch, an affiliate of one of the underwriters, is the administrative agent under our sponsor’s revolving credit facility and receives fees in connection with such role. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters will act as lenders under, and as consideration therefor, will receive customary fees in connection with our revolving credit agreement and our term loan facility. Certain of the underwriters acted as one of the underwriters in connection with our sponsor’s initial public offering, and received fees as a result. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters acted as initial purchasers, and received fees in connection with the $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued by our sponsor.

FINRA

Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) is expected to view the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, there is no conflict of interest between us and the underwriters under Rule 5121 of the FINRA Rules and the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that the transactions contemplated by this prospectus in any Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) (other than Germany) will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of securities. Accordingly, any person making

 

185


Table of Contents

or intending to make any offer in that Relevant Member State of the securities which are the subject of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities or any invitation relating thereto in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer or invitation.

In relation to each Relevant Member State, other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer to the public of the securities subject to this supplement has been or will be made in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”);

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than Qualified Investors), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining our prior consent for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer or invitation shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase the securities, as the same may be further defined in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

United Kingdom

We may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) that is not a “recognised collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA (“CIS”) and that has not been authorised or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and are only directed at (i) investment professionals falling within the description of persons in Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) Order 2001, as amended (the “CIS Promotion Order”) or Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Financial Promotion Order”) or (ii) high net worth companies and other persons falling with Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order or Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order, or (iii) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made, (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Our common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

186


Table of Contents

Switzerland

The distribution of our common units in Switzerland will be exclusively made to, and directed at, regulated qualified investors (“Regulated Qualified Investors”), as defined in Article 10(3)(a) and (b) of the Swiss Collective Investment Schemes Act of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”). Accordingly, we have not, and will not be, registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”) and no Swiss representative or paying agent has been or will be appointed for us in Switzerland. This prospectus and/or any other offering materials relating to our common units may be made available in Switzerland solely to Regulated Qualified Investors.

Germany

This prospectus has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Asset Investment Act ( Vermôgensanlagengesetz ), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht – BaFin) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this prospectus and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1 in connection with Section 2 no. 6 of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 2 no. 4 of the German Asset Investment Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no.1 of the German Investment Act. This prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

The offering does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation or an offer to buy our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors ( gekwalificeerde beleggers ) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ).

 

187


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS

The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of PBF MLP Predecessor as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period of July 1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the combined financial statements being prepared from the separate records maintained by PBF Energy Inc. which may not necessarily be indicative of conditions that would have existed or results of operations if PBF MLP Predecessor had been operated as an unaffiliated company). Such combined financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of PBF Logistics LP as of December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-l regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

The SEC maintains a website on the Internet at  www.sec.gov . Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website and can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the NYSE Euronext, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Upon closing of this offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website on the Internet is located at www.pbflogistics.com and we make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other

 

188


Table of Contents

information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on, or accessible through, our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

189


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “could,” “will,” “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include our expectations of plans, strategies, objectives, growth and anticipated financial and operational performance, including revenue projections, capital expenditures and tax position. Forward-looking statements can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed.

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We believe that we have chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, when considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Those risk factors and other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those disclosed in any forward-looking statement. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

changes in general economic conditions;

 

   

competitive conditions in our industry;

 

   

actions taken by our customers and competitors;

 

   

the supply of, and demand for, crude oil, refined products and logistics services;

 

   

our ability to successfully implement our business plan;

 

   

our ability to complete internal growth projects on time and on budget;

 

   

the price and availability of debt and equity financing;

 

   

operating hazards and other risks incidental to handling crude oil;

 

   

natural disasters, weather-related delays, casualty losses and other matters beyond our control;

 

   

interest rates;

 

   

labor relations;

 

   

changes in the availability and cost of capital;

 

   

changes in tax status;

 

   

the effects of existing and future laws and governmental regulations;

 

   

changes in insurance markets impacting costs and the level and types of coverage available;

 

   

the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices and demand for our sponsor’s refined products;

 

   

the suspension, reduction or termination of our sponsor’s obligations under our commercial agreements;

 

   

disruptions due to equipment interruption or failure at our facilities, our sponsor’s facilities or third-party facilities on which our business is dependent;

 

190


Table of Contents
   

the effects of future litigation; and

 

   

other factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

191


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

PBF Logistics LP Pro Forma

  

Introduction

     F-2   

Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

     F-3   

Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

     F-4   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

     F-5   

PBF MLP Predecessor

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-8   

Historical Combined Financial Statements:

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-9   

Combined Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and for the Period July  1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012

     F-10   

Combined Statements of Net Investment for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and for the Period July  1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012

     F-11   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 and for the Period July  1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012

     F-12   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-13   

PBF Logistics LP

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-18   

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

     F-19   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-20   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

PBF LOGISTICS LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

Set forth below are the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of PBF Logistics LP (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2013 and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations of the Partnership for the year ended December 31, 2013. References to “we”, “us” and “our” mean the Partnership and its combined subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. References to “PBF” mean PBF Energy Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries other than us and our combined subsidiaries and our general partner. PBF is the managing member of PBF Energy Company LLC (“PBF LLC”), which is the sole managing member of PBF Holding Company LLC (“PBF Holding”). PBF Holding, a Delaware limited liability company, which together with its subsidiaries owns and operates three oil refineries and related facilities in North America. The pro forma combined financial statements for the Partnership have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of PBF MLP Predecessor (the “Predecessor”) , set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such historical combined financial statements and related notes contained therein. The pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes and with the historical combined financial statements and related notes set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.

The Partnership will own and operate the assets of the Predecessor effective with the closing of this offering. The contribution of the Predecessor’s assets to us will be recorded at historical cost as it is considered to be a reorganization of entities under common control. The pro forma combined financial statements give pro forma effect to the matters set forth in the notes to these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

The pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma statements of operations were derived by adjusting the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual results will differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the contemplated transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the pro forma combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements may not be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had assumed the operations of the Predecessor on the dates indicated or that would be obtained in the future.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PBF Logistics LP

Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

as of December 31, 2013

(Unaudited, in thousands)

 

     PBF MLP
Predecessor
Historical
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
          Partnership
Pro Forma
 

Assets

         

Current assets

         

Cash and equivalents

   $         $ 100,000        (a   $ 5,000   
        (10,500     (b  
        (4,500     (c  
        (80,000     (d  
         

Marketable securities

             65,000        (e     65,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

             70,000          70,000   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     29,996                  29,996   

Deferred charges

             4,500        (c     4,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 29,996       $ 74,500        $ 104,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

         

Current liabilities

         

Accrued liabilities

   $ 499       $ (499     (f   $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     499         (499         

Debt

             65,000        (d     65,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     499         64,501          65,000   

Equity

         

Net investment

     29,497         (29,996     (g       
        499        (f  

Partners’ capital

             100,000        (a     39,496   
        (10,500     (b  
        (80,000     (d  
        29,996        (g  

Common unitholders—public

              

Common unitholders—PBF LLC

              

Subordinated unitholders—PBF LLC

              

General partner

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

     29,497         9,999          39,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 29,996       $ 74,500        $ 104,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PBF Logistics LP

Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations

(Unaudited, in thousands, except unit data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
     PBF MLP
Predecessor
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
        Partnership
Pro Forma
 

Related-party Revenues

        

Transportation, terminaling and storage

   $      $ 50,625      (h)   $ 50,625   

Costs and Expenses

        

Operating and maintenance expense

     6,024        384      (i)     6,408   

General and administrative expense

     1,834        1,366      (j)     3,200   

Depreciation expense

     1,032            1,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     8,890        1,750          10,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

     (8,890     48,875          39,985   

Interest expense, net

            (2,395   (k)     (2,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (8,890   $ 46,480        $ 37,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

General partner’s interest in net income (loss)

        

Limited partners’ interest in net income (loss)

        

Common units

        

Subordinated units

        

Weighted Average number of limited partner units outstanding:

        

Common units (basic and diluted)

        

Subordinated units (basic and diluted)

        

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PBF LOGISTICS LP

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)

Note 1. Basis of Presentation, the Offering and Other Transactions

The historical combined financial information is derived from the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering had taken place as of December 31, 2013, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet and as of January 1, 2013, in the case of the pro forma statements of operations.

The pro forma combined financial statements give pro forma effect to:

 

   

PBF Holding’s contribution of all of our Predecessor’s assets and operations to us (excluding working capital as described in Note 2 (f) below);

 

   

Our execution of multiple long-term commercial agreements with PBF Energy and the recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements that were not recognized by our Predecessor;

 

   

Our execution of an omnibus agreement and an operation and maintenance agreement with PBF Holding and PBF LLC;

 

   

The consummation of this offering and our issuance of             common units to the public, general partner units and the incentive distribution rights to our general partner and common units and             subordinated units to PBF LLC;

 

   

The application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowing under our term loan facility, as described in ‘Use of Proceeds’ in this Prospectus; and

 

   

The effect of the transaction on certain of our historical general and administrative expenses, resulting in total pro forma general and administrative expenses of $2,800 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The amount includes:

 

  A fixed fee, initially in the amount of $2,300 per year that we will pay to PBF Energy under the omnibus agreement for the provision of executive management, treasury, accounting, legal, information technology and other centralized corporate services to us following the closing of this offering; and

 

  Costs of $900 for estimated employee-related expenses that we expect to reimburse PBF Energy related to the management of our logistics assets.

Upon closing of this offering, PBF Logistics LP anticipates incurring incremental annual general and administrative expense of approximately $4,000 per year as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audit, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance premiums, independent director compensation and incremental costs related to operating our logistics assets as a growth-oriented business. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not reflect these incremental general and administrative expenses.

Note 2. Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

 

  (a) Reflects the assumed gross offering proceeds to the Partnership of $             from the issuance and sale of             common units at the initial public offering price of $         per common unit.

 

  (b) Reflects the payment of estimated underwriter discounts totaling $             and $             for estimated expenses associated with the offering relating to legal and consulting services, audit expenses, printing charges, filing fees and other costs. These fees and expenses will be allocated to the public common units.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
  (c) Represents $4,500 of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with entering into our revolving credit facility.

 

  (d) Reflects the purchase of $65,000 in U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities.

 

  (e) Reflects the distribution to PBF LLC of $15,000 in proceeds from the public offering of common units to reimburse it for certain capital expenditures, plus $65,000 in proceeds from the borrowing under our term loan facility.

 

  (f) PBF Holding will retain the working capital of the Predecessor, as these balances represent assets and liabilities related to the Predecessor’s operations prior to the closing of the offering.

 

  (g) Represents the conversion of the adjusted equity of the Predecessor of $29,996 from net investment to common and subordinated limited partner equity of the Partnership and the general partner’s interest in the Partnership. The conversion is as follows:

 

  - $         for             common units;

 

  - $         for             subordinated units; and

 

  - $         for the general partner’s interest.

 

  (h) The pro forma revenues reflect recognition of affiliate revenues for the assets contributed to us that have not been previously recorded in the historical financial records of the Predecessor. Revenues were calculated using the rates and fees in the commercial agreements to be entered into with PBF Energy at the closing of this offering beginning on the date the assets were placed in service. Throughput volumes used in the revenue calculations represent the greater of the minimum volumes specified in such commercial agreements or the historical volumes for the periods presented.

 

  (i) Represents incremental operating and maintenance expenses primarily related to the annual service fee that we will pay PBF Holding under the terms of our operational services and secondment agreement, including incremental insurance premiums for business interruption and property insurance.

 

  (j) Reflects the terms of the omnibus agreement described in Note 1 that we will enter into with PBF Holding and PBF LLC upon the closing of this offering as if such omnibus agreement had been in effect throughout all periods presented.

 

  (k) Reflects interest expense related to the $65,000 of borrowings under our term loan facility, reduced by the interest income related to the U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities we intend to purchase with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Borrowings under the term loan facility will bear an average interest rate of approximately 0.4%, net of interest earned on the $65,000 of U.S. Treasury or other investment grade securities. The pro forma adjustment also includes an estimated 0.3% commitment fee for the unutilized portion of our new revolving credit facility and term loan facility, as well as the related amortization of debt issuance costs over the term of the facility.

Note 3. Pro Forma Net Income Per Unit

Pro forma net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income per unit that would have been allocated to the common and subordinated unitholders, which is     % of pro forma net income, by the number of common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of our initial public offering. For purposes of this calculation, the number of common and subordinated units assumed to be outstanding was         . All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2013. Basic and diluted pro forma net income per unit is equal as there are no dilutive units at the date of closing of the initial public offering of the common units of the Partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, to the extent that the quarterly distributions exceed certain targets, the general partner is entitled to receive certain incentive distributions that will result in less net income proportionately being allocated to the holders of common and subordinated units. The pro forma net income per unit calculation assumes that no incentive distributions were made to the general partner because no such distribution would have been made based upon the pro forma available cash from operating surplus for the period.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Note 4. Commercial Agreements with PBF Energy

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into various long term, fee-based commercial agreements with PBF Energy under which we will provide various rail and truck terminaling services and PBF Energy will commit to provide us with minimum monthly throughput volumes. We believe the terms and conditions under these agreements are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services. These commercial agreements with PBF Energy include:

 

   

A 7 year Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement under which PBF Holding will pay us fees for unloading crude oil at our Delaware City Rail Terminal; and

 

   

A 7 year Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement under which PBF Holding will pay us fees for truck unloading services at our Toledo Truck Terminal.

Both of these agreements may be extended at PBF Energy’s option for two additional five-year terms.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of

PBF Energy Inc. and subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of PBF MLP Predecessor (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, net investment, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period of July 1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period of July 1, 2012 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared from the separate records maintained by PBF Energy Inc. and may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have existed or the results of operations if PBF MLP Predecessor had been operated as an unaffiliated company. Portions of certain expenses represent allocations made from corporate expenses applicable to PBF Energy Inc. as a whole.

/s/ Deloitte &Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

April 3, 2014

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PBF MLP Predecessor

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     Supplemental
Pro Forma
December 31,
2013
    December 31  
       2013      2012  
     (Unaudited)               

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and equivalents

   $      $       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

                      

Property, plant and equipment, net

     29,996        29,996         23,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 29,996      $ 29,996       $ 23,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accrued construction in progress

   $ 499      $ 499       $ 4,682   

Distribution payable to related party

     80,000                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     80,499        499         4,682   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

       

Net investment (deficit)

     (50,503     29,497         18,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 29,996      $ 29,996       $ 23,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PBF MLP Predecessor

Combined Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,  2013
    Period July 1, 2012
(Date of Inception) to
December 31, 2012
 

Revenues

   $      $   

Costs and expenses:

    

Operating and maintenance expense

     6,024        21   

General and administrative expenses

     1,834        569   

Depreciation expense

     1,032          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     8,890        590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,890   $ (590
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental pro forma net loss per limited partner unit

    

Units used to calculate supplemental pro forma net loss per limited partner unit

    

See notes to combined financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PBF MLP Predecessor

Combined Statements of Net Investment

(in thousands)

 

Balance, July 1, 2012 (Date of Inception)

   $   

Net loss

     (590

Contributions

     19,465   
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 18,875   

Net loss

     (8,890

Contributions

     19,512   
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 29,497   
  

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PBF MLP Predecessor

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Period July 1, 2012
(Date of Inception) to
December 31, 2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (8,890   $ (590

Depreciation expense

     1,032     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operations

     (7,858     (590

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (11,654     (18,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (11,654     (18,439

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Parent contributions

     19,512        19,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     19,512        19,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

              

Cash and equivalents, beginning of period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents, end of period

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

    

Accrued construction in progress

   $ 499      $ 4,682   

Land contributed by parent

   $      $ 436   

See notes to combined financial statements

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PBF MLP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except unit data and per unit data)

Note 1. Description of Business

PBF MLP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes (the “Predecessor”), includes the assets, liabilities and results of operations of certain crude oil terminaling assets of PBF Holding Company LLC (“PBF Holding”). The assets are owned and operated by PBF Holding’s subsidiaries Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, and are to be contributed to PBF Logistics LP (the “Partnership”) in connection with the Partnership’s proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). The Partnership was formed in February 2013 as a Delaware limited partnership. As used in these financial statements, the terms “PBF Logistics” or “the Partnership” refer to the Predecessor. PBF Holding is a Delaware limited liability company, which together with its subsidiaries, owns and operates three oil refineries and related facilities in North America. PBF Holding is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF Energy Company LLC (“PBF LLC”), a Delaware limited liability company. On December 18, 2012, PBF Energy Inc. (“PBF Energy”), a Delaware corporation and PBF Holding’s indirect parent, completed an IPO of its Class A common stock. PBF Energy used the net proceeds from its IPO to acquire membership units in PBF LLC. In connection with PBF Energy’s IPO and related transactions, PBF Energy became the managing member of PBF LLC, which is the sole member of PBF Holding. As a result, PBF Energy controls all of the business and affairs of PBF LLC and PBF Holding.

The Predecessor’s initial assets consist of the Delaware City Rail Unloading Terminal (“DCR Rail Terminal”), which is part of PBF Holding’s Delaware City, Delaware refinery, and the Toledo Truck Unloading Terminal (“Toledo Truck Terminal”), which is part of PBF Holding’s Toledo, Ohio refinery. The DCR Rail Terminal consists of a double loop track and ancillary pumping and unloading equipment. Construction of the terminal began in July 2012 and the terminal commenced operations in February 2013. The terminal has a total throughput capacity of up to 105,000 barrels per day (“bpd”) and PBF Holding is the owner and shipper of all crude oil handled at the terminal. The Toledo Truck Terminal is designed for total throughput capacity of up to approximately 15,000 bpd and is comprised of four lease automatic custody transfer (“LACT”) units accepting crude oil deliveries by truck. The Toledo Truck Terminal commenced operations in December 2012 with one LACT unit. Two additional LACT units were made operational in May 2013. Both the DCR Rail Terminal and Toledo Truck Terminal are assets operated within the totality of the Delaware and Toledo refineries. The assets do not generate third-party or intra-entity revenue.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements and related notes present the combined financial position, results of operations, cash flows and net investment of the Predecessor.

The combined financial statements include all of the accounts of the Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal, and certain costs allocated by subsidiaries of PBF Energy. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared from the separate records maintained by subsidiaries of PBF Energy and may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have existed or the results of operations if the Predecessor was operated as an unaffiliated company. Portions of certain expenses represent allocations made from corporate expenses applicable to PBF Energy as a whole.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 3, 2014. Any material subsequent events that occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in the financial statements.

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect

 

F-13


Table of Contents

the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Earnings per Unit

During the periods presented, the Predecessor was wholly-owned by PBF Holding. Accordingly, there is no calculation of earnings per unit.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. The Predecessor capitalizes costs associated with the preliminary, pre-acquisition and development/construction stages of a major construction project. The Predecessor capitalizes the interest cost associated with major construction projects based on the effective interest rate of total borrowings of PBF Holding. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as they are incurred. Improvements and betterments, which extend the lives of the assets, are capitalized.

The Predecessor’s depreciable property, plant and equipment is comprised of terminals and equipment which are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 25 years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Predecessor reviews property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the net book values of the assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long-lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value.

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results.

Income Taxes

The operations of the Predecessor are currently included in PBF Holding’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. As PBF Holding is a limited liability company treated as a “flow-through” entity for income tax purposes, there is no benefit or provision for U.S. federal or state income tax in the accompanying financial statements.

The PBF Holding U.S. federal and state tax returns for all years since its inception (March 1, 2008) are subject to examination by the respective tax authorities.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Predecessor records an asset retirement obligation at fair value for the estimated cost to retire a tangible long-lived asset at the time the Predecessor incurs that liability, which is generally when the asset is purchased, constructed, or leased. The Predecessor records the liability when it has a legal or contractual obligation to incur costs to retire the asset and when a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability can be made. If a reasonable estimate cannot be made at the time the liability is incurred, the Predecessor will record the liability when sufficient information is available to estimate the liability’s fair value. Certain of the Predecessor’s asset retirement obligations are based on its legal obligation to perform remedial activity at its refinery sites when it

 

F-14


Table of Contents

permanently ceases operations of the long-lived assets. The Predecessor therefore considers the settlement date of these obligations to be indeterminable. Accordingly, the Predecessor cannot calculate an associated asset retirement liability for these obligations at this time. The Predecessor will measure and recognize the fair value of these asset retirement obligations when the settlement date is determinable.

Environmental Matters

Liabilities for future remediation costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as the Predecessor’s own internal environmental policies. The measurement of environmental remediation liabilities may be discounted to reflect the time value of money if the aggregate amount and timing of cash payments of the liabilities are fixed or reliably determinable. The actual settlement of the Predecessor’s liability for environmental matters could materially differ from its estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

Related Party Transactions

All of the related party transactions discussed below were settled immediately through net investment.

General and administrative expenses in the combined statements of operations include affiliate costs totaling $1,213 and $496 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 respectively. These expenses were incurred by subsidiaries of PBF Holding to cover costs of corporate administrative functions such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources, engineering, information technology, insurance, administration, and other corporate services and include related stock-based compensation, retirement and pension benefit plan expenses. These allocations were based on an estimate of the time devoted by PBF employees to services provided to the Predecessor. In management’s estimation, the allocation methodologies used are reasonable and result in an allocation of the Predecessor’s costs of doing business. Given the nature of these costs, it is not practicable to estimate what these costs would have been on a stand-alone basis.

The employees supporting the Predecessor operations are employees of PBF Holding’s subsidiaries. Their payroll costs are allocated to the Predecessor by PBF Holding. PBF Holding carries employee-related liabilities in its financial statements, including the liabilities related to the employee pension, post retirement medical and life plans, stock-based compensation and other incentive compensation. There were no cost sharing arrangements in place during the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and the cost of the services allocated to the Predecessor have been settled in net investment in these financial statements.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive loss for year ended December 31, 2013 and for the July 1, 2012 (date of inception) through December 31, 2012 was equivalent to net loss.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 4. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Land

   $ 436      $ 436   

Terminals and equipment

     29,092        202   

Construction in progress

     1,500        22,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     31,028        23,557   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (1,032       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 29,996      $ 23,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1,032. Depreciation expense for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 was de minimis as the Predecessor’s assets were placed in service in December 2012. The Predecessor capitalized $364 and $368 in interest during the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012, respectively, in connection with construction in progress.

Note 5. Stock-based Compensation

Certain employees of subsidiaries of PBF Holding who support the Predecessor’s operations have been granted awards of PBF Energy stock options or PBF LLC compensatory warrants under PBF Energy’s and PBF LLC’s stock-based compensation programs. The allocation of payroll-related expenses to the Predecessor for services performed by employees of subsidiaries of PBF Holding includes the employees’ stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based compensation expense included within general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 was $108 and $22, respectively.

Note 6. Retirement and Pension Benefit Plans

The employees of subsidiaries of PBF Holding who support the Predecessor’s operations participate in the retirement and pension benefit plans of PBF Holding. The allocation of payroll-related expenses to the Predecessor for services performed by employees of subsidiaries of PBF Holding includes the cost of such retirement and pension benefit plans. Retirement and pension benefit expense included within operating and maintenance expense and general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from July 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 was $140 and $18, respectively.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Our Delaware City Rail Terminal is located adjacent to PBF Holding’s subsidiary’s Delaware City Refinery, and both are located in Delaware’s coastal zone where certain activities are regulated under the Delaware Coastal Zone Act. On June 14, 2013, two administrative appeals were filed by the Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon regarding an air permit a subsidiary of PBF Holding obtained to allow loading of crude oil onto barges. The appeals allege that both the loading of crude oil onto barges and the operation of the Delaware City Rail Terminal violate the Delaware Coastal Zone Act. At a hearing on the first appeal on July 16, 2013, the board ruled in favor of PBF Holding’s subsidiary, upholding the permit and the rail operations. Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon have appealed that decision to the Delaware Superior Court. A hearing on the second appeal was held on January 13, 2014 with that board once again ruling in favor of Delaware City Refinery. A written decision from that board is pending, after which the Appellants will again have the right to appeal the decision to the Superior Court.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

The Predecessor’s assets, along with PBF Holding’s refineries are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and the composition of fuels. Compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations can increase the overall cost of operating the Predecessor’s assets, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

In connection with PBF Holding’s acquisition of the Delaware City refinery assets, the seller remains responsible for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations up to $20 million and the predecessor to the seller in ownership of the refinery retains other historical obligations. In connection with its acquisition of the Delaware City refinery assets and the Paulsboro refinery, PBF Holding and the seller purchased ten year, $75 million environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site. In connection with the Toledo refinery acquisition by PBF Holding, the seller remains responsible for environmental remediation for conditions that existed on the closing date for twenty years from March 1, 2011.

Note 8. Supplemental Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

Unaudited supplemental pro forma balance sheet and net loss per unit have been presented in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3. The supplemental pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the distribution of approximately $80,000 to PBF LLC to be paid upon closing of the IPO. The distribution is comprised of $15,000 from the proceeds of the IPO and $65,000 to be funded with a planned borrowing under a term loan facility. The Predecessor had a net loss for the period June 1, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Accordingly, the Predecessor is deemed to have used $80,000 of net proceeds to pay the distribution, which is evidenced by a distribution payable to related party in the supplemental pro forma balance sheet.

Supplement pro forma net loss per limited partner assumes additional common units were issued to give effect to the distribution described above. The number of units deemed for accounting purposes to have been sold in the IPO in order to pay the distribution described above is         . This amount was calculated using an IPO price of $         per unit after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, and would result in a net loss of $         per unit. Because             exceeds the common units to be sold to the public in this offering, pro forma units were limited to the number of units to be issued to the public in this offering, resulting in a net loss of $         per unit.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of

PBF Logistics GP LLC:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of PBF Logistics LP (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBF Logistics LP as of December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/    Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

April 3, 2014

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PBF Logistics LP

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

Partner’s Capital

  

Limited Partner

   $ 1,000   

Subscription Receivable—Limited Partner

     (1,000

General Partner

       
  

 

 

 

Total Partners’ Capital

   $   
  

 

 

 

See notes to balance sheet

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PBF Logistics LP

Notes to Balance Sheet

Note 1. Nature of Operations

PBF Logistics LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on February 25, 2013. PBF Logistics GP LLC (the “General Partner”) is a limited liability company formed on February 25, 2013 to become the general partner of the Partnership.

On February 25, 2013, PBF Holding Company LLC (the “Limited Partner”), a Delaware limited liability company, agreed to contribute $1,000 to the Partnership in exchange for 100% limited partner interest. As of December 31, 2013, the Limited Partner had not contributed funds to the Partnership and a subscription receivable was recorded. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of December 31, 2013.

Note 2. Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through April 3, 2014. Any material subsequent events that have occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in our Balance Sheet or Notes to the Balance Sheet.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PBF LOGISTICS LP

 

A-1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   
Section 1.1   

Definitions

     6   
Section 1.2   

Construction

     24   
ARTICLE II   
ORGANIZATION   
Section 2.1   

Formation

     24   
Section 2.2   

Name

     24   
Section 2.3   

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

     25   
Section 2.4   

Purpose and Business

     25   
Section 2.5   

Powers

     25   
Section 2.6   

Term

     25   
Section 2.7   

Title to Partnership Assets

     25   
ARTICLE III   
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS   
Section 3.1   

Limitation of Liability

     26   
Section 3.2   

Management of Business

     26   
Section 3.3   

Outside Activities of the Limited Partners

     26   
Section 3.4   

Rights of Limited Partners

     26   
ARTICLE IV   
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS    
Section 4.1   

Certificates

     27   
Section 4.2   

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

     27   
Section 4.3   

Record Holders

     28   
Section 4.4   

Transfer Generally

     28   
Section 4.5   

Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests

     29   
Section 4.6   

Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest

     30   
Section 4.7   

Restrictions on Transfers

     30   
Section 4.8   

Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders

     30   
Section 4.9   

Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.

     32   
ARTICLE V   
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   
Section 5.1   

Organizational Contributions

     33   
Section 5.2   

Contributions by Affiliates of the General Partner

     33   

 

A-2


Table of Contents
Section 5.3   

Contributions by Initial Limited Partners

     33   
Section 5.4   

Interest and Withdrawal

     33   
Section 5.5   

Capital Accounts

     33   
Section 5.6   

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

     36   
Section 5.7   

Conversion of Subordinated Units

     37   
Section 5.8   

Limited Preemptive Right

     37   
Section 5.9   

Splits and Combinations

     37   
Section 5.10   

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests

     38   
Section 5.11    Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights      38   
ARTICLE VI   
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS   
Section 6.1   

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

     39   
Section 6.2   

Allocations for Tax Purposes

     46   
Section 6.3   

Distributions; Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders

     47   
Section 6.4   

Distributions from Operating Surplus

     48   
Section 6.5   

Distributions from Capital Surplus

     49   
Section 6.6   

Adjustment of Target Distribution Levels

     49   
Section 6.7   

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units

     50   
Section 6.8   

Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units

     50   
Section 6.9   

Entity-Level Taxation

     51   
ARTICLE VII   
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS   
Section 7.1   

Management

     51   
Section 7.2   

Replacement of Fiduciary Duties

     53   
Section 7.3   

Certificate of Limited Partnership

     53   
Section 7.4   

Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority

     53   
Section 7.5   

Reimbursement of the General Partner

     54   
Section 7.6   

Outside Activities

     54   
Section 7.7   

Indemnification

     55   
Section 7.8   

Liability of Indemnitees

     57   
Section 7.9   

Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties

     57   
Section 7.10   

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees

     59   
Section 7.11   

Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests

     59   
Section 7.12   

Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates

     59   
Section 7.13   

Reliance by Third Parties

     61   
ARTICLE VIII   
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS   
Section 8.1   

Records and Accounting

     62   
Section 8.2   

Fiscal Year

     62   
Section 8.3   

Reports

     62   

 

A-3


Table of Contents
ARTICLE IX   
TAX MATTERS   
Section 9.1   

Tax Returns and Information

     63   
Section 9.2   

Tax Elections

     63   
Section 9.3   

Tax Controversies

     63   
Section 9.4   

Withholding; Tax Payments

     63   
ARTICLE X   
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS   
Section 10.1   

Admission of Limited Partners

     64   
Section 10.2   

Admission of Successor General Partner

     64   
Section 10.3   

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

     64   
ARTICLE XI   
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS   
Section 11.1   

Withdrawal of the General Partner

     65   
Section 11.2   

Removal of the General Partner

     66   
Section 11.3   

Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner

     66   
Section 11.4    Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages      68   
Section 11.5   

Withdrawal of Limited Partners

     68   
ARTICLE XII   
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION   
Section 12.1   

Dissolution

     68   
Section 12.2   

Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution

     69   
Section 12.3   

Liquidator

     69   
Section 12.4   

Liquidation

     70   
Section 12.5   

Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     70   
Section 12.6   

Return of Contributions

     70   
Section 12.7   

Waiver of Partition

     70   
Section 12.8   

Capital Account Restoration

     70   
ARTICLE XIII   
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE   
Section 13.1   

Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner

     71   
Section 13.2   

Amendment Procedures

     72   
Section 13.3   

Amendment Requirements

     72   
Section 13.4   

Special Meetings

     73   
Section 13.5   

Notice of a Meeting

     73   
Section 13.6   

Record Date

     73   

 

A-4


Table of Contents
Section 13.7   

Adjournment

     74   
Section 13.8   

Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes

     74   
Section 13.9   

Quorum and Voting

     74   
Section 13.10   

Conduct of a Meeting

     74   
Section 13.11   

Action Without a Meeting

     75   
Section 13.12   

Right to Vote and Related Matters

     75   
Section 13.13   

Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights

     76   
ARTICLE XIV   
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION   
Section 14.1   

Authority

     76   
Section 14.2   

Procedure for Merger or Consolidation

     76   
Section 14.3   

Approval by Limited Partners

     77   
Section 14.4   

Certificate of Merger

     78   
Section 14.5   

Effect of Merger or Consolidation

     78   
ARTICLE XV   
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS   
Section 15.1   

Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests

     79   
ARTICLE XVI   
GENERAL PROVISIONS   
Section 16.1   

Addresses and Notices; Written Communications

     80   
Section 16.2   

Further Action

     81   
Section 16.3   

Binding Effect

     81   
Section 16.4   

Integration

     81   
Section 16.5   

Creditors

     81   
Section 16.6   

Waiver

     81   
Section 16.7   

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     81   
Section 16.8   

Counterparts

     81   
Section 16.9   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     81   
Section 16.10   

Invalidity of Provisions

     82   
Section 16.11   

Consent of Partners

     82   
Section 16.12   

Facsimile Signatures

     82   

 

A-5


Table of Contents

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PBF LOGISTICS LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PBF LOGISTICS LP dated as of [                    ], 2014, is entered into by and between PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the Organizational Limited Partner, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Additional Book Basis ” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.

(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided , that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).

Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “ Excess Additional Book Basis ”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (excluding clause (i) of the definition thereof); (b) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to that period; and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period; and (c) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to that period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii). Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Affiliate Retained Units ” means Units held by the Organizational Limited Partner or any Affiliate of the Organizational Limited Partner.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

Agreed Allocation ” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner.

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of:

(i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter; and

(ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less;

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to:

(i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including cash reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future debt service requirements of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter;

(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject; or

(iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters;

provided, however , that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to subclause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the General Partner.

Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

Book-Down Event ” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Book-Tax Disparity ” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles.

Book-Up Event ” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the States of New York and Delaware shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions).

Capital Improvement ” means any (a) replacement, improvement or expansion of capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment), construction or development of new capital assets by any Group Member, or (c) Capital Contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has, or after such Capital Contribution will have, directly or indirectly, an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of any replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets or acquisition, construction or development of new capital assets, by such Person, in each case if and to the extent such replacement, improvement, expansion, acquisition, construction or development is made to increase over the long-term, the operating capacity, operating income or asset base of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity, operating income or asset base of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such replacement, improvement, expansion, acquisition, construction, development or Capital Contribution.

Capital Surplus ” means cash and cash equivalents distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in Section 6.3(b).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner is liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

Certificate ” means a certificate in such form (including in global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Partnership Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.3, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Citizenship Eligibility Trigger ” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(ii).

claim ” (as used in Section 7.12(c)) is defined in Section 7.12(c).

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are issued and delivered by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

Closing Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of such class, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest ” is defined in Section 11.3(a).

Commences Commercial Service ” means the date a Capital Improvement or capital asset, as applicable, is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition or development and testing, as applicable.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to or include any Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all cash and cash equivalents distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

Common Unit Trading Price ” means current trading price of the Common Units as determined in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner.

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed entirely of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner or a director of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than any Group Member), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, including any Group Member, other than Common Units and awards that are granted to such director under the LTIP and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors to be independent under the independence standards for directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests is listed or admitted to trading.

“Contributed Assets and Interests” means the Delaware City Interests and the Toledo Assets contributed to the Partnership pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

Contributed Property ” means each property, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of                     , 2014, among the General Partner, the Partnership, PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC and certain other parties, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearages with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters wholly within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Curative Allocation ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-11


Table of Contents

“Deferred Issuance and Distribution” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) over (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on any Option Closing Date, and (b) a distribution of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option as described in Section 5.3(b), if any.

Delaware Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“Delaware City Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Contribution Agreement.

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.

Disposed of Adjusted Property ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

Eligibility Certificate ” is defined in Section 4.8(b).

Eligible Holder ” means a Person that satisfies the eligibility requirements established by the General Partner for Partners pursuant to Section 4.8.

Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ” is defined in Section 6.9.

Event of Withdrawal ” is defined in Section 11.1(a).

Excess Additional Book Basis ” is defined in the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.

Excess Distribution ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Excess Distribution Unit ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Expansion Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures for Capital Improvements, and shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued to finance all or any portion of the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and (ii) the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund the construction period interest payments, or such construction period distributions on equity, shall also be deemed to be debt or equity, as the case may be, incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement and the incremental Incentive Distributions paid relating to newly issued equity to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

Final Subordinated Units ” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).

First Liquidation Target Amount ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-12


Table of Contents

First Target Distribution ” means $           per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of more or less than one fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis ” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (1) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units during such period plus (2) all Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants, phantom units and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (a) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, each case that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (b) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (c) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (d) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided , however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or the Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Interests, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided , further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (i) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (ii) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

General Partner ” means PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in their capacities as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest ” means the management interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest), which includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner Interest does not include any rights to ownership or profits or losses or any rights to receive distributions from operations or upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership.

Gross Liability Value ” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

Group ” means two or more Persons that with or through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests.

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in the price of hydrocarbons or interest rates, basis differentials or currency exchange rates in their operations or financing activities, in each case, other than for speculative purposes.

Holder ” as used in Section 7.12, is defined in Section 7.12(a).

IDR Reset Common Unit ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

IDR Reset Election ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4.

Incremental Income Taxes ” is defined in Section 6.9.

Indemnified Persons ” is defined in Section 7.12(c).

Indemnitee ” means (a) any General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates as an officer, director, manager, managing member, general partner, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary or similar duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (f) any Person who controls a General Partner or Departing General Partner and (g) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s service, status or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

Ineligible Holder ” is defined in Section 4.8(c).

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

Initial Limited Partners ” means the Organizational Limited Partner (with respect to the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights received by it pursuant to Section 5.2), and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.

Initial Offering ” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement, including any offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Interim Capital Transactions ” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements.

Investment Capital Expenditures ” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.

Liability ” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

Limited Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidator ” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

LTIP ” means the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the General Partner, as may be amended, or any equity compensation plan successor thereto.

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the replacement, improvement or expansion of the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new capital assets) by a Group Member if such expenditures are made to maintain, over the long-term, the operating capacity, operating income or asset base of the Partnership Group.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Merger Agreement ” is defined in Section 14.1.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to periods of more or less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

Net Positive Adjustments ” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

Net Termination Gain ” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided , however , the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Net Termination Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided , however , items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain ” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Notice of Election to Purchase ” is defined in Section 15.1(b).

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement dated                     , 2014, among PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Operating Expenditures ” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, officer compensation, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments and Maintenance Capital Expenditures, subject to the following:

(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties and the purchase price of indebtedness that is repurchased and cancelled) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) Investment Capital Expenditures, (iii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iv) distributions to Partners (including in respect of Incentive Distribution Rights) or (v) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner for such purchases. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each; and

(d) (i) payments made in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled term of such Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

(a) the sum of (i) $          million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and provided that cash receipts from the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental Incentive Distributions) in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to finance all or a portion of the Expansion Capital Expenditures and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the replacement, improvement, expansion, acquisition, construction or development of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred, or construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the Expansion Capital Expenditures shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the replacement, improvement, expansion, acquisition, construction or development of a Capital Improvement for purposes of this clause (iv)) less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period; (ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures; (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve (12) months after having been incurred or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure;

provided , however , that the General Partner’s estimates of disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member), the General Partner’s estimates of cash received, or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of cash or cash equivalents to be distributed with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, received, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on principal, but in no event shall a return of principal be treated as cash receipts. Customer payments that are paid no more than several days after their due date will be treated as paid on their due date.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-18


Table of Contents

“Original Organizational Limited Partner” means PBF Holding Company LLC, in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership dated as of February 25, 2013.

Organizational Limited Partner ” means PBF Energy Company LLC, in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided , however , that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided , further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i)  provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply.

Over-Allotment Option ” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” means PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Group ” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Percentage Interest ” means as of any date of determination (a) as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero, except as provided in Section 13.13(b), and the Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interest shall at all times be zero.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Per Unit Capital Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership in which the Closing Date occurs, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

Rate Eligibility Trigger ” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(i).

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

Record Date ” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Redeemable Interests ” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.9.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-195024) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period and (ii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

Required Allocations ” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

Reset MQD ” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Reset Notice ” is defined in Section 5.11(b).

Second Liquidation Target Amount ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

Second Target Distribution ” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of more or less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time and (ii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Subordinated Unit ” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not refer to or include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the first Business Day following the distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending [                    ], 2017 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units in each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages;

(b) the first Business Day following the distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the quarter ended [                    ], 2015 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, the Incentive Distribution Rights and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date, equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, plus the corresponding Incentive Distributions and distributions on any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units, plus the corresponding Incentive Distributions and distributions on any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

(c) the first date on which there are no longer outstanding any Subordinated Units due to the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7(b).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership on the date of determination or (c) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Surviving Business Entity ” is defined in Section 14.2(b)(ii).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-22


Table of Contents

Target Distribution ” means each of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.

Third Target Distribution ” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of more or less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“Toledo Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Contribution Agreement.

Trading Day ” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

transfer ” is defined in Section 4.4(a).

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests; provided , that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Underwriting Agreement ” means that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of , 2014, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner and the other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.

Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) the General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

Unit Majority ” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Unpaid MQD ” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-23


Table of Contents

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision, or combination of such Units.

Unrestricted Person ” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement.

U.S. GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” is defined in Section 11.1(b).

Working Capital Borrowings ” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners, made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar financing arrangement; provided that when incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”, “includes”, “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation . The General Partner and the Original Organizational Limited Partner have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “PBF Logistics LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-24


Table of Contents

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3887, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3887, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided , however , that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.

Section 2.5 Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided , further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer,

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-25


Table of Contents

will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. All actions taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners . Subject to (i) the provisions of Section 7.6, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, and (ii) the terms of the Omnibus Agreement, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners .

(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably related, as determined by the General Partner, to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to obtain:

(i) true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership (provided that the requirements of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied to the extent the Limited Partner is furnished the Partnership’s most recent annual report and any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act);

(ii) a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Record Holder;

(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;

(iv) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other capital contribution, contributed or to be contributed by each Partner and the date on which each became a Partner; and

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-26


Table of Contents

(v) such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as the General Partner determines is just and reasonable.

(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third-party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, each of the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person.

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;

REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Certificate for a class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent for such class of Partnership Interests; provided , however , that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units or (ii) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-27


Table of Contents

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally .

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-28


Table of Contents

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of any Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in such Partner and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests .

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(d) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.7, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to one or more Persons without Unitholder approval.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-29


Table of Contents

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest .

(a) The General Partner may at its option transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability under Delaware law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest held by General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it determines, with the advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided , however , that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than Section 4.7(a), shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7.

Section 4.8 Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders .

(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that:

(i) The U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners or their beneficial owners has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-30


Table of Contents

on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member with respect to assets that are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or similar regulatory body (a “Rate Eligibility Trigger”); or

(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner (a “Citizenship Eligibility Trigger”);

then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this Agreement as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reduce the risk of the occurrence of a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of the Limited Partner, and to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to eliminate or mitigate a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any properties or interests therein of a Group Member.

(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring all Limited Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate”).

(c) Such amendments may provide that any Partner who fails to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner (or its beneficial owner) is not an Eligible Holder (an “Ineligible Holder”), the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner shall be treated as the owner of all Limited Partner Interests owned by an Ineligible Holder and the Limited Partner with respect thereto.

(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, cast such votes in the same manner and in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast.

(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for purposes hereof as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of the portion of his Limited Partner Interest representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind.

(f) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.9, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as a Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the owner and Limited Partner in respect of such Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Section 4.9 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders .

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other information requested within the period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to Section 4.8, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is an Eligible Holder or has transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, as applicable, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 8% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption will be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-32


Table of Contents

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions. In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership. The Original Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $1,000.00 in exchange for a Limited Partner Interest equal to a 100% Percentage Interest and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. On the Closing Date, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the interest of the Original Organizational Limited Partner was redeemed in exchange for the return of the initial Capital Contribution of the Original Organizational Limited Partner. One hundred percent of any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions will be allocated and distributed to the Original Organizational Limited Partner.

Section 5.2 Contributions by Affiliates of the General Partner. On the Closing Date, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, PBF Holding Company LLC contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the Contributed Assets and Interests in exchange for (1) [            ] Common Units and [            ] Subordinated Units, (2) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights, (3) the right to receive a distribution from the Partnership as reimbursement for certain pre-formation capital expenditures attributable to the Contributed Assets and Interests, (4) the right to receive a distribution of borrowed funds and (5) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution. In addition, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, on the Closing Date, the General Partner retained its non-economic General Partner Interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited Partners.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership on any Option Closing Date in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal . No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-33


Table of Contents

items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided , that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the property’s Carrying Value as of such date.

(v) Any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property or Adjusted Property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-34


Table of Contents

(c)(i) Except as provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(b), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof, (in each case, other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or retained converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) above, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or transferred converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.

(iii) Subject to Section 6.8(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will (A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.

(d)(i) Consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however , that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, based on the current trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-35


Table of Contents

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual or deemed distribution other than a distribution made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests .

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, including Common Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-36


Table of Contents

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units .

(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first Business Day following the distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all of the then Outstanding Subordinated Units may convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4.

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this Section 5.8 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-37


Table of Contents

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two-Quarter period immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit during each of the two Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”) (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.11(b) shall cause the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-38


Table of Contents

majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Target Distributions shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to be equal to the Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a) (or other Partnership Interests as described in Section 5.11(d)), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall (A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. In the event that there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (A) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes . For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income . Net Income for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) and the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for the current and all previous taxable periods; and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the Unitholders, Pro Rata.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-39


Table of Contents

(b) Net Loss . Net Loss for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period) shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided , that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses . Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of cash and cash equivalents provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided , however , that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) and the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for all previous taxable periods;

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Unpaid MQD ”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);

(E) Fifth, 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-40


Table of Contents

Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Second Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(F) Sixth, 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv); and

(G) Finally, 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and to all Unitholders, Pro Rata.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii) Net Termination Loss shall be allocated:

(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(C) Third, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), any subsequent Net Termination Gain deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B);

(B) Second, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A); and

(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(c)(i).

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-41


Table of Contents

(d) Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for each taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations.

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “ Excess Distribution ” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “ Excess Distribution Unit ”), then there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-42


Table of Contents

such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of such Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) taken into account pursuant to Section 5.5, and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.

(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“ Final Subordinated Units ”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-43


Table of Contents

Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(B) Prior to allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xii)(C), with respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(C) Prior to allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xii)(C), with respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) after the Subordination Period has ended, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A)-(B), any remaining Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated to the holders of (A) Affiliate Retained Units, Pro Rata, or (B) Outstanding Common Units (other than Affiliate Retained Units), Pro Rata, as applicable, in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to each Affiliate Retained Unit equaling the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(D) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(E) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(E) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or the Partnership.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-44


Table of Contents

(xi) Curative Allocation.

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“ Disposed of Adjusted Property ”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-45


Table of Contents

the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)–(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

(xiii) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to End of Subordination Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable period that includes the Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising in previous taxable periods to the extent the General Partner determines such items may be so allocated), shall be specially allocated among the Partners in the manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

(xiv) Special Allocation to Common Units. After taking into account the Required Allocations (including any Curative Allocations), for each taxable period during which any Affiliate Retained Units are Outstanding, items of gross income that would otherwise be allocated to the holders of such Affiliate Retained Units shall be specially allocated to the holders of Common Units other than Affiliate Retained Units, Pro Rata; provided that no allocation of items of gross income shall be made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiv) in any taxable period to the extent such allocation would cause a hypothetical holder of an Initial Common Unit to be allocated under this Agreement an amount of federal taxable income with respect to such taxable period that would exceed      % of the amount of cash distributed by the Partnership to such holder with respect to such Initial Common Unit for such taxable period.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(E)); provided , that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-46


Table of Contents

(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided , however , such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Closing Date occurs shall be allocated to the Partners who are issued Units as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement or the Underwriting Agreement; and provided , further , that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent the General Partner determines necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder or for the proper administration of the Partnership.

(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.3 Distributions; Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders .

(a) The Board of Directors may adopt a cash distribution policy, which it may change from time to time without amendment to this Agreement. Distributions will be made as and when declared by the General Partner.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-47


Table of Contents

(b) On or about the last day of each of February, May, August and November following the end of each Quarter, beginning with either the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs or the following Quarter, as set forth in the Registration Statement, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. The Record Date for the first distribution of Available Cash shall not be prior to the final closing of the Over-Allotment Option or the Deferred Issuance and Distribution. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of cash and cash equivalents theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of cash and cash equivalents distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus .” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement or otherwise made by the Partnership shall be made subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(b), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all Partnership assets shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(d) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

(e) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions from Operating Surplus .

(a) During Subordination Period . Cash and cash equivalents distributed in respect of any Quarter wholly within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, (x) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, (x) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (x) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-48


Table of Contents

(vi) Sixth, (A) 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 50% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata;

provided , however , if the Target Distributions have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of cash and cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

(b) After Subordination Period . Cash and cash equivalents distributed in respect of any Quarter ending after the Subordination Period has ended that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 50% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata;

provided , however , if the Target Distributions have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions from Capital Surplus. Cash and cash equivalents that are distributed and deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise; (a)  First , 100% to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a); (b)  Second , 100% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage; and (c)  Thereafter , all cash and cash equivalents that are distributed shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 6.6 Adjustment of Target Distribution Levels .

(a) The Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-49


Table of Contents

distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests. In the event of a distribution of cash or cash equivalents that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Target Distributions shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors.

(b) The Target Distributions shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units and Affiliate Retained Units .

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided , however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding Subordinated Units shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided , however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(c)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(x), Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit, a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 or that is an Affiliate Retained Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units, retained converted Subordinated Units or Affiliate Retained Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).

(c) The Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 or that is an Affiliate Retained Unit shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding a Common Unit.

Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units .

(a) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(iii).

(b) A Unitholder holding an IDR Reset Common Unit shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-50


Table of Contents

advice of counsel, that upon transfer each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the transferee, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit to such transferee. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.8(b), the General Partner may apply Sections 5.5(c)(iii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.8(a) or, to the extent not resulting in a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units, take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units.

Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “ Incremental Income Taxes ”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “ Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Target Distributions, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) cash and cash equivalents with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of cash and cash equivalents with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, cash and cash equivalents with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management .

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, but without limitation on the ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and powers to other Persons, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no other Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.4, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness,

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-51


Table of Contents

including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.4 or Article XIV);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of cash or cash equivalents by the Partnership;

(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the General Partner or the Partnership Group and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time);

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange;

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-52


Table of Contents

(b) Each of the Partners and each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement (in the case of each agreement other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own behalf or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest and the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV or any determination or action (or not making any determination or action) by the General Partner, the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee) associated with the repayment, refinancing or amendment of the terms of any borrowing in connection the leveraged distribution described in the Registration Statement)) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise that the General Partner may owe the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest or the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement.

Section 7.2 Replacement of Fiduciary Duties . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted (a) to have the effect of replacing, restricting or eliminating the duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner or any other Indemnitee to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, or (b) to constitute a waiver or consent by the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement to any such replacement or restriction, such provision shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partnership, all the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Certificate of Limited Partnership . The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Partner.

Section 7.4 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority . Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-53


Table of Contents

General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 7.5 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of the General Partner), to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner or any member of the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment for such management fee exceeds the amount of such fee.

(b) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership benefit plans, programs and practices (including the PBF Logistics LP Long-Term Incentive Plan and other plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests (or other awards under the PBF Logistics LP Long-Term Incentive Plan) in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees, officers, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue or sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees, officers, consultants and directors pursuant to any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the Partnership or otherwise, to fulfill awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.5(a). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.5(b) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

Section 7.6 Outside Activities.

(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-54


Table of Contents

Member or (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection with, any indebtedness of any Group Member.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Agreement, each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member. No such business interest or activity shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, or obligation of any type whatsoever to the Partnership or other Group Member, any Partner, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). Except as set forth in the Omnibus Agreement, no Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to any Group Member, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any other Group Member, any Partner any person who acquires a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement for breach of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity information to any Group Member.

(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.6(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-55


Table of Contents

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of an Indemnitee and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Indemnitee in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Indemnitee’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by an Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-56


Table of Contents

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Partners or any other Persons who have acquired interests in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal. In the case where an Indemnitee is liable for damages, those damages shall only be direct damages and shall not include punitive damages, consequential damages or lost profits.

(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for its reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.9 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties .

(a) Whenever the General Partner, the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliates of the General Partner cause the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors, such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any higher standard contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination, other action or failure to act by the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) will be deemed to be in good faith unless the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the Partnership. In any proceeding brought by the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement challenging such action, determination or failure to act, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of proving that such determination, action or failure to act was not in good faith.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-57


Table of Contents

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who otherwise is bound by this Agreement, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases, “at the option of the General Partner,” “in its sole discretion” or some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

(c) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement on the other hand, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Committee, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever the General Partner makes a determination to refer any potential conflict of interest to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval, seek Unitholder Approval or adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder Approval, then the General Partner shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if the Board of Directors of the General Partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors of the General Partner acted in good faith. In any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging any action by the Conflicts Committee with respect to any matter referred to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval by the General

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-58


Table of Contents

Partner, any action by the Board of Directors of the General Partner in determining whether the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or whether a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming the presumption that the Conflicts Committee or the Board of Directors of the General Partner, as applicable, acted in good faith; in all cases subject to the provisions for conclusive determination in Section 7.9(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates or any other Indemnitee shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its sole discretion.

(e) The Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees.

(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of any Group Member.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-59


Table of Contents

later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); and provided further , however , that if the General Partner determines that a postponement of the requested registration would be in the best interests of the Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided , however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of Partnership Interests for cash (other than an offering relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-60


Table of Contents

against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.

(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-61


Table of Contents

other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 50 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest, as of a date selected by the General Partner,

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-62


Table of Contents

a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a report available to each Record Holder as required by this Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such report is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding; Tax Payments.

(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners, either as a distribution of cash to such Partners or as a general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-63


Table of Contents

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income or from a distribution to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Limited Partner Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests in accordance with the provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof. A Person may become a Record Holder of a Unit without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until reflected on the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.8. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the Organizational Limited Partner and the Underwriters as described in Article V in connection with the Initial Offering, such parties will be automatically admitted to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6, provided , however , that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-64


Table of Contents

Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi)(A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 pm, prevailing Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ], 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-65


Table of Contents

Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 11:59 pm, prevailing Eastern Standard Time, on [                    ], 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a class, and a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-66


Table of Contents

terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.5, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the value of the Units, including the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable) shall become a Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-67


Table of Contents

the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist:

(a) the Subordinated Units held by any Person will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, provided (i) neither such Person nor any of its Affiliates voted any of its Units in favor of the removal and (ii) such Person is not an Affiliate of the successor General Partner; and

(b) if all of the Subordinated Units convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 11.4(a), all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and the Subordination Period will end;

provided , however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x), Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided , however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 12.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the business of the Partnership. Subject to Section 12.2, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by a Unit Majority;

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-68


Table of Contents

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided , that the right of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Section 12.3 Liquidator . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.4) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-69


Table of Contents

Section 12.4 Liquidation . The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions . The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition . To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration . No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-70


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner . Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-71


Table of Contents

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 or 7.1(a);

(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures . Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or 13.3, a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement (other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4) that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) or requires a vote or approval of Partners (or a subset of Partners) holding a specified Percentage Interest required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interests constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, as applicable.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of (including requiring any holder of a class of Partnership Interests to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership) any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-72


Table of Contents

Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) holding at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings . All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting . Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

Section 13.6 Record Date . For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-73


Table of Contents

which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.

Section 13.7 Adjournment . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes . The transaction of business at any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting . The holders of a majority, by Percentage Interest, of Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Partners requires approval by holders of a greater Percentage Interest, in which case the quorum shall be such greater Percentage Interest. At any meeting of the Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Partners holding Partnership Interests that, in the aggregate, represent a majority of the Percentage Interest of those present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Partners holding Partnership Interests that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required; provided , however , that if, as a matter of law or amendment to this Agreement, approval by plurality vote of Partners (or any class thereof) is required to approve any action, no minimum quorum shall be required. The Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by Partners holding the required Percentage Interest specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of Partners with at least a majority, by Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests entitled to vote at such meeting (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting . The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-74


Table of Contents

General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting . If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage, by Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner), as the case may be, that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners entitled to vote at such meeting were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot, if any, submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner and (b) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all Limited Partners in connection with a matter approved by the holders of the requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent without a meeting.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters .

(a) .Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-75


Table of Contents

Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights .

(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their capacity as such, shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by the General Partner.

(b) If less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that the General Partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the Subordinated Units, prior to the end of the Subordination Period, or together with the Common Units, thereafter, in either case as a single class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all respects as Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of Units for such four Quarters.

(c) In connection with any equity financing, or anticipated equity financing, by the Partnership of an Expansion Capital Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that would otherwise be distributed to such holders, provided that in the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in the long-term best interest of such holders.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

Section 14.1 Authority . The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation .

(a) . Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided , however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-76


Table of Contents

(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of equity interests represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners .

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement shall direct that the Merger Agreement and the merger or consolidation contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-77


Table of Contents

(c) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Partnership Interest outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Partnership Interest of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger . Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger or Consolidation .

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-78


Table of Contents

Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time PBF Energy Inc. and its controlled Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, PBF Energy Inc. shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any controlled Affiliate of PBF Energy Inc., exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than PBF Energy Inc. and its controlled Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by PBF Energy Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If PBF Energy Inc. or any controlled Affiliate of PBF Energy Inc. elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that PBF Energy Inc. or its controlled Affiliate, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, PBF Energy Inc. or its controlled Affiliate, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-79


Table of Contents

Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to PBF Energy Inc. or its controlled Affiliate, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and PBF Energy Inc. or its controlled Affiliate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests.

(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications .

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below or any method approved by the National Listing Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 is returned marked to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of notices, payments or reports returned by the United States Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery mail service outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-80


Table of Contents

Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries . Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.

Section 16.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereof.

Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction .

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-81


Table of Contents

Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction) in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.11 Consent of Partners . Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.12 Facsimile Signatures . The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[ REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ]

 

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-82


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

S IGNATURE P AGE

PBF L OGISTICS LP

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

PBF Logistics LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

PBF Logistics LP

 

No.             

             Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that             (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of             Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership, at the principal office of the Partnership located at One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF PBF LOGISTICS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF PBF LOGISTICS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE PBF LOGISTICS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF PBF LOGISTICS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT DETERMINES, WITH THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL, THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY OR ADVISABLE (i) TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF PBF LOGISTICS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR (ii) TO PRESERVE THE ECONOMIC UNIFORMITY OF THE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS (OR ANY CLASS OR CLASSES THEREOF). THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such person when any such transfer or admission is reflected on the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of the Partnership Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in the Partnership Agreement, with or without the execution of the Partnership Agreement by the Holder.

 

A-84


Table of Contents

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

Dated:  

 

 

    PBF Logistics LP

Countersigned and Registered by:

   

By:

 

        PBF Logistics GP LLC

[ · ]

   

By:

 

 

As Transfer Agent and Registrar

     
   

Name:

 

 

   

Title:

 

 

   

By:

 

 

   

Name:

 

 

    Title:  

Secretary

 

A-85


Table of Contents

[ Reverse of Certificate ]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

  

UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT

                                Custodian                      

JT TEN -    as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   
      (Cust)                                 (Minor)
      Under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act
      (State)
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF

PBF LOGISTICS LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                  hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

 

  

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)    (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)
                     Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of PBF Logistics LP

Date:                                                      

   NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular. without alteration, enlargement or change.
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15   

 

   (Signature)
  
  
  

 

   (Signature)
  

 

  

 

A-86


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INDUSTRY TERMS

Unless otherwise noted or indicated by context, the following terms used in this prospectus have the following meanings:

“API gravity”  refers to American Petroleum Institute gravity.

“barrel”  refers to a common unit of measure in the oil industry, which equates to 42 gallons.

“blendstocks”  refers to various compounds that are combined with gasoline or diesel from the crude oil refining process to make finished gasoline and diesel; these may include natural gasoline, FCC unit gasoline, ethanol, reformate or butane, among others.

“bpd”  refers to an abbreviation for barrels per day.

“Brent”  refers to Brent blend oil, a light, sweet North Sea crude oil, characterized by an API gravity of 38° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.4 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

“CAPP”  refers to the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers.

“coke”  refers to a coal-like substance that is produced from heavier crude oil fractions during the refining process.

“complexity”  refers to the number, type and capacity of processing units at a refinery, measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is often used as a measure of a refinery’s ability to process lower quality crude in an economic manner.

“distillates”  refers primarily to diesel, heating oil, kerosene and jet fuel.

“downstream”  refers to the downstream sector of the energy industry generally describing oil refineries, marketing and distribution companies that refine crude oil and sell and distribute refined products. The opposite of the downstream sector is the upstream sector, which refers to exploration and production companies that search for and/or produce crude oil and natural gas underground or through drilling or exploratory wells.

“EPA” refers to the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

“ethanol”  refers to a clear, colorless, flammable oxygenated liquid. Ethanol is typically produced chemically from ethylene, or biologically from fermentation of various sugars from carbohydrates found in agricultural crops and cellulosic residues from crops or wood. It is used in the United States as a gasoline octane enhancer and oxygenate.

“feedstocks”  refers to crude oil and partially refined petroleum products that are processed and blended into refined products.

“FCC”  refers to a fluid catalytic cracker.

“GHG”  refers to greenhouse gas.

“Group I base oils or lubricants”  refers to conventionally refined products characterized by a sulfur content less than 0.03% with a viscosity index between 80 and 120. Typically, these products are used in a variety of automotive and industrial applications.

“heavy crude oil”  refers to a relatively inexpensive crude oil with a low API gravity characterized by high relative density and viscosity. Heavy crude oils require greater levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

“kbpd” refers to an abbreviation for one thousand barrels per day.

“LACT” refers to lease automatic custody transfer.

“light crude oil”  refers to a relatively expensive crude oil with a high API gravity characterized by low relative density and viscosity. Light crude oils require lower levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

“light-heavy differential”  refers to the price difference between light crude oil and heavy crude oil.

“LPG”  refers to liquefied petroleum gas.

“MLP”  refers to master limited partnership.

“MMBTU”  refers to million British thermal units.

“MW”  refers to Megawatt.

“Nelson Complexity Index”  refers to the complexity of an oil refinery as measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is calculated on an annual basis by the Oil and Gas Journal. The Nelson Complexity Index assigns a complexity factor to each major piece of refinery equipment based on its complexity and cost in comparison to crude oil distillation, which is assigned a complexity factor of 1.0. The complexity of each piece of refinery equipment is then calculated by multiplying its complexity factor by its throughput ratio as a percentage of crude oil distillation capacity. Adding up the complexity values assigned to each piece of equipment, including crude oil distillation, determines a refinery’s complexity on the Nelson Complexity Index. A refinery with a complexity of 10.0 on the Nelson Complexity Index is considered ten times more complex than crude oil distillation for the same amount of throughput.

“Producer Price Index” refers to a program that measures the average change over time in the selling prices received by domestic producers of goods and services. Producer Price Indexes, or PPIs, measure price change from the perspective of the seller. This contrasts with other measures, such as the Consumer Price Index (CPI), that measure price change from the purchaser’s perspective.

“refined products”  refers to petroleum products, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, that are produced by a refinery.

“sour crude oil”  refers to a crude oil that is relatively high in sulfur content, requiring additional processing to remove the sulfur. Sour crude oil is typically less expensive than sweet crude oil.

“Sunoco” refers to Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and its subsidiaries.

“Sunoco Logistics”  refers to Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. and its subsidiaries.

“sweet crude oil”  refers to a crude oil that is relatively low in sulfur content, requiring less processing to remove the sulfur than sour crude oil. Sweet crude oil is typically more expensive than sour crude oil.

“throughput”  refers to the volume processed through a unit or refinery.

“turnaround”  refers to a periodically required shutdown and comprehensive maintenance event to refurbish and maintain a refinery unit or units that involves the inspection of such units and occurs generally on a periodic cycle.

“ULSD”  refers to ultra-low-sulfur diesel.

“WTI”  refers to West Texas Intermediate crude oil, a light, sweet crude oil, typically characterized by an API gravity between 38° and 40° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.3 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

PBF Logistics LP

             Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2014

 

Barclays

UBS Investment Bank

Citigroup

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,880   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 15,500   

NYSE listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Fees and expenses of legal counsel

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

PBF Logistics LP

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by reference.

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, provides for indemnification of PBF Logistics LP and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

PBF Logistics GP LLC

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the limited liability company agreement, Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

Under the limited liability agreement of our general partner, in most circumstances, our general partner will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative):

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner (other than us and our subsidiary);

 

   

any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of our general partner or any affiliate of our general partner;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

any person who is or was serving at the request of our general partner or any affiliate of our general partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of our general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On February 25, 2013, in connection with our formation, we issued to (i) our general partner a noneconomic general partner interest in us and (ii) PBF Holding Company LLC a 100.0% limited partner interest in us in exchange for $1,000.00. These transactions were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:

 

 

Number

 

Description

  1.1*  

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1**  

 

Certificate of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP

  3.2  

  Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP (included as Appendix A to the prospectus)
  3.3**  

 

Certificate of Formation of PBF Logistics GP LLC

  3.4  

 

Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Logistics GP LLC

  5.1  

 

Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered

  8.1  

 

Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to tax matters

10.1  

 

Form of Contribution and Conveyance Agreement

10.2  

 

Form of Omnibus Agreement

10.3  

 

Form of Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement

10.4  

 

Form of Term Loan Agreement

10.5  

 

Form of Revolving Credit Agreement

10.6  

 

Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan of General Partner

10.7  

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Phantom Unit Agreement

10.8  

 

Form of Employee Phantom Unit Agreement

10.9  

 

Form of Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement

10.10  

 

Form of Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement

10.11  

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

21.1**  

 

List of Subsidiaries of PBF Logistics LP

23.1  

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2  

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.3  

 

Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4  

 

Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

23.5  

 

Consent of Director Nominee (George E. Ogden)

23.6  

 

Consent of Director Nominee (David Roush)

23.7  

 

Consent of Director Nominee (Bruce A. Jones)

24.1**  

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement)

 

* To be provided by amendment
** Previously filed.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to this offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to this offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to this offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in this offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions with our sponsor, our general partner, or any of their affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to our sponsor, our general partner, or any of their affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Parsippany-Troy Hills, State of New Jersey, on April 22, 2014.

 

PBF Logistics LP

By:    

  PBF Logistics GP LLC,
 

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

 

Name: Jeffrey Dill

 

Title:   Authorized Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 22, 2014.

 

Name

  

Title

*

Thomas D. O’Malley

   Chairman of the Board of Directors

*

Thomas J. Nimbley

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Director

*

Michael D. Gayda

  

President and Director

*

Matthew C. Lucey

   Executive Vice President and Director

*

Erik Young

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Karen B. Davis

Karen B. Davis

   Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

*By:  

 /s/ Jeffrey Dill

   Attorney-in-fact for the persons indicated.  
  Jeffrey Dill     

 

II-4


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Number

 

Description

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1**  

Certificate of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP

  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP (included as Appendix A to the prospectus)
  3.3**  

Certificate of Formation of PBF Logistics GP LLC

  3.4  

Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Logistics GP LLC

  5.1  

Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered

  8.1  

Opinion of Vinson & Elkins LLP relating to tax matters

10.1  

Form of Contribution and Conveyance Agreement

10.2  

Form of Omnibus Agreement

10.3  

Form of Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement

10.4  

Form of Term Loan Agreement

10.5  

Form of Revolving Credit Agreement

10.6  

Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan of General Partner

10.7  

Form of Non-Employee Director Phantom Unit Agreement

10.8  

Form of Employee Phantom Unit Agreement

10.9  

Form of Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement

10.10  

Form of Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement

10.11  

Form of Indemnification Agreement

21.1**  

List of Subsidiaries of PBF Logistics LP

23.1  

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2  

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.3  

Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4  

Consent of Vinson & Elkins LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

23.5  

Consent of Director Nominee (George E. Ogden)

23.6  

Consent of Director Nominee (David Roush)

23.7  

Consent of Director Nominee (Bruce A. Jones)

24.1**  

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement)

 

* To be provided by amendment
** Previously filed.

 

II-5

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC

 

 

 


  TABLE OF CONTENTS   
  ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.2

 

Construction

     3   
  ARTICLE II   
  ORGANIZATION   

Section 2.1

 

Formation

     4   

Section 2.2

 

Name

     4   

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

     4   

Section 2.4

 

Purpose and Business

     4   

Section 2.5

 

Powers

     5   

Section 2.6

 

Term

     5   

Section 2.7

 

Title to Company Assets

     5   
  ARTICLE III   
  RIGHTS OF SOLE MEMBER   

Section 3.1

 

Voting

     5   

Section 3.2

 

Distribution

     5   
  ARTICLE IV   
 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS;

NATURE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

  

Section 4.1

 

Initial Capital Contributions

     6   

Section 4.2

 

Additional Capital Contributions

     6   

Section 4.3

 

No Preemptive Rights

     6   

Section 4.4

 

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Membership Interests

     6   
  ARTICLE V   
  MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS   

Section 5.1

 

Establishment of the Board

     6   

Section 5.2

 

The Board; Delegation of Authority and Duties

     6   

Section 5.3

 

Term of Office

     7   

Section 5.4

 

Meetings of the Board and Committees

     8   

Section 5.5

 

Voting

     9   

Section 5.6

 

Responsibility and Authority of the Board

     9   

Section 5.7

 

Devotion of Time

     10   

Section 5.8

 

Certificate of Formation

     10   

Section 5.9

 

Benefit Plans

     11   

Section 5.10

 

Indemnification

     11   

Section 5.11

 

Liability of Indemnitees

     13   

Section 5.12

 

Reliance by Third Parties

     13   

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

i


Section 5.13

 

Other Business of Members

     14   
  ARTICLE VI   
  OFFICERS   

Section 6.1

 

Officers

     14   

Section 6.2

 

Compensation

     16   
  ARTICLE VII   
  BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS   

Section 7.1

 

Records and Accounting

     17   

Section 7.2

 

Reports

     17   

Section 7.3

 

Bank Accounts

     17   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION   

Section 8.1

 

Dissolution

     17   

Section 8.2

 

Effect of Dissolution

     18   

Section 8.3

 

Application of Proceeds

     18   
  ARTICLE IX   
  GENERAL PROVISIONS   

Section 9.1

 

Addresses and Notices

     18   

Section 9.2

 

Creditors

     19   

Section 9.3

 

Applicable Law

     19   

Section 9.4

 

Invalidity of Provisions

     19   

Section 9.5

 

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     19   

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

ii


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of PBF Logistics GP LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of [            ], 2014 is entered into by PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF Energy ”), as sole member of the Company as of the date hereof (in such capacity, the “ Sole Member ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS , the Company was previously governed by that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Original LLC Agreement ”) dated as of February 25, 2013.

WHEREAS , PBF Energy now desires to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement in its entirety by executing this First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the Sole Member hereby enters into this Agreement:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Definitions.

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Logistics GP LLC, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. The Agreement constitutes a “ limited liability company agreement ” as such term is defined in the Act.

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

1


Board ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 .

Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the value of Contributed Property contributed to the Company.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1 , as such Certificate of Formation may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Chairman ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.2(d) .

Company ” means PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

Company Group ” means the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company, treated as a single consolidated entity.

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Company.

Directors ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 .

Group Member ” means a member of the Company Group.

Indemnitee ” means (a) the Sole Member; (b) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the Company; (c) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of the Company, any Group Member or the Partnership; (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Sole Member as a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, in each case, acting in such capacity, provided , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services; and (e) any Person the Company designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.

Independent Director ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.2(c)(ii) .

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial offering and sale of common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership to the public.

Membership Interest ” means all of the Sole Member’s rights and interest in the Company in the Sole Member’s capacity as the Sole Member, all as provided in the Certificate of Formation, this Agreement and the Act, including the Sole Member’s interest in the capital, income, gain, deductions, losses and credits of the Company.

Officer ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.1(a) .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

2


Omnibus Agreement ” means the Omnibus Agreement dated [            ] , 2014 among PBF Energy Inc., the Company and the Partnership, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Partnership ” means PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Partnership Interest ” means an interest in the Partnership, which shall include any general partner interest and limited partner interests but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership.

PBF Energy ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Sole Member ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination or (c) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

 

Section 1.2 Construction .

(a) Unless the context requires otherwise: (i) capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement; (ii) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (iii) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (iv) the term “ include ” or “ includes ” means includes, without limitation, and “ including ” means including, without limitation.

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

3


(b) A reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1 Formation .

On February 25, 2013, PBF Energy formed the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act by virtue of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.2 Name .

The name of the Company shall be “PBF Logistics GP LLC”. The Company’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board in its discretion, including, if consented to by the Board, the name of the Partnership. The words “Limited Liability Company,” “L.L.C.” or “LLC” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Company’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Board in its discretion may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time and shall promptly notify the Sole Member of such change.

 

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices .

Unless and until changed by the Board, the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Company shall be located at One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054, or such other place as the Board may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board deems necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business .

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Company shall be to (a) serve as the general partner of the Partnership and, in connection therewith, to exercise all rights conferred upon the Company as the general partner of the Partnership in accordance with the Partnership Agreement; (b) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that the Company is permitted to engage in and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity; (c) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the Sole Member

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

4


and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity; (d) guarantee, mortgage, pledge or encumber any or all of its assets in connection with any indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Company and (e) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.5 Powers .

The Company shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

 

Section 2.6 Term .

The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation in accordance with the Act and shall continue in existence in perpetuity or until the dissolution of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII . The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

Section 2.7 Title to Company Assets .

Title to Company assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and the Sole Member shall not have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF SOLE MEMBER

 

Section 3.1 Voting .

Unless otherwise granted to the Board by this Agreement, the Sole Member shall possess the entire voting interest in all matters relating to the Company, including matters relating to the amendment of this Agreement, any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the termination, dissolution and liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 3.2 Distribution .

Distributions by the Company of cash or other property shall be made to the Sole Member at such time as the Sole Member deems appropriate.

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

5


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS;

NATURE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

 

Section 4.1 Initial Capital Contributions .

On February 25, 2013, in connection with the formation of the Company, the Sole Member made a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount of $1,000.00 in exchange for all of the Membership Interests.

 

Section 4.2 Additional Capital Contributions .

The Sole Member shall not be obligated to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company.

 

Section 4.3 No Preemptive Rights .

No Person shall have preemptive, preferential or other similar rights with respect to: (a)additional Capital Contributions; (b) issuance or sale of any class or series of Membership Interests, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created; (c) issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase or subscribe to, any such Membership Interests; (d) issuance of any right of subscription to or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any such Membership Interests; or (e) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Company.

 

Section 4.4 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Membership Interests .

All Membership Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with, the requirements of this Article IV shall be fully paid and non-assessable Membership Interests, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 18-607 of the Act.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

 

Section 5.1 Establishment of the Board .

The number of directors (the “ Directors ”) constituting the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) shall be at least three and not more than twelve, unless otherwise fixed from time to time pursuant to action by the Sole Member. The Directors shall be elected or approved by the Sole Member. The Directors shall serve as Directors of the Company for their term of office established pursuant to Section 5.3 .

 

Section 5.2 The Board; Delegation of Authority and Duties .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

6


(a) Sole Member and Board . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Board, which shall possess all rights and powers which are possessed by “managers” under the Act and otherwise by applicable law, pursuant to Section 18-402 of the Act, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided for herein, the Sole Member hereby consents to the exercise by the Board of all such powers and rights conferred on it by the Act or otherwise by applicable law with respect to the management and control of the Company.

(b) Delegation by the Board . The Board shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Board’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including delegating such rights and powers of the Board to agents and employees of the Company (including Officers). The Board may authorize any Person (including the Sole Member, or any Director or Officer) to enter into any document on behalf of the Company and perform the obligations of the Company thereunder.

(c) Committees .

(i) The Board may establish committees of the Board and may delegate any of its responsibilities to such committees.

(ii) Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Board shall have an audit committee that includes at least one Independent Director as of the closing date, at least two Independent Directors within 90 days of such closing date and at least three Independent Directors within one year of such closing date. Such audit committee shall establish a written audit committee charter in accordance with the rules of the principal national securities exchange on which a class of Partnership Interests of the Partnership are listed or admitted to trading, as amended from time to time. “ Independent Director ” shall mean Directors meeting independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and by the national securities exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests of the Partnership are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) Chairman of the Board . The Sole Member may appoint a chairman (the “ Chairman ”) of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if appointed, shall be a member of the Board and shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the partners of the Partnership. The Chairman of the Board shall not be an Officer by virtue of being the Chairman of the Board but may otherwise be an Officer. The Chairman of the Board may be removed either with or without cause at any time by the Sole Member. No removal or resignation as Chairman of the Board shall affect such Chairman’s status as a Director.

 

Section 5.3 Term of Office .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

7


Once designated pursuant to Section 5.1 , a Director shall continue in office until the removal of such Director in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or until the earlier death or resignation of such Director. Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such Director’s resignation to the Board. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time the Board receives such notice or at any later effective time specified in such notice. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance by the Board of such Director’s resignation shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective. Notwithstanding anything herein or under applicable law to the contrary, any Director may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Sole Member.

 

Section 5.4 Meetings of the Board and Committees .

(a) Meetings . The Board (or any committee of the Board) shall meet at such time and at such place as the Chairman of the Board (or the chairman of such committee) may designate. Written notice of all regular meetings of the Board (or any committee of the Board) must be given to all Directors (or all members of such committee) reasonably in advance of the regular meeting of the Board (or such committee). Special meetings of the Board (or any committee of the Board) shall be held at the request of the Chairman, a majority of the Directors (or a majority of the members of such committee) or the Sole Member upon at least two days (if the meeting is to be held in person) or twenty-four hours (if the meeting is to be held telephonically) oral or written notice to the Directors (or the members of such committee) or upon such shorter notice as may be approved by the Directors (or the members of such committee), which approval may be given before or after the relevant meeting to which the notice relates. All notices and other communications to be given to Directors (or members of a committee) shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of a telegram, as an attachment to or in the body of an electronic mail message or facsimile, and shall be directed to the address, electronic mail address or facsimile number as such Director (or member) shall designate by notice to the Company. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board (or committee) need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any Director (or member of such committee) may waive the requirement of such notice as to such Director (or such member).

(b) Conduct of Meetings . Any meeting of the Board (or any committee of the Board) may be held in person or by telephone conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(c) Quorum . Fifty percent or more of all Directors (or members of a committee of the Board), present in person or participating in accordance with Section 5.4(b) , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board (or committee) there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Directors (or members of a committee) present may adjourn the meeting without further notice. The Directors (or

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

8


members of a committee) present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors (or members of a committee) to leave less than a quorum; provided , however , that only the acts of the Directors (or members of a committee) meeting the requirements of Section 5.5 shall be deemed to be acts of the Board (or such committee).

 

Section 5.5 Voting .

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the effectiveness of any vote, consent or other action of the Board (or any committee) in respect of any matter shall require either (i) the presence of a quorum and the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Directors (or members of such committee) present or (ii) the written consent (in lieu of meeting) of the Directors (or members of such committee) having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of the Board (or any committee) at which all Directors (or members of such committee) entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any Director may vote in person or by proxy (pursuant to a power of attorney) on any matter that is to be voted on by the Board at a meeting thereof.

 

Section 5.6 Responsibility and Authority of the Board .

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the relative authority and functions of the Board, on the one hand, and the Officers, on the other hand, shall be identical to the relative authority and functions of the board of directors and officers, respectively, of a corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Officers shall be vested with such powers and duties as are set forth in Section 6.1 hereof and as are specified by the Board from time to time. Accordingly, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the day-to-day activities of the Company shall be conducted on the Company’s behalf by the Officers who shall be agents of the Company. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred on the Board by this Agreement, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such acts and things as are not restricted by this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law.

(b) Member Consent Required for Extraordinary Matters . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board will not take any action without approval of the Sole Member with respect to an extraordinary matter that would have, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material effect, directly or indirectly, on the Sole Member’s interests in the Company. The type of extraordinary matter referred to in the prior sentence which requires approval of the Sole Member shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (i) commencement of any action relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors by the Company, the Partnership or a material Subsidiary thereof; (ii) a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Company, the Partnership or a material Subsidiary thereof; (iii) a sale, exchange or other transfer not in the ordinary course of business of a substantial portion of the assets of the Partnership or a material Subsidiary of the Partnership, viewed on a consolidated basis, in one or a series of related transactions; (iv)

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

9


dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the Partnership; and (v) a material amendment of the Partnership Agreement. An extraordinary matter will be deemed approved by the Sole Member if the Board receives a written, facsimile or electronic instruction evidencing such approval from the Sole Member or if a majority of the Directors that do not qualify as Independent Directors because of their affiliation with the Sole Member, approve such matter. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a Director, acting as such, shall have no duty, responsibility or liability to the Sole Member with respect to any action by the Board approved by the Sole Member.

(c) Member-Managed Decisions .

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Sole Member shall have exclusive authority over the internal business and affairs of the Company that do not relate to management and control of the Partnership and its subsidiaries. For illustrative purposes, the internal business and affairs of the Company where the Sole Member shall have exclusive authority include (i) the amount and timing of distributions paid by the Company, (ii) the issuance or repurchase of any equity interests in the Company, (iii) the prosecution, settlement or management of any claim made directly against the Company, (iv) the decision to sell, convey, transfer or pledge any asset of the Company, (v) the decision to amend, modify or waive any rights relating to the assets of the Company, (vi) matters relating to the amendment of this Agreement and (vii) the decision to enter into any agreement to incur an obligation of the Company other than an agreement entered into for and on behalf of the Partnership for which the Company is liable exclusively by virtue of the Company’s capacity as general partner of the Partnership or of any of its Affiliates.

In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Sole Member shall have exclusive authority to cause the Company to exercise the rights of the Company as general partner of the Partnership (or those exercisable after the Company ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership) where (a) the Company makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action in its individual capacity under the Partnership Agreement or (b) where the Partnership Agreement permits the Company to make a determination or take or decline to take any other action in its sole discretion. For illustrative purposes, a list of provisions where the Company would be acting in its individual capacity or is permitted to act in its sole discretion is contained in Appendix A hereto.

 

Section 5.7 Devotion of Time .

The Directors shall not be obligated and shall not be expected to devote all of their time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company (except, to the extent appropriate, in their capacity as employees of the Company).

 

Section 5.8 Certificate of Formation .

PBF Energy caused the Certificate of Formation to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act and certain other certificates or documents it

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

10


determined in its discretion to be necessary or appropriate for the qualification and operation of the Company in certain other states. The Board shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such additional certificates or documents as may be determined by the Board to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited liability company in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the Board to be necessary or appropriate, the Board shall cause the Officers to file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property.

 

Section 5.9 Benefit Plans .

The Board may propose and adopt on behalf of the Company employee benefit plans (including the PBF Logistics LP Long-Term Incentive Plan), employee programs and employee practices, or cause the Company to issue interests of the Company (or to exercise its authority to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests or other awards under the PBF Logistics LP Long-Term Incentive Plan), in connection with or pursuant to any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by any Group Member or any Affiliate thereof, in each case for the benefit of employees of the Company, any Group Member or any Affiliate thereof, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of any Group Member.

 

Section 5.10 Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company; provided , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.10 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.10 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Sole Member shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

11


(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 5.10(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.10 , that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 5.10 .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 5.10 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Company may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the Sole Member or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the Directors, the Officers, the Sole Member, its Affiliates, the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the Sole Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 5.10 , the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 5.10(a) ; and action taken or omitted by an Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Sole Member to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 5.10 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

12


(h) The provisions of this Section 5.10 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 5.10 shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.10 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 5.11 Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Sole Member or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Company, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to the Sole Member and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Company’s business or affairs, such Indemnitee shall not be liable to the Company, the Sole Member or any other Indemnitee for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 5.11 shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 5.11 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 5.12 Reliance by Third Parties .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Company shall be entitled to assume that any Officer authorized by the Board to act for and on behalf of and in the name of the Company has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Company, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with any such Officer as if it were the Company’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. The Sole Member hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

13


Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of any such Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with any such Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of the Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of any such Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company by any Officer authorized by the Board shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of and in the name of the Company and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

 

Section 5.13 Other Business of Members .

(a) Existing Business Ventures . The Sole Member, each Director and their respective affiliates may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company or the Partnership, and the Company, the Partnership, the Directors and the Sole Member shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company or the Partnership, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

(b) Business Opportunities . Except as set forth in the Omnibus Agreement, none of the Sole Member, any Director or any of their respective affiliates shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Company or the Partnership even if such opportunity is of a character that the Company, the Partnership or any of their respective subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and the Sole Member, each Director or any of their respective affiliates shall have the right to take for such person’s own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

 

Section 6.1 Officers .

(a) Generally . The Board shall appoint agents of the Company, referred to as “ Officers ” of the Company as described in this Section 6.1 , who shall be responsible for the day-to-day business affairs of the Company, subject to the overall direction and control of the Board. Unless provided otherwise by the Board, the Officers shall have the titles, power, authority and duties described below in this Section 6.1 .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

14


(b) Titles and Number . The Officers shall be one or more Presidents, any and all Vice Presidents, the Secretary and any and all Assistant Secretaries and any Treasurer and any and all Assistant Treasurers and any other Officers appointed pursuant to this Section 6.1 . There shall be appointed from time to time, in accordance with this Section 6.1 , such Vice Presidents, Secretaries, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurers and Assistant Treasurers as the Board may desire. Any Person may hold two or more offices.

(i) President/Chief Executive Officer . The Board shall elect one or more individuals to serve, subject to the direction and supervision of the Board, as the President and/or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, who shall have general and active management and control of the affairs and business and general supervision of the Company, and the Partnership and its subsidiaries, and its officers, agents and employees, and shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer of the Company and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board. Each President and/or Chief Executive Officer shall have the nonexclusive authority to sign on behalf of the Company any deeds, mortgages, leases, bonds, notes, certificates, contracts or other instruments, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by such officer, the Board or by this Agreement to some other Officer or agent of the Company or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed. In the absence of the Chairman, or the Vice Chairman, if there is one, or in the event of the Chairman’s inability or refusal to act, a President and/or Chief Executive Officer shall perform the duties of the Chairman, and each President and/or Chief Executive Officer, when so acting, shall have all of the powers of the Chairman.

(ii) Vice Presidents . The Board, in its discretion, may elect one or more Vice Presidents. In the absence of any President and Chief Executive Officer or in the event of a President’s or Chief Executive Officer’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of a President and/or Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice President, when so acting, shall have all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon a President and/or Chief Executive Officer. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by a President and/or Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

(iii) Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Board, in its discretion, may elect a Secretary and one or more Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded in books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings or actions of the Board, of the Sole Member and of the partners of the Partnership, shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by law, shall be custodian of all records (other than financial), shall see that the books, reports,

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

15


statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed, and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him by this Agreement, the Board or a CEO/President. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that Officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(iv) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Board, in its discretion, may elect a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Company and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Company in such form and as often as required by this Agreement, the Board or a President. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Company. The Treasurer shall perform all other duties commonly incident to his office and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as this Agreement, the Board or a President, shall designate from time to time. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the power of the Treasurer during that Officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act. Each of the Assistant Treasurers shall possess the same power as the Treasurer to sign all certificates, contracts, obligations and other instruments of the Company. If no Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer is appointed and serving or in the absence of the appointed Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, a CEO/President or such other Officer as the Board shall select, shall have the powers and duties conferred upon the Treasurer.

(c) Other Officers and Agents . The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as may from time to time appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Company, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

(d) Appointment and Term of Office . The Officers shall be appointed by the Board at such time and for such terms as the Board shall determine. Any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, only by the Board. Vacancies in any office may be filled only by the Board.

(e) Powers of Attorney . The Board may grant powers of attorney or other authority as appropriate to establish and evidence the authority of the Officers and other Persons.

(f) Officers’ Delegation of Authority . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, no Officer shall have the power or authority to delegate to any Person such Officer’s rights and powers as an Officer to manage the business and affairs of the Company.

 

Section 6.2 Compensation .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

16


The Officers shall receive such compensation for their services as may be designated by the Board or any committee thereof established for the purpose of setting compensation.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 7.1 Records and Accounting .

The Board shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of account of the Company shall be (i) maintained on the basis of a fiscal year that is the calendar year and (ii) maintained on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied.

 

Section 7.2 Reports .

With respect to each calendar year, the Board shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Sole Member:

(a) Within 120 days after the end of such calendar year, a profit and loss statement and a statement of cash flows for such year and a balance sheet as of the end of such year.

(b) Such federal, state and local income tax returns and such other accounting, tax information and schedules as shall be necessary for the preparation by the Sole Member on a timely basis following the end of each calendar year of its income tax return with respect to such year.

 

Section 7.3 Bank Accounts .

Funds of the Company shall be deposited in such banks or other depositories as shall be designated from time to time by the Board. All withdrawals from any such depository shall be made only as authorized by the Board and shall be made only by check, wire transfer, debit memorandum or other written instruction.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 8.1 Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall be of perpetual duration; however, the Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(i) an election to dissolve the Company by the Sole Member;

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

17


(ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Act; or

(iii) a merger or consolidation under the Act where the Company is not the surviving entity in such merger or consolidation.

(b) No other event shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

 

Section 8.2 Effect of Dissolution .

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, upon the dissolution of the Company, the Sole Member shall take such actions as may be required pursuant to the Act and shall proceed to wind up, liquidate and terminate the business and affairs of the Company. In connection with such winding up, the Sole Member shall have the authority to liquidate and reduce to cash (to the extent necessary or appropriate) the assets of the Company as promptly as is consistent with obtaining fair value therefor, to apply and distribute the proceeds of such liquidation and any remaining assets in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 , and to do any and all acts and things authorized by, and in accordance with, the Act and other applicable laws for the purpose of winding up and liquidation.

 

Section 8.3 Application of Proceeds .

Upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be applied and distributed in the following order of priority:

(a) First, to the payment of debts and liabilities of the Company (including to the Sole Member to the extent permitted by applicable law) and the expenses of liquidation;

(b) Second, to the setting up of such reserves as the Person required or authorized by law to wind up the Company’s affairs may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate for any disputed, contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company, provided that any such reserves shall be paid over by such Person to an escrow agent appointed by the Sole Member, to be held by such agent or its successor for such period as such Person shall deem advisable for the purpose of applying such reserves to the payment of such liabilities or obligations and, at the expiration of such period, the balance of such reserves, if any, shall be distributed as hereinafter provided; and

(c) Thereafter, the remainder to the Sole Member.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 9.1 Addresses and Notices .

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

18


Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to the Sole Member under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person, when received by electronic message or facsimile or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Sole Member at the address described below. Any notice to the Company shall be deemed given if received by a President at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.3 . The Company may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from the Sole Member or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

If to the Sole Member:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (973) 455-7500

 

Section 9.2 Creditors .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Company.

 

Section 9.3 Applicable Law .

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

Section 9.4 Invalidity of Provisions .

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 9.5 Third-Party Beneficiaries .

The Sole Member agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

[The Remainder Of This Page Is Intentionally Blank]

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sole Member has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC
By:   PBF Energy Inc., its sole member
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

S IGNATURE P AGE


Appendix A

The following are provisions of the Partnership Agreement where the Company is permitted to act in its sole discretion or would be acting in its individual capacity. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings assigned to them in the Partnership Agreement.

(a) Section 2.4 (“ Purpose and Business ”), with respect to decisions to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business;

(b) Sections 4.6(a ) and (b)  (“ Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest ”), solely with respect to the decision by the Company to transfer its general partner interest in the Partnership;

(c) Section 5.8 (“ Limited Preemptive Right ”);

(d) Section 6.9 (“ Entity-Level Taxation ”);

(e) Section 7.1(b) (relating to any determination or action or not making any determination or action) by the Company, the Board or any committee of the Board associated with the repayment, refinancing or amendment of the terms of any borrowing in connection with the leveraged distribution described in the Registration Statement)

(f) Section 7.6(d) (relating to the right of the Company and its Affiliates to purchase Units or other Partnership Securities and exercise rights related thereto);

(g) Section 7.7 (“ Indemnification ”), solely with respect to any decision by the Company to exercise its rights as an “Indemnitee”;

(h) Section 7.9(b) (“ Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties ”);

(i) Section 7.12 (“ Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates ”), solely with respect to any decision to exercise registration rights of the Company;

(j) Section 11.1 (“ Withdrawal of the General Partner ”), solely with respect to the decision by the Company to withdraw as General Partner of the Partnership and to giving notices required thereunder;

(k) Section 11.3(a) and (b)  (“ Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner ”);

(l) Section 13.2 (“ Amendment Procedures ”); and

(m) Section 15.1 (“ Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests ”).

 

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

PBF L OGISTICS GP LLC

A PPENDIX A

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

April 22 , 2014

PBF Logistics LP

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of the offering and sale by the Partnership, of common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”).

We are rendering this opinion as of the time the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195024), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), to which this opinion is an exhibit and relating to the Common Units, becomes effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act. The term “Common Units” shall include any additional common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership registered pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.

As the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed, we examined such statutes, including the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”), the records and documents of the Partnership and its general partner, the certificates of the Partnership, its general partner and public officials, and other instruments and documents as we deemed necessary or advisable for the purposes of this opinion. In such examination, we have assumed (i) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies and (ii) that a definitive underwriting agreement in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement with respect to the sale of the Common Units will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Partnership, its general partner and the other parties thereto.

Based on the foregoing and on such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that the Common Units, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly authorized, validly issued and purchasers of the Common Units will have no obligation under the Delaware LP Act, the Partnership’s governing documents or any resolution or other action taken under the Partnership’s governing documents, to make further payments for their purchase of Common Units or contributions to the Partnership solely by reason of their ownership of Common Units or their status as limited partners of the Partnership and no personal liability for the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Partnership, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being limited partners of the Partnership.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the federal laws of the United States of America, the Constitution of the State of Delaware and the Delaware LP Act, each as interpreted by the courts of the State of Delaware, and we are expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the reference to us under the heading “Validity of Our Common Units” in the Registration Statement and the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Units. By giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Abu Dhabi Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London

Moscow New York Palo Alto Riyadh Shanghai Tokyo Washington

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10103-0040

Tel +1.212.237.0000 Fax +1.212.237.0100 www.velaw.com

 

 

 

LOGO

Very truly yours,

/s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

April 22, 2014

PBF Logistics LP

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Re: PBF Logistics LP Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for PBF Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), a Delaware limited partnership, with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the offer and sale of common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership. We have also participated in the preparation of a Prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) dated on or about the date hereof, forming part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-195024 (the “ Registration Statement ”).

This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, and is conditioned upon certain representations made by the Partnership as to factual matters through a certificate of an officer of the Partnership (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”). In addition, this opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Partnership concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Registration Statement.

In our capacity as counsel to the Partnership, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents or in the Officer’s Certificate. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

We hereby confirm that all statements of legal conclusions contained in the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” constitute the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth therein. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement and the Officer’s Certificate, may affect the conclusions stated herein.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Abu Dhabi  Austin  Beijing  Dallas  Dubai  Hong Kong  Houston  London  Moscow

New York  Palo Alto  Riyadh  San Francisco  Shanghai  Tokyo  Washington

 

First City Tower, 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002-6760

Tel +1.713.758.2222 Fax +1.713.758.2346 www.velaw.com


LOGO    April 22, 2014    Page 2

 

No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.” We are opining herein only as to the federal income tax matters described above, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability to, or the effect on, any transaction of other federal laws, foreign laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.

This opinion is rendered to you as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is furnished to you, and is for your use in connection with the transactions set forth in the Registration Statement. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent. However, this opinion may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law, including persons purchasing common units pursuant to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion of counsel as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Exhibit 10.1

CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE AGREEMENT

By and Among

PBF LOGISTICS LP,

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC,

PBF ENERGY INC.,

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC,

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC

and

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC

Dated as of             , 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      4   
ARTICLE II TRANSACTIONS PRECEDING THE EFFECTIVE TIME      9   
  Section 2.1  

Limited Liability Company Interest in the General Partner

     9   
  Section 2.2  

Delaware City Assets

     9   
ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTION, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS      9   
  Section 3.1  

Distributions by Delaware City Refining and Toledo Refining to Holding

     9   
  Section 3.2  

Contribution by Holding to the Partnership

     10   
  Section 3.3  

Distribution by Holding to PBF Energy

     10   
  Section 3.4  

Redemption of Holding’s Initial Limited Partner Interests

     10   
  Section 3.5  

Retention of General Partner Interest

     10   
  Section 3.6  

Payment and Contribution of Cash by the Public Through the Underwriters

     10   
  Section 3.7  

Payment of Transaction Expenses and Distribution by the Partnership to PBF Energy

     10   
ARTICLE IV DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION      11   
ARTICLE V INDEMNIFICATION      11   
  Section 5.1  

Environmental Indemnification for Benefit of the Partnership Group

     11   
  Section 5.2  

Environmental Indemnification for Benefit of the PBF Indemnitees

     11   
  Section 5.3  

Additional Indemnification

     12   
  Section 5.4  

Survival

     14   
ARTICLE VI FURTHER ASSURANCES      14   
ARTICLE VII EFFECTIVE TIME      14   
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS      14   
  Section 8.1  

Order of Completion of Transactions

     14   
  Section 8.2  

Construction of Agreement

     15   
  Section 8.3  

Successors and Assigns

     15   
  Section 8.4  

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     15   
  Section 8.5  

Counterparts

     15   
  Section 8.6  

Choice of Law

     15   
  Section 8.7  

Severability

     15   
  Section 8.8  

Amendment or Modification

     15   
  Section 8.9  

Integration

     16   
  Section 8.10  

Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment

     16   
  Section 8.11  

Notice

     16   
  Section 8.12  

Survival

     17   

 

i


Schedules

 

  Schedule 2.2-A    Delaware City Assets
  Schedule 2.2-B    Toledo Assets
  Schedule 5.1    Retained Environmental Liabilities

Exhibits

 

  Exhibit A    Pipeline Easement
  Exhibit B    Utility Easement
  Exhibit C    Access Easement
  Exhibit D    Form of Certificate of Conveyance
  Exhibit E    Deed

 

ii


CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE AGREEMENT

This Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of             , 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PBF ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF Energy ”), PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holding ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City Refining ”), Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City Terminaling ”), and Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo Refining ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the General Partner and Holding have formed the Partnership, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”), for the purpose of engaging in any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware LP Act.

WHEREAS , in order to accomplish the purpose in the preceding recital, each of the following actions has been taken prior to the date hereof:

 

1. PBF Energy formed the General Partner under the terms of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Delaware LLC Act ”) and contributed the required amount of capital in exchange for all of the membership interests in the General Partner.

 

2. The General Partner and Holding formed the Partnership under the terms of the Delaware LP Act for the purposes set forth in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership dated February 25, 2013 (the “ Initial Partnership Agreement ”).

 

3. In connection with the Partnership’s formation, the General Partner and Holding contributed to the Partnership $0 in cash and $1,000 in cash (the “ Initial Capital Contribution ”), respectively, in exchange for a 0% noneconomic general partner interest and a 100% limited partner interest (the “ Initial Limited Partner Interest ”), respectively.

 

4. PBF Energy contributed the limited liability company interest in the General Partner to Holding.

 

5. Delaware City Refining formed Delaware City Terminaling under the terms of the Delaware LLC Act and contributed the required amount of capital in exchange for all of the membership interests in Delaware City Terminaling.

 

1


WHEREAS , concurrently with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the following transactions will occur at the times specified hereinafter:

 

1. Delaware City Refining will contribute to Delaware City Terminaling, pursuant to a Deed (as defined below) and a Certificate of Conveyance (as defined below), the Delaware City Assets (as defined below), subject to the Delaware City Easements (as defined below).

 

2. Toledo Refining will distribute to Holding, pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, the Toledo Assets (as defined below) and the Toledo Easement (as defined below).

 

3. Delaware City Refining will distribute to Holding, pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, its 100% membership interest in Delaware City Terminaling (the “ Delaware City Interests ”) (which entity owns a 100% interest in the Delaware City Assets, subject to the Delaware City Easements).

 

4. Holding will contribute to the Partnership (i) pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, 100% of the equity interests in Delaware City Terminaling (which entity owns the Delaware City Assets, subject to the Delaware City Easements), and (ii) pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, the Toledo Assets and the Toledo Easement, and will exchange its 100% limited partner interest in the Partnership for (A)              Common Units (as defined below) of the Partnership and Subordinated Units (as defined below) of the Partnership, representing an aggregate % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (B) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined below) of the Partnership, (C) the right to receive a distribution from the Partnership (as set forth below) as reimbursement for certain pre-formation capital expenditures attributable to the Delaware City Assets and the Toledo Assets (the “ Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures ”), (D) the right to receive the Borrowed Funds Distribution (as defined below) and (E) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution (as defined below). The General Partner will retain its noneconomic general partner interest in the Partnership.

 

5. Holding will distribute to PBF Energy (A) its interest in the General Partner (B)              Common Units and              Subordinated Units, (C) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership, (D) the right to receive a distribution from the Partnership as reimbursement for the Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures, (D) the right to receive the Borrowed Funds Distribution and (E) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.

 

6. In connection with the Offering (as defined below), the Partnership will issue Common Units, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, to the public through the Underwriters (as defined below) in exchange for the contribution by the public, through the Underwriters, to the Partnership of $         million, or $         million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions (the “ IPO Proceeds ”) and will grant the Underwriters the over-allotment option (the “ Over-Allotment Option ”) to purchase an additional              Common Units, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, in exchange for the contribution by the public, through the Underwriters, to the Partnership of $        , or $         net of underwriting discounts and commissions (the “ Option Proceeds ”).

 

2


7. The Partnership will use a portion of the IPO Proceeds to (A) pay transaction expenses, estimated to be approximately $         million (excluding the underwriting discounts), and (B) make a cash distribution of $         million to PBF Energy as reimbursement for the Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures (the “ Proceeds Distribution ”).

 

8. The Partnership will (i) use the remainder of the IPO Proceeds estimated to be approximately $         to (A) purchase $         U.S. Treasury or other similar securities (“ Treasuries ”), which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures and (B) to retain $         for general partnership purposes, (ii) borrow an amount equal to the IPO Proceeds under a term loan (the “ Borrowed Funds ”) guaranteed by PBF Energy (the “ Recourse Loan ”) and (iii) distribute the Borrowed Funds to PBF Energy (the “ Borrowed Funds Distribution ”).

 

9. Holding, PBF Energy, the Partnership and the General Partner will execute the Omnibus Agreement, in substantially the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, with such changes as such parties may agree, pursuant to which such parties shall agree to certain matters with respect to, among other things, intellectual property, business opportunities, rights of first offer, payment by the Partnership of an administrative fee to Holding, and allocation and reimbursement of certain expenses, as provided therein.

WHEREAS , upon the expiration of the period during which the Underwriters may exercise the Over-Allotment Option, if the Underwriters have not exercised any portion of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership will issue [            ] additional Common Units to PBF Energy. However, to the extent that the Underwriters exercise any portion of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership will (i) use the proceeds from the Over-Allotment Option to purchase additional Treasuries, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures, (ii) borrow an amount of debt equal to the proceeds from the Over-Allotment Option guaranteed by PBF Energy under a term loan (the “ Over-Allotment Option Debt ”), (iii) distribute the proceeds of the Over-Allotment Option Debt to PBF Energy, and (iv) issue to PBF Energy a number of Common Units equal to [            ] less the number of Common Units purchased by the Underwriters in connection in the Over-Allotment Option.

WHEREAS , the members or partners of the Parties have taken all limited liability company and partnership action, as the case may be, required to approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

3


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The terms set forth below in this Article I shall have the meanings ascribed to them below or in the part of this Agreement referred to below:

“Applicable Law” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued under any of the foregoing by, or any determination by, any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended (including all of the terms and provisions of the applicable common law of such Governmental Authority), as interpreted and enforced at the time in question.

“Borrowed Funds” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Borrowed Funds Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Certificate of Conveyance” means a certificate of conveyance in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

“Closing Date” means the date of the closing of the Offering.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

“Deed” means a deed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

“Deferred Issuance and Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

“Delaware City Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Delaware City Easements” means a pipeline easement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and a utility easement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Delaware City Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Delaware City Refining” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Delaware City Terminaling” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Delaware LLC Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

 

4


“Delaware LP Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Effective Time” means immediately prior to the closing of the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“Environmental Laws” means all applicable federal, regional, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, judgments, codes, injunctions, decrees, permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law relating to (i) pollution or protection of human health, the environment or natural resources; (ii) any Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Substances; (iii) greenhouse gas emissions; or (iv) the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, arrangement for disposal or transport, handling or Release of any Hazardous Substances. Without limiting the foregoing, “Environmental Laws” include, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Endangered Species Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and other environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended through the Closing Date.

“Environmental Losses” means any Losses suffered or incurred by reason of or arising out of (i) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws; or (ii) any event, circumstance, action, omission, condition or environmental matter (including, without limitation, the exposure to, presence of, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances) including, without limitation, (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, response, abatement, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws or to satisfy any applicable Voluntary Cleanup Program, (B) the performance of a supplemental environmental project authorized or consented to by a Governmental Authority in partial or whole mitigation of a fine or penalty, (C) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any investigatory closure, remedial or corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws or to satisfy any applicable Voluntary Cleanup Program and (D) the cost and expense for any environmental or toxic tort pre-trial, trial, or appellate legal or litigation support work.

“General Partner” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

“Hazardous Substance” means (i) any substance that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated by, or as to which liability may attach under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any hazardous substance as such term is defined under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended through the Closing Date, (ii)

 

5


radioactive materials, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde insulation, toxic mold or radon and (iii) oil as defined in the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, including oil, gasoline, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel, other refined petroleum hydrocarbon and petroleum products.

“Holding” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Incentive Distribution Rights” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

“Initial Capital Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Initial Limited Partner Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Initial Partnership Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“IPO Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Lien” means any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to pledges, liens, indebtedness, security interest, charges, equities or other claims or encumbrances. The term “Lien” shall include easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, exceptions or reservations. For the purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which they have acquired or hold subject to a conditional sale agreement, or leases under a financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person in a transaction intended to create a financing.

“Losses” means all losses, damages, liabilities (including, without limitation, tax liabilities), claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

“Offering” means the initial public offering of the Partnership’s Common Units.

“Omnibus Agreement” means the Omnibus Agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

“Option Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

“Option Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

 

6


“Over-Allotment Option” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Over-Allotment Option Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

“Partnership” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Partnership Group” means the General Partner, the Partnership and all of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries, treated as a single consolidated entity.

“Partnership Group Assets” means, collectively, the Delaware City Assets and the Toledo Assets.

“Partnership Group Covered Environmental Losses” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.2.

“Partnership Group Member” means any member of the Partnership Group.

“Party” and “Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“PBF Energy” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“PBF Entities” means PBF Energy, and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by PBF Energy, other than the General Partner or a member of the Partnership Group, and “PBF Entity” means any of the PBF Entities.

“PBF Indemnitees” means PBF, Holding and PBF Energy, and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by PBF Energy, other than the General Partner or a member of the Partnership Group.

“PBF Indemnitors” means PBF, Holding and PBF Energy, jointly and severally.

“Permitted Lien” means (a) liens for real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water charges or other governmental charges and levies not yet delinquent; (b) liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies, or claims not yet delinquent or the non-payment of which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside; (c) liens of mechanics, laborers, suppliers, workers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith; and (d) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

7


“Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Proceeds Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Recourse Loan” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Registration Statement” means the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission (Registration No. 333-1985024), as amended and effective at the Effective Time.

“Release” or “Releasing” means depositing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, placing, emitting, discarding, abandoning, emptying, discharging, migrating, injecting, escaping, leaking, dumping or disposing into the environment, including, without limitation, the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Substance

“Retained Assets” means the assets and investments owned by the PBF Entities immediately prior to the Effective Time other than the Partnership Group Assets.

“Retained Environmental Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

“Subordinated Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership on the date of determination, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors, managers or other governing body of such Person.

“Toledo Assets” means the assets, tangible and intangible, fixed and contingent, and the access rights, as set forth on Schedule 2.2-B, free and clear of any Liens.

“Toledo Easement” means an access easement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Toledo Refining” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

 

8


“Treasuries” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Treasury Regulations” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

“Underwriters” means those underwriters listed in the Underwriting Agreement.

“Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement by and among the Partnership, the General Partner, PBF Energy and [            ], as representatives of the Underwriters, dated as of             , 2014.

ARTICLE II

TRANSACTIONS PRECEDING THE EFFECTIVE TIME

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the following actions have occurred or shall occur prior to the Effective Time:

Section 2.1 Limited Liability Company Interest in the General Partner . PBF Energy shall have contributed, transferred, assigned and conveyed to Holding, its successors and assigns, all right, title and interest of PBF Energy in and to the limited liability company interest in the General Partner, which Holding shall have accepted as a capital contribution.

Section 2.2 Delaware City Assets . Delaware City Refining shall have contributed, transferred, assigned and conveyed to Delaware City Terminaling, its successors and assigns, pursuant to a Deed and a Certificate of Conveyance, all right, title and interest of Delaware City Refining in and to the properties or assets, tangible and intangible, fixed and contingent, held by Delaware City Refining, as set forth on Schedule 2.2-A (collectively, the “ Delaware City Assets ”), subject to the Delaware City Easements, free and clear of any Liens, except Permitted Liens, which Delaware City Terminaling shall have accepted as a capital contribution.

ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTION, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The following shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the order set forth herein:

Section 3.1 Distributions by Delaware City Refining and Toledo Refining to Holding.

(a) Delaware City Refining hereby grants, distributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers, to Holding, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, all right, title and interest in and to, the Delaware City Interests (which entity owns the Delaware City Assets, subject to the Delaware City Easements).

(b) Toledo Refining hereby grants, distributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers, to Holding, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, all right, title and interest in and to the Toledo Assets and the Toledo Easement.

 

9


Section 3.2 Contribution by Holding to the Partnership . Holding hereby grants, bargains, contributes, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to (1) the Delaware City Interests (which entity owns the Delaware City Assets, subject to the Delaware City Easements), pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance and (2) the Toledo Assets and the Toledo Easement pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, and the Partnership hereby accepts such membership interests and assets, in exchange for (i)              Common Units and Subordinated Units representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (ii) the Incentive Distribution Rights, (iii) the right to receive the Proceeds Distribution as reimbursement for the Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures, (iv) the right to receive the Borrowed Funds Distribution and (v) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.

Section 3.3 Distribution by Holding to PBF Energy. Holding hereby distributes, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to PBF Energy, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, pursuant to a Certificate of Conveyance, all right, title and interest in and to (i) its interest in the General Partner, (ii)              Common Units and              Subordinated Units, (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights, (iv) the right to receive the Proceeds Distribution as reimbursement for the Pre-Formation Capital Expenditures, (v) the right to receive the Borrowed Funds Distribution and (vi) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.

Section 3.4 Redemption of Holding’s Initial Limited Partner Interests. For and in consideration of the payment by the Partnership of $1,000 to Holding as a refund of the Initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership, along with 100% of any interest or profit that resulted from the investment or other use of such Initial Capital Contribution, the Partnership hereby redeems all of the Initial Limited Partner Interests of Holding.

Section 3.5 Retention of General Partner Interest. The General Partner hereby retains its noneconomic general partner interest in the Partnership.

Section 3.6 Payment and Contribution of Cash by the Public Through the Underwriters. The Parties acknowledge that the Partnership is undertaking the Offering and the public, through the Underwriters, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will agree to make a capital contribution to the Partnership of approximately $         million in cash ($         million, net of underwriting discounts) to the Partnership in exchange for              Common Units, representing an aggregate     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, and the Over-Allotment Option.

Section 3.7 Payment of Transaction Expenses and Distribution by the Partnership to PBF Energy. The Parties acknowledge the payment and distribution by the Partnership, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, of (a) estimated transaction expenses paid to PBF Energy in the amount of approximately $         (exclusive of the Underwriters’ discount and any structuring fee); (b) the Proceeds Distribution; and (c) the Borrowed Funds Distribution.

 

10


ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Upon the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option period or the exercise in full of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall issue to PBF Energy a number of additional Common Units that is equal to the difference, if any, of (a) the total number of Option Units less (b) the aggregate number of Common Units, if any, actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise(s) of the Over-Allotment Option. Upon each exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, the Partnership shall (i) use the Option Proceeds from each such exercise, net of the Underwriters’ discounts and commissions, to purchase Treasuries, which will be used to fund anticipated capital expenditures, (ii) borrow an equal amount of debt equal to the proceeds from the Over-Allotment Option guaranteed by PBF Energy and (iii) distribute the proceeds of such additional borrowing to PBF Energy.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.1 Environmental Indemnification for Benefit of the Partnership Group.

(a) From and after the Effective Time, the PBF Indemnitors shall retain and be solely responsible, among the Parties, for all Environmental Losses related to the matters identified on Schedule 5.1 hereto (the “ Retained Environmental Liabilities ”). From and after the Effective Time, the PBF Indemnitors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Partnership Group Members and their respective affiliates, successors and assigns, and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents and representatives from and against certain losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses arising from, resulting from or attributable to the Retained Environmental Liabilities. Obligations with respect to claims made pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) related to Retained Environmental Liabilities shall not terminate.

(b) From and after the Effective Time, the PBF Indemnitors shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group Members and their respective affiliates, successors and assigns, and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents and representatives from and against losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses arising from, resulting from or attributable to any Environmental Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group Members relating to the ownership or operation of the Partnership Group Assets that occurred or existed on or before the Closing Date, but only to the extent such Environmental Losses (I) occurred or existed on or before the Closing Date, even if such Environmental Losses do not accrue until after the Closing Date, and (II) are identified prior to the 20 th anniversary of the Closing Date.

Section 5.2 Environmental Indemnification for Benefit of the PBF Indemnitees. The Partnership Group shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the PBF Indemnitees from and against any Environmental Losses suffered or incurred by the PBF Indemnitees relating to the ownership or operation of the Partnership Group Assets to the extent occurring after the Closing Date (the “ Partnership Group Covered Environmental Losses ”), except to the extent (a) that the

 

11


Partnership Group is indemnified with respect to any such Environmental Losses that are Retained Environmental Losses under Section 5.1(a) and (b) that such indemnification shall not apply to the extent of any negligence, willful misconduct or criminal conduct of any PBF Indemnitee that caused or contributed to such Environmental Loss.

Section 5.3 Additional Indemnification.

(a) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Section 5.1, the PBF Indemnitors, jointly and severally, shall either cure, as applicable, or indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Partnership Group Members from and against (I) any and all tax liabilities arising prior to the Closing Date or in connection with the closing of the Offering; (II) all taxes that the Partnership Group Members incur in connection with this Agreement unless prohibited by applicable law; and (III) Losses of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, suffered or incurred by any Partnership Group Member by reason of or arising out of any:

(i) failure of the Partnership Group to be the owner on the Closing Date of (x) valid and indefeasible title to the Partnership Group Assets, (y) valid and indefeasible easement rights, rights-of-way, leasehold and/or fee ownership interests in and to the lands on which any of the Delaware City Assets or Toledo Assets are located and (z) valid title to the equity interests in Delaware City Terminaling to the extent that such failure renders the Partnership Group liable or unable to use or operate the Delaware City Assets and in substantially the same manner as they were used and operated immediately prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) failure of the Partnership Group to have on the Closing Date any consent or governmental permit to the extent that such failure renders the Partnership Group unable to use or operate the Partnership Group Assets in substantially the same manner as they were operated immediately prior to the Closing Date; or

(iii) events or conditions associated with the Retained Assets.

(b) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Section 5.2, Partnership Group, jointly and severally, shall either cure, as applicable, or indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the PBF Indemnitees from and against (I) any and all tax liabilities arising after the Closing Date or in connection with the closing of the Offering; and (II) Losses of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, suffered or incurred by any PBF Indemnitee by reason of or arising out of any events or conditions associated with the Partnership Group Assets after the Effective Time, except to the extent that the Partnership Group is indemnified with respect to any such Losses pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.3(a).

(c) The party seeking indemnification pursuant to this Article V (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees that promptly after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article V, it will provide notice thereof in writing to the party from which the Indemnified Party seeks indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”), specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim; provided, that failure to timely provide such notice shall not affect the right of the Indemnified Party’s indemnification under this Section 5.3, except in the event and only to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such delay or omission.

 

12


(d) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under this Section 5.3, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however, that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Indemnified Party (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee, if the Indemnified Party is a Partnership Group Member) unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such matter or issues, as the case may be, and does not include the admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party, and involves anything other than the payment of money by the Indemnifying Party.

(e) The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification under this Section 5.3, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to the Indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the Indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party reasonably considers relevant to such defense and the making available to the Indemnifying Party, at no cost to the Indemnifying Party, of any directors, officers or employees of the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that in connection therewith the Indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Indemnified Party and further agrees to endeavor to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this subsection (e). In no event shall the obligation of the Indemnified Party to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Section 5.3Section 5.3; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. The Indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Indemnified Party reasonably informed as to the status of any such defense, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.

(f) An Indemnified Party shall take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate damages with respect to any claim for which it is seeking indemnification and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any costs or expenses associated with such claim and, if such costs and expenses cannot be avoided, to minimize the amount thereof.

(g) In determining the amount of any Losses for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Indemnified Party, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such claim and (ii) all amounts recovered by the

 

13


Indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third parties. The Indemnified Party hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities, provided, however, that the costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party in connection with such efforts shall be promptly reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party.

(h) The date on which the Indemnifying Party receives notification of a claim in accordance with Section 5.3(c) for indemnification shall determine whether such claim is timely made.

(I) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION UNDER THIS SECTION 5.3 COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS SECTION 5.3.

Section 5.4 Survival. All indemnification obligations under this Article V shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement, and shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE VI

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From time to time after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and to do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (i) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (ii) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended to be so and (iii) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

EFFECTIVE TIME

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article III of this Agreement shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all the provisions of Article III of this Agreement shall be effective and operative in accordance with Article III, without further action by any Party hereto.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Order of Completion of Transactions. The transactions provided for in Article III of this Agreement shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the order set forth therein. Following the completion of the transactions provided for in Article III, the transactions provided for in Article IV, if they occur, shall be completed.

 

14


Section 8.2 Construction of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein are to the Articles, Sections, Schedule and Exhibits of this Agreement and all Schedules and Exhibits are incorporated herein. All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms and shall be read to be followed by the words “without limitation” or words having similar import. Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months and quarters mean calendar days, weeks, months and quarters, respectively. A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s permitted successors and assigns. Unless the contrary clearly appears from the context, for purposes of this Agreement, the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa; and each gender includes the other gender. Except where specifically stated otherwise, any reference to any Applicable Law or agreement shall be a reference to the same as amended, supplemented or reenacted from time to time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

Section 8.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assigns of a Party.

Section 8.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 8.6 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 8.7 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Section 8.8 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

 

15


Section 8.9 Integration . This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein together constitute the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by any of the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and none of the Parties shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

Section 8.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.

Section 8.11 Notice . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official government mail system, five (5) business days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first-class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally-recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) business day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by e-mail, one (1) business day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:

If to PBF Energy Inc.:

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, Esq., General Counsel

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to Holding:

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, Esq., General Counsel

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

 

16


If to PBF Energy:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, Esq., General Counsel

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to the Partnership Group:

PBF Logistics GP LLC

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jim Fedena, Senior VP, Logistics

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jim.fedena@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Logistics LP

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Matt Lucey, Executive VP

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: matthew.lucey@pbfenergy.com

or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.

Section 8.12 Survival. All indemnification obligations and covenants under this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

PBF LOGISTICS LP
By:  

PBF Logistics GP LLC,

its general partner

  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to

Contribution and Conveyance Agreement


DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to

Contribution and Conveyance Agreement


Schedule 2.2-A

Delaware City Assets

 

1. Loop Track Unloading Facility

 

2. Double Loop Track – consisting of 17,165 feet of track including eight (8) turnouts

 

3. Two (2) turnouts connecting to the NS railroad lead track

 

4. 25 railcar unloading spots and associated piping and pump station (6 pumps and motors and sump pump)

 

5. Motor Control Center (MCC) building with controls and lighting

 

6. 1400 square foot office/change room

 

7. Oil mist lubrication system for the pumps and motors

 

8. Two instrument air compressors, air dryers and associated piping

 

9. Firewater system, including pump, shelter, foam building, piping and hydrants

 

10. Overhead hoist over the pump pit

 

11. 6 Coriolis flow meters, 2 Omni computers and proving connections

 

12. In-line sampler system

 

13. Eyewash stations and fire extinguishers

 

14. Perimeter fencing and gate, electronic turnstile, area lighting and security camera


Schedule 2.2-B

Toledo Assets

Four LACT Units and Associated Meters


Schedule 5.1

Retained Environmental liabilities

On June 14, 2013, two administrative appeals were filed by the Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon regarding a permit Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“DCR”) obtained to allow loading of crude oil onto barges. The appeals allege that both the loading of crude oil onto barges and the operation of the Delaware City rail unloading terminal violate Delaware’s Coastal Zone Act. The first appeal is Number 2013-1 before the State Coastal Zone Industrial Control Board (the “CZ Board”), and the second appeal is before the Environmental Appeals Board and appeals Secretary’s Order No. 2013-A-0020. The CZ Board held a hearing on the first appeal on July 16, 2013, and ruled in favor of DCR and the State of Delaware and dismissed Appellants’ appeal for lack of standing. Sierra Club and Delaware Audubon have appealed that decision to the Delaware Superior Court, New Castle County, Case No. N13A-09-001 ALR, and DCR and the State have filed cross-appeals. Briefs have been filed in this appeal but no date has been set for a decision by the Superior Court. A hearing on the second appeal before the Environmental Appeals Board, case no. 2013-06, was held on January 13, 2014, and the Board ruled in favor of DCR and the State and dismissed the appeal for lack of jurisdiction. A written decision by the Board has been issued and the Appellants have the right to appeal the decision to Superior Court. If the Appellants in one or both of these matters ultimately prevail, the outcome may have an adverse material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

1


EXHIBIT A

PIPELINE EASEMENT


Tax Parcel No: 12-008.00-015

Prepared by and return to:

Shawn P. Tucker, Esquire

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

1100 North Market Street

Suite 1000

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

PIPELINE EASEMENT

THIS PIPELINE EASEMENT (this “Easement”) is made on the     day of         , 2014 from DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “Grantor”), to DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “Grantee”).

For and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS AND NO/100ths ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in connection with that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement by and among PBF Logistics LP, PBF Logistics GP LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, dated as of [            ], 2014, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantor ”), does hereby GRANT and CONVEY to Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantee ”), its successors and assigns, an exclusive right of way and easement (the “ Easement ”) to (a) operate, inspect, protect, maintain, repair, replace, change the size of and remove (collectively, “ Use ”) one (1) pipeline, having a diameter of up to twenty four inches (24”) (the “ Pipeline ”), and (b) construct, install, operate, maintain, repair, replace and remove appurtenances to the Pipeline, including, but not limited to, fittings, tie-overs, valves, corrosion control equipment, communication equipment, including fiber, and any other appurtenances necessary for the Pipeline (collectively, together with the Pipeline, the “ Facilities ”), for the purpose of transporting oil, gas, other hydrocarbons, water, or any other liquids, gases or other substances that can be legally transported through a pipeline in, on, over, across and under the land owned by Grantor and located in Delaware City, Delaware, as described in the metes and bounds in Exhibit “A” and depicted in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and made part hereof (the “ Land ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Easement unto Grantee, its successors and assigns, subject however, to the conditions, covenants and agreements to be kept, observed and performed by Grantor and Grantee as follows:

 

  1. The Easement granted herein shall be fifty feet (50’) in width.

 

A-1


  2. The Pipeline (and any related underground Facilities) is in compliance with applicable law. Grantor and Grantee further agree as follows:

 

  (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantee shall have the right to install Facilities (i) on the surface of the Land, and (ii) between any surface Facilities and any underground Facilities, in each case as is reasonably necessary (in Grantee’s judgment) for the Use of the Pipeline,

 

  (b) Grantee shall have the right from time to time to cut and remove any trees, undergrowth or other obstructions, if any, growing or located in the Easement that may interfere with Grantee’s Use of the Facilities.

 

  (c) Grantee shall from time to time inspect the Easement and repair within a reasonable time any sink holes, soil erosion, sloughing or impairment to natural drainage affecting the Easement and occasioned solely by the existence of the Facilities.

 

  3. Grantee shall have a permanent, non-exclusive right of ingress to and egress from the Easement on, over and across the Land for any lawful purpose related to the Easement; provided, however, that to the extent reasonably practicable, Grantee shall limit such right of ingress and egress to roads or other routes customarily used or designated therefor by Grantor.

 

  4. Grantee shall, at its sole cost and expense, construct, operate and maintain the Facilities in accordance with applicable law.

 

  5. Except where caused by the willful misconduct or sole or gross negligence of Grantor or its agents or employees, Grantee agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Grantor from all claims, demands and causes of action of any kind for bodily injury, death, or loss or damage of property of any person arising out of or resulting from the acts or omissions of Grantee, its contractors, agents, employees, or invitees in connection with Grantee’s Use of the Easement.

 

  6. Grantor reserves the right to use the Land for all purposes not inconsistent with the Easement, so long as such use does not interfere with Use of the Facilities. Grantor agrees not to change the grade over the Easement.

 

  7. Grantee shall have full responsibility, at its sole risk, cost and expense, to obtain prior to commencing operations hereunder, and thereafter maintain during the term hererof, any and all necessary permits, including, without limitation, those permits required to cross any and all roads, railroads, canals and other private, public and quasi public rights of way with the Facilities. Grantee agrees to pay all taxes which may be levied or assessed on the Facilities.

 

  8.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by

 

A-2


  facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) business days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre–paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally–recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by e–mail, one (1) business day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices, demands and requests to be sent to the parties shall be sent or made at the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Pipeline Easement.

 

  9. The terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.

 

  10. This Pipeline Easement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

  11. This Pipeline Easement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures begin next page.]

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Pipeline Easement as of the date of the parties’ acknowledgment set forth below, to be EFFECTIVE as of the      day of             , 2014.

 

GRANTOR:     DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

STATE DELAWARE

COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, SS.:

On this, the      day of             , 2014, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                     , who acknowledged him/herself to be the                      of Delaware City Terminaling Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and that s/he, as such officer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the of such entity by him/herself as such officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

Notary Public
[Notarial Seal]
My Commission Expires:

 

A-4


GRANTEE:     DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, SS:

On this, the      day of             , 2014, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                     , who acknowledged him/herself to be the                      of Delaware City Refining Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and that s/he, as such officer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the of such entity by him/herself as such officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

Notary Public
[Notarial Seal]
My Commission Expires:

 

A-5


Exhibit “A”

Description of the Land

 

File No. 23370-ESMT-01    January 27, 2014            

Description of a 20’ wide Pipeline Easement through Parcel 4A, South Tract, land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC (Deed Record 20100601-0026890), situate southeasterly of Delaware Route 1, southwesterly of School House Road, easterly of Bear Corbitt Road and northerly of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, Red Lion Hundred, New Castle County, Delaware (through Tax Parcels 12-007.00-023 and 12-007.00-007).

 

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN tract, piece or parcel of land situate southeasterly of Delaware Route 1, southwesterly of School House Road, easterly of Bear Corbitt Road and northerly of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, and shown as a 20’ wide Pipeline Easement on a plan prepared by VanDemark & Lynch, Inc., Engineers, Planners and Surveyors, Wilmington, Delaware on file No. 23370-ESMT-01, dated January 27, 2014, entitled “Exhibit Plan, Pipeline Easement, prepared for, Delaware City Refining Company, LLC”, and being more particularly described as follows, to wit:

BEGINNING at a point on the northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, at 60’ wide, a southerly line for Parcel 4A, South Tract, land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC (Deed Record 20100601-0026890), said point being measured the three (3) following described courses and distances along the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad from the intersection of the easterly side of Bear Corbitt Road, State Road No. 7, a variable width public road, with the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad,

 

  1. Easterly, by a curve to the left having a radius of 22,890.00 feet, an arc length of 1,612.09 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of North 86°37’43” East, 1,611.76 feet from the last described point;

 

  2. Easterly, by a curve to the left having a radius of 22,920.00 feet, an arc length of 728.92 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of North 83°41’59” East, 728.89 feet from the last described point; and

 

  3. North 82°44’10” East, 767.05 feet to the Point of Beginning;

THENCE from the said point of Beginning, along the centerline of a 24” pipeline, and the herein described centerline of a 20 foot wide easement as measured 10 feet at right angles each way from the centerline of said 24” pipeline, through the said land now or formerly of Parcel 4A, South Tract, the nineteen (19) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. North 07°08’40” West, 362.68 feet to a point;

 

  2. South 82°52’23” West, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

A-6


  3. North 07°07’37” West, 10.00 feet to a point;

 

  4. North 82°52’23” East, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

  5. North 07°07’37” West, 165.00 feet to a point;

 

  6. North 00°00’16” West, 137.58 feet to a point;

 

  7. North 19°27’32” West, 249.21 feet to a point;

 

  8. North 39°26’21” West, 40.42 feet to a point;

 

  9. North 50°33’43” East, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

  10. North 39°26’17” West, 10.00 feet to a point;

 

  11. South 50°33’43” West, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

  12. North 39°26’49” West, 191.00 feet to a point;

 

  13. North 59°27’08” West, 454.47 feet to a point;

 

  14. North 30°32’52” East, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

  15. North 59°27’08” West, 10.00 feet to a point;

 

  16. South 30°32’52” West, 20.00 feet to a point;

 

  17. North 59°27’08” West, 285.00 feet to a point;

 

  18. North 30°32’52” East, 28.14 feet to a point; and

 

  19. North 59°27’08” West, 24.66 feet to the point of Ending at the centerline of the flange on the inlet side of a valve on said 24” inch pipeline.

Containing within said metes and bounds, 41,163 square feet (0.945 of an acre) of land, being the same, more or less...

AKG

Chk’d by:

 

A-7


Exhibit “B”

Depiction of the Land

 

A-8


EXHIBIT B

UTILITY EASEMENT


Tax Parcel No: 12-008.00-015

Prepared by and return to:

Shawn P. Tucker, Esquire

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

1100 North Market Street

Suite 1000

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

UTILITY EASEMENT

THIS UTILITY EASEMENT (this “Easement”) is made on the      day of             , 2014 from DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “Grantor”), to DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “Grantee”).

For and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS AND NO/100ths ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in connection with that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement by and among PBF Logistics LP, PBF Logistics GP LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, dated as of [            ], 2014, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantor ”), does hereby GRANT and CONVEY to Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantee ”), its successors and assigns, in addition to and not in lieu of any existing utility easements, a right of way and easement (the “ Easement ”) to (a) operate, inspect, protect, maintain, repair, replace, change the size of and remove (collectively, “ Use ”) any equipment related to electricity, power, gas, water and other public utilities providing services to the assets and property owned and operated by Delaware City Refining Company, LLC (the “ Utilities ”), and (b) construct, install, operate, maintain, repair, replace and remove appurtenances to the Utilities, including, (collectively, together with the Utilities, the “ Facilities ”), for the purpose of operating the refinery assets owned and operated by Delaware City Refining Company LLC and located in Delaware City, Delaware, as described in the metes and bounds in Exhibit “A” and depicted in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and made part hereof (the “ Land ”), and any other lawful purpose related thereto.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Easement unto Grantee, its successors and assigns, subject however, to the conditions, covenants and agreements to be kept, observed and performed by Grantor and Grantee as follows:

 

  1. The Easement granted herein shall be fifty feet (50’) in width.

 

B-1


  2. The Utilities (and any related Facilities) are and shall be in compliance with applicable law. Grantor and Grantee further agree as follows:

 

  (a) Grantee shall have the right from time to time to cut and remove any trees, undergrowth or other obstructions, if any, growing or located in the Easement that may interfere with Grantee’s Use of the Facilities.

 

  (b) Grantee shall from time to time inspect the Easement and repair within a reasonable time any sink holes, soil erosion, sloughing or impairment to natural drainage affecting the Easement and occasioned solely by the existence of the Facilities.

 

  3. Grantee shall have a permanent, non-exclusive right of ingress to and egress from the Easement on, over and across the Land for any lawful purpose related to the Easement; provided, however, that to the extent reasonably practicable, Grantee shall limit such right of ingress and egress to roads or other routes customarily used or designated therefor by Grantor.

 

  4. Grantee shall, at its sole cost and expense, construct, operate and maintain the Facilities in accordance with applicable law.

 

  5. Except where caused by the willful misconduct or sole or gross negligence of Grantor or its agents or employees, Grantee agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Grantor from all claims, demands and causes of action of any kind for bodily injury, death, or loss or damage of property of any person arising out of or resulting from the acts or omissions of Grantee, its contractors, agents, employees, or invitees in connection with Grantee’s Use of the Easement.

 

  6. Grantor reserves the right to use the Land for all purposes not inconsistent with the Easement, so long as such use does not interfere with Use of the Facilities. Grantor agrees not to change the grade over the Easement.

 

  7. Grantee shall have full responsibility, at its sole risk, cost and expense, to obtain prior to commencing operations hereunder, and thereafter maintain during the term hererof, any and all necessary permits, including, without limitation, those permits required to cross any and all roads, railroads, canals and other private, public and quasi public rights of way with the Facilities. Grantee agrees to pay all taxes which may be levied or assessed on the Facilities.

 

  8.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) business days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre–paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt

 

B-2


  requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally–recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by e–mail, one (1) business day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices, demands and requests to be sent to the parties shall be sent or made at the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Utility Easement.

 

  9. The terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.

 

  10. This Utility Easement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

  11. This Utility Easement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures begin next page.]

 

B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Utility Easement as of the date of the parties’ acknowledgment set forth below, to be EFFECTIVE as of the     day of                 , 2014.

 

GRANTOR:     DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, SS:

On this, the     day of             , 2014, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                     , who acknowledged him/herself to be the                     of Delaware City Terminaling Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and that s/he, as such officer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the of such entity by him/herself as such officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

Notary Public
[Notarial Seal]
My Commission Expires:

 

B-4


GRANTEE:     DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, SS:

On this, the     day of             , 2014, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                     , who acknowledged him/herself to be the                     of Delaware City Refining Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and that s/he, as such officer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the of such entity by him/herself as such officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

Notary Public
[Notarial Seal]
My Commission Expires:

 

B-5


Exhibit “A”

Description of the Land

 

File No. 23370-ESMT-05, Revision 1    January 24, 2014            

Description of a 20’ wide Power Line Easement through Parcel 4A, South Tract, land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC (Deed Record 20100601-0026890), situate southeasterly of Delaware Route 1, southwesterly of School House Road, easterly of Bear Corbitt Road and northerly of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, Red Lion Hundred, New Castle County, Delaware. (through Tax Parcel 12-007.00-023)

 

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN tract, piece or parcel of land situate southeasterly of Delaware Route 1, southwesterly of School House Road, easterly of Bear Corbitt Road and northerly of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, and shown as a 20’ wide Power Line Easement on a plan prepared by VanDemark & Lynch, Inc., Engineers, Planners and Surveyors, Wilmington, Delaware on file No. 23370-ESMT-05, dated June 7, 2013, last revised January 24, 2013, entitled “Exhibit Plan, Power Line Easement, prepared for, Delaware City Refining Company, LLC”, and being more particularly described as follows, to wit:

BEGINNING at a point on the northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, at 60’ wide, a southerly line for Parcel 4A, South Tract, land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC (Deed Record 20100601-0026890), said point being measured along the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad from the intersection of the easterly side of Bear Corbitt Road, State Road No. 7, a variable width public road, with the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad, easterly, by a curve to the left having a radius of 22,890.00 feet, an arc length of 796.46 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of North 87°38’57” East, 796.42 feet from the last described point;

THENCE from the said point of Beginning, through the said land now or formerly of Parcel 4A, South Tract, the eight (8) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. North 17°06’52” West, 1,412.28 feet to a point;

 

  2. North 19°43’37” East, 323.96 feet to a point;

 

  3. North 25°05’36” East, 160.27 feet to a point;

 

  4. North 19°14’45” East, 139.36 feet to a point;

 

  5. North 22°50’04” East, 481.28 feet to a point;

 

  6. North 26°28’32” East, 327.63 feet to a point;

 

  7. South 78°26’03” East, 228.15 feet to a point; and

 

  8. North 11°19’20” East, 10.73 feet to a point on the southwesterly side of School House Road, a variable width public road;

 

B-6


THENCE along the said southwesterly side of School House Road, easterly, by a curve to the right having a radius of 670.01 feet, an arc length of 20.61 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of South 64°42’36” East, 20.61 feet from the last described point;

THENCE through the said land now or formerly of Parcel 4A, South Tract, the eight (8) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. South 11°19’20” West, 25.84 feet to a point;

 

  2. North 78°26’03” West, 232.86 feet to a point;

 

  3. South 26°28’32” West, 311.66 feet to a point;

 

  4. South 22°50’04” West, 479.95 feet to a point;

 

  5. South 19°14’45” West, 139.79 feet to a point;

 

  6. South 25°05’36” West, 160.35 feet to a point;

 

  7. South 19°43’37” West, 316.36 feet to a point;

 

  8. South 17°06’52” East, 1,410.51 feet to a point on the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad;

THENCE, along the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad, westerly, by a curve to the right having a radius of 22,890.00 feet, an arc length of 20.59 feet to the point and place of Beginning, said point being distant by a chord of South 86°37’36” West, 20.59 feet from the last described.

Containing within said metes and bounds, 61,610 square feet (1.414 acres) of land, being the same, more or less...

AKG

Chk’d by:

 

B-7


Exhibit “B”

Depiction of the Land

 

B-8


EXHIBIT C

ACCESS EASEMENT


ACCESS EASEMENT

 

THE STATE OF OHIO    §   
   §    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF LUCAS    §   

For and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS AND NO/100ths ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in connection with that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement by and among PBF Logistics LP, PBF Logistics GP LLC, PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, dated as of [            ], 2014, Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantor ”), does hereby GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL and CONVEY to PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey, 07054 (“ Grantee ”), its successors and assigns, including PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership, an exclusive right of way and easement to cross any walkways, roadways and pathways (the “ Easement ”) necessary to (a) access, operate, inspect, protect, maintain, repair and remove (collectively, “ Use ”) the equipment, facilities and other property described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made part hereof (the “ Equipment ”), and (b) construct, install, operate, maintain, repair, replace and remove appurtenances to the Equipment (collectively, together with the Equipment, the “ Facilities ”), for the purpose of operating the Facilities, in, on, over, across and under the land owned by Grantor and located in Toledo, Ohio, as described in the metes and bounds in Exhibit “B ” and depicted in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made part hereof (the “ Land ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Easement unto Grantee, its successors and assigns, subject however, to the conditions, covenants and agreements to be kept, observed and performed by Grantor and Grantee as follows:

 

  1. The Easement granted herein shall be fifty feet (50’) in width.

 

  2. Grantor and Grantee further agree as follows:

 

  (a) Grantee shall have the right from time to time to cut and remove any trees, undergrowth or other obstructions, if any, growing or located in the Easement that may interfere with Grantee’s Use of the Facilities.

 

  (b) Grantee shall from time to time inspect the Easement and repair within a reasonable time pavement, curbing, any sink holes, soil erosion, sloughing or impairment to natural drainage affecting the Easement and occasioned solely by the existence of the Facilities.

 

C-1


  3. Grantee shall have a permanent, non-exclusive right of ingress to and egress from the Easement on, over and across the Land for any lawful purpose related to the Easement; provided, however, that to the extent reasonably practicable, Grantee shall limit such right of ingress and egress to roads or other routes customarily used or designated therefor by Grantor.

 

  4. Grantee shall, at its sole cost and expense, construct, operate and maintain the Facilities in accordance with applicable law.

 

  5. Except where caused by the willful misconduct or sole or gross negligence of Grantor or its agents or employees, Grantee agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Grantor from all claims, demands and causes of action of any kind for bodily injury, death, or loss or damage of property of any person arising out of or resulting from the acts or omissions of Grantee, its contractors, agents, employees, or invitees in connection with Grantee’s Use of the Easement.

 

  6. Grantor reserves the right to use the Land for all purposes not inconsistent with the Easement, so long as such use does not interfere with Use of the Facilities. Grantor agrees not to change the grade over the Easement.

 

  7. Grantee shall have full responsibility, at its sole risk, cost and expense, to obtain in connection with the Use of the Facilities, and thereafter maintain during the term hereof, any and all necessary permits, including, without limitation, those permits required to cross any and all roads, railroads, canals and other private, public and quasi public rights of way with the Facilities.

 

  8. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) business days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre–paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally–recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by e–mail, one (1) business day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices, demands and requests to be sent to the parties shall be sent or made at the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Easement.

 

  9. The terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.

 

  10. This Easement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

C-2


  11. This Easement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures begin next page.]

 

C-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Easement as of the date of the parties’ acknowledgment set forth below, to be EFFECTIVE as of the     day of             , 2014.

 

GRANTOR:     Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

STATE OF                        )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF                       )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this     day of             , 2014 by                     , the                     of Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the company.

 

      

 

       Notary Public
My commission expires:  

 

     [SEAL]

 

C-4


GRANTEE:     PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

STATE OF                        )
  ) SS:
COUNTY OF                        )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this     day of             , 2014 by                     , the                     of PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of the company.

 

      

 

       Notary Public
My commission expires:  

 

     [SEAL]

 

This instrument prepared by
and after recording return to:

 

 

 

 

 

GRANTEE:     PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

C-5


STATE OF OHIO   §
  §
COUNTY OF LUCAS               §

This instrument was acknowledged before me on             , 20    , by                     , the                     of                     , a                     , on behalf of said                     .

 

 

Notary’s Signature

 

(Name typed or printed)
Commission Expires:  

 

 

C-6


EXHIBIT “A”

Assets

 

C-7


EXHIBIT “B”

Description of the Land

 

C-8


EXHIBIT “C”

Depiction of the Land

 

C-9


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF CONVEYANCE


CERTIFICATE OF CONVEYANCE

THIS CERTIFICATE OF CONVEYANCE is entered into as of [            ], 2014 (this “ Certificate ”), by and between [            ], a [            ] (“ Transferor ”), and [            ], a [            ] (“ Transferee ”).

RECITALS

A. Transferee and Transferor are wholly-owned affiliates of each other and have (together with the other parties thereto) entered into that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement dated as of [            ], 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Contribution Agreement ”), providing, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, for the transfer, assignment and delivery by Transferor to Transferee of all of Transferor’s right, title and interest in and to the assets and/or interests set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Assets and/or Interests ”).

B. The Parties desire to execute and deliver this Certificate for the purpose of effecting the transfer, assignment and delivery to Transferee of the Assets and/or Interests as contemplated pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and mutual agreements contained herein and in the Contribution Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Transferor and Transferee hereby agree as follows:

Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, each capitalized term used herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Contribution Agreement.

Transfer of the Assets and/or Interests . Contingent upon the Closing, effective as of the Closing, Transferor hereby sells, transfers, assigns and delivers to Transferee all of Transferor’s right, title and interest in and to the Assets and/or Interests free and clear of all Liens, subject to or together with any easements as specified on Schedule A , and Transferee hereby acquires and accepts from Transferor such Assets and/or Interests.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, unto Transferee, its successors and assigns, the Assets and/or Interests, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anywise belonging, subject, however, to the terms and conditions stated in this Certificate and in the Contribution Agreement, forever.

Amendment and Modification; Waiver . Any provision of this Certificate may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

No Third-Party Beneficiary . Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns (pursuant to the Contribution Agreement), any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Certificate.

 

D-1


GOVERNING LAW . THIS CERTIFICATE (AND ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CERTIFICATE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Contribution Agreement . Notwithstanding anything in this Certificate to the contrary, the sale, transfer, assignment and delivery effectuated hereby are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement and nothing in this Certificate, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to expand or defeat, impair or limit in any way the rights, obligations, claims or remedies of Transferor or Transferee as set forth in the Contribution Agreement. In the event that any term or condition of this Agreement conflicts with any provision, term or condition of the Contribution Agreement, the provisions, terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement shall prevail in all respects.

[signature page follows]

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Certificate of Conveyance to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

TRANSFEROR:     [                    ]
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

TRANSFEREE:     [                    ]
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

D-3


Schedule A

Assets and/or Interests and Easements

 

D-4


EXHIBIT E

DEED


        Tax Parcel No.: 12-007.00-007
       

Prepared By/Return To:

Stephen M. Kessler, Esq.

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

222 Delaware Ave, Suite 1410

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

DEED

THIS DEED , made this      day of April, 2014,

BETWEEN

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, party of the first part,

AND

Its wholly-owned subsidiary DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, party of the second part,

WITNESSETH , that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, lawful money of the United States of America, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, hereby contributes, grants and conveys unto the said party of the second part it’s heirs and assigns, in fee simple.

ALL those certain lots, pieces or parcels of land with the improvements thereon, situate in New Castle, New Castle County and State of Delaware, as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

BEING a portion of the same lands and premises which The Premcor Refining Group, Inc., by Deed dated June 1, 2010, and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds in and for New Castle County and the State of Delaware as Instrument Number 20100601-0026890, did grant and convey unto Delaware City Refining Company LLC, in fee.

SUBJECT, HOWEVER to, all recorded easements, agreements and/or restrictions to the extent the same are in full force and effect.

 

E-1


GRANTEES MAILING ADDRESS:

c/o PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way

Parsippany, NJ 07064

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the said party of the first part has set hereunto set his hand and seal.

SEALED AND DELIVERED

IN THE PRESENCE OF:

 

    DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

   

 

  (SEAL)

Witness

    By: Jeffrey Dill, Senior Vice President

 

STATE OF NEW JERSEY    )   
   )    SS.:
COUNTY OF MORRIS    )   

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on this     day of April, 2014, personally came before me, the Subscriber, a Notarial Officer for the State and County aforesaid, Jeffrey Dill, Senior Vice President of Delaware City Refining Company LLC, known to me personally to be such and he acknowledged this Deed to be the act and deed of such company.

GIVEN under my Hand and Seal of Office, the day and year aforesaid.

 

   

 

    Notary Public  
   

Printed Name:

 

 

(SEAL)

   

My commission expires:

 

 

 

E-2


EXHIBIT A

 

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN tract, piece or parcel of land situate between the southwesterly side of School House Road and the northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, southeasterly of Delaware Route 1, Red Lion Hundred, New Castle County, Delaware, and being more particularly described as follows, to wit:

BEGINNING at a point, the southeasterly corner for other land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC (Deed Record 20100601-0026890) on the northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, at 60 feet wide, said point being measured along the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way from it’s intersection with the easterly side of Bear Corbitt Road, State Road 7, a variable width public road, the three (3) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. Easterly, by a curve to the right having a radius of 22,890.00 feet, an arc length of 1,612.09 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of North 86°37’43” East, 1,611.76 feet from the last described point;

 

  2. Easterly, by a curve to the left having a radius of 22,920.00 feet, an arc length of 728.92 feet to a point, said point being distant by a chord of North 83°41’59” East, 728.89 feet from the last described point; and

 

  3. North 82°44’10” East, 484.36 feet to the point of Beginning;

THENCE, from the said point of Beginning, along the said easterly line for other land now or formerly of Delaware City Refining Company LLC, North 00°00’25” West, 1,456.66 feet to a point on the southwesterly side of a 15 foot wide strip of land dedicated to the State of Delaware as part of School House Road (Deed Record 20130117-0003920);

THENCE along the said southwesterly side of a 15 foot wide strip of land dedicated to the State of Delaware, the three (3) following described courses and distances:

 

  1. South 73°53’09” East, 263.26 feet to a point of curvature;

 

  2. Southeasterly, by a curve to the right having a radius of 245.00 feet, an arc length of 162.74 feet to a point of tangency, said point being distant by a chord of South 54°51’25” East, 159.76 feet from the last described point; and

 

  3. South 35°49’40” East, 1,403.63 feet to a point on the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way;

 

E-3


THENCE along the said northerly side of Norfolk Southern Railroad Company Reybold Industrial Track Right of Way, South 82°44’10” West, 1,214.75 feet to the point and place of Beginning.

Containing within said metes and bounds, 23.792 acres of land, being the same, more or less…

 

E-4

Exhibit 10.2

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

among

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC ,

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC

and

PBF LOGISTICS LP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

  

  

1.1

    

Definitions

     1   

ARTICLE II

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

  

  

2.1

    

Restricted Activities

     4   

2.2

    

Permitted Exceptions

     4   

2.3

    

Procedures

     5   

2.4

    

Scope of Prohibition

     6   

2.5

    

Enforcement

     6   

ARTICLE III

CORPORATE SERVICES

  

  

3.1

    

General

     6   

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURES

  

  

4.1

    

Reimbursement of Operating, Maintenance, Capital and Other Expenditures

     8   

4.2

    

Delaware City Expansion Project

     9   

4.3

    

Taxes

     9   

ARTICLE V

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

  

  

5.1

    

Right of First Offer to Purchase Certain Assets retained by the Sponsor Entities

     9   

5.2

    

Procedures

     9   

ARTICLE VI

GRANT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE

  

  

6.1

    

Grant of License

     12   

6.2

    

Restrictions and Additional Agreements with Respect to License

     12   

6.3

    

Covenants and Indemnification

     12   

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

  

  

7.1

    

Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

     13   

7.2

    

Arbitration Provision

     13   

7.3

    

Notice

     14   


7.4

    

Entire Agreement

     15   

7.5

    

Termination of Agreement

     15   

7.6

    

Amendment or Modification

     15   

7.7

    

Assignment

     15   

7.8

    

Counterparts

     15   

7.9

    

Severability

     15   

7.10

    

Further Assurances

     15   

7.11

    

Rights of Limited Partners

     16   

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 3.1(a)   General and Administrative Services
Schedule 5.1(a)   ROFO Assets
Schedule 6.1   PBF Logistics IP


OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

This OMNIBUS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date (as defined herein) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF Holding ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF Energy ”), PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), and PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties.

RECITALS:

 

  1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article II, with respect to certain business opportunities in which the Sponsor Entities (as herein defined) will not engage for so long as any Sponsor Entity controls the General Partner of the Partnership.

 

  2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article III, with respect to the amount to be paid by the Partnership for the centralized corporate services to be performed by the General Partner and its Affiliates (as defined herein) for, and on behalf of, the Partnership Group.

 

  3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article IV, with respect to certain operating, maintenance, capital and other expenditures to be reimbursed by the General Partner and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group.

 

  4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article V, with respect to the Partnership Group’s right of first offer with respect to the ROFO Assets (as defined herein).

 

  5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article VI, with respect to the granting of the PBF Logistics IP to the Partnership.

In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Administrative Fee ” is defined in Section 3.1(a).


Affiliate ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Arbitrable Dispute ” means any and all disputes, controversies and other matters in question among the Parties arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

Assets ” means all ownership, leasehold or other interest in or right to use of terminal facilities and related equipment, real estate and other assets, or portions thereof, conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred or intended to be conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to any member of the Partnership Group, or owned by, leased by or necessary for the operation of the business, properties or assets of any member of the Partnership Group, prior to or as of the Closing Date.

Board of Directors ” means for any Person the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

Claimant ” is defined in Section 7.2.

Closing Date ” means             , 2014.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, PBF Energy, PBF Holding and the other entities named therein, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder.

control ” (including with correlative meaning, the term “controlled by”) means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of a majority of the voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

HSR Act ” means the Hart–Scott–Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Licensees ” is defined in Section 6.1.

Limited Partner ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Losses ” means any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

 

2


Offer ” is defined in Section 2.3.

Offer Evaluation Period ” is defined in Section 2.3.

Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics LP, dated as of the Closing Date, as such agreement is in effect on the Closing Date, to which reference is hereby made for all purposes of this Agreement.

Partnership Change of Control ” means the Sponsor Entities cease to control the general partner of the Partnership.

Partnership Group ” means the General Partner, the Partnership and all of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries, treated as a single consolidated entity.

Partnership Interest ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

Party ” and “ Parties ” are defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

PBF Logistics IP ” means the names and trademarks set forth on Schedule 6.1.

PBF Name ” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Proposed Transaction ” is defined in Section 5.2(a).

Producer Price Index ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Respondent ” is defined in Section 7.2.

Retained Assets ” means all assets, or portions thereof, owned or held by the Sponsor Entities as of the Closing Date that were not directly or indirectly conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

ROFO Assets ” means (1) any asset, group of assets or business acquired or constructed by a Sponsor Entity pursuant to Section 2.2(d) or Section 2.2(e) and (2) the assets listed on Schedule 5.1(a) to this Agreement.

ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline ” is defined in Section 5.2(c).

ROFO Notice ” is defined in Section 5.2(a).

ROFO Period ” is defined in Section 5.1(a).

ROFO Response ” is defined in Section 5.2(a).

 

3


Sponsor Entities ” means PBF Energy, and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by PBF Energy, other than the General Partner or a member of the Partnership Group; and “ Sponsor Entity ” means any of the PBF Entities.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership on the date of determination, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors, managers or other governing body of such Person.

Trademark ” means the trademark set forth on Schedule 6.1.

Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions; provided that a collateral assignment in connection with any debt financing shall not be deemed to be a Transfer.

Voting Securities ” of a Person means securities of any class of such Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of, or to appoint, members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the Person; provided that, if such Person is a limited partnership, Voting Securities of such Person shall be the general partner interest in such Person.

ARTICLE II

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

2.1 Restricted Activities . Except as permitted by Section 2.2, the Sponsor Entities shall be prohibited from owning, operating, engaging in, acquiring, or investing in any business that owns or operates crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States.

2.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding Section 2.1, the Sponsor Entities may engage in the following activities under the following circumstances:

(a) the ownership, operation, expansion, replacement, return to service, repair, sale, divestment, merger with another entity, suspension, operation or shutdown of any of the Retained Assets;

(b) the acquisition, construction, ownership or operation of any assets that are within, substantially dedicated to, or an integral part of any refinery, commercial or marketing activity (except as identified in another subsection of this Section 2.2) owned, acquired or constructed by the Sponsor Entities;

 

4


(c) the acquisition, construction, ownership or operation of any asset, group of assets or business that has a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Sponsor Entity that will own such asset, group of assets or business) of less than $25 million;

(d) the acquisition, construction, ownership or operation of any asset, group of assets or business that has a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Sponsor Entity that will own such asset, group of assets or business) of $25 million or more if the Partnership has been offered the opportunity to purchase such asset, group of assets or business in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3 and the Partnership has elected not to purchase such asset, group of assets or business;

(e) the acquisition, construction, ownership or operation of any asset, group of assets or business that has a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Sponsor Entity that will own such asset, group of assets or business) of $25 million or more but where such crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities comprise less than half of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Sponsor Entity that will own such asset, group of assets or business) of the total package of assets and/or businesses acquired or constructed by the Sponsor Entities and its Subsidiaries if the Partnership has been offered the opportunity to purchase the crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facility assets and/or businesses in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3 and the Partnership has elected not to purchase such asset, group of assets and/or businesses;

(f) the purchase and ownership of a non–controlling interest in any publicly traded entity;

(g) the ownership of equity interests in the General Partner and the Partnership Group;

(h) engaging with any crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the capacity of a customer of such pipelines, terminals or storage facilities; and

(i) the acquisition, ownership or operation of any asset, group of assets or business that would be unlawful or contrary to an existing contractual arrangement of the Partnership Group for the Partnership Group to own or operate, for as long as it is unlawful or contrary to an existing contractual arrangement of the Partnership Group for the Partnership Group to own or operate such asset, group of assets or business.

2.3 Procedures .

(a) If any Sponsor Entity acquires or constructs any crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States, or acquires an interest in a business that owns such assets pursuant to Section 2.2(d) or Section 2.2(e), then (A) upon the consummation of such acquisition or completion of such construction, Schedule 5.1(a) shall automatically be amended to include such asset, group of assets and/or businesses as ROFO Assets subject to Article V and (B) such Sponsor Entity may, at any time after the consummation

 

5


of the acquisition or the completion of construction by the Sponsor Entity, offer in writing to the Partnership Group the opportunity to purchase such asset, group of assets or business (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the terms relating to the purchase of the asset, group of assets or business and, if the Sponsor Entity desires to utilize the asset or group of assets, the Offer will also include the terms on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Sponsor Entity. As soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after receipt by the General Partner of such written notification (the “ Offer Evaluation Period ”), the General Partner shall notify the Sponsor Entity in writing that either (i) the General Partner has elected not to cause a member of the Partnership Group to purchase the asset, group of assets or business, or (ii) the General Partner has elected to cause a member of the Partnership Group to purchase such asset, group of assets or business, in which event the Parties will use their reasonable bests efforts to consummate the transaction within six months.

(b) Nothing herein shall impede or otherwise restrict the foreclosure, sale, disposition or other exercise of rights or remedies by or on behalf of any secured lender of any asset or interest in any business subject to a security interest in favor of such lender or any agent for or on behalf of such lender under any credit arrangement now or hereafter in effect (it being understood and agreed that no secured lender to the Sponsor Entities shall have any obligation to make an Offer or to sell or cause to be sold any asset or interest in any business to any member of the Partnership Group).

2.4 Scope of Prohibition . Except as provided in this Article II and the Partnership Agreement, the Sponsor Entities shall be free to engage in any business activity, including those that may be in direct competition with any member of the Partnership Group.

2.5 Enforcement . The Sponsor Entities agree and acknowledge that the Partnership Group does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by the Sponsor and its Subsidiaries (other than the Partnership Group) of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Article II, and that any breach by the Sponsor and its Subsidiaries (other than the Partnership Group) of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Article II may result in irreparable injury to the Partnership Group. The Sponsor and its Subsidiaries (other than the Partnership Group) further agree and acknowledge that any member of the Partnership Group may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to the Partnership Group, file a suit in equity to enjoin the Sponsor and its Subsidiaries (other than the Partnership Group) from such breach, and consent to the Partnership Group seeking the issuance of injunctive relief under this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

CORPORATE SERVICES

3.1 General .

(a) PBF Energy agrees to provide, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to provide, on behalf of the General Partner, for the Partnership Group’s benefit, all of the centralized corporate services that PBF Energy and its Affiliates have traditionally provided in connection with the Assets including, without limitation, the general and administrative services listed on Schedule 3.1(a) to this Agreement. As consideration for such services, the Partnership

 

6


will pay PBF Energy an administrative fee (the “ Administrative Fee ”) of $2.3 million per year, payable in equal monthly installments on or before the tenth business day of each month, commencing in the first month following the Closing Date. The Administrative Fee for the 2014 fiscal year will be prorated based on the number of days from the Closing Date to December 31, 2014. PBF Energy may increase or decrease the Administrative Fee on each anniversary of the Closing Date, commencing on the second anniversary date of the Closing Date, by a percentage equal to the change in the Producer Price Index over the previous 12 calendar months or to reflect any increase in the cost of providing centralized corporate services to the Partnership Group due to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to PBF Energy or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group, including any interpretation of such laws, rules or regulations, including the rules of any exchange upon which the Partnership Group’s debt or equity is listed or traded, or to reflect any increase in the scope and extent of the services provided to the Partnership Group, provided , however , that the Administrative Fee shall not be decreased below the initial fee provided in this Agreement unless the type or extent of such services materially decreases, subject to the provision in Section 3.1(b) whereby the Parties may mutually agree to reduce the Administrative Fee. The General Partner may agree on behalf of the Partnership to increases in the Administrative Fee in connection with expansions of the operations of the Partnership Group through the acquisition or construction of new assets or businesses.

(b) The Partnership shall have the right to terminate any or all of the services listed on Schedule 3.1(a) to this Agreement, without penalty, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to PBF Energy. In addition, at the end of each calendar year, the Partnership will have the right to submit to PBF Energy a proposal to reduce the amount of the Administrative Fee for the upcoming year if the Partnership believes, in good faith, that the centralized corporate services performed by PBF Energy and its Affiliates for the benefit of the Partnership Group for the upcoming year will not justify payment of the full Administrative Fee for such year. If the Partnership submits such a proposal to PBF Energy, PBF Energy agrees that it will negotiate in good faith with the Partnership to determine if the Administrative Fee for the upcoming year should be reduced and, if so, the amount of such reduction. If the Parties agree that the Administrative Fee for that year should be reduced, then PBF Energy shall thereafter charge such reduced amount. If the Parties cannot agree to the amount of a reduction in the Administrative Fee for that year, then the reduction amount shall become an Arbitrable Dispute and governed in accordance with Section 7.2, provided, however , that the Administrative Fee shall not be decreased below the initial fee provided in this Agreement unless the type or extent of such services materially decreases.

(c) The Partnership shall reimburse PBF Energy and its Affiliates for all other direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by PBF Energy and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group including, but not limited to:

(i) salaries of employees of PBF Energy and its Affiliates who devote more than 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the Partnership Group, to the extent, but only to the extent, such employees perform services for the Partnership Group, provided that for employees that do not devote substantially all of their business time to the Partnership Group, such expenses shall be based on the annual weighted average of time spent and number of employees devoting services to the Partnership Group;

 

7


(ii) the cost of employee benefits relating to employees of PBF Energy and its Affiliates who devote more than 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the Partnership Group, including 401(k), pension, bonuses and health insurance benefits, to the extent, but only to the extent, such employees perform services for the Partnership Group, provided that for employees that do not devote substantially all of their business time to the Partnership Group, such expenses shall be based on the annual weighted average of time spent and number of employees devoting their services to the Partnership Group;

(iii) any expenses incurred or payments made by PBF Energy and its Affiliates for insurance coverage with respect to the Assets or the business of the Partnership Group;

(iv) all expenses and expenditures incurred by PBF Energy and its Affiliates, if any, as a result of the Partnership becoming and continuing as a publicly traded entity, including, but not limited to, costs associated with annual and quarterly reports, independent auditor fees, partnership governance and compliance, registrar and transfer agent fees, tax return and Schedule K–1 preparation and distribution, legal fees and independent director compensation;

(v) all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time with respect to the services provided by PBF Energy and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group pursuant to Section 3.1(a); and

(vi) all costs for outside services that are incurred for the Partnership Group’s benefit.

Such reimbursements shall be made on or before the tenth business day of the month following the month such costs and expenses are incurred, other than reimbursements solely related to bonuses for employees of the Sponsor Entities, which shall be reimbursed on or prior to the last business day of the month that such bonuses are paid. For the avoidance of doubt, the costs and expenses set forth in Section 3.1(c) shall be paid by the Partnership Group in addition to, and not as a part of or included in, the Administrative Fee.

(d) The Sponsor Entities makes no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, with respect to the services to be provided hereunder, except that the services shall be provided in a reasonably timely manner by personnel that the Sponsor Entities deem to be competent and qualified to perform such services.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURES

4.1 Reimbursement of Operating, Maintenance, Capital and Other Expenditures . For five years following the Closing Date, PBF Energy will reimburse the Partnership Group on a dollar–for–dollar basis, without duplication, for expenses (net of insurance recoveries, if any) incurred prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date by the Partnership Group for the repair of any condition caused by the failure of any Asset to operate in substantially the same manner and condition as such asset was operating as of the Closing Date or any clean up related thereto; provided, however , that PBF Energy shall not be required to reimburse the Partnership Group for any expenses in excess of $20,000,000 per event.

 

8


4.2 Delaware City Expansion Project . The Partnership will be bear all costs and expenses associated with the expansion of the light crude rail unloading facility from the Closing Date through completion of the project.

4.3 Taxes . The Sponsor Entities will reimburse the Partnership for all taxes that the Partnership incurs in connection with this Agreement unless prohibited by applicable law.

ARTICLE V

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

5.1 Right of First Offer to Purchase Certain Assets retained by the Sponsor Entities .

(a) The Sponsor Entities hereby grant to the Partnership Group a right of first offer for a period of 10 years from the Closing Date (the “ ROFO Period ”) on any ROFO Asset to the extent that the owner of such ROFO Asset proposes to Transfer any ROFO Asset (other than (1) to an Affiliate who agrees in writing that such ROFO Asset remains subject to the provisions of this Article V and such Affiliate assumes the obligations under this Article V with respect to such ROFO Asset, (2) in connection with a Transfer by the Sponsor Entities of all or substantially all of the refinery with respect to which such ROFO Asset is within, substantially dedicated to or an integral part of or (3) in connection with the foreclosure on such ROFO Asset by any lender under any credit arrangements of the Sponsor Entities in effect on the Closing Date) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing during the ROFO Period.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of ROFO Assets pursuant to this Article V are subject to obtaining any and all required written consents of Governmental Authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of the ROFO Assets; provided, however , that the Sponsor Entities represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to the Partnership Group pursuant to this Article V with respect to any ROFO Asset.

5.2 Procedures .

(a) In the event the owner of any ROFO Asset proposes to Transfer a ROFO Asset (other than as permitted by Section 5.1(a)(1), (2) or (3)) or enter into any agreement to do so during the ROFO Period (a “ Proposed Transaction ”), the owner of such ROFO Asset shall, prior to entering into any such Proposed Transaction, first give notice in writing to the Partnership (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Proposed Transaction. The ROFO Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for the Partnership Group to make a responsive offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with the owner of the ROFO Asset, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include any terms, condition or details that the owner of the ROFO Asset Owner would propose to provide to non–Affiliates in connection with the Proposed Transaction. The Partnership Group shall have 90 days following receipt of the ROFO Notice to propose an offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with the owner of the ROFO Asset (the “ ROFO Response ”). The ROFO Response

 

9


shall set forth the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price the Partnership Group proposes to pay for the ROFO Asset and the other material terms of the purchase including, if requested by the owner of the ROFO Asset, the terms on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Sponsor Entities to enable the Sponsor Entities to utilize the ROFO Asset) pursuant to which the Partnership Group would be willing to enter into a binding agreement for the Proposed Transaction. If no ROFO Response is delivered by the Partnership Group within such 90–day period, then the Partnership Group shall be deemed to have waived its right of first offer with respect to such ROFO Asset.

(b) Unless the ROFO Response is rejected pursuant to written notice delivered by the owner of the ROFO Asset to the Partnership Group within 90 days of the delivery of the ROFO Response, such ROFO Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the owner of the ROFO Asset and the owner of the ROFO Asset shall enter into an agreement with the Partnership Group providing for the consummation of the Proposed Transaction upon the terms set forth in the ROFO Response and, if applicable, the Partnership Group will enter into an agreement with the Sponsor Entities setting forth the terms on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Sponsor Entities to enable the Sponsor Entities to utilize the ROFO Asset. Unless otherwise agreed between the owner of the ROFO Asset and the Partnership Group, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group will agree to deliver the purchase price (in cash, Partnership Interests, an interest–bearing promissory note, or any combination thereof agreed to by the owner of the ROFO Asset);

(ii) the owner of the ROFO Asset will represent that it has good and marketable title to the ROFO Asset that is sufficient to operate the ROFO Asset in accordance with its historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable ROFO Asset, plus any other such matters as the Partnership Group may approve. If the Partnership Group desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the ROFO Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including but not limited to the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by the Partnership Group;

(iii) the owner of the ROFO Asset will grant to the Partnership Group the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group’s risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFO Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the ROFO Asset as the Partnership Group may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the ROFO Asset or interfere with the activities of the owner of the ROFO Asset, and any invasive or destructive testing shall be subject to the reasonable approval of the owner of the ROFO Asset;

(iv) the Partnership Group will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the ROFO Asset under this Article V if the results of any searches under Section 5.2(b)(ii) or (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory;

 

10


(v) the closing date for the purchase of the ROFO Asset shall occur no later than 180 days following receipt by the owner of the ROFO Asset of the ROFO Response pursuant to Section 5.2(a) unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties;

(vi) the owner of the ROFO Asset and the Partnership Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 5.2(b), including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith; and

(vii) neither the owner of the ROFO Asset nor the Partnership Group shall have any obligation to sell or buy the ROFO Assets if any of the consents referred to in Section 5.1(b) has not been obtained.

(c) The Partnership Group and the owner of the ROFO Asset shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining all necessary governmental and other third-party approvals, waivers and consents required for the closing. Any such closing shall be delayed, to the extent required, until the third business day following the expiration of any required waiting periods under the HSR Act; provided, however , that such delay shall not exceed 60 days following the 180 days referred to in Section 5.2(b)(v) (the “ ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline ”) and, if governmental approvals and waiting periods shall not have been obtained or expired, as the case may be, by such ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline, then the owner of the ROFO Asset shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third-party.

(d) If the Partnership Group has not timely delivered a ROFO Response as specified above with respect to a Proposed Transaction that is subject to a ROFO Notice, the owner of the ROFO Asset shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third-party on terms and conditions no more favorable to such third-party than those set forth in the ROFO Notice. If a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction is rejected by the owner of the ROFO Asset, the owner of the ROFO Asset shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third-party (i) on terms and conditions (excluding those relating to price) that are not more favorable in the aggregate to such third-party than those proposed in respect of the Partnership Group in the ROFO Response and (ii) at a price equal to no less than 110% of the price offered by the Partnership Group in the ROFO Response to the owner of the ROFO Asset.

(e) If a Proposed Transaction with a third-party is not consummated as provided in Section 5.2 within one year of, as applicable, the Partnership Group’s failure to timely deliver a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction that is subject to a ROFO Notice, the rejection by the owner of the ROFO Asset of a ROFO Response with respect to such Proposed Transaction or the ROFO Governmental Approval Deadline, then, in each case, the owner of the ROFO Asset may not Transfer any ROFO Assets described in such ROFO Notice without complying again with the provisions of this Article V, if and to the extent then applicable.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

GRANT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE

6.1 Grant of License . PBF Holding hereby grants the Partnership Group and any future subsidiaries of the Partnership (collectively, the “ Licensees ”), and the Licensees hereby accept, a royalty-free, fully paid, nonexclusive and nontransferable right and license to use the PBF Logistics IP. Except for such license, all other rights in the PBF Logistics IP are hereby reserved to PBF Holding. The Licensees shall not grant any sublicenses or assign, delegate or otherwise transfer their rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (including any assignment or transfer occurring of law) without the prior written consent of PBF Holding.

6.2 Restrictions and Additional Agreements with Respect to License .

(a) PBF Holding and its other licensees shall have the right to use the PBF Logistics IP simultaneously with the use of the PBF Logistics IP by Licensees. PBF Holding does not warrant or represent that Licensees will have the sole and exclusive right to use the PBF Logistics IP. Other than as set forth in Section 6.3 herein, PBF Holding is not obligated to indemnify or reimburse Licensees for any expenses by Licensees in connection with Licensees’ use of the PBF Logistics IP.

(b) Licensees’ license to use the PBF Logistics IP shall terminate 120 days after receipt by the General Partner, on behalf of the Licensees, of written notice of termination from the Sponsor Entities following a Partnership Change of Control. Licensees shall not thereafter use or otherwise exploit the PBF Logistics IP and shall not use any name incorporating the “PBF” name or any derivation thereof that would reasonably be expected to be confused therewith (the “ PBF Name ”), or any other trade names, domain name, trade dress, trademark or service mark confusingly similar thereto, and each Licensee shall promptly assign and transfer its rights in any ownership of the trade names incorporating the PBF Name to PBF Holding and each Licensee shall adopt a new trade name that does not use any PBF Name.

6.3 Covenants and Indemnification .

(a) The Partnership agrees, at the request and expense of the Sponsor Entities, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Sponsor Entities in the defense and conservation of the PBF Logistics IP as requested by the Sponsor Entities.

(b) The Sponsor Entities agree, at the request and expense of the Partnership, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Partnership in the defense and conservation of the PBF Logistics IP as requested by the Partnership.

(c) The Sponsor Entities agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Partnership in maintaining the Trademark in due force and duly registered.

(d) The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other members of the Partnership Group, to use the PBF Logistics IP in accordance with such quality standards established by the Sponsor Entities and communicated to the Partnership from time to time.

 

12


(e) The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other members of the Partnership Group, to use best efforts to act and operate in a manner consistent with good business ethics, and in a manner that will not reflect poorly on the goodwill and reputation of the Sponsor Entities and the PBF Logistics IP. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other members of the Partnership Group, to at all times refrain from engaging in any illegal, unethical, unfair or deceptive practices, whether with respect to the PBF Logistics IP or otherwise

(f) The Sponsor Entities shall, jointly and severally, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Partnership from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership arising from (i) claims or causes of action brought by any third-party alleging that the Partnership’s use of the PBF Logistics IP as permitted in this Agreement violates any law, statute or rule, or infringes, dilutes, misappropriates or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of such third-party, and (ii) invalidity or unenforceability of any right with respect to the PBF Logistics IP.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Parties agree to the venue and jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware for the adjudication of all disputes arising out of this Agreement.

7.2 Arbitration Provision . Any and all Arbitrable Disputes shall be resolved through the use of binding arbitration using, in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000, three arbitrators, and in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, one arbitrator, in each case in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as supplemented to the extent necessary to determine any procedural appeal questions by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code). If there is any inconsistency between this Section 7.2 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules or the Federal Arbitration Act, the terms of this Section 7.2 will control the rights and obligations of the Parties. Arbitration must be initiated within the time limits set forth in this Agreement, or if no such limits apply, then within a reasonable time or the time period allowed by the applicable statute of limitations. Arbitration may be initiated by a Party (“ Claimant ”) serving written notice on the other Party (“ Respondent ”) that Claimant elects to refer the Arbitrable Dispute to binding arbitration. Claimant’s notice initiating binding arbitration must identify the arbitrator Claimant has appointed. Respondent shall respond to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Claimant’s notice, identifying the arbitrator Respondent has appointed. If Respondent fails for any reason to name an arbitrator within the 30-day period, Claimant shall petition the American Arbitration Association for appointment of an arbitrator for Respondent’s account. The two arbitrators so chosen shall select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed, and, in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, such third arbitrator shall act as the sole arbitrator, and the sole role of the first two arbitrators shall be to appoint such third arbitrator. Claimant will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it, and Respondent will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it. The costs of petitioning for the

 

13


appointment of an arbitrator, if any, shall be paid by Respondent. Claimant and Respondent will each pay one-half of the compensation and expenses of the third arbitrator. All arbitrators must (a) be neutral parties who have never been officers, directors or employees of the Sponsor Entities, the Partnership Group or any of their Affiliates and (b) have not less than seven (7) years’ experience in the energy industry. The hearing will be conducted in the State of Delaware or the Philadelphia Metropolitan area and commence within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third arbitrator. The Sponsor Entities, the Partnership Group and the arbitrators shall proceed diligently and in good faith in order that the award may be made as promptly as possible. Except as provided in the Federal Arbitration Act, the decision of the arbitrators will be binding on and non-appealable by the Parties hereto.

7.3 Notice . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) business days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally-recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by e-mail, one (1) business day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:

If to PBF Holding:

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, Esq., General Counsel

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to PBF Energy:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, Esq., General Counsel

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to the Partnership Group:

PBF Logistics GP LLC

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jim Fedena, Senior VP, Logistics

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: jim.fedena@pbfenergy.com

 

14


with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Logistics LP

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Matt Lucey, Executive Vice President

Telecopy No: ( 973) 455-7500

Email: matt.lucey@pbfenergy.com

or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.

7.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

7.5 Termination of Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated by the Sponsor Entities or the Partnership Group upon a Partnership Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, PBF Energy’s reimbursement obligations pursuant to Section 4.1, the Partnership’s obligations pursuant to Section 4.2 and the Parties’ rights and obligations pursuant to Article VI shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

7.6 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

7.7 Assignment . No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties hereto; provided, however, that the Partnership may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Partnership Group.

7.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in portable document format (.pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

7.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

7.10 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

 

15


7.11 Rights of Limited Partners . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner of the Partnership shall have the right, separate and apart from the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:   PBF Energy Company LLC, its sole member
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
PBF LOGISTICS LP
By:   PBF Logistics GP LLC, its general partner
 

By:

  PBF Energy Company LLC, its sole member
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:

[Signature Page to Omnibus Agreement]


Schedule 3.1(a)

General and Administrative Services

 

(1) Executive management services of employees of PBF Energy and its Affiliates who devote less than 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the Partnership Group, including PBF Energy equity-based compensation expense

 

(2) Financial and administrative services (including, but not limited to, treasury and accounting, and other administrative functions)

 

(3) Information technology services

 

(4) Legal services

 

(5) Health, safety and environmental services

 

(6) Human resources services

 

(7) Insurance administration

 

(8) Public relations/Government relations

Schedule 3.1(a)-1


Schedule 5.1(a)

ROFO Assets

 

Asset

   Owner
Delaware City Refinery Heavy Crude Oil Terminal . Heavy crude oil terminal and unloading facility located at the Delaware City Refinery.   

Delaware City Refining Company

LLC

Delaware City Marine Terminal. Marine terminal located on the Delaware River for receipt of crude oil, feedstocks and products, and shipment of crude oil, feedstocks and products, by the Delaware City Refinery via ship and barge at docks located on the Delaware River.   

Delaware City Refining Company

LLC

Paulsboro Marine Terminal. Marine terminal located on the Delaware River for receipt of crude oil, feedstocks and products, and shipment of crude oil, feedstocks and products, by the Paulsboro Refinery.    Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
Delaware City Products Pipeline . The 23.4 mile, 16-inch interstate petroleum products pipeline originating at the Delaware City Refinery with terminus at Sunoco Logistics’ Twin Oaks terminal.   

Delaware City Refining Company

LLC

Delaware City Truck Rack . 10-bay, 76,000 barrel per day capacity truck loading rack located adjacent to the Delaware City Refinery.   

Delaware City Refining Company

LLC

Delaware City LPG Rack. LPG rack consisting of a 6 rail loading and unloading LPG rack located adjacent to the Delaware City Refinery.   

Delaware City Refining Company

LLC

Paulsboro Rail Terminal: Railcar terminal at the Paulsboro refinery used to transport refined products such as lube oils to various locations throughout the Northeast and other regions in the United States.    Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
Rail Cars. Owned or leased general purpose and coiled and insulated rail cars.   

PBF Holding

Company LLC

Delaware City Storage Facility. Storage facility with approximately 10.0 million barrels of total storage capacity.   

Delaware City

Refining Company

LLC

Paulsboro Storage Facility. Storage facility with approximately 7.5 million barrels of total storage capacity.    Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
Toledo Storage Facility. Storage facility consisting of 29 tanks for storing crude oil, refined products and intermediates, with an aggregate storage capacity of approximately 3.4 million barrels.    Toledo Refining Company LLC
Toledo LPG Truck Rack. LPG Truck Rack at the Toledo refinery consisting of 27 propane storage bullets and a truck loading facility with a throughput capacity of approximately 5,000 bpd.    Toledo Refining Company LLC

Schedule 5.1(a)-1


Schedule 6.1

PBF Logistics IP

PBF ENERGY PARTNERS LP TRADEMARK INVENTORY

 

Trademark

  

Country

   Application
No.
   Filing Date    Registration
No.
   Registration
Date
   Renewal
Date

PBF ENERGY

   United States of America    85/502529    12/22/2011    4240811    11/13/2012    11/13/2022

PBF ENERGY (Stylized in Circle Design

   Canada    1408750    8/27/2008         

PBF ENERGY (Stylized in Circle Design

   United States of America    77/981705    4/16/2008    3971638    5/31/2011    5/31/2021

PBF ENERGY (Stylized in Circle Design

   United States of America    77/450012    4/16/2008    4115169    3/20/2012    3/20/2022

Schedule 6.1-1

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT

SERVICES AND SECONDMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1   

Definitions and Construction.

     1   
Article 2   

Term.

     7   
Article 3   

Personnel, Personnel Duties and Company Services.

     9   
Article 4   

Self-Provided Services and Shared Items.

     12   
Article 5   

Pricing, Billing and Reimbursement.

     12   
Article 6   

Fee Adjustments.

     14   
Article 7   

Access and Audit Rights.

     14   
Article 8   

Additional Covenants.

     15   
Article 9   

Representations.

     16   
Article 10   

Insurance.

     16   
Article 11   

Force Majeure.

     17   
Article 12   

Services Council.

     17   
Article 13   

Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     17   
Article 14   

Indemnification.

     18   
Article 15   

Limitation on Damages.

     20   
Article 16   

Confidentiality.

     20   
Article 17   

Choice of Law.

     21   
Article 18   

Assignment.

     22   
Article 19   

Notices.

     22   
Article 20   

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

     23   
Article 21   

Nature of Transaction, Relationship of Parties and Regulatory Status.

     23   
Article 22   

Dispute Resolution.

     24   
Article 23   

General.

     25   

 

i


Exhibit A    Stormwater Discharge and Wastewater Treatment
Exhibit B    Steam
Exhibit C    Potable Water
Exhibit D    Roads and Grounds
Exhibit E    Sanitary Sewer
Exhibit F    Electrical Power
Exhibit G    Emergency Response
Exhibit H    Filter Press
Exhibit I    Fuel Gas
Exhibit J    API Solids
Exhibit K    Fire Water
Exhibit L    Instrument/Compressed Air
Exhibit M    Rail Operations and Unloading

 

ii


OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES AND SECONDMENT AGREEMENT

THIS OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES AND SECONDMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ] , 2014 (the “ Commencement Date ”), is made by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City Refining ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo Refining ” and, together with Delaware City Refining, the “ Company Subsidiaries ,” and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Company Parties ”), PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operator ”), and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operator Subsidiary ” and, together with the General Partner and Operator, collectively, the “ Operator Parties ”). The Company, the Company Subsidiaries, the General Partner, the Operator and the Operator Subsidiary may be referred to herein individually as “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Operator Parties own or lease the Terminal;

WHEREAS , the Company Parties own and operate the Refinery;

WHEREAS , the Operator Parties have agreed to provide logistics and terminaling services to the Company Parties pursuant to the terms of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement and the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement, each of which has been entered concurrently herewith;

WHEREAS , the Company Parties have experience and expertise in the operation and maintenance of the Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal and can provide or make available to the Operator Parties the personnel necessary to operate and maintain the Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal; and

WHEREAS , the Operator Parties desire that the Company Parties provide and make available to the Operator Parties the personnel necessary to provide the logistics and terminaling services.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions, terms and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Definitions and Construction.

Section 1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, including the foregoing recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with that first Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” includes (a) with respect to any Person having voting securities or the equivalent and

 

1


elected directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, the ownership of or power to vote, directly or indirectly, voting securities or the equivalent representing 50% or more of the power to vote in the election of directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, (b) ownership of 50% or more of the equity or equivalent interest in any Person and (c) the ability to direct the business and affairs of any Person by acting as a general partner, manager or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, each of the Company Parties, on the one hand, and each of the Operator Parties, on the other hand, shall not be considered Affiliates of each other.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this document.

Ancillary Company Services ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5 .

Annual Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2 .

Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, Environmental Law, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued under any of the foregoing by, or any determination by, any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended (including all of the terms and provisions of the applicable common law of such Governmental Authority), as interpreted and enforced at the time in question.

Arbitrable Dispute ” means any and all disputes, controversies and other matters in question between the Operator Parties, on the one hand, and the Company Parties, on the other hand, arising under or in connection with this Agreement, which cannot be resolved by the Services Council within thirty (30) days (unless a longer duration is otherwise agreed to) from being submitted to the Services Council.

Barrel ” means forty-two (42) net U.S. gallons, measured at 60° F and 1 atmospheric pressure.

bpd ” means barrels per day.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the State of New York, State of New Jersey, State of Ohio or the State of Delaware.

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure incurred to acquire or upgrade a fixed asset.

Claimant ” has the meaning specified in Article 22 .

Commencement Date ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

2


Company Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Company Services ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

Company Subsidiaries ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Company Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.1 .

Confidential Information ” means all information, documents, records and data (including this Agreement, except to the extent required to be made public in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or another Governmental Authority or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange) that a Party furnishes or otherwise discloses to the other Party (including any such items furnished prior to the execution of this Agreement), together with all analyses, compilations, studies, memoranda, notes or other documents, records or data (in whatever form maintained, whether documentary, computer or other electronic storage or otherwise) prepared by the receiving Party which contain or otherwise reflect or are generated from such information, documents, records and data; provided , however , that the term “ Confidential Information ” does not include any information that (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is or becomes generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving Party), (b) is developed by the receiving Party without reliance on any Confidential Information or (c) is or was available to the receiving Party on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the disclosing Party that, insofar as is known to the receiving Party after reasonable inquiry, is not prohibited from transmitting the information to the recipient by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the disclosing Party.

control ” (including with correlative meaning, the term “ controlled by ”) means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Counterparty ” means, with respect to any of the Company Parties, the Operator, and with respect to any of the Operator Parties, the Company.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.2 .

Delaware City Rail Terminal ” means the double-loop rail terminal located in Delaware City, Delaware (together with existing or future modifications or additions) owned and operated by Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC.

Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement ” means the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Operator Subsidiary.

Delaware City Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery located in Delaware City, Delaware owned and operated by Delaware City Refining.

Delaware City Refining ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

3


Environmental Law ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law now or hereafter in effect, relating to pollution or protection of human health and the environment, safety, and occupational health, including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, OSHA, and other similar federal, state or local health and safety, and environmental conservation and protection laws.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Force Majeure ” means acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, acts of a public enemy, wars, terrorism, blockades, insurrections, riots, storms, floods, interruptions in the ability to have safe passage in navigable waterways or rail lines, washouts, other interruptions caused by acts of nature or the environment, arrests, the order of any court or Governmental Authority claiming or having jurisdiction while the same is in force and effect, civil disturbances, explosions, fires, leaks, releases, breakage, accident to machinery, vessels, storage tanks or lines of pipe or rail lines, inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment, inability to obtain or distribute crude oil, feedstocks, other products or materials necessary for operation because of a failure of third-party pipelines or rail lines or any other causes whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise not reasonably within the control of the Party claiming suspension and which by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts such Party is unable to prevent or overcome; provided , however , a Party’s inability to perform its economic obligations hereunder shall not constitute an event of Force Majeure.

Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1 .

Force Majeure Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1 .

General Partner ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

Liabilities ” means any losses, liabilities, charges, damages, deficiencies, assessments, interests, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (collectively, “ Costs ”) of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), including any Costs directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, proceeding, judgment, settlement, cause of action, equitable or injunctive relief, or judicial or administrative order and any Costs arising from compliance or non-compliance with Environmental Law.

 

4


Non-Defaulting Party ” means the Counterparty to a Defaulting Party.

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the General Partner, the Operator and PBF Energy Company LLC.

Operator ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Operator Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.2 .

Operator Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Operator Subsidiary ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

OSHA ” means Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq .

Overhead Expenses ” means all overhead costs and expenses of any of the Company Parties (including all compensation costs, including payroll, benefits and payroll taxes allocated to each of the Seconded Employees providing the Personnel Duties, or the Company’s employees providing the Company Services or the Ancillary Company Services, multiplied by the proportion of such Person’s business time spent providing Personnel Duties, Company Services or Ancillary Company Services, as applicable) to the extent related to the Personnel Duties, the Company Services or the Ancillary Company Services.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Period of Secondment ” has the meaning specified in Article 3 .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Personnel Duties ” has the meaning specified in Article 3 .

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal , Bonds, Rates & Yields Section as the Prime Rate.

Prudent Industry Practice ” means, as of the relevant time, those methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the circumstances known at the time of performance, would have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with functionality, reliability, safety and expedition with due regard for health, safety, security and environmental considerations. Prudent Industry Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practices, methods or acts to the exclusion of others, but rather is intended to include reasonably acceptable practices, methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States.

 

5


Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.4 .

Refinery ” means, collectively, the Delaware City Refinery and the Toledo Refinery. In addition, if any of the Company Parties acquires, leases or constructs assets directly connected to and leased or constructed to reasonably support the operation of, or to replace any portion of, the Delaware City Refinery or the Toledo Refinery, those assets shall automatically become a part of the Refinery.

Required Permits ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1 .

Respondent ” has the meaning specified in Article 22 .

Seconded Employee ” has the meaning specified in Article 3 .

Seconded Employee Schedule ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(a).

Services Council ” shall mean the council comprised of 2 representatives of the Operator Parties and 2 representatives of the Company Parties.

Special Damages ” has the meaning specified in Article 15 .

Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Terminal ” means, collectively, the Delaware City Rail Terminal and the Toledo Truck Terminal.

Toledo Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery, located in Toledo, Ohio owned and operated by Toledo Refining.

Toledo Refining ” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

Toledo Truck Terminal ” means the truck unloading facility generally consisting of four crude truck unloading spots located in Toledo Refinery’s north tank farm adjacent to the Toledo Refinery (together with existing or future modifications or additions) owned and operated by the Operator.

Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement ” means the Toledo Truck Unloading and Terminaling Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Operator.

Section 1.2 Construction of Agreement .

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all references herein are to the Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement and all Exhibits are incorporated herein.

 

6


(b) All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms and shall be read to be followed by the words “without limitation” or words having similar import.

(d) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months and quarters mean calendar days, weeks, months and quarters, respectively.

(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, references herein to “consent” mean the prior written consent of the Party at issue.

(f) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(g) Unless the contrary clearly appears from the context, for purposes of this Agreement, the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa; and each gender includes the other gender.

(h) Except where expressly stated otherwise, any reference to any Applicable Law or agreement shall be a reference to the same as amended, supplemented or reenacted from time to time.

(i) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

Section 1.3 No Presumption . The Parties acknowledge that they and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no presumption of contract interpretation or construction shall apply to the advantage or disadvantage of the drafter of this Agreement.

 

Article 2 Term.

Section 2.1 Term of Agreement . The term (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue until the earlier of (a) written mutual agreement by the Parties to terminate this Agreement, (b) the termination of the Omnibus Agreement, (c) a termination pursuant to a default in accordance with Section 13.2 or (d) a termination pursuant to Section 2.4 .

 

7


Section 2.2 Termination of Services by the Operator . In addition to the Operator’s right to adjust or terminate any the Company Services or Ancillary Company Services pursuant to Section 6.1(c) , the Operator shall have the right to terminate any or all of the Company Services, Ancillary Company Services or Personnel Duties, without penalty, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company.

Section 2.3 Termination of Company Services and Ancillary Company Services by the Company .

(a) Except as provided in Section 2.3(b) , the Company shall have the right to terminate any or all of the Company Services or Ancillary Company Services being performed by the Company Parties without penalty, upon one hundred eighty (180) days prior written notice to the Operator; provided , however , if one hundred eighty (180) days prior notice is not sufficient time for the Operator, using commercially reasonable efforts, to replace the Company Services or Ancillary Company Services that are being terminated, the Company shall make its equipment available to the Operator, at no cost, or continue to provide such Company Services or Ancillary Company Services, as applicable, under the terms of this Agreement, whichever is deemed practical by the Company in its reasonable discretion, for a reasonable period of time after such one hundred eighty (180) day period while replacement Company Services or Ancillary Company Services are being arranged.

(b) The Company may not terminate Company Services or Ancillary Company Services for Stormwater Discharge and Wastewater Treatment ( Exhibit A ), Steam (Exhibit B), Potable Water (Exhibit C), Sanitary Sewer (Exhibit E), Electrical Power ( Exhibit F ), Fuel Gas (Exhibit I), Fire Water (Exhibit K) and Instrument/Compressed Air (Exhibit L) pursuant to this Section 2.3 .

Section 2.4 Cessation of Company Services and Ancillary Company Services in connection with the Terminaling Agreements . Upon the termination or expiration of the Term (as defined therein) of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services that relate to the Delaware City Rail Terminal shall also terminate as of the termination or expiration of such Term. Upon the termination or expiration of the Term (as defined therein) of the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement, the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services that relate to the Toledo Truck Terminal shall also terminate as of the termination or expiration of such Term. If both of the foregoing agreements terminate or expire, the Term hereof shall automatically terminate.

Section 2.5 Effect of Termination . Upon termination or expiration of the Term, all rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall terminate; provided , however , Articles 14 through 23 shall survive the termination or expiration of the Term in accordance with their terms; provided , further , termination or expiration of the Term shall not discharge or relieve either Party from any obligations or liabilities which may have accrued under the terms of this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

8


Article 3 Personnel, Personnel Duties and Company Services.

Section 3.1 Seconded Employees . During the Term, the Company shall, directly or indirectly through the other Company Parties, designate (a) certain of employees or contractors of the Company Parties to be seconded to the Operator Parties to (x) perform the Operator Parties’ respective obligations under each of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement and the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement and (y) otherwise perform the Personnel Duties, and (b) such other Persons (including consultants and professionals, service or other organizations) as the Operator reasonably deems necessary or appropriate in order to permit the Operator to (x) perform the Operator Parties’ respective obligations under each of the Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement and the Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement and (y) otherwise perform the Personnel Duties. Each employee or contractor who the Company seconds to the Operator Parties pursuant to this Article 3 shall, during the time that such employee or contractor is seconded to the Operator Parties under this Agreement (the “ Period of Secondment ”), be referred to individually herein as a “ Seconded Employee ” and, collectively, as the “ Seconded Employees .”

Section 3.2 Personnel Duties . The Personnel Duties shall include the following:

(a) operation of the Terminal, procurement and furnishing of all materials, equipment, services, supplies and labor necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Terminal, engineering support for such activities, and related warehousing and security, including the following:

(i) maintain and operate flow and pressure control, monitoring, and over-pressure protection;

(ii) maintain, repair, recondition, overhaul, and replace equipment, as needed, to keep the Terminal in good working order; and

(iii) conduct all other routine day-to-day operations and maintenance at the Terminal; and

(b) management and conduct of the business operations associated with the Terminal, including the following:

(i) transportation and logistics, including commercial operations;

(ii) project execution;

(iii) contract administration;

(iv) database mapping, reporting and maintenance;

(v) rights of way;

(vi) materials and capital management;

 

9


(vii) emergency response, security, permitting and all other health, safety and environmental services;

(viii) engineering support (including facility design and optimization); and

(ix) such other general services related to the Terminal as the Parties may mutually agree are necessary from time to time.

Section 3.3 Secondment of Personnel .

(a) The Company Parties shall maintain a true, complete and accurate list of the Seconded Employees on a schedule (the “ Seconded Employee Schedule ”). Seconded Employees may be added to or removed from the Seconded Employee Schedule from time to time by the Company Parties, as appropriate.

(b) Subject to the Company Parties’ right to be reimbursed by the Operator for such expenses in accordance with Section 5.1 , each Company Party shall pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the retention of the Seconded Employees and such other Persons, including compensation, salaries, wages and overhead and administrative expenses, charges to or incurred by such Company Party, and, if applicable, social security taxes, workers compensation insurance, retirement and insurance benefits and other such expenses. Any such Seconded Employees and other Persons retained by any Company Party may be union or non-union employees.

(c) Each Seconded Employee (other than contractors) will at all times remain an employee of the applicable Company Party. Each Seconded Employee will, during the applicable Period of Secondment, be called upon to perform services for both the Operator Parties and the Company Parties. The Company Parties retain the right to terminate the Secondment of any Seconded Employee for any reason and at any time or to hire or discharge the Seconded Employees with respect to their employment or engagement with the Company Parties. The Operator shall have the right to terminate the Secondment to it of any Seconded Employee (including any supervisor described in (e)) for any reason and at any time, upon prior written notice to the Company Parties, but at no time will the Operator have the right to terminate any Seconded Employee’s employment by the Company Parties or their respective contractor.

(d) During a Period of Secondment, with respect to any Seconded Employee, such Seconded Employee will report into the Operator’s management structure, and will be under the direct management, supervision, direction and control of the Operator with respect to such Seconded Employee’s day-to-day activities with contractors remaining at the direction of the contracting entity.

(e) Those active employees whose titles in the Seconded Employee Schedule reflect that they serve as supervisors or managers and who are called upon to oversee the work of Seconded Employees working at the Terminal or to provide management support on behalf of the Operator are designated by the Operator as supervisors to act on the behalf of the Operator in supervising the Seconded Employees pursuant to Section 3.3(d) above. Any Seconded Employee so designated will be acting on behalf of the Operator when supervising the work of the Seconded Employees or when they are otherwise providing management or executive support on behalf of the Operator.

 

10


(f) The Operator shall not be a participating employer in any benefit plan of any Company Party. The Company Parties shall remain solely responsible for all obligations and liabilities arising with respect to any benefit plans relating to any Seconded Employees and the Operator shall not assume any benefit plan or have any obligations or liabilities arising thereunder, in each case except for costs properly chargeable to the Operator.

Section 3.4 Company Services . In addition to providing the Seconded Employees to the Operator Parties pursuant to Section 3.3 , the Company Parties shall also provide (through employees, contractors, subcontractors or Affiliates) the services enumerated in the Exhibits to this Agreement (the “ Company Services ”) upon customary terms in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice. The Operator shall reimburse the Company for the Company Services in accordance with Section 5.1 ; provided , however , that in the event any Company Services requires the Company Parties to make Capital Expenditures, such Capital Expenditures shall be subject to Section 6.1 and the Company Parties shall not be required to provide such Company Services until the Company Parties are able to do so after using reasonable efforts in compliance with Section 6.1 ; provided , further , the Company Parties shall not be required to perform any additional Company Services if the Company reasonably believes the performance thereof will (i) materially adversely interfere with, or be detrimental to, the operation of the Refinery or (ii) violate Applicable Law.

Section 3.5 Ancillary Company Services . From time-to-time during the Term, the Operator may request that the Company Parties provide (through employees, contractors, subcontractors or Affiliates), ancillary services to the Operator Parties (“ Ancillary Company Services ”) upon customary terms in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice so long as such additional Ancillary Company Services are reasonably related to the Company Services or existing Ancillary Company Services. The Operator shall reimburse the Company for the Ancillary Company Services in accordance with Section 5.1 ; provided , however , that in the event any requested additional Ancillary Company Services requires the Company Parties to make Capital Expenditures, such Capital Expenditures shall be subject to Section 6.1 and the Company Parties shall not be required to provide such additional Ancillary Company Services until the Company Parties are able to do so after using reasonable efforts in compliance with Section 6.1 ; provided , further , the Company Parties shall not be required to perform any additional Ancillary Company Services if they reasonably believe the performance thereof will (i) materially adversely interfere with, or be detrimental to, the operation of the Refinery or (ii) violate Applicable Law.

Section 3.6 Third-Party Arrangements . Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent any of the Company Parties from providing services similar to the Company Services or Ancillary Company Services to third parties. Further, nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit any of the Operator Parties from receiving services similar to the Company Services or Ancillary Company Services from third parties.

Section 3.7 Interruption of Company Services . The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the interruption of Company Services or Ancillary Company Services. In addition, the Company shall inform the Operator at least sixty (60) days in advance (or promptly, in the case of an unplanned interruption) of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of Company Services or Ancillary Company Services at the applicable facility, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the

 

11


interruption and the actions the Company is taking to resume full operations; provided , however , that the Company shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, the Operator of any such matters except to the extent, subject to Article 11 , the Operator has been materially damaged by such failure or delay.

Section 3.8 Manner of Performing/Providing Personnel Duties . The Personnel Duties to be performed and provided by the Seconded Employees made available pursuant to Section 3.3 by the Company Parties hereunder shall be performed and provided consistent with Prudent Industry Practice.

 

Article 4 Self-Provided Services and Shared Items.

Section 4.1 Self-Provided Services . Subject to the Omnibus Agreement, except for the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services set forth in Sections 3.4 , and 3.5 , respectively, the Operator shall provide for itself, at its sole cost and expense, any other services it requires as applicable for its operations, including telephone and fax services, computers and computer networks and tank gauging.

Section 4.2 Shared Items . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1 above, the Parties have agreed to share certain of the following items:

(a) existing infrastructure for the Parties’ telephones and faxes, including telephone switch;

(b) existing fiber optics system;

(c) radio messages, at times, during their normal operations at the Refinery and the Terminals, respectively; and

(d) an emergency alarm system for the Parties’ respective operations at the Refinery and the Terminal, respectively, including existing infrastructure used by the Parties to connect to the emergency alarm system; provided , however , each Party shall be responsible, at its sole cost, for interconnecting into the emergency alarm system.

 

Article 5 Pricing, Billing and Reimbursement.

Section 5.1 Reimbursement for Personnel Duties, Company Services and Ancillary Company Services . The Operator shall reimburse the Company for all third-party costs and expenses incurred by any of the Company Parties in connection with the performance by the Seconded Employees of the Personnel Duties, or the Company’s employees of the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services (including any Overhead Expenses) and if mutually agreeable to the Parties shall cause any third-party service providers to invoice the Operator Parties directly in connection with the performance of any Personnel Duties by such third-party or the performance of any Company Service or Ancillary Company Services by such third-party. The Operator shall reimburse the Company for all taxes (other than property taxes, ad valorem taxes, income taxes, gross receipt taxes, payroll taxes and other similar taxes) that the Company incurs on the Operator Parties’ behalf for the performance by the Seconded Employees of the Personnel Duties, or the Company’s employees of the Company Services and the Ancillary Company

 

12


Services, unless prohibited by Applicable Law; provided , however , that in no event shall the Company charge or be entitled to pass-through costs that (i) result from any criminal act, willful misconduct or negligence of the Company or any of its agents, employees or representatives, or (ii) are in the nature of fines, late fees, penalties, interest or similar obligations that could have been avoided by the Company in the exercise of Prudent Industry Practice. If the Operator is exempt from the payment of any taxes allocated to it under this Section 5.1 , the Operator shall furnish the Company with the proper exemption certificates.

Section 5.2 Annual Fee . In addition to reimbursement under Section 5.1 , the Operator shall pay to the Company an annual fee for the services as set forth herein and in connection with the provision of certain utilities and other infrastructure-related services equal to $490,000 (the “ Annual Fee ”) payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with Section 5.3 , commencing in the first month following the Commencement Date. The Annual Fee for the 2014 fiscal year shall be prorated based on the number of days from the Commencement Date to December 31, 2014. At the end of each calendar year, the Company will have the right to submit to the Operator a proposal to increase the amount of the Annual Fee for the upcoming year if the Company believes, in good faith, that for the services as set forth herein, the utilities and other infrastructure-related services performed by the Company Parties for the benefit of the Operator Parties for the upcoming year justify payment greater than the Annual Fee for such year. If the Company submits such a proposal to the Operator, the Operator agrees that it will negotiate in good faith with the Company to determine if the Annual Fee for the upcoming year should be increased and, if so, the amount of such increase. If the Parties cannot agree to the amount of an increase in the Annual Fee for that year, then the increase amount shall become an Arbitrable Dispute and governed in accordance with Section 22.3 . Until the Parties are able to agree on the Annual Fee increase amount, if any, the Annual Fee for the preceding year shall continue to be the applicable fee and any subsequent increase decided upon shall be applied retroactively to the start of the year.

Section 5.3 Billing . The Company shall provide monthly invoices to the Operator for all reimbursements payable under this Agreement and the Operator shall reimburse the Company as specified in the monthly invoices within ten (10) days after its receipt of such invoice; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no reimbursements shall be made hereunder to the extent such reimbursements are made pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement. The Company shall also include in such monthly invoices the applicable amount of the Annual Fee owed by the Operator and the Operator shall pay the Annual Fee as specified in the monthly invoices within ten (10) days after its receipt of such invoice. Any past due reimbursements or fees owed to the Company hereunder shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the Prime Rate plus 400 basis points from the due date of the reimbursement or fee through the actual date of reimbursement or payment of the fee. Reimbursement or payment of any fee pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Company. If any such reimbursement or fee shall be due and payable on a day that is not a Business Day, such reimbursement or fee shall be due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

Section 5.4 Contents of Invoices . Any invoice delivered by the Company to the Operator pursuant to Section 5.3 above shall set forth in detail the Company’s calculation of the charges for the Personnel Duties, the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services, and shall be accompanied by information reasonably sufficient for the Operator to determine the accuracy of such invoice.

 

13


Section 5.5 Reimbursement Disputes . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 5 , if the Operator in good faith disputes the correctness of any invoice submitted by the Company, the Operator shall promptly submit to the Company a written statement detailing the specific items disputed and shall reimburse the undisputed portion of the invoice within the time period specified for reimbursement hereunder. Any disputed items shall be subject to the dispute resolution procedures in Article 22 , and any reimbursement determined to be due pursuant to said dispute resolution shall bear interest at the Prime Rate plus 400 basis points from the date on which said reimbursement otherwise would have been payable hereunder to the date such reimbursement is actually received by the Company.

 

Article 6 Fee Adjustments.

Section 6.1 Capital Expenditures .

(a) If during the course of the Term the Company determines that it is necessary to make certain Capital Expenditures related to the Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services, the Company may notify the Operator in writing of its desire to have the Operator pay for the Operator’s applicable portion of the cost of such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If within sixty (60) days after the Company provides the written notice requesting Capital Expenditures the Parties have not reached agreement on the need for such Capital Expenditures, then the matter shall become an Arbitrable Dispute and governed in accordance with Article 22 . For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company’s Capital Expenditures are not approved, and the Company chooses to make such Capital Expenditures, the Company agrees to bear all costs associated therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in lieu of participating in the Capital Expenditures the Operator may choose at any time to terminate all of the Personnel Duties, Company Services and the Ancillary Company Services related to such Capital Expenditure.

 

Article 7 Access and Audit Rights.

The Parties and their respective representatives, upon reasonable notice and during normal working hours, shall have access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Counterparty, or any of its contractors and agents, which relate to this Agreement, and shall have the right to audit such records at any reasonable time or times during the Term and for a period of up to two (2) years after termination of this Agreement. The Party performing such audit shall have the right to conduct such audit no more than twice per calendar year and each audit shall be limited in time to no more than the present and prior two (2) calendar years. Claims as to defects in quality shall be made by written notice within ninety (90) days after the delivery in question or shall be deemed to have been waived. The right to inspect or audit such records shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years following the end of the Term. Each Party shall preserve, and shall cause all contractors or agents to preserve, all of the aforesaid documents for a period of at least two (2) years from the end of the Term. Notwithstanding any of

 

14


the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to a specific Party, the Counterparty shall have unlimited and unrestricted access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Counterparty, for so long as such Event of Default continues.

 

Article 8 Additional Covenants.

Section 8.1 Required Permits . During the Term, unless required by Applicable Law to be held by the Company Parties, the Operator shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain, apply for, maintain, monitor, renew, and modify, as appropriate, any license, authorization, certification, filing, recording, permit, waiver, exception, variance, franchise, order or other approval with or of any Governmental Authority pertaining or relating to the operation of the Terminal (the “ Required Permits ”) as currently operated; provided , however , that if any Required Permits require the signature of, or any action by, any of the Company Parties, the Company shall cause such Company Party to reasonably cooperate with the Operator (at the Operator’s expense) so that the Operator may obtain and maintain such Required Permits either for the Operator or the applicable Operator Party. Neither the Company nor the Operator shall do anything in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement that causes a termination or suspension of the Required Permits.

Section 8.2 Existing Obligations . The execution of this Agreement by the Parties does not reduce any existing obligations of such Parties and does not confer any obligation or responsibility on (a) the Company Parties in connection with: (i) any existing or future environmental condition at the Terminal, including, the presence of a regulated or hazardous substance on or in environmental media at the Terminal (including the presence in surface water, groundwater, soils or subsurface strata, or air), including the subsequent migration of any such substance; (ii) any Environmental Law; (iii) the Required Permits; or (iv) any requirements arising under or relating to any Applicable Law pertaining or relating to the ownership and operation of the Terminal, or (b) the Operator Parties in connection with: (i) any existing or future environmental condition at the Refinery, including, the presence of a regulated or hazardous substance on or in environmental media at the Refinery (including the presence in surface water, groundwater, soils or subsurface strata, or air), including the subsequent migration of any such substance; (ii) any Environmental Law; (iii) the Required Permits; or (iv) any requirements arising under or relating to any Applicable Law pertaining or relating to the ownership and operation of the Refinery.

Section 8.3 Records .

(a) Each Party shall (i) maintain the records required to be maintained by Applicable Law and shall make such records available to the other Parties upon reasonable request and (ii) immediately notify the other Parties of any violation or alleged violation of any Applicable Law relating to this Agreement and, upon request, shall provide to the other Parties all evidence of environmental inspections or audits by any Governmental Authority relating to this Agreement.

(b) All records or documents provided by any Party to any other Party shall, to the reasonable knowledge of the providing Party, accurately and completely reflect the facts about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Party shall be required to provide to any other Party any document that is determined by the

 

15


disclosing Party’s legal counsel to be protected by an attorney-client privilege or attorney work product doctrine. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Parties if at any time such Party has reason to believe that any records or documents previously provided to the other Party are no longer accurate or complete.

 

Article 9 Representations.

Section 9.1 Representations of the Operator Parties . The Operator Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company Parties that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Operator Parties hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Operator Parties, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Operator Parties or any of their properties or assets, the terms and provisions of the Operator Parties’ organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Operator Parties or any of their properties or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Operator Parties has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Operator Parties have the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement and to provide the services hereunder; (d) no further action on behalf of the Operator Parties, or consents of any other party, are necessary for the provision of services hereunder; and (e) upon execution and delivery by the Operator Parties, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Operator Parties enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 9.2 Representations of the Company Parties . The Company Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Operator Parties that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Company Parties hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company Parties, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Company Parties or any of their property or assets, the terms and provisions of the Company Parties’ organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Company Parties or any of their property or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company Parties has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Company Parties have the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement; (d) no further action on behalf of the Company Parties, or consents of any other party, are necessary for the provision of services hereunder; and (e) upon execution and delivery by the Company Parties, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Company Parties enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

Article 10 Insurance.

Unless the Operator Parties provide notice that they will obtain insurance coverage independently from the Company Parties, the Company, directly or through one of its Affiliates, shall procure and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term insurance in sufficient

 

16


amounts and coverage consistent with Prudent Industry Practice similar to the coverage currently in place for the officers, directors, and assets of the Operator Parties; provided , however , that in either case, each Operator Party shall be the insured party under its respective insurance policy.

 

Article 11 Force Majeure.

Section 11.1 Force Majeure . In the event that a Party (the “ Force Majeure Party ”) is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by a Force Majeure event to perform its obligations under this Agreement, then such Party shall within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such event of Force Majeure deliver to the Counterparty written notice (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”) including full particulars of the Force Majeure event, and the obligations of the Parties, to the extent they are affected by the Force Majeure event, shall be suspended for the duration of any inability so caused. The Force Majeure Party shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that it believes in good faith such Force Majeure event shall continue. The Operator shall be required to pay any amounts accrued and due under this Agreement at the time of the start of the Force Majeure event. The cause of the Force Majeure event shall so far as possible be remedied with all reasonable efforts, except that no Party shall be compelled to resolve any strikes, lockouts or other industrial or labor disputes other than as it shall determine to be in its best interests. Prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, any suspension of the obligations of the Parties under this Section 11.1 as a result of a Force Majeure event that adversely affects the Company’s ability to perform the services it is required to perform under this Agreement shall extend the Term for the same period of time as such Force Majeure event continues (up to a maximum of one year) unless this Agreement is terminated under in accordance with Section 2.4 .

 

Article 12 Services Council.

Section 12.1 Formation of Services Council . The Parties agree to form a Services Council to handle the matters as described in this Article 12 . Each Party may choose to include in the Services Council meetings such knowledgeable Persons as may assist either Party in their consultations.

Section 12.2 Meetings . The Services Council shall meet at such times as either Party may reasonably request, or at such times as agreed by the Parties, to discuss any aspect of the subject matter of this Agreement. It is the Parties’ intent that the Services Council shall serve as the vehicle for complete and timely communications about the operating plans of one Party that could materially affect the operations of the other (including maintenance or repair activities, approval of Capital Expenditures, or major changes in operations that could result in a disruption of any Service or Ancillary Service), as well as a forum for prompt resolution of any disputes in the initial meeting between the Parties.

 

Article 13 Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

Section 13.1 Event of Default . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Article 22 , the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Operator fails to make a reimbursement or pay the Annual Fee when due (i) under Article 5 within five (5) Business Days after a written demand therefor or (ii) under any other provision hereof within seven (7) Business Days;

 

17


(b) other than a default described in Sections 13.1(a) or 13.1(c) , if the Company Parties or the Operator Parties fail to perform any material obligation or covenant made to the Counterparty under this Agreement, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Counterparty within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives written notice that such obligation or covenant has not been performed;

(c) any Party breaches any representation or warranty made by such Party hereunder, or such warranty or representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made; provided , however , that if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Counterparty within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives notice that corrective action is needed; or

(d) any Party files a petition or otherwise commences or authorizes the commencement of a proceeding or case under any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar law for the protection of creditors, or have any such petition filed or proceeding commenced against it and such proceeding is not dismissed for sixty (60) days.

Section 13.2 Termination . Except as set forth in Section 13.1(d) , without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, if an Event of Default with respect to any Party (such defaulting Party, the “ Defaulting Party ”) has occurred and is continuing, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have the right, immediately and at any time(s) thereafter, to suspend its performance or terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Defaulting Party.

Section 13.3 Set Off . If an Event of Default occurs, the Non-Defaulting Party may, without limitation on its rights under this Article 13 , set off amounts which the Defaulting Party owes to it against any amounts which it owes to the Defaulting Party (whether hereunder, under any other agreement or contract or otherwise and whether or not then due). Any net amount due hereunder shall be payable by the Party owing such amount within one (1) Business Day of termination.

Section 13.4 No Preclusion of Rights . The Non-Defaulting Party’s rights under this Section 13.4 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights which the Non-Defaulting Party may have (whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise), including any rights of recoupment, setoff, combination of accounts, as a secured party or under any other credit support. The Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold the Non-Defaulting Party harmless from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred in the exercise of any remedies hereunder.

 

Article 14 Indemnification.

Section 14.1 Indemnification by Operator . The Operator shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company Parties, their respective Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Company Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly

 

18


arising out of (a) any breach by the Operator Parties of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Operator Parties made herein or in connection herewith proving to be false or misleading, (b) any personal injury incurred by any representative of the Operator Parties (including any Operator Inspector) while at the Refinery, (c) any failure by the Operator Parties, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Operator Inspector), agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (d) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Operator Parties, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Operator Inspector), agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights or obligations hereunder or the handling or transportation of any crude oil hereunder, except to the extent of the Company’s obligations under Section 14.2 below, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Company Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Operator’s liability to the Company Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 14.1 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Company Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Company agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Company Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Company Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Operator of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Operator fully informed of the efforts of the Company Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 14.2 Indemnification by Company . The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Operator Parties, their respective Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Operator Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of (a) any breach by the Company Parties of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Company Parties made herein or in connection herewith proving to be false or misleading, (b) any personal injury incurred by any representative of the Company Parties (including any Company Inspector) while at the Terminal, (c) any failure by the Company Parties, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Company Inspector), agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (d) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Company Parties, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Company Inspector), agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights or obligations hereunder or the refining, transportation, handling and storage of any crude oil hereunder, except to the extent of the Operator’s obligations under Section 14.1 above, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Operator Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s liability to the Operator Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 14.2 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Operator Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account

 

19


of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Operator agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Operator Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Operator Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Company of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Company fully informed of the efforts of the Operator Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 14.3 EXPRESS REMEDY . THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES ARE INTENDED TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE PARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANY EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES BECAUSE OF THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR FAULT OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

Article 15 Limitation on Damages.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to any Counterparty or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, punitive, special, incidental or exemplary damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “ Special Damages ”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect Special Damages in connection with any third-party claim or imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement; provided , further , that to the extent an indemnitor hereunder receives insurance proceeds with respect to Special Damages that would be indemnified hereunder if not for this Article 15 , such indemnitor shall be liable up to the amount of such insurance proceeds (net any deductible and premiums paid with respect thereto).

 

Article 16 Confidentiality.

Section 16.1 Obligations . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain the Counterparty’s Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third-party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 16.1 . Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the Counterparty’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.

Section 16.2 Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 16.1 above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, including the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or is required to disclose pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange upon which the receiving Party or its parent entity is listed, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that,

 

20


where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall reasonably cooperate with the disclosing Party (at the disclosing Party’s cost) in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.

Section 16.3 Return and Destruction of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 16.3 , and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law for so long as such Confidential Information is retained.

Section 16.4 Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party shall limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party shall be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and shall be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third-party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement shall expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.

Section 16.5 Survival . All audit rights under Article 7 and the obligation of confidentiality under this Article 16 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.

 

Article 17 Choice of Law.

This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Subject to Article 22 , the Parties agree to the venue and jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware for the adjudication of all disputes arising out of this Agreement.

 

21


Article 18 Assignment.

Section 18.1 Succession and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein. No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto; provided , however , that the Operator may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Operator and its subsidiaries; provided , however , the Company may subcontract any of the Company Services, Personnel Duties or Ancillary Company Services provided by the Company hereunder so long as such Company Services, Personnel Duties or Ancillary Company Services continue to be provided in a manner consistent with past practices and Prudent Industry Practice.

Section 18.2 Terms of Assignment . Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio . A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Article 19 Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express or UPS, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by email, one (1) Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices shall be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:

If to the Company Parties:

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Herman Seedorf, Senior Vice President

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: herman.seedorf@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

 

22


If to the Operator Parties:

PBF Logisitics LP

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jim Fedena, Senior Vice President

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jim.fedena@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Matt Lucey, Executive Vice President

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: matt.lucey@pbfenergy.com

or to such other address or to such other person as either Party shall have last designated by notice to the other Party.

 

Article 20 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

Section 20.1 No Waivers . The failure of a Party hereunder to assert a right or enforce an obligation of the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or obligation. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of, or Event of Default under, this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach of that provision or as a waiver of any breach of another provision of, Event of Default or potential Event of Default under, this Agreement, whether of a like kind or different nature.

Section 20.2 Cumulative Remedies . Each and every right granted to the Parties under this Agreement or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and Applicable Law.

 

Article 21 Nature of Transaction, Relationship of Parties and Regulatory Status.

Section 21.1 Independent Contractor . This Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership, association or joint venture among the Parties. It is understood that with respect to the services to be performed hereunder (a) the Operator Parties are an independent contractor with complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make the Operator Parties, or any employee or agent of the Operator Parties, an agent or employee of the Company Parties, and (b) the Company Parties are an independent contractor with complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make the Company Parties, or any employee or agent of the Company Parties, an agent or employee of the Operator Parties.

 

23


Section 21.2 No Agency . No Party shall have the right or authority to negotiate, conclude or execute any contract or legal document with any third person in the name of other Party; to assume, create, or incur any liability of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name of any of the other Party; or to otherwise act as the representative of the other Party, unless expressly authorized in writing by the other Party.

Section 21.3 Regulatory Status . It is understood and agreed that neither Party is a utility and is not holding itself out to the other Party, to any entity or to the public at large to provide any utility service, and that by entering into this Agreement and taking the actions it takes pursuant to this Agreement shall not make it a utility or constitute providing utility service. Each Party agrees that it shall not propose, advocate, support or claim in any manner that any Service or Ancillary Service provided hereunder is a utility service or should be regulated in any manner. In the event that any government agency issues a decision, order or finding in any form that any Service provided herein is a utility service or is subject to regulation, the Service or Ancillary Service in question shall immediately terminate, and the Parties agree to work with each other and any public utility commission to provide transition services.

 

Article 22 Dispute Resolution.

Section 22.1 Procedure . In the event a dispute arises between the Company Parties and the Operator Parties regarding the application or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, the Parties agree to use the procedures in this Article 22 to resolve any such disputes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, either Party may seek a restraining order, temporary injunction, or other provisional judicial relief if the Party in its sole judgment believes that such action is necessary to avoid irreparable injury or to preserve the status quo. The Parties will continue to participate in good faith in the procedures in this Article 22 despite any request for provisional relief.

Section 22.2 Initial Resolution Attempts . Either Party may initiate the dispute resolution procedures by sending written notice to the Counterparty specifically stating the complaining Party’s claim and requesting dispute resolution in accordance with this Article 22 . The applicable statute of limitations shall be tolled as of the date of such written notice. No Event of Default shall occur if the subject matter underlying such potential Event of Default is the subject matter of any dispute that is pending resolution or arbitration under this Article 22 until such time that such dispute is resolved in accordance with this Article 22 .

(a) Within fourteen (14) days after the complaining Party delivers the complaint, the Services Council shall hold a meeting to resolve the dispute.

(b) If the matter has not been resolved by the Services Council within thirty (30) days of notice being delivered in accordance with Section 22.2(a) , unless the Services Council agrees to a longer period of time, the dispute shall become an Arbitrable Dispute and become subject to Section 22.3 .

 

24


Section 22.3 Arbitration . Any and all Arbitrable Disputes (except to the extent injunctive relief is sought) shall be resolved through the use of binding arbitration using, in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000 or non-monetary relief, three arbitrators, and in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, one arbitrator, in each case in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as supplemented to the extent necessary to determine any procedural appeal questions by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code). If there is any inconsistency between this Article 22 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules or the Federal Arbitration Act, the terms of this Article 22 shall control the rights and obligations of the Parties. Arbitration must be initiated within the time limits set forth in this Agreement, or if no such limits apply, then within a reasonable time or the time period allowed by the applicable statute of limitations. Arbitration may be initiated by a Party (“ Claimant ”) serving written notice on the other Party (“ Respondent ”) that Claimant elects to refer the Arbitrable Dispute to binding arbitration. Claimant’s notice initiating binding arbitration must identify the arbitrator Claimant has appointed. Respondent shall respond to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Claimant’s notice, identifying the arbitrator Respondent has appointed. If Respondent fails for any reason to name an arbitrator within the 30-day period, Claimant shall petition the American Arbitration Association for appointment of an arbitrator for Respondent’s account. The two arbitrators so chosen shall select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed, and, in the of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, such third arbitrator shall act as the sole arbitrator, and the sole role of the first two arbitrators shall be to appoint such third arbitrator. Claimant shall pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it, and Respondent shall pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it. The costs of petitioning for the appointment of an arbitrator, if any, shall be paid by Respondent. Claimant and Respondent shall each pay one-half of the compensation and expenses of the third arbitrator. All arbitrators must (a) be neutral parties who have never been officers, directors or employees of the Operator, the Company or any of their Affiliates and (b) have not less than seven (7) years’ experience in the energy industry. The hearing shall be conducted in the State of Delaware or the Philadelphia Metropolitan area and commence within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third arbitrator. The Company, the Operator and the arbitrators shall proceed diligently and in good faith in order that the award may be made as promptly as possible. Except as provided in the Federal Arbitration Act, the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding on and non-appealable by the Parties hereto. The arbitrators shall have no right to grant or award Special Damages. Notwithstanding anything herein the contrary, the Company may not dispute any amounts with respect to an invoice delivered in accordance with Article 5 that the Company has not objected to within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt thereof.

 

Article 23 General.

Section 23.1 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

 

25


Section 23.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Omnibus Agreement together constitute the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by any of the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and none of the Parties shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

Section 23.3 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of each Party’s performance of any obligations under this Agreement.

Section 23.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.

Section 23.5 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory Party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

Section 23.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party hereto as caused this Agreement to be as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING:
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TOLEDO REFINING:
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE T O T HE O PERATION AND M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES AND S ECONDMENT A GREEMENT


GENERAL PARTNER:
PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPERATOR:
PBF LOGISTICS LP
By: PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPERATOR SUBSIDIARY:
DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE T O T HE O PERATION AND M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES AND S ECONDMENT A GREEMENT


Exhibit A

Stormwater discharge and wastewater treatment

Delaware City Refining – not applicable

Toledo Refining

 

    Sewer collection sumps in the area of the Truck Unloading Terminal and the connecting piping to the Refinery waste water treatment plant.

 

    Operating Agreement with Veolia for on-site treatment of wastewater


Exhibit B

Steam

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit C

Potable Water

Delaware City Refining

 

    Water supply contract with United Water (for bathroom use, not potable)

Toledo Refining

 

    Potable water supply to the safety shower in proximity to the Truck Unloading Terminal


Exhibit D

Roads and Grounds

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit E

Sanitary Sewer

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit F

Electrical Power

Delaware City Refining

 

    One boiler and one turbo generator of the refinery electric power generation unit.

 

    Electrical distribution system from the Boiler House, through switchgear 2 and feeder 66

Toledo Refining

 

    Electrical power supply from Toledo Edison.

 

    Electrical distribution system through substation 2, located on refinery property, and substation 8, located on Tank Farm #2 property.


Exhibit G

Emergency Response

Delaware City Refining

 

    Mutual Aid responders and equipment which would be needed in the event of a spill, fire, medical or other emergency, including ambulance, foam and pumper truck, foam supply.

Toledo Refining

 

    Mutual Aid responders and equipment which would be needed in the event of a spill, fire, medical or other emergency, including ambulance, foam and pumper truck, foam supply.


Exhibit H

Filter Press

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit I

Fuel Gas

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit J

API Solids

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit K

Fire Water

Delaware City Refining

 

    Raw water supply from United Water

Toledo Refining

 

    Fire water supply from the firewater pond at Tank Farm 2 and connected pumps P-16053, P-16054, P-16055 and P-16056.

 

    Fire water supply and connected refinery pumps P-1916, P-1917, P-1918 and P-1919.


Exhibit L

Instrument/Compressed Air

 

    Not applicable


Exhibit M

Rail Operations and Unloading

Delaware City Refining

 

    Railcar switching services to move railcars to and from the loop track, as needed and unloading crude from railcars.

Toledo Refining

 

    Maintenance and operational assistance to track crude unloading.

Exhibit 10.4

TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of April     , 2014 between PBF LOGISTICS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), WELLS FARGO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner (the “ Lead Arranger ”) and [                    ], and [                    ] as additional joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacities, together with the Lead Arranger, the “ Arrangers ”)) and the financial institutions and other entities signatories hereto as Lenders (each a “ Lender ” and collectively the “ Lenders ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

A. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a term loan facility (the “ Term Loan Facility ”), and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

B. Terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in Exhibit A hereto.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. The Facility .

(a) The Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lenders agrees to make a (i) single loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount determined by the Borrower not to exceed $300,000,000 (the “ Initial Loan ”) and (ii) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2(b), additional loans determined by the Borrower in an amount not to exceed $[            ] (the “ Subsequent Loan ”), and together with the Initial Loan, the (“ Loans ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans exceed $[            ]. Amounts borrowed under this Section 1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. The Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) Borrowings, Conversions, Continuations. The Borrower may request that the Loans be (i) made as or converted to Base Rate Loans by irrevocable notice to be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day of the borrowing or conversion, or (ii) made or continued as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans by irrevocable notice to be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon three Business Days prior to the Business Day of the borrowing, continuation or conversion. Subject to the following paragraph, if the Borrower fails to give a notice of conversion or continuation prior to the end of any Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that such Loan be continued as a Eurodollar Loan with a one month interest period. If the Borrower requests that a Loan be continued as or converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, but fails to specify an Interest Period with respect thereto, then, subject to the following paragraph, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month with respect to such Loan. Notices pursuant to this Section 1(b) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing.


Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loan may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan without the written consent of the Required Lenders.

(c) Interest; Computations. At the option of the Borrower, the Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate plus the Interest Margin; or (ii) the Base Rate plus the Interest Margin.

The Borrower promises to pay interest (i) for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, (A) on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of the Interest Period, and (B) on the date of any conversion of such Loan to a Base Rate Loan, and (ii) for any Base Rate Loan, on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter. The Borrower further promises to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans on the Maturity Date.

While (i) any Event of Default under Section 7(a)(i) or 7(f) exists and (ii) upon the written request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts shall be payable on demand.

All computations of interest for a Base Rate Loan computed using the prime rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).

(d) Evidence of Loans. The Loans and all payments thereon shall be evidenced by the Administrative Agent’s loan accounts and records; provided , however , that upon the request of any Lender, each of the Loans held by such Lender may be evidenced by a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B hereto (each, a “ Note ”), in addition to such loan accounts and records. Such loan accounts, records and Notes shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans and payments thereon. Any failure to record the Loans or payment thereon or any error in doing so shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans.

(e) (1) Maturity; Payments Generally . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on such date.

The Borrower shall make all payments required hereunder not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date of payment in immediately available funds in Dollars at the office of the Administrative Agent located at 550 South Tryon Street, 6th Floor, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202 or such other address as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower in writing (the “ Lending Office ”). All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. All payment received by the Administrative Agent shall be applied ratably to each Lender based on its Applicable Percentage.

 

2


If any payment to be made by the Borrower hereunder shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

All payments by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent in full without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of and exempt from, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties or charges of whatsoever nature imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof. If, however, any applicable Loan Party shall be required by Law to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both U.S. federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the applicable Loan Party shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Loan Party to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e)(2) below, (B) the applicable Loan Party shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions of Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(2) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of and notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax,

 

3


(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate reasonably satisfactory to Borrower to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

4


(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as may be necessary for the Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such obligations of such Lender under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. If to any Lender’s knowledge, any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that the Borrower make any withholding or deduction for Taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.

(iv) Each Lender agrees that if, to its knowledge, any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower may, upon two Business Days’ notice, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and upon same-day notice in the case of a Base Rate Loan, prepay the Loans on any Business Day; provided that, in the case of a prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower pays all Breakage Costs (if any) associated with such prepayment on the date of such prepayment. Prepayments of the Loans must be accompanied by a payment of interest on the amount so prepaid. Prepayments of (i) a Eurodollar Rate Loan must be in a principal amount of at least $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) a Base Rate Loan must be in a principal amount of at least $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount of the Loans then outstanding. Any amounts prepaid hereunder shall be applied as set forth Section 1(e)(1) .

(g) The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan.

 

5


(h) Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(i) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payment on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

the provisions of this clause (j) shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans.

Section 2. Conditions Precedent to the Loans .

(a) The obligation of the Lenders to make the Loan hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following items, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders:

(A) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto;

(B) executed counterparts of each Account Control Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and the applicable Intermediary;

 

6


(C) if requested by any Lender, a Note (in the form of Exhibit B attached) evidencing the Loan executed by the Borrower in favor of the such Lender;

(D) Permitted Collateral with a value of not less than the Required Collateral Amount, calculated after giving effect to the making of the Loan on the Closing Date;

(E) evidence that all action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created hereunder has been taken;

(F) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

(G) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(H) a favorable opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as to the matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(I) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (a) as to the matters set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) below and (b) since December 31, 2013, there shall have not occurred any event or condition that has had or could be reasonably expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(J) a certificate from the chief financial officer of (i) the Borrower certifying that it and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be Solvent and (ii) PBF Energy Company LLC certifying that it and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be Solvent.

(K) at least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act; and

(L) a copy of the flow of funds in connection with the closing of the Loans deemed satisfactory by the Administrative Agent.

 

7


(ii) All of the representations and warranties in the Agreement made by any Loan Party shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if such representation or warranty is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of the Closing Date, or if such representation speaks of an earlier date, as of such earlier date.

(iii) No Default or Event of Default under the Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the initial making of Loans thereunder.

(iv) The Transactions shall have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Transfer Documents and applicable Law and the Borrower IPO shall have resulted in gross proceeds of at least $200,000,000.

(v) The “Closing Date” as defined in the Senior Secured Facility shall have occurred or shall occur substantially simultaneously with the Closing Date.

(vi) The Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of one outside counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (directly to such counsel if requested by the Lead Arranger) to the extent invoiced no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the relevant Lender).

(vii) The Administrative Agent will have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, projections prepared by management of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which will be quarterly for the first year through December 31, 2014 and annually thereafter for the term of the Senior Secured Facility.

(viii) There shall be no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority (i) in respect of the Senior Secured Facility, the Term Loan Facility, the Borrower IPO or the Transactions or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ix) The Administrative Agent will be reasonably satisfied that, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have no outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money, other than the Term Loan Facility.

(x) The closing of the Term Loan Facility (with respect to the Initial Loans) shall have occurred on or before [May 31, 2014].

 

8


(b) The obligation of the Lenders to make each of the Subsequent Loans hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  (i) All of the representations and warranties in the Agreement made by any Loan Party shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if such representation or warranty is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of the date of such Subsequent Loan, or if such representation speaks of an earlier date, as of such earlier date.

 

  (ii) No Default shall exist, or would result from the making of such Subsequent Loan or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

  (iii) The Lender shall have received a request for such Subsequent Loan in accordance with Section 1(b).

 

  (iv) Such Subsequent Loan shall be made on or prior to the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date.

 

  (v) The Lender shall have received Permitted Collateral with a value of not less than the Required Collateral Amount, calculated after giving effect to the making of such Subsequent Loan.

 

  (vi) The Borrower shall have obtained commitments equal to the principal amount of such Subsequent Loan from financial institution satisfactory to it (subject to the limitations on Lenders set forth in Section 11(g) ).

Any request for a Subsequent Loan submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 2(b)(i) and 2(b)(ii) have been satisfied on and as of (or prior to) the date of the making of such Subsequent Loan.

Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Closing Date and on each date, if any, on which a Subsequent Loan is made, that:

(a) Existence, Qualification and Power. The Borrower (i) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (A) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (B) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and Transfer Documents to which it is a party and consummate the Transactions, and (iii) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (ii)(A) or (iii), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document and Transfer Document to which it is or is to be a party (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action, and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of the Borrower’s certificate of formation or limited partnership agreement; (B) result in the creation of any Lien (other than the Lien created pursuant to the Loan Documents), conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (1) any note, indenture, credit agreement, security agreement, credit support

 

9


agreement, or other similar agreement to which the Borrower is a party or any Material Contract or (2) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law applicable to the Borrower or its property in each case set forth in clause (B) or (C) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Transfer Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) the grant by the Borrower of the Liens pursuant to the Loan Documents, (iii) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Loan Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral except for (A) authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (B) authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which are not required by the express terms of the Loan Documents to be taken or delivered by the Borrower as of the Closing Date.

(d) Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

(e) No Default. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Transactions, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(f) Compliance with Laws; Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(i) The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any Loan will be used by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB).

(iii) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

10


(g) Solvency. The Borrower, together with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, before and after giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of the Loans, the purchase of the Required Collateral Amount, and the consummation of the Transactions, is Solvent.

(h) Disclosure. No financial statement, certificate or other written information (other than third-party data and information of a general nature made available in any electronic data room) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished from time to time) contains, as of the date such information was furnished (after giving effect to any such modification, supplement or other information) (or, if such information expressly relates to an earlier date, such earlier date) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in any material respect taken as a whole; provided that with respect to projected financial information and general economic or industry information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such forecasts are estimates and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such forecasts may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

(i) Title to Collateral; No Other Liens. The Borrower owns the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders created by the Loan Documents, Inchoate Tax Liens and Liens in favor of an Intermediary subordinated to the Liens created in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to an Account Control Agreement. The Borrower has not granted “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over either Collateral Account or any other Collateral to any Person, other than the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

(j) Perfected First Priority Liens. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document, upon completion of the filing of financing statements describing the Collateral in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the taking of all applicable actions in respect of creation, attachment, perfection or priority contemplated by Section 4(g) in respect of Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement, will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders as collateral security for the Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof to the extent provided in the UCC.

(k) Required Collateral Amount. After giving effect to the Loans, the aggregate value of Permitted Collateral held in the Collateral Accounts is greater than or equal to the Required Collateral Amount.

 

11


(l) Borrower’s Legal Name; Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Taxpayer Identification Number. The Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth on the signature page hereof. The Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization, type of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization and U.S. taxpayer identification number are specified on Schedule I hereto.

(m) Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues in respect of the Transactions that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering. To the knowledge of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower and each Subsidiary is not subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any U.S. economic sanctions laws, Executive Orders or implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), or all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant to it. To the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (i) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person or (iii) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.

(o) PATRIOT Act, Anti-Terrorism Laws and FCPA. To the knowledge of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

 

12


Section 4. Affirmative Covenants . So long as principal of and interest on the Loans or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document remains unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnities and other contingent obligations), the Borrower shall:

(a) Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) by the date required to be delivered to the SEC (or such date as may be extended by the SEC) but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in partnership equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case (to the extent available) in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than to the extent any such qualification results from a potential inability to satisfy any indebtedness (including indebtedness hereunder) that will be due and payable as a result of a current debt maturity); and

(ii) beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2014 by the date required to be delivered to the SEC (or such date as may be extended by the SEC), but in any event within 45 days (or 60 days in the case of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2014) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in partnership equity, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case (to the extent available) in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, partnership equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as to any information contained in public filings (such as in annual, regular, periodic or special reports, proxies, registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, or financial statements or other reports or communications sent to public investors in the Borrower generally) (collectively, a “ Public Filing ”), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(ii) above (it being agreed that the certification of a Responsible Officer required under Section 4(a)(ii) shall not be required to be delivered to the extent the related financials are contained in any such applicable public filing (it being agreed and understood that, for purposes hereof, such certification shall be deemed made by such public filing)).

(b) Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent (for further delivery to the Lenders), in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii) , a duly completed certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(ii) within 5 days of receipt, a copy of the monthly statement of each Collateral Account.

 

13


Documents required to be delivered (a) pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(ii) (to the extent any such documents are delivered pursuant to a Public Filing) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent by email or electronically (as set forth in (b)) within the time periods set forth in Sections 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(ii) and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date of such email or posting (it being agreed and understood that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such Documents to the Lenders), (b) pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(ii) (to the extent any such documents are not delivered pursuant to a Public Filing) or 4(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the date on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address www.pbfenergy.com ; provided that, in the case of clause (b), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail versions (i.e. soft copies) of such documents and (c) pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the date on which such documents are delivered to the Administrative Agent if such entity is the same as the Revolving Administrative Agent.

(c) Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish such notice and information to the Lenders) upon any Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge of:

(i) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(ii) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc . (i) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14


(e) Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans solely to make payments to the Guarantor and certain of its Affiliates to finance, in part, the Borrower’s acquisition of the Contributed Assets, and not in contravention of the Laws referenced in Sections 3(n) and 3(o) .

(f) Required Collateral Amount.

(i) The Borrower shall maintain the Collateral Accounts at all times that any portion of the Loans shall remain outstanding.

(ii) The Borrower shall, at all times, maintain Permitted Collateral in the Collateral Accounts with an aggregate value greater than or equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans (the “ Required Collateral Amount ”).

(iii) If, at any time, the Required Collateral Amount exceeds the aggregate value of Permitted Collateral held in the Collateral Accounts, the Borrower shall immediately deposit additional Permitted Collateral into one or both of the Collateral Accounts to eliminate such excess. In accordance with the terms of the Account Control Agreements, the Borrower shall direct the investment of items deposited into the Collateral Accounts; provided , that the Borrower shall not be permitted to Dispose of any Collateral except pursuant to Section 4(f)(iv) . The Borrower shall treat all income, gains or losses from the investment of items in the Collateral Accounts as its own income or loss, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have no liability for any such gain or loss.

(iv) Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of any prepayment or repayment of the Loans and the submission of a certificate by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the amount and type of Collateral the Borrower wishes to liquidate and/or withdraw (which amount shall not exceed the amount of such prepayment or repayment), the Administrative Agent shall instruct the Intermediary to liquidate and/or remit to the Borrower such Collateral from the Collateral Account; provided , that after such withdrawal, the aggregate value of Permitted Collateral held in the Collateral Accounts shall be greater than or equal to the Required Collateral Amount, as calculated after giving effect of such prepayment of the Loans. In the event that the Borrower shall elect to make such a withdrawal or request, the Administrative Agent shall direct the applicable Intermediary to liquidate the applicable Collateral and remit the proceeds to the Borrower.

(v) If, at the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the aggregate value of Permitted Collateral held in the Collateral Accounts exceeds 102% of the principal amount of the Loans outstanding at such time, then, upon the request of the Borrower, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall direct the applicable Intermediary to pay and transfer to the Borrower cash, to the extent available, in the applicable Collateral Account in an amount equal to such excess.

(g) Perfection of Security Interest in Collateral . The Borrower shall maintain the security interests created by the Loan Documents as perfected first priority security interests subject to no other Liens (other than Inchoate Tax Liens and Liens in favor of an Intermediary

 

15


subordinated to the Liens created in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to an Account Control Agreement). The Borrower further agrees to take all action reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enforce in accordance with the Loan Documents and under applicable Law, the security interest in any and all of the Collateral, including, without limitation, (i) executing, delivering and, where appropriate, filing financing statements and amendments relating thereto under the UCC, to the extent, if any, that the Borrower’s signature thereon is required therefor; and (ii) complying with any provision of any applicable law, including the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdictions as to any Collateral if compliance with such provision is a condition to the attachment, perfection or priority of, or the ability of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enforce, the security interest in such Collateral. If any of the Collateral consists of certificated securities (as defined in the UCC), the Borrower shall immediately deliver the same to the applicable Intermediary, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent or such Intermediary may from time to time specify (and any such certificated securities shall not be included in any determination of whether the aggregate value of Permitted Collateral held in the Collateral Accounts is equal to or greater than the Required Collateral Amount until such securities and instruments of transfer or assignment are so delivered to the applicable Intermediary). Additionally, the Borrower shall maintain Securities Entitlements, Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts only with financial institutions that have agreed to comply with entitlement orders and instructions originated by the Administrative Agent without the further consent of the Borrower, such arrangements to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over all Deposit Accounts and establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any portion of the Investment Property constituting Certificated Securities, Uncertificated Securities, Securities Accounts and Securities Entitlements. For purposes of this paragraph (g), terms which are defined in the UCC are used herein as so defined (and if defined in more than one article of the UCC shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 thereof).

(h) Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account in respect of the Collateral.

(i) Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent (or, when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent and one Lender selected by the Required Lenders) to inspect, once per year (or more often upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the Collateral and the books and records regarding the Collateral described in clause (h) above, at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, under no circumstances shall the Borrower or Subsidiary be required to deliver or disclose any information subject to attorney-client privilege or that otherwise constitutes attorney work product pursuant to the written advice of counsel; provided, however, to facilitate access to the requested information, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Administrative Agent in gaining access to such information in a manner that protects and preserves the attorney-client privilege and attorney client work product status thereof.

 

16


(j) Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Laws referenced in Sections 3(n) and 3(o) .

(k) Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order to (A) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (B) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, subject any Collateral to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Loan Documents, (C) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Loan Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (D) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party is or is to be a party.

Section 5. Negative Covenants . So long as principal of and interest on the Loans or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document remains unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnities and other contingent obligations), the Borrower shall not:

(a) Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Loan, directly or indirectly, immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

(b) Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the Lien created in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents, Inchoate Tax Liens and Liens in favor of an Intermediary subordinated to the Liens created in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to an Account Control Agreement or pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Disposition of Collateral. Consummate any Disposition of Collateral, except as expressly permitted by Section 4(f)(iv) .

(d) Burdensome Agreements. Permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on the Collateral.

(e) Change in Name, etc. Except upon 10 business days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such lesser period to which the Administrative Agent may agree in writing), (i) change its type of organization, or jurisdiction of organization, (ii) change its organizational number if it has one, or (iii) change its name. Promptly following such notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all additional approved financing statements and other executed documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for or required herein or in any other Loan Document.

(f) Control Agreements . Permit any collateral intended to secure the Obligations to be maintained in any deposit account or securities account that is not a Collateral Account.

 

17


Section 6. Security .

(a) Grant of Security. To secure the prompt payment in full when due, whether by lapse of time, acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise, of the Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a continuing security interest in, and a right to set off against, any and all right, title and interest of the Borrower in and to the Collateral Accounts, all other amounts maintained in the Collateral Accounts and all other Collateral.

(b) Exercise of Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, and may with the consent of, the Required Lenders, exercise any and all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent under applicable Law.

(c) Application of Proceeds. Any cash proceeds received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the sale of, collection of, or other realization upon any part of the Collateral or any other amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder after the exercise of remedies shall (i) be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order: first, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Section 8 payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such; second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including amounts payable under Section 8, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause second payable to them; third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause third payable to them; fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fourth held by them; and last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations, in each case, as to which no claim has been made) have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law) or (ii) held by the Administrative Agent as cash collateral for the Obligations. Any surplus cash collateral or cash proceeds held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender after payment in full of the Obligations shall be paid over to the Borrower or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

(d) Reinstatement. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 6 shall continue to be effective or automatically be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or otherwise must be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any other obligor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

18


Section 7. Events of Default . The following are “ Events of Default ”:

(a) The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of the Loans, or (ii) pay within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on the Loans or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 4(d) , 4(e) , 4(f) (and, in the case of Section 4(f) , such failure continues for two Business Days) or 4(g) or Section 5 ;

(c) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement contained in (i)  Sections 4(a) , 4(b)(i) or 4(c) of this Agreement and such failure continues for 10 Business Days after the earlier to occur of (A) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower or (B) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of any such failure or (ii) any covenant (not specified in clause (i) above or in Sections 7(a) or 7(b) above) in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier to occur of (A) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower or (B) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of any such failure; or

(d) Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document that does not have a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made or (ii) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, or in any other Loan Document, that has a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification shall be incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) There exists any “Event of Default” as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Facility; or

(f) Any Loan Party institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 consecutive calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Any Loan Party becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 consecutive calendar days after its issue or levy; or

 

19


(h) There is entered against any Loan Party (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $10,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 30 consecutive calendar days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) Any material provision of any Loan Document at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(j) The Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall cease to have a valid, perfected, first priority Lien on a material portion of the Collateral for any reason (other than as a result of an action or inaction by the Administrative Agent or any Lender).

(k) A Change of Control occurs.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, shall at the request of, and may with the consent of, the Required Lenders (i) declare all sums outstanding hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, including all interest thereon, to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be immediately due and payable, without notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor, or other notices or demands of any kind or character, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and (ii) liquidate the Collateral and apply the proceeds thereof to repay the Loans then outstanding;

provided , however , that upon the entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Loan and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, without further act of any Lender.

Section 8. Yield Protection and Illegality .

(a) The Borrower shall be obligated to pay to the Lenders all Breakage Costs.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental

 

20


Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (A) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, at Borrower’s option, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to a Base Rate Loan (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loan shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, such Lender shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until such Lender determines that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

(c) If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders will promptly so notify the Borrower. Thereafter, (A) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be suspended, and (B) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a borrowing of a Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.

(d) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate),

 

21


(ii) subject any Lender or recipient to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes or Excluded Taxes on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender,

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(e) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or its Lending Office or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the commitment of such Lender hereunder or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(f) A certificate of the applicable Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 8(d) or 8(e) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent error. The Borrower shall pay to applicable Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(g) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of Section 8(d) or 8(e) shall not constitute a waiver of the applicable Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine months period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(h) All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 8 shall survive termination of this Agreement and repayment of the Obligations.

 

22


Section 9. Administrative Agent.

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender, for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (f) below for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof), or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(c) The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(A) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

23


(C) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(D) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10(d) and 7) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any Lender.

(E) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (A) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (B) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (C) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (D) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(F) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (other than counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

24


(e) The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

(A) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a Lender with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such Lender with an office in the United States; provided, however, if no Lender or Affiliate of a Lender is so appointed, then such successor does not need to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender but shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, directly until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 9(g) shall continue in effect for the benefit of such

 

25


retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(f) Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(g) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Joint Lead Arrangers listed on the first page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

(h) In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loans shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(A) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(B) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

(C) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of

 

26


any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender, or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

(i) Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to take the following actions, and the Administrative Agent hereby agrees to take such actions upon the Borrower’s request:

(A) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnities and other contingent obligations), (ii) that is sold or Disposed of or to be sold contemporaneously with the release of such Lien or Disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document (which release will, notwithstanding any term or condition in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document occur automatically and without further action upon consummation of such sale or Disposition,) or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10(d) below; and

(B) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of Collateral or other property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty. In each case as specified in this clause (j), the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral or other property from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this clause (j).

Section 10. Additional Security Provisions .

(a) The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Obligations undertaken by it under this Agreement involve the provision of collateral security for and that such provision of collateral security for the Obligations are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances. In full recognition and furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower understands and agrees, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and except as may otherwise be expressly and specifically provided in the Loan Documents, that the Borrower shall remain obligated hereunder (including with respect to the collateral security provided by the Borrower herein) and the enforceability and effectiveness of this Agreement and the liability of the Borrower, and the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected, limited, reduced, discharged or terminated in any way, without regard to, and the Borrower hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense now or in the future arising

 

27


by reason of, (A) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any Loan Document, any of the Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Lender; (B) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender; (C) the insolvency, bankruptcy arrangement, reorganization, adjustment, composition, liquidation, disability, dissolution or lack of power of the Borrower or the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender to file or enforce a claim in bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person; or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Borrower, or any changes in the shareholders of the Borrower; (E) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender to exhaust any Collateral for all or any part of the Obligations, to pursue or exhaust any right, remedy, power or privilege it may have against the or to take any action whatsoever to mitigate or reduce the Borrower’s liability under this Agreement; or (F) any other circumstance or act whatsoever, including any action or omission (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower), which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge or defense of the Borrower to its Obligations or with respect to the collateral security provided by the Borrower herein, in bankruptcy or in any other instance (other than the defense of payment or performance).

(b) The Borrower hereby waives to the extent permitted by law: (i) except as expressly provided otherwise in any Loan Document, all notices to the Borrower, including notices of the acceptance of this Agreement or the provision of collateral security provided herein, or the creation, renewal, extension, modification or accrual of any Obligations, or notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any other Lender upon the collateral security provided herein, or of default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations owed to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and enforcement of any right or remedy with respect thereto; or notice of any other matters relating thereto; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the collateral security provided herein; and all dealings between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders, on the other hand, in connection with the Facility likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the collateral security provided herein; (ii) diligence and demand of payment, presentment, protest, dishonor and notice of dishonor; (iii) any statute of limitation affecting the Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof; (iv) all rights of revocation with respect to the Obligations and the provision of collateral security herein; and (v) all principles or provisions of law which conflict with the terms of this Agreement and which can, as a matter of law, be waived.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower waives, and agrees not to assert, all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Lender arising out of the exercise by any of them of any rights hereunder, except to the extent arising solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any other Lender to collect such deficiency.

 

28


(d) The Administrative Agent may enforce its rights hereunder without prior judicial process or judicial hearing, and to the extent permitted by law, the Borrower expressly waives any and all legal rights which might otherwise require the Administrative Agent to enforce its rights by judicial process.

(A) No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, remedy, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right, remedy, power or privilege, under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. The exercise by the Administrative Agent of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies herein shall not be construed as a waiver of any other rights, powers and remedies, including any rights of set-off.

Section 11. Miscellaneous .

(a) All financial computations required under this Agreement shall be made, and all financial information required under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

(c) Any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document).

(d) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent (provided that such acknowledgement shall be administrative in nature and shall not be construed as a consent right, except as required in the next proviso below), and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(A) waive any condition set forth in Section 2(a) ;

(B) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;

(C) postpone any scheduled date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to any Lender hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of such Lender;

 

29


(D) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to proviso to this Section 10(d) ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(E) change Section 1(e)(1) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(F) change any provision of this Section 10.(d) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(G) except as provided in Section 9(j) , release all or a material portion of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than as contemplated by the Loan Documents), without the written consent of each Lender; or

(H) release all or a material portion of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

and provided , further , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10(o) ; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, notices and other communications to each party provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed or sent by facsimile to the address provided from time to time by such party. Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notwithstanding anything to

 

30


the contrary contained herein, all notices (by whatever means) to the Lender pursuant to Section 1(b) hereof shall be effective only upon receipt. Any notice or other communication permitted to be given, made or confirmed by telephone hereunder shall be given, made or confirmed by means of a telephone call to the intended recipient at the number specified in writing by such Person for such purpose, it being understood and agreed that a voicemail message shall in no event be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices of borrowings, conversions and continuations) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Indemnitee from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower.

(g) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lenders. Each Lender may at any time (i) assign all or any part of its rights and obligations hereunder to any financial institution in a minimum amount equal to $5 million with the consent of the Borrower, provided that no such consent shall be required if the assignment is to an Affiliate of such Lender, an Approved Fund or if an Event of Default exists, provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof, (ii) grant to any other Person, except natural persons, the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, participating interests in all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder without notice to the Borrower, and (iii) pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under the Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank (provided that no such pledge or assignment referred to in this clause (iii) shall release the relevant Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto). No assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to a natural person. The Borrower agrees to execute any documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any assignment referred to in the foregoing clause (i). All information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, a Lender or any Affiliates of the foregoing may be furnished by any Lender to its Affiliates and to any actual or proposed assignee or participant. An assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 (which shall not be payable by the Borrower) will be paid to the Administrative Agent to the assignor with respect to each assignment unless waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of a single firm of outside counsel and any required local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, additional conflicts counsel) for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), in connection with the syndication, preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby

 

31


shall be consummated), and (ii) all and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Lenders (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any outside counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the existence of an Event of Default (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout or restructuring in respect of the Loan. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each assignment and assumption agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments (if any) of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(h) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and their Related Parties (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the Loans or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by either Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability arising with respect to either Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or from the material breach by such Indemnitee of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee not involving an act or omission of the Borrower other than in such Indemnitee’s capacity or fulfilling its role as an agent or arranger with respect to the Term Loan Facility.

(i) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the party to this Agreement shall assert, and hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against

 

32


any other party to this Agreement, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(j) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after written demand (together with supporting documentation) therefor.

(k) The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 9(i) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of the Obligations.

(l) To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

(m) If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(n) All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of the making of any Loan, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the Loans or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

 

33


(o) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each counterpart, when so executed, shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(p) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 1(e) or if the Borrower is required to pay any indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 1(e) , if any Lender is a non-consenting Lender under Section 10(d) or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10(g) ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(i) the Borrower or such assignee shall pay to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10(g) ;

(ii) such Lender shall receive payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 1(e) ) (other than indemnitees and other contingent obligations not then due and payable) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 1(e) , such assignment is reasonably expected to result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that, if Borrower elects to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 10(o) , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment and assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such assignment and assumption; provided, that the failure of any such Lender to execute an assignment and assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the register.

(q) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

34


(r) THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR THE LENDERS OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ON BEHALF OF THE LENDERS MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(s) EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 9(Q) . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(t) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9(E) . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

(u) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY

 

35


(WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

(v) The Administrative Agent hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), the Lenders are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Lenders to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

(w) The Administrative Agent hereby agrees for itself and its successors and assigns, including any subsequent holder of any Note, that no claim under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document shall be made against the General Partner, and that no judgment, order or execution entered in any suit, action or proceeding, whether legal or equitable, hereunder or on any other Loan Document shall be obtained or enforced, against the General Partner or its assets for the purpose of obtaining satisfaction and payment of amounts owed under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(x) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

36


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

PBF LOGISTICS LP, as Borrower
BY:   PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC,
  ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Signature Page to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


[                    ], as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Signature Page to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


[                    ], as Lender
By:    
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2


[                    ], as Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

3


[                    ], as Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

4


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

 

Account Control Agreement:    [To be provided].
Act:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 9(t) .
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate    means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the product of (a) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserves.
Affiliate:    With respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Agreement:    This Term Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time.
Applicable Percentage    With respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the principal amount of outstanding Loans held by such Lender as of the date of determination over the principal amount of outstanding Loans held by all Lenders as of the date of determination.
Approved Fund:    Any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Base Rate:    means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Wells Fargo at its principal U.S. office as its “prime rate”, and (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for a one-month interest period (as determined on such day) plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Wells Fargo based upon various factors including Wells Fargo’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Wells Fargo shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
Base Rate Loan:    A Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate.
Borrower:    Has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

- 1 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


Borrower IPO:    An initial registered public offering of the Common Units of the Borrower to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement which results in the Common Units of the Borrower being traded on a national securities exchange.
Breakage Costs:    Any loss, cost or expense including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by such Lender to maintain the relevant Eurodollar Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained as a result of (i) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or (ii) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of a Lender to make any Loan when all conditions to making such Loan have been met by the Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date or in the amount notified by the Borrower. A certificate of the relevant Lender as to its costs of funds, losses and expenses incurred shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Business Day:    Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Lending Office is located or the State of New York and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.
Cash Equivalents:    Any of the following types of investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents, any Inchoate Tax Liens and Liens in favor of an Intermediary subordinated to the Liens created in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to an Account Control Agreement):
  

(a) cash;

  

(b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;

  

(c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lender, and in each case rated at least “ Prime-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “ A-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, and with maturities of not more

 

- 2 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


  

than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided at the time of purchase, no one issuer will be more than 10% of the value of the Permitted Collateral at the time of purchase and for purposes of calculating the amount of Permitted Collateral on deposit in any Collateral Account hereunder, Permitted Collateral of an issuer that exceeds the 10% threshold set forth above shall be excluded from such calculation; and

 

(d) investments in money market mutual funds that are registered with the SEC and subject to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and have a net asset value of 1.0.

Change in Law:    The occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Change of Control:   

means an event or series of events by which:

  

(i) the General Partner or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PBF Inc. shall cease to be the sole general partner of the Borrower; or

  

(ii) PBF Inc. shall cease, directly or indirectly to own and control legally and beneficially greater than 50% of the Equity Interests in the General Partner;

  

(iii) PBF Inc. shall cease, directly or indirectly to have the power to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests in the General Partner having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner; or

  

(iv) either (i) PBF Inc. shall cease to be able, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the members of the board

 

- 3 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


  

of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner or (ii) the failure of the majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner to be comprised of directors directly or indirectly appointed by PBF Inc.

 

For purposes of this definition “PBF Inc,” means PBF Energy, Inc. and its successors.

Closing Date:    The first date all the conditions precedent in Section 2(a) are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9(d) .
Collateral:    All of the following: (a) each Collateral Account, (b) all assets and property maintained in each Collateral Account, (c) all books and records with respect thereto, (d) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and, Supporting Obligations (as defined in the UCC) given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.
Collateral Account:    Each “Collateral Account” as defined in each Account Control Agreement.
Common Units:    The common units and subordinated units representing limited partner interests in the Borrower.
Contractual Obligation:    As to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Contributing Affiliates:    The Guarantor, PBF Holding Company LLC and any other Affiliate of the Guarantor that contributes or otherwise transfers assets to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether on, prior to or after the Closing Date as described in the Registration Statement.
Contributed Assets:    The assets contributed or otherwise transferred by the applicable Contributing Affiliate to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries whether on, prior to or after the Closing Date, including without limitation the assets contributed by certain Contributing Affiliates to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date as described in the Registration Statement.
Control:    The possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
Debtor Relief Laws:    The Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

- 4 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


Default:    Any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate:    An interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Interest Margin, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Interest Margin) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum.
Disposition or Dispose:    The sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding (i) the granting or perfection of a Lien, and (ii) the licensing of intellectual property.
Dollar or $:    The lawful currency of the United States of America.
Environmental Laws:    Any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
Environmental Liability:    Any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Contributing Affiliate directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other written consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Equity Interests:    With respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such

 

- 5 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination (provided, however, that debt securities that are or by their terms may be convertible or exchangeable into or for Equity Interests shall not constitute Equity Interests prior to conversion or exchange thereof).
Eurodollar Rate:   

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the LIBOR Rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“ LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Wells Fargo’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

 

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date of determination, for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Wells Fargo’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

Eurodollar Rate Loan:    A Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

- 6 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


Event of Default:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 7 .
Excluded Taxes:    With respect to the Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a Lender pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section  1(e) and (d) any Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.
FATCA:    Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.
Federal Funds Rate:    For any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Foreign Lender:    A Lender that is not a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
Foreign Subsidiary:    Any Subsidiary that is either (i) incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any

 

- 7 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   State thereof or the District of Columbia (other than an entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal tax purposes and is a direct Subsidiary of an entity organized in the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia), (ii) any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or (iii) any Subsidiary if substantially all of its assets consist of Equity Interests or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.
FRB:    The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Fund:    Any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
GAAP:    Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
General Partner:    PBF Logistics, GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole general partner of the Borrower.
Governmental Authority:    The government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Guarantor:    PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability company (“ PBF LLC ”).
Guaranty:    The Guaranty of Collection dated as of the date hereof made by the Guarantor in favor of (i) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and (ii) the Revolving Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the lenders under the Senior Secured Facility, in an amount not to exceed $300,000,000 plus the principal amount of Subsequent Loans extended hereunder plus indemnity and expense reimbursement obligations, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time.
Hazardous Materials:    All explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials,

 

- 8 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
Inchoate Tax Liens:    Liens for taxes that are not (x) yet due and payable or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and appropriate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP
Indemnified Taxes:    Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document.
Indemnitee:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 9(i) .
Intermediary:    Each of [                    ], in its capacity as “Securities Intermediary” under the applicable Account Control Agreement.
Interest Margin:    An applicable percentage per annum equal to (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, 0.25% and (b) in the case of a Base Rate Loan, 0%.
Interest Period:    For a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months (or twelve months if agreed to by all relevant Lenders), as selected by the Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof or such other period requested by the Borrower and consented to by all Lenders; provided that:
  

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

  

(b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

  

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Laws:    Collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents of general applicability, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with

 

- 9 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority.
Lender:    Has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Lending Office:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 1(e) .
Lien:    Any security interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to the lien or security interest arising from any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest. The term “Lien” shall include any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.
Loan Documents:    This Agreement, the Guaranty, the Notes (if any), the Account Control Agreements, and each other document executed and delivered in connection with the granting, attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral.
Loan Parties:    The Borrower and the Guarantor.
London Banking Day:    Any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Material Adverse Effect:    (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, assets, business, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Secured Facility), taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies (taken as a whole) of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any Loan Documents, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its payment obligations under any Loan Documents to which it is a party, or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.
Material Contract:    (a) The PBF Contribution Agreement and any similar type of agreement relating to the transfer of the Contributed Assets, (b) all material fuel supply, marketer and/or distributor agreements, including those listed on [Schedule 5.18 to the Senior Secured Facility], together with amendments, restatements, extensions and replacements thereof, (c) the PBF Distribution Contract, the PBF Omnibus Agreement, and the PBF Transportation Contract together with amendments,

 

- 10 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   restatements, extensions and replacements thereof, and (d) any other documents, agreements or instruments (i) to which any the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, and (ii) which, if breached, terminated or cancelled, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Maturity Date:    The third anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
Moody’s:    Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Note:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d) .
Obligations:    All advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to the Loans, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Other Connection Taxes:    With respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Note or Loan Document).
PBF Contribution Agreement:    means that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, the General Partner, PBF Energy Inc., PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC.
PBF Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement    means that certain Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC.
PBF Omnibus Agreement:    means the Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the General Partner, PBF Holding Company LLC and PBF Energy Company LLC.
PBF Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement:    means that certain Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Toledo Refining Company LLC, the General Partner, the Borrower and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC.

 

- 11 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


PBF Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Services Agreement:    means that certain Toledo Truck Unloading and Terminaling Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and the Borrower.
Permitted Collateral:    Cash Equivalents owned by the Borrower which are held in a Cash Collateral Account and in which the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders has a first priority perfected security interest.
Person:    Any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Proceeds:    All “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from Collateral, collections thereon and distributions or payments with respect thereto.
Registration Statement:    That certain Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 333-195024 filed on April 4, 2014 with the SEC with respect to the Common Units, as amended from time to time through [                    ].
Related Parties:    With respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
Required Collateral Amount:    Has the meaning set forth in Section 4(f)(ii) .
Required Lenders:    On any date of determination, Lenders who collectively hold more than 50% of the outstanding loans and unfunded commitments under the Term Loan Facility, or if the Term Loan Facility has been terminated, Lenders who collectively hold more than 50% of the aggregate outstandings under the Term Loan Facility.
Responsible Officer:    With respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, executive vice president, senior vice president, chief financial officer, any executive vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Person (or its general partner or other governing body, as applicable) and, solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(F) , the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party or the General Partner on behalf of such Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have

 

- 12 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


   been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party or the General Partner, as applicable, and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party or the General Partner, as applicable.
Revolving Administrative Agent:    The Person acting as Administrative Agent from time to time under and as defined in the Senior Secured Facility.
Senior Secured Facility:    The Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the Lenders party thereto, as amended, modified, refinanced or replaced.
S&P:    Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
SEC:    The Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Solvent and Solvency:    With respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
Statutory Reserve:    means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

- 13 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


Subsidiary:    With respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
Taxes:    All present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties or assessments imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any withholdings or backup withholdings with respect thereto and any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Transactions:    Collectively, the contribution of Contributed Assets on or prior to the Closing Date, the consummation of the Borrower IPO and the execution and delivery by the Borrower of the Senior Secured Facility and the borrowing of any loans thereunder on the Closing Date.
Transfer Documents:    Collectively, the PBF Contribution Agreement and any other material documents, agreements and instruments executed by the Borrower, any Subsidiary thereof or any Contributing Affiliate in connection with the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof whether on, prior to or after the Closing Date.
UCC:    The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

- 14 -

Exhibit A to Term Loan and Security Agreement

(PBF Logistics LP)


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[        ]                ,         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PBF LOGISTICS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay [        ] (the “ Lender ”) and its registered assigns the principal sum of [                    ] Dollars ($[            ]) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as it may be amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being hereinafter called the “ Agreement ”), between the Borrower and the Lender, on the Maturity Date. The Borrower further promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loan evidenced hereby from time to time at the rates, on the dates, and otherwise as provided in the Agreement.

All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Lender for its account in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Lending Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This promissory note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This promissory note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this promissory note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. The Loan made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this promissory note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of the Loan and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this promissory note.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Agreement are used herein with their defined meanings therein.

 

- 1 -

Exhibit B to Term Loan Credit Facility

(PBF Logistics LP)


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

PBF LOGISTICS LP, as Borrower
BY:   PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC,
  ITS GENERAL PARTNER
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 1 -

Exhibit B to Term Loan Credit Facility

(PBF Logistics LP)


SCHEDULE I

CERTAIN BORROWER INFORMATION

 

Jurisdiction of Organization:    Delaware
Type of Organization:    Limited Partnership
Organizational Identification Number:    Delaware: [                    ]
Location of Chief Executive Office or Sole Place of Business:   

 

- 1 -

Schedule I to Term Loan Credit Facility

(PBF Logistics LP)

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

[Published CUSIP Number: [    ]]

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April [    ], 2014

among

PBF LOGISTICS LP,

as the Borrower,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and

an L/C Issuer,

and

The Lenders Party Hereto

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, [CITI] AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

[CITI] as Syndication Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. as Documentation Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1   

1.1

  Defined Terms      1   

1.2

  Other Interpretive Provisions      35   

1.3

  Accounting Terms      36   

1.4

  Rounding      37   

1.5

  Times of Day      37   

1.6

  Letter of Credit Amounts      37   

ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     38   

2.1

  The Borrowings      38   

2.2

  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans      38   

2.3

  Letters of Credit      39   

2.4

  Prepayments      48   

2.5

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      50   

2.6

  Repayment of Loans      51   

2.7

  Interest      51   

2.8

  Fees      52   

2.9

  Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate      52   

2.10

  Evidence of Debt      53   

2.11

  Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback      54   

2.12

  Sharing of Payments by Lenders      56   

2.13

  Increase in Facility      57   

2.14

  Cash Collateral      58   

2.15

  Defaulting Lenders      59   

2.16

  Swingline Loans      61   

2.17

  Extension of Maturity Date      62   

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     65   

3.1

  Taxes      65   

3.2

  Illegality      69   

3.3

  Inability to Determine Rates      70   

3.4

  Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans      71   

3.5

  Compensation for Losses      72   

3.6

  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      72   

3.7

  Survival      73   

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     73   

4.1

  Conditions of Closing Date      73   

4.2

  Conditions to All Credit Extensions      77   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     78   

5.1

  Existence, Qualification and Power      78   

 

i


5.2

  Authorization; No Contravention      78   

5.3

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      78   

5.4

  Binding Effect      78   

5.5

  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      79   

5.6

  Litigation      79   

5.7

  Material Contracts; No Default      80   

5.8

  Ownership of Property      80   

5.9

  Environmental Compliance      81   

5.10

  Insurance      81   

5.11

  Taxes      82   

5.12

  ERISA Compliance      82   

5.13

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties      83   

5.14

  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      83   

5.15

  Disclosure      83   

5.16

  Compliance with Laws      83   

5.17

  Solvency      84   

5.18

  Casualty, Etc.      84   

5.19

  Collateral Documents      84   

5.20

  State and Federal Regulation      84   

5.21

  U.S. Sanctions      84   

ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     85   

6.1

  Financial Statements      85   

6.2

  Certificates; Other Information      86   

6.3

  Notices      88   

6.4

  Payment of Taxes      89   

6.5

  Preservation of Existence, Etc.      89   

6.6

  Maintenance of Properties      90   

6.7

  Maintenance of Insurance      90   

6.8

  Compliance with Laws      90   

6.9

  Books and Records      91   

6.10

  Inspection Rights      91   

6.11

  Use of Proceeds      91   

6.12

  Additional Subsidiaries; Additional Security      91   

6.13

  Compliance with Environmental Laws      94   

6.14

  Further Assurances      94   

6.15

  Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds      94   

6.16

  Material Contracts      94   

6.17

  Unrestricted Subsidiaries      95   

6.18

  Flood Insurance Laws      95   

6.19

  Post-Closing Matters      96   

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     97   

7.1

  Liens      98   

7.2

  Indebtedness      101   

7.3

  Investments      103   

7.4

  Fundamental Changes      105   

 

ii


7.5

  Dispositions      106   

7.6

  Restricted Payments      107   

7.7

  Change in Nature of Business      108   

7.8

  Transactions with Affiliates      108   

7.9

  Burdensome Agreements      109   

7.10

  Use of Proceeds      109   

7.11

  Financial Covenants      109   

7.12

  Amendments of Organization Documents      110   

7.13

  Accounting Changes      110   

7.14

  Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness      110   

7.15

  Amendment, Etc. of Indebtedness      110   

7.16

  Swap Contracts      111   

7.17

  Deposit Accounts      111   

7.18

  Material Contracts      111   

7.19

  Limitations on Activities of Borrower      111   

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     112   

8.1

  Events of Default      112   

8.2

  Remedies upon Event of Default      114   

8.3

  Application of Funds      115   

8.4

  Right to Cure Financial Covenants      116   

ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     117   

9.1

  Appointment and Authority      117   

9.2

  Rights as a Lender      118   

9.3

  Exculpatory Provisions      118   

9.4

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      119   

9.5

  Delegation of Duties      119   

9.6

  Resignation of Administrative Agent      119   

9.7

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      120   

9.8

  No Other Duties, Etc.      121   

9.9

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      121   

9.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      122   

9.11

  Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements      122   

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     123   

10.1

  Amendments, Etc.      123   

10.2

  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications      125   

10.3

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement      127   

10.4

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      128   

10.5

  Payments Set Aside      130   

10.6

  Successors and Assigns      131   

10.7

  Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality      136   

10.8

  Right of Setoff      137   

10.9

  Interest Rate Limitation      138   

10.10

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      138   

10.11

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      138   

 

iii


10.12

  Severability      138   

10.13

  Replacement of Lenders      139   

10.14

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.      140   

10.15

  Waiver of Jury Trial      141   

10.16

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      141   

10.17

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      141   

10.18

  USA Patriot Act      142   

10.19

  Time of the Essence      142   

10.20

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      142   

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

2.01

   Commitments and Applicable Percentages

5.06

   Litigation

5.07

   Material Contracts

5.08(d)

   Existing Investments

5.13

   Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties

6.12

   Guarantors

6.19

   Mortgaged Properties

6.19(a)(iii)

   Property Exempt from Section 6.19(a)(iii) Requirements

7.02

   Existing Indebtedness

7.05(k)

   Scheduled Dispositions of Certain Property

7.06(d)

   Scheduled Distributions of Certain Property

7.09

   Burdensome Agreements

10.02

   Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

 

Form of

A-1

   Loan Notice

A-2

   Swingline Loan Notice

B

   Note

C

   Compliance Certificate

D-1

   Assignment and Assumption

D-2

   Administrative Questionnaire

E

   Perfection Certificate

F

   Security Agreement

G-1

   U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

G-2

   U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

G-3

   U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

G-4

   U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

H

   Mortgage

I

   PBF LLC Guaranty of Collection

 

v


REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April [    ], 2014, among PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), each lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue letters of credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acquired Entity or Business ” means any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Guarantor during the relevant period of determination.

Additional Commitment Lenders ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(c)(iv) .

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate ” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the product of (a) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserves.

Administrative Agent ” means Wells Fargo in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.


Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders in effect from time to time. As of the Closing Date, the Aggregate Commitments are $300,000,000.

Agreement ” means this Revolving Credit Agreement.

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15 . If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.2 , or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means (a) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(i) for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2014, 0.75% per annum for Base Rate Loans, 1.75% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Letter of Credit Fees and 0.300% per annum for Commitment Fees and (b) after the date set forth in clause (a) above, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(i) :

 

    

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing

Level

  

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio

   Eurodollar Rate
(Letters of Credit)
    Base Rate
(Swingline Loans)
    Commitment
Fee
 
1    < 2.00 to 1.0      1.75     0.75     0.300 %
2    ³ 2.00 to 1.0 and < 2.75 to 1.0      2.00     1.00     0.300 %
3    ³ 2.75 to 1.0 and < 3.50 to 1.0      2.25     1.25     0.375 %
4    ³ 3.50 to 1.0 and < 4.00 to 1.0      2.50     1.50     0.375 %
5    ³ 4.00 to 1.0      2.75     1.75     0.500 %

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(i) ; provided , however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, Pricing Level 5 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and in each case shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.

 

2


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.9(b) .

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to the Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment or holds a Loan at such time, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) the L/C Issuer and (ii) if any Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , the Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swingline Commitment, the Swingline Lender.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Asset Sale ” means any Disposition by any Relevant Party of (a) any Equity Interest owned by such Relevant Party in any other Relevant Party or (b) all or any portion of the assets owned by any Relevant Party, provided that “Asset Sale” shall not include any Disposition pursuant to Section 7.5 (other than clause (g)  thereof).

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(iii ).

Available Cash ” means “Available Cash” as defined in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, any amendment or other modification to the definition of “Available Cash” in the Partnership Agreement after the date hereof will not be effective for purposes of this Agreement without the approval of Required Lenders.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of all of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.5 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions and the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, in each case pursuant to Section 8.2 .

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as

 

3


publicly announced from time to time by Wells Fargo at its principal U.S. office as its “prime rate”, and (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for a one-month interest period (as determined on such day) plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Wells Fargo based upon various factors including Wells Fargo’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Wells Fargo shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan (including any Swingline Loan) that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2 .

Borrowing ” means an extension of credit consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1 .

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located or in New York City and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof, treated as capitalized leases; provided , however , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, for all purposes hereunder and under any other Loan Document, GAAP shall be deemed to treat operating leases and Capitalized Leases in a manner consistent with their treatment under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date.

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the L/C Issuer shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the L/C Issuer. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of investments:

(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;

 

4


(b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lender, and in each case (i) rated at least “ Prime-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “ A-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, and with maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof or (ii) rated at least “ Prime-2 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “ A-2 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, and with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(d) investments in money market mutual funds that are registered with the SEC and subject to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and have a net asset value of 1.0.

Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements made or entered into at any time, or in effect at any time, whether directly or indirectly, and whether as a result of assignment or transfer or otherwise, between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank, and designated by the Borrower as a “Cash Management Agreement” in a writing to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Cash Management Bank.

Cash Management Bank ” means (a) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender that is a party to a Cash Management Agreement on the Closing Date or (b) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement and to the extent designated by the Borrower as a “Cash Management Bank” in a writing to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Cash Management Bank.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

 

5


Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) the General Partner or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PBF Inc. shall cease to be the sole general partner of the Borrower; or

(b) PBF Inc. shall cease, directly or indirectly to own and control legally and beneficially greater than 50% of the Equity Interests in the General Partner;

(c) PBF Inc. shall cease, directly or indirectly to have the power to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests in the General Partner having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner; or

(d) either (i) PBF Inc. shall cease to be able, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner or (ii) the failure of the majority of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the General Partner to be comprised of directors directly or indirectly appointed by PBF Inc.

Citi ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Citibank, N.A., Citicorp USA, Inc., Citicorp North America, Inc. and/or any of affiliate thereof in the capacity of joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner and Syndication Agent.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.1(a) are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.1 .

Closing Date Dividend ” has the meaning specified in “Transactions”.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all of the “ Collateral ” and “ Mortgaged Property ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; provided , however , “Collateral” shall exclude Excluded Assets for all purposes.

 

6


Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Joinder Agreements, security agreements, pledge agreements, deposit account control agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.12 , and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swingline Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8(a) .

Commodity Exchange Act ” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7. U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Measurement Period, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such Measurement Period plus , (a) without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (other than clause (x) below with respect to business interruption insurance):

(i) Consolidated Interest Charges,

(ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable (without duplication, net of, Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits),

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense,

(iv) non-cash compensation expenses and charges,

(v) unrealized net losses in the fair market value of any Swap Contract,

(vi) other non-cash items reducing such Consolidated Net Income,

(vii) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions,

 

7


(viii) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the proposed or consummated incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2, the proposed or consummated making of any Investment (including any Permitted Acquisition) permitted by Section 7.3 (in each case of or by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period) or proposed or consummated issuance of Equity Interests in a public offering; provided that the aggregate amount of adjustments included in this clause (viii)  shall not exceed the greater of (A) $10,000,000 and (B) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated without regard to such addition), in each case during any fiscal year,

(ix) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds of third Persons that are not Loan Parties contributed to the capital of Borrower or any Subsidiary,

(x) to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to the extent consistent with GAAP, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, and minus

(b) without duplication, the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (A) unrealized net gains in the fair market value of any Swap Contract and (B) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (to the extent consistent with GAAP, other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business) (in each case of or by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period).

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement Period (or, in the case of pro forma calculations, during the period from the last day of such Measurement Period to and including the date as of which such calculation is made) and for the purpose of calculating compliance with any test or financial covenant hereunder, if the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Disposition, Material Acquisition or Subsidiary Designation or incurred or repaid any Indebtedness during such Measurement Period, Consolidated EBITDA and the components of any such test for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Material Disposition, Material Acquisition or Subsidiary Designation or the incurrence or repayment of such Indebtedness, occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (as of the last date in the case of a balance sheet item) (with the Measurement Period for the purposes of pro forma calculations being the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information has been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 ), which may, in the case of a Material Acquisition, reflect (1) pro forma adjustments to the extent permitted to be reflected in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (2) other adjustments satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned

 

8


or delayed). For purposes hereof, the terms “Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” mean, with respect to calculating “Consolidated EBITDA” or compliance with any test hereunder, giving effect to the adjustments set forth in this paragraph.

As used in this definition, “ Material Acquisition ” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes common stock of any Person and (b) involves consideration in excess of $5,000,000; “ Material Disposition ” means any sale, transfer or other disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers or other dispositions of property that (i) involves assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or involves common stock of any Person owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) involves consideration in excess of $5,000,000.

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum (without duplication) of:

(a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including the Loans hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments representing obligations for borrowed money,

(b) the outstanding principal amount of all Attributable Indebtedness,

(c) all unreimbursed obligations under bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments and drawn letters of credit; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not constitute Consolidated Funded Indebtedness until three Business Days after such amount is drawn,

(d) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable in the ordinary course of business) required to be reflected on the balance sheet as a liability in accordance with GAAP,

(e) all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (d) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and

(f) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above of any partnership or Joint Venture (other than a Joint Venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary is a general partner, to the extent the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is directly liable for the payment of such Indebtedness;

provided , however , “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” shall exclude (i) all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness arising under the Term Loan Documents (other than the amount of any Term Loan Collateral Shortfall) and (ii) all Swap Obligations.

 

9


Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Measurement Period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, plus (c) their net payments (or minus their net receipts) under Swap Contracts with respect to interest rates, less (d) all interest income of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above; provided , however , for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Interest Charges shall exclude any (i) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance commission, fees and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any AHYDO catch-up payments) and any charges or losses as a result of the early retirement of Indebtedness, (ii) any fees paid in connection with this Agreement, the Term Loan Documents or any other facility for borrowed money permitted hereunder or paid in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, (iii) Indebtedness or lease issuance costs that are amortized, (iv) any principal components paid on lease payments, (v) expenses paid in connection with amendments of Indebtedness (whether successful or not) and (vi) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition.

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, for any Measurement Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges paid in cash, in each case, of or by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for or during such Measurement Period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any Measurement Period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Measurement Period; provided that (a) Consolidated Net Income shall exclude extraordinary gains, losses, charges or expenses for such Measurement Period, (b) Consolidated Net Income shall exclude the net income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary during such Measurement Period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such income is not permitted as of the time of determination by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or Law applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary during such Measurement Period, except to the extent such income is actually distributed, (c) except as provided in clause (d)  below, Consolidated Net Income shall exclude any income (or loss) for such Measurement Period of any Person if such Person is not the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (d) Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of net income actually distributed in cash during such Measurement Period to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Joint Venture or other Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any dividends or other distributions in cash that are extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring in nature) and, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary is not precluded from further distributing such amount to the Borrower as described in clause (b) of this proviso.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries

 

10


(other than such Consolidated Funded Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien as of such date), less any unrestricted (other than to the extent restricted as a result of the Lien created by any Loan Document, it being agreed and understood that the Term Loan Collateral shall be deemed restricted for such purpose) cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries up to $15,000,000 to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period.

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” means at any date of determination, the total amount of consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom the value of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, all as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Tangible Assets shall not include the minimum amount of Term Loan Collateral required to be maintained in respect of the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, less any unrestricted (other than to the extent restricted as result of the Lien created by any Loan Document, it being agreed and understood that the Term Loan Collateral shall be deemed restricted for such purpose) cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries up to $15,000,000 to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or any agreement, instrument or other contract to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution and Conveyance Agreement ” means that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, the General Partner, PBF Inc., PBF LLC, PBF Holdings, Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise ( provided that individual natural persons who are members of a board of managers or board of directors of a Person shall not be deemed to Control such Person solely because of such membership). “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing, (b) a Swingline Borrowing and (c) an L/C Credit Extension.

DB ” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in its capacity as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner and Documentation Agent.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

11


Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees and interest accrued at the Default Rate, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Facility plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan plus 2% per annum and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.15(b) , any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to (i) fund any portion of the Loans, Swingline Loans or participations in L/C Obligations required to be funded by it hereunder, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of the failure to satisfy one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing), or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, any L/C Issuer, or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within three Business Days of the date due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on the failure to satisfy a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. Neither the granting or creation of a Lien nor the granting of a license on Intellectual Property constitutes a Disposition.

 

12


Disqualified Capital Stock ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than in Equity Interests that are otherwise not Disqualified Capital Stock), on or prior to the ninety-first (91st) day after the Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in (a) above (other than in Equity Interests that are otherwise not Disqualified Capital Stock), in each case at any time on or prior to the ninety-first (91st) day after Maturity Date, or (c) contains any repurchase obligation for cash purchase which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all obligations; provided , however , that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or an asset sale occurring prior to the ninety-first (91) day after the Maturity Date shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if such Equity Interests provide that the issuer thereof will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the repayment in full of the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent obligations). For the avoidance of doubt, the incentive distribution rights owned by PBF LLC and described in the Registration Statement shall not constitute “Disqualified Capital Stock” for any purpose hereunder.

Documentation Agent ” means DB in its capability as Documentation Agent.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

Easement ” means any right-of-way agreement, easement, surface use agreement, or other similar document relating to any Pipeline Asset owned or held by any Relevant Party at the time in question.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.6(b)(iii) and (v)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.6(b)(iii) ).

Energy Policy Act ” means the Energy Policy Act of 1992, Pub. L. No. 102-486, 106 Stat. 2776 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 15, 16, 20, 25, 42 U.S.C.).

Engagement Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated April [    ], 2014, among the Borrower, WFS and Wells Fargo.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, or governmental restrictions, any and all judgments, orders,

 

13


decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, or licenses by any Governmental Authority, and any agreement with any Governmental Authority, relating to pollution and/or the protection of the environment or the release of any hazardous materials into the environment, including those related to releases of hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise, arising under Environmental Laws (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any other Relevant Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, or (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination; provided , however , that any debt securities that are or by their terms may be convertible or exchangeable into or for Equity Interests shall not constitute Equity Interests prior to conversion or exchange thereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with the Borrower is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the

 

14


appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurodollar Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the LIBOR Rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“ LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Wells Fargo’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date of determination, for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Wells Fargo’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1 .

Extending Lender ” has the meaning specified in 2.17(b) .

Extension Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in 2.17(b) .

Excluded Assets ” means (a) property and assets (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Pipeline Assets, Easements, any governmental licenses, state or local franchises, charters, authorizations, but excluding the Material Contracts and Equity Interests) the pledge or granting of a security interest in which would violate contractual restrictions or violate or be restricted or

 

15


prohibited by applicable law or would require the consent or approval of a third party (other than a member of the PBF Energy Company Group), in each case, unless such restrictions are rendered ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Collateral shall include (and the definition of Excluded Assets shall not then include) any portion of such property or assets immediately at such time as the contractual or legal provisions referred to above shall no longer be applicable or such required consent shall have been received, (b) money, (c) motor vehicles, airplanes, vessels, rail cars, rolling stock and other assets subject to certificate of title statutes, (d) letters of credit and letter of credit rights that do not constitute supporting obligations in respect of other collateral, (e) commercial tort claims in respect of which no complaint or counterclaim, as applicable, has been filed or in respect of which the amount claimed is less than $10,000,000, (f) Excluded Bank Accounts and Term Loan Collateral, (g) property or assets not required to be Collateral pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12(b) or Section 6.12(e) and Real Property or Easements not required to be subject to a mortgage pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12(c) or until such time as required pursuant to Section 6.19 , (h) property or assets owned by an Excluded Subsidiary, unless such Excluded Subsidiary has elected to be a Loan Party, (i) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a trademark or service mark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. §1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law, (j) property and assets with respect to which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines the time or expense of obtaining a pledge or grant of a security interest therein outweighs the benefits thereof, (k) any property subject to a purchase money or capital lease financing arrangement or similar arrangement and any lease, license, permit or agreement to the extent that and for so long as a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license, permit, or agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto or otherwise require consent thereunder (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable law), (l) margin stock, (m) Equity Interests in joint ventures and non-wholly owned Subsidiaries to the extent such security interest is prohibited by applicable Law or the terms of the operative documents governing such joint venture or Subsidiary after the Borrower has used commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate such provision and (n) assets and property of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Excluded Bank Accounts ” means any (a) bank accounts maintained by the Loan Parties which have a most recent 5-day average balance that does not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate and (b) bank accounts used for payroll, payroll taxes, tax purposes, trust or fiduciary purposes, employee benefits, bona fide escrow with respect to third parties (other than other Relevant Parties) in connection with Investments or ordinary course Contractual Obligations permitted hereunder or collateral deposits securing Permitted Liens.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary for which either of the following is true: (a) it is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (b) it is not required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12(e).

 

16


Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof), provided that if a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal, or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Loan Parties and hedge counterparty applicable to such Swap Obligations, and agreed by the Administrative Agent. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender (including for purposes of this definition, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer) or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 3.06(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and (d) any Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Extraordinary Receipt ” means any cash received by or paid to or for the account of any Person from the proceeds of property insurance (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent such proceeds constitute compensation for lost earnings) and condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof).

Facility ” means the credit facility under this Agreement.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

 

17


Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Wells Fargo on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

FERC ” shall mean the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or any of its successors.

FERC Jurisdictional Requirement ” means, with respect to properties that are part of the Pipeline Systems for which a Relevant Party has requested a waiver of the Interstate Commerce Act tariff filing and reporting requirements, any order or other requirement by the FERC, imposed at any time after the Closing Date, that requires any Relevant Party to take any action with respect to or as a result of a finding, that all or a portion of such properties are subject to FERC requirements, including any requirement for the filing of reports and/or tariffs at the FERC with respect to such properties, or any other FERC order or requirement that any Borrower or any Subsidiary comply with the regulations of the FERC with respect to such Properties.

Finance Co ” shall mean any direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated to become or otherwise serving as a co-issuer or co-borrower of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement, which Subsidiary meets the following conditions at all times: (a) the provisions of Section 6.12 have been complied with in respect of such Subsidiary, and such Subsidiary is a Restricted Subsidiary and a Loan Party, (b) such Subsidiary shall be a Domestic Subsidiary and (d) such Subsidiary has not (i) incurred, directly or indirectly any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than the Indebtedness that it was formed to co-issue or co-borrow (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any additional series, tranche or issuance of such type of Indebtedness) and for which it serves as co-issuer or co-borrower, (ii) engaged in any business, activity or transaction, or owned any property, assets or Equity Interests other than (A) performing its obligations and activities incidental to the co-issuance or co-borrowing of the Indebtedness that it was formed to co-issue or co-borrower and (B) other activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence, including legal, tax and accounting administration, (iii) consolidated with or merged with or into any Person, or (iv) failed to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

[“ Fiscal Year-End 2012 and Fiscal Period-End March 2013 Financial Statements ” means the audited combined balance sheet of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the period ended March 31, 2013, and the related combined statements of operations, net investment and cash flows for the period of July 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012 of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries then ended, including the notes thereto.]

 

18


Flood Insurance Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.18 .

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer).

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is either (i) is a CFC, (ii) any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (iii) any Subsidiary that has no material assets other than Equity Interests or subordinated Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

General Partner ” means PBF Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or any substitute or replacement general partner of the Borrower that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of PBF LLC.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness payable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, and including any obligation of such Person, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such

 

19


Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount provided for in the Guarantee as being the subject of the Guarantee, and if no such provision exists, the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule 6.12 and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to execute and deliver a guaranty or guaranty supplement pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties in the Security Agreement, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 and the PBF LLC Guaranty of Collection.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law based on their dangerous and deleterious properties.

Hedge Bank ” means (a) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender that is a party to a Swap Contract on the Closing Date or (b) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Swap Contract permitted under ARTICLE VI or ARTICLE VII is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract and, in each case, designated by the Borrower as a “Hedge Bank” in a writing to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Hedge Bank.

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Increase Period ” has the meaning specified in 7.11(b)(ii ).

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments representing obligations for borrowed money;

 

20


(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such account was due, unless being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which any reserves are required by GAAP are maintained);

(d) all Indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) of others secured by a Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all Disqualified Capital Stock; and

(g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing Indebtedness of another Person.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or Joint Venture (other than a Joint Venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner to the extent that such Person is directly liable therefor, which shall include any Guarantees thereof.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4(b) .

Ineligible Institution ” shall mean the Persons identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish such information to the Lenders subject to the confidentiality obligations contained herein) in writing prior to the Closing Date.

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.7 .

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

 

21


Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice or is ending twelve months thereafter if requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the Appropriate Lenders; provided that:

(g) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(h) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(i) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Interstate Commerce Act ” means the body of law commonly known as the Interstate Commerce Act, codified at 49 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq (1988).

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness of or Equity Interest in, another Person, (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or any material portion of the assets of another Person or (d) the contribution of assets or property to a Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the fair market value of and Investment as of the time made, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of any Investment in a Person by a Loan Party or Subsidiary substantially concurrently with a cash distribution by such Person to a Loan Party or Subsidiary, then the amount of such Investment shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such Investment on the date when made less the amount of cash so distributed.

Investment Grade ” means, with respect to Borrower, Borrower having ratings of Baa3 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service Inc. or BBB- or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group; provided that the noninvestment grade rating from the other rating agency must be at least either Ba1 (stable), if Moody’s, and BB+ (stable), if S&P.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

22


Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement in the form of Annex I to the Security Agreement.

Joint Lead Arrangers ” means, collectively, WFS, Citi and DB.

Joint Venture ” means a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or statutory trust that is not a Subsidiary and that is owned jointly by a Relevant Party and one or more Persons other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Last Cure Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.4 .

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements relating to the foregoing with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced by means of a Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means Wells Fargo or any other Lender appointed by the Borrower (with the approval of the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the acceptance of such appointment by such Lender) in such capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. The “L/C Issuer” means the relevant L/C Issuer or each L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

23


Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(h) .

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $25,000,000 (or, if less, the Aggregate Commitments). The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Facility.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way, other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” means the loans specified in Section 2.1 .

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the PBF LLC Guaranty of Collection and (e) each Issuer Document.

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.2(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor (other than PBF LLC).

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, assets, business, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its payment obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Material Contract ” means (a) the Contractual Obligations listed on Schedule 5.07 and (b) any Contractual Obligation between the PBF Energy Company Group and their assignees, on the one hand, and a Relevant Party, on the other hand (the “ Parent Contracts ”), or one or more

 

24


Contractual Obligations with the General Partner having the same practical effect as a Parent Contract, in each case, that is filed or required to be filed by the Borrower pursuant to Item 1.01 of Form 8-K. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that Contractual Obligations described in clauses (a)  and (b)  above shall continue to be Material Contracts notwithstanding any assignment by the counterparty thereto.

Material Permitted Acquisition ” means any Permitted Acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for consideration in excess of $10,000,000.

Maturity Date ” means [    ], 2019 or such later date to which any Lender has agreed to extend its Commitment pursuant to Section 2.17 ; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

Measurement Period ” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Borrower or, if fewer than four full consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower have been completed since the Closing Date, the fiscal quarters of the Borrower that have been completed since the Closing Date. For all purposes of this Agreement when determining (a) an amount of any item included in the calculation of a financial ratio or financial covenant for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal such item for such fiscal quarter multiplied by four; (b) an amount of any item included in the calculation of a financial ratio or financial covenant for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2014, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal such item for such fiscal quarter multiplied by two; and (c) an amount of any item included in the calculation of a financial ratio or financial covenant for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal such item for the two fiscal quarters then ended multiplied by 4/3.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.19 .

Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.19 .

Mortgaged Properties ” means all Real Property and Easements required to be subject to a Mortgage that is delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall “Mortgaged Properties” include any Real Property or Easement that constitutes an Excluded Asset.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale (other than, in either case, any issuance or sale of Equity Interests) or Extraordinary Receipt received or paid to the account of any Relevant Party, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in

 

25


connection with such transaction (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) and any fees or premiums in connection therewith, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including professional fees and expenses) incurred by such Relevant Party in connection with such transaction, (C) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against (x) any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with an Asset Sale or Disposition or (y) any other liabilities retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries associated with the properties sold in such Asset Sale; provided , that, to the extent and at the time that any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), and (D) Taxes (or distributions in respect of taxes) reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith; and

(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) by the Borrower (or any contribution with respect to the Equity Interests of the Borrower), the cash proceeds thereof, net of customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith (“ Net Equity Proceeds ”).

Net Equity Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in “Net Cash Proceeds”.

Non-Extending Lenders ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(c)(iii) .

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b)(iii) .

Non-Recourse Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness as to which neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (ii) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (iii) constitutes the lender.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Notes Offering ” means the issuance by the Borrower or a Finance Co, whether in one offering or multiple offerings on an aggregate basis, of at least $100,000,000 of unsecured notes

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Swingline Loan, Letter of Credit, Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement (other than any Excluded Swap Obligation), in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

 

26


OFAC ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.21 .

Omnibus Agreement ” means the Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the General Partner, PBF Holdings and PBF LLC.

Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement ” means that certain Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among PBF Holdings, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Toledo Refining Company LLC, the General Partner, the Borrower and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, Joint Venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, Joint Venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Connection Taxes ” with respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” all present or future stamp or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to a participation or an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.6(b) ).

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date; (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts; and (c) with respect to any Swingline Obligations on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Swingline Loans occurring on such date.

 

27


Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.6(d) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.6(d) .

Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of PBF Logistics, LP, dated as of [            ], between the General Partner and PBF LLC.

PBF Energy Company Group ” means PBF Inc. and its Subsidiaries (other than the General Partner, Borrower and its Subsidiaries).

PBF Holdings ” means PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

PBF Inc. ” means PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

PBF LLC ” means PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

PBF LLC Guaranty of Collection ” means that Guaranty of Collection substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a certificate in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any transaction for the (a) acquisition of all or a material portion of the property of any Person, or of any business or division, or business line or unit of any Person; or (b) acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) of all of the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after giving effect to such transaction (in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 6.12 ); provided that each of the following conditions shall be met:

(i) any such newly-created or acquired Person shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.12;

(ii) (A) the lines of business of the Person to be (or the property of which is to be) so purchased or otherwise acquired shall not cause the Borrower to be in violation of Section 7.7 and (B) such Person shall have its primary operations in the United States or Canada;

 

28


(iii) the Borrower must be the surviving entity in any merger to which it is a party;

(iv) (A) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with all of the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 , such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b)  as though such purchase or other acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the Measurement Period covered thereby;

(v) such purchase or other acquisition shall be consummated on a non-hostile basis; and

(vi) after giving effect to such transaction, (a) the Aggregate Commitments minus (b) the Total Outstandings must be greater than or equal to $25,000,000.

Permitted Lien ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1 .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, Joint Venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pipeline Assets ” means, collectively, all gathering systems, all tubes and pipelines used for the transportation of hydrocarbons (including crude oil and refined products), wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party, together with all equipment, contracts, fixtures, facilities, metering stations, compressors, improvements, records and other property appertaining thereto.

Pipeline System ” means each system of Pipeline Assets, Real Property and Easements relating thereto making up an integrated gathering system and gathering system, or other pipeline system.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) maintained by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2 .

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2 .

Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest of a Relevant Party in and to any and all parcels of real property owned or leased by a Relevant Party together with all improvements and appurtenant fixtures, easements, rights of way and other real property incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof, but excluding Easements.

 

29


Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.6(c) .

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1, under the Exchange Act, of the Borrower filed with the SEC on April 3, 2014, as amended prior to the Closing Date.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived (under applicable regulations or otherwise).

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swingline Loan, a Swingline Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Commitments; provided that the unused Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or any executive vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party or of the General Partner acting on behalf of a Loan Party or Loan Parties. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party or of the General Partner acting on behalf of a Loan Party or Loan Parties shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property and including any sinking fund payment or similar deposit) on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof).

 

30


Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank and designated by the Borrower as a “Secured Cash Management Agreement” to the Administrative Agent in writing and the applicable Cash Management Bank.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under ARTICLE VI or ARTICLE VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank and designated by the Borrower as a “Secured Hedge Agreement” pursuant to a written notice to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Hedge Bank. “Secured Hedge Agreement” shall not include any transactions or confirmations with a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender entered into after such Lender ceases to be a Lender or such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of such Lender.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.5 , and the other Persons the Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(iii).

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Equity Contribution ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.4 .

 

31


State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies ” means any state Governmental Authority with jurisdiction with respect to any Pipeline Systems, and “ State Pipeline Regulatory Agency ” means any one of the foregoing.

Statutory Reserves ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Step-Up ” has the meaning specified in 7.11(b)(ii ).

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or (in the case of a partnership) a majority of the general partner interests are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Designation ” shall mean the designation by the Borrower of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or vice versa, as the case may be, to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

Swap ” shall mean any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Contracts ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, derivative contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master derivatives agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

32


Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swingline Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing of Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.16.

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to the Swingline Lender, the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.16 . The aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitment is $25,000,000 (or, if less, the Aggregate Commitments).

Swingline Lender ” shall mean Wells Fargo, in its capacity as Swingline Lender.

Swingline Lender Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(c) .

Swingline Loan ” shall mean any Swingline Loan made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16 .

Swingline Loan Notice ” shall mean a request by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .

Swingline Obligations ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Borrowings at such time.

Syndication Agent ” means [Citi] in its capacity as Syndication Agent.

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person, but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person would be characterized as indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties or assessments imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any withholdings or backup withholdings with respect thereto and any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

33


Terminaling Service Agreements ” means that certain (a) Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between PBF Holdings and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC and (b) Toledo Truck Unloading and Terminaling Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between PBF Holdings and the Borrower (the agreement described in clause (b), the “ Toledo Terminaling Services Agreement ”).

Term Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo as administrative agent for the lenders, and the other parties party thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Term Loan Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to the term “Collateral” in the Term Loan Agreement.

Term Loan Collateral Shortfall ” means, as of any date of determination, the excess of (i) the minimum amount of Term Loan Collateral required to be maintained in respect of the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement as of such date over (ii) the amount of Term Loan Collateral maintained in respect of the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement as of such date.

Term Loan Documents ” has the meaning assigned to the term “Loan Documents” in the Term Loan Agreement.

Threshold Amount ” means $10,000,000.

Toledo Assets ” has the meaning specified in 7.19 .

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans (including Swingline Loans) and L/C Obligations.

Transactions ” means (i) the negotiation, execution, delivery and effectiveness of the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Documents, (ii) the establishment of, and the preparation for and consummation of the initial public offering of, the Borrower (including the negotiation, execution, delivery and effectiveness of (a) agreements between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PBF Holdings, on the other hand, and (b) the Partnership Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder), (iii) the consummation of the transactions set forth in the [Contribution and Conveyance Agreement] and the other transactions described in the Registration Statement to occur on or about the Closing Date, (iv) the issuance of a distribution and/or dividend from the Borrower to PBF LLC in an amount up to $[            ] (the “ Closing Date Dividend ”), and (v) the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing. “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

34


United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(c)(i).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated as such pursuant to Section 6.17(a) and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, there are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56).

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to vote in the election of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such person.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and its successors.

WFS ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors.

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements, amendments and restatements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import

 

35


when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect, unless the context otherwise requires, and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.3 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, except (x) as may be required by changes in GAAP or (y) as may be required by IFRS if the Borrower is required to apply IFRS as provided in Section 1.3(b) , in each case subject to Section 1.3(b) below; provided that notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any change to GAAP occurring after the Closing Date as a result of the adoption of any proposals set forth in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update , Leases (Topic 840) , issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on August 17, 2010, or any other proposals issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in connection therewith, in each case if such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or such similar arrangement) was not required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

 

36


(b) Changes in GAAP; IFRS . If (x) at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document or (y) the Borrower is required (as advised by the Borrower’s outside auditors of nationally recognized standing) to apply IFRS rather than GAAP and such change would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or such application of IFRS, as the case may be (subject in each case to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein (or prior to the application of IFRS, as applicable) and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP (or to such application of IFRS, as applicable).

1.4 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.5 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.6 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof after such time, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time; provided, further, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic decreases in the stated amount thereof after such time (unless such Letter of Credit also provides for one or more automatic increases after such time), at the time of any such decrease and thereafter, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to such decrease.

 

37


ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.1 The Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations and Swingline Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.1, prepay under Section 2.4, and reborrow under this Section 2.1. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.2 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.3(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice then the applicable Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower fails to give a notice of conversion or continuation prior to the end of any Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that such Loan be continued as a Eurodollar Loan with a one month interest period. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Swingline Loans may not be converted or continued.

 

38


(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.2(a) . In the case of a Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.2 , the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Wells Fargo with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date a Loan Notice with respect to a Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the written consent of the Required Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Wells Fargo’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than seven (7) Interest Periods in effect.

2.3 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.3 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and to amend or

 

39


extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.3(b) , and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations and Swingline Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) subject to Section 2.3(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date or the Borrower shall have Cash Collateralized 103% of the full amount then available for drawing under such Letter of Credit.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated or subject to indemnification hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any

 

40


unreimbursed and non-indemnifiable loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount of less than $5,000;

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(F) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has Fronting Exposure.

(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in ARTICLE IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in ARTICLE IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

 

41


(i) The Borrower may from time to time request that the L/C Issuer issue or amend a Letter of Credit by delivering to the L/C Issuer a Letter of Credit Application (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in ARTICLE IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

42


(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii)  of Section 2.3(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.2 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day following the day of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date of such payment, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount (which Borrowing will not be subject to the terms and

 

43


conditions of Section 4.2 hereof and will be funded by the Lenders solely upon the requirements of this Section 4.2 being met), without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.2 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments. Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) [Reserved].

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.3(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing (including any failure to meet the terms and conditions of Section 4.2 ); provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3(c) by the time specified in Section 2.3(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest

 

44


thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.3(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.3(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.5 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any

 

45


other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the defense of payment.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid, except in the case of the L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct as determined in a non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to,

 

46


and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v)  of Section 2.3(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit, all as determined in the final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Applicability of ISP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate for Letters of Credit times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided , however , any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be (A) payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv) , (B) retained by the Borrower to the extent that the Borrower has provided Cash Collateral to cover Fronting Exposure that has not been reallocated pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv) , and (C) with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the L/C Issuer for its own account. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate

 

47


was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at a rate of the greater of (1) $500 and (2) 0.125% per annum, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.6 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(k) Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

2.4 Prepayments .

(a) Optional . Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.4(a)(i) , the Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (1) two Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its

 

48


receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage). If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein; provided that any such notice may be contingent upon the consummation of a refinancing, acquisition, merger or disposition transaction and if such refinancing, acquisition, merger or disposition is not consummated on the date of repayment specified in such notice, such notice may be rescinded, or the date of prepayment specified therein extended, upon further notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5 .

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time and from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date of prepayment and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of the lesser of (x) $100,000 and (y) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the prepayment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein; provided that any such notice may be contingent upon the consummation of a refinancing, acquisition, merger or disposition transaction and if such refinancing, acquisition, merger or disposition is not consummated on the date of repayment specified in such notice, such notice may be rescinded, or the date of prepayment specified therein extended, upon further notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Mandatory.

(i) To the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Extraordinary Receipt exceeds $15,000,000 per Asset Sale or receipt of Extraordinary Receipts, the Borrower shall deliver the notice required under Section 6.3(c) hereunder (it being agreed and understood that failure to deliver such notice shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default hereunder) and prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 100% of such excess Net Cash Proceeds promptly after receipt thereof (or if the Borrower in good faith intends to use such Net Cash Proceeds to acquire, improve or maintain Pipeline Assets, Real Property or Easements related to Pipeline Assets or for capital assets to be used in any line of business not prohibited by Section 7.7 , then on or before the 365th day after such Asset Sale to the extent that, within such 365 day period, the Relevant Parties have not used such Net Cash Proceeds for such purpose, provided , that prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds promptly after any earlier date on which the Borrower has determined not to use such Net Cash Proceeds for any such purpose) (all such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (iii) below).

 

49


(ii) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than the L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.

(iii) Prepayments of the Facility made pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall be applied, first , ratably to the L/C Borrowings, second , ratably to the outstanding Swingline Borrowings, third , ratably to the outstanding Base Rate Loans (other than the Swingline Loans), fourth , ratably to the outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, and fifth , in the case of prepayments under Section 2.4(b)(ii) only, to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations; and, in the case of prepayments of the Facility required pursuant to clause (i) or (ii)  of this Section 2.4(b) , the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all L/C Borrowings and Loans outstanding at such time and, in the case of prepayments under Section 2.4(b)(ii) only, the Cash Collateralization of the remaining L/C Obligations in full, may be retained by the Borrower. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable. Prepayments of the Facility made pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall not result under any circumstance in a permanent reduction of the Commitments.

2.5 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, the Swingline Commitment, or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments, the Swingline Commitment or the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (B) the Swingline Commitment if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of the Swingline Obligations would exceed the Swingline Commitment, or (C) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(b) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Swingline Commitment, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Aggregate Commitments

 

50


under this Section 2.5 . Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.6 Repayment of Loans . The Borrower shall repay (i) to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding on such date and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15 th or last day of a calendar month (or if either such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and is at least seven Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Borrowing (other than a Borrowing that is required to finance the reimbursement of a L/C Advance as contemplated by Section 2.3(c)) is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

2.7 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(i) While any Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a) (with respect to payments of principal only) or 8.1(f) exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders (which request will be communicated to the Borrower in writing), while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on all outstanding Obligations (other than interest at the Default Rate) hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the Default Rate (in lieu of any other interest rate and any such other interest rate shall immediately stop accruing until such time as the Default Rate is no longer accruing hereunder) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(b) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

51


2.8 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.3(h) and (i):

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of an aggregate commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments at such time exceeds the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in ARTICLE IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. For the purposes of calculating the Commitment Fee, the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero unless the Lenders have funded their participations therein.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Engagement Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.9 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate .

(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans computed using the prime rate and of the Commitment Fee shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, (i) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period: (A) the Borrower shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days), after the Borrower discovers such inaccuracy or the Borrower is notified by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Required Lenders) of such inaccuracy, as the case may be, deliver to the Administrative Agent correct financial information for such period, as necessary and (B) the Administrative Agent shall

 

52


determine and notify the Borrower of the amount of interest that would have been due in respect of any of the outstanding Obligations and the amount of the Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees, if any, during such period had the pricing been determined based on the correct calculation of the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.3(c)(iii) , 2.3(h) or 2.7 or under ARTICLE VIII . The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

2.10 Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note with respect to the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.10(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

53


2.11 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 3:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.2 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.2 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(i) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the

 

54


account of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in ARTICLE IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.4(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.4(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and, except as set forth in Section 2.15(a)(iv) , no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.4(c) .

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(f) Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.

 

55


2.12 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payment on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.15 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

56


2.13 Increase in Facility .

(a) Request for Increase . Provided there exists no Event of Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $300,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of two such requests per fiscal year. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders (or such shorter time as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent)).

(b) Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage or such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender’s Commitment may be increased without the prior written consent of such Lender.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. Subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld) and only to the extent such approval would be required under Section 10.6 , the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a customary joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Borrower.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall mutually determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) a favorable opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, covering such customary matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such increase and (ii) a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, (B) in the case of the Borrower, certifying, as of such date, giving effect to amounts drawn or to be drawn under the Facility (as increased pursuant to this Section 2.13 ) as of such date, compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 7.11 on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to

 

57


Section 6.1(a) or (b) , and (C) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (1) the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.13 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b)  of Section 5.5 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.1 , and (2) no Event of Default exists. The Borrower shall borrow additional Loans from the Lenders whose Commitments have been increased and/or prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, any increase in Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.13 and any Loans resulting therefrom shall have the same terms (other than upfront or certain other fees paid to the Lenders as determined by the Borrower) as the other Commitments and Loans and shall be benefitted by the Guarantees from the Guarantors and secured on a pari passu basis by the Collateral.

(g) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.12 or 10.1 to the contrary.

2.14 Cash Collateral .

(a) Certain Credit Support Events . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize 103% of the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 103% of all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(b) Grant of Security Interest . All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Wells Fargo. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in

 

58


all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14 or Sections 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.15 or 8.2 in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, Swingline Loans, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d) Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations or events giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.6(b)(vi) )) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.14 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 8.3 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

2.15 Defaulting Lenders . (a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 .

(ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of a Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to ARTICLE VIII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.8 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative

 

59


Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender hereunder; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts then owing to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , to the payment of any amounts then owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans, Swingline Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, Swingline Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, Swingline Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees . Each Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.8(a) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender) (and the Borrower shall (A) be required to pay to the L/C Issuer the amount of such fee allocable to its Fronting Exposure arising from that Defaulting Lender and (B) not be required to pay the remaining amount of such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.3(h) .

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes

 

60


of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.3 , the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided , that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of that Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.16 Swingline Loans .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in U.S. Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (x) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Commitment or (y) the Total Outstandings exceeding the Aggregate Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Borrowing. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay or repay and reborrow Swingline Loans. All Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans under this Agreement.

(b) To request a Swingline Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Swingline Lender of such request by telephone (confirmed by a Swingline Loan Notice by telecopy) not later than 2:00 p.m. on the day of the proposed Swingline Borrowing. Each such notice and Swingline Loan Notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the

 

61


requested date (which shall be a Business Day) of the Swingline Borrowing, (ii) the amount of the requested Swingline Borrowing and (iii) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 4:00 p.m. to the account requested by the Borrower.

(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice (a “ Swingline Lender Notice ”) given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon on any Business Day when Swingline Loans are outstanding, require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans made by it. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans in which the Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each such Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its respective obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds not later than 2:00 pm on the Business Day specified in the Swingline Lender Notice (and Section 2.11 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph (c), and thereafter payments by the Borrower in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or any other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be remitted promptly to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be remitted promptly by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

2.17 Extension of Maturity Date .

(a) Not earlier than one year after the Closing Date, nor later than sixty (60) days prior to the Maturity Date, the Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative

 

62


Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), request a one-year extension of the Maturity Date then in effect; provided that not more than two such extensions shall be effected during the term of this Agreement. Within thirty (30) days of delivery to the Lenders of such notice, each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent whether or not it consents to such extension (which consent may be given or withheld in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion). Any Lender not responding within the above time period shall be deemed not to have consented to such extension. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Lenders’ responses.

(b) The Maturity Date shall be extended only if the Required Lenders (calculated prior to giving effect to any replacements of Lenders permitted herein) (the “ Extending Lenders ”) have consented thereto. If so extended, the Maturity Date, as to the Extending Lenders, shall be extended to the date which is one year after the Maturity Date then in effect, effective as of the date the Administrative Agent has received the documents required to be delivered by Section 2.17(c)(ii) (the “ Extension Effective Date ”). The Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall promptly confirm to the Lenders such extension and the Extension Effective Date.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section shall not be effective with respect to any Lender unless:

(i) on the Extension Effective Date, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and no Default shall occur, as a result of such extension (in each case, unless waived by the Required Lenders, all Lenders or all affected Lenders, as the case may be);

(ii) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) copies of resolutions certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or such other evidence as may be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, demonstrating that the Borrower’s incurrence of indebtedness hereunder with a Maturity Date as extended pursuant to this Section has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and (B) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated as of the Extension Effective Date certifying that (1) before and after giving effect to such extension, the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents made by it are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Extension Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.17 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b)  of Section 5.5 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) , respectively, of Section 6.1 and (2) before and after giving effect to such extension no Default exists or will exist (in each case, unless waived by the Required Lenders, all Lenders or all affected Lenders, as the case may be);

 

63


(iii) The Borrower shall pay any Loans outstanding on the Maturity Date (prior to giving effect to any extension) as to any non-extending Lenders (the “ Non-Extending Lenders ”) (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5 ) to the extent necessary to keep outstanding Loans ratable with any revised and new Applicable Percentages of all the Lenders effective as of the Extension Effective Date;

(iv) On the Maturity Date applicable to each Non-Extending Lender, all or any part of such Non-Extending Lenders’ Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations shall be reallocated among the Extending Lenders and any new Lenders that become Lenders pursuant to Section 2.17(d) (“ Additional Commitment Lenders ”) in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to the Non-Extending Lenders’ Commitments) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause, with respect to any Extending Lender or Additional Commitment Lender, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of such Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swingline Obligations, to exceed such Lender’s Commitments as in effect at such time; and

(v) If the reallocation described in the preceding clause (iv) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations to the extent that, after giving effect to the reallocation pursuant to the preceding clause (iv) and the payment required by the preceding clause (iii), the Total Outstandings exceed the Commitments of the Extending Lenders and the Additional Commitment Lenders. The amount of Cash Collateral provided by the Borrower pursuant to this clause (v) shall reduce the Non-Extending Lenders’ Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to the preceding clause (iv)) on a pro rata basis; and each Non-Extending Lender’s Commitment to make Loans, purchase participations in Swingline Loans, and purchase participations in L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued after such Maturity Date shall terminate.

(d) The Borrower shall have the right to replace each Non-Extending Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

(e) This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.6 or 10.1 to the contrary.

 

64


ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.1 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(ii) If any applicable Withholding Agent shall be required by the Law to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both U.S. federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the applicable Withholding Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Withholding Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the applicable Withholding Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable Law, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions of Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Tax Indemnifications.

(i) Without duplication or limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b)  above, the Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent or the Lender, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

65


(ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b)  above, each Lender shall, and does hereby, indemnify and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender, as the case may be, or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e) . A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii) . The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.1 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent (or in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased), at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (or the applicable Lender, in the case of a Participant), such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested documentation or information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (or the applicable Lender), as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s (or Participant’s) entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable

 

66


jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (e), the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in (e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

 

67


(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 or Exhibit G-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a Payment made to a Lender or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or Administrative Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender or Administrative Agent has complied with such obligations of such Lender or Administrative Agent under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. If to any Lender’s knowledge, any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

68


(iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for Taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.

(iv) Each Lender agrees that if, to its knowledge, any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or promptly notify the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender, as the case may be. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Defined Terms . For purposes of this Section 3.1 , the term “Lender” includes Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer and the term “applicable Law” includes FATCA.

3.2 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of

 

69


such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), either, at Borrower’s option, either prepay or convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.3 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

70


3.4 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or the L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes or Excluded Taxes on its Loans, Commitments, Letter of Credit Obligations or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Eurodollar Rate Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines in good faith that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b)  of this Section, together with supporting documentation, and delivered to the Borrower shall

 

71


be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

3.5 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;

any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.5 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.6 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.4 , or the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.1 , or if

 

72


any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.2 , then such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.4 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.2 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.4 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 or if any Lender has given notice pursuant to Section 3.2 and, in each case, such Lender has not eliminated any such payments or the need for such notice by designating a different Lending Office in accordance with Section 3.6(a) , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

3.7 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this ARTICLE III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.1 Conditions of Closing Date . The occurrence of the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following (which receipt may be by means of telecopy or other electronic transmission followed by originals), and which, in the case of the documents listed in clauses (iv) through (x) of this Section 4.1(a) , are each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, when applicable, properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (it being agreed that Borrower shall deliver any Notes requested after such time promptly after the Closing Date);

 

73


(iii) a guaranty and collateral agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit F (together with each other guaranty, collateral agreement and Joinder Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 , in each case as amended, the “ Security Agreement ”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:

(A) the certificates, if any, representing pledged Equity Interests (other than to the extent constituting Excluded Assets) referred to therein that constitute certificated securities (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC), accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and the instruments, if any, evidencing items of pledged Indebtedness in a face amount in excess of $10,000,000 indorsed in blank;

(B) proper financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement;

(C) copies of UCC, federal and state tax and bankruptcy lien searches dated as of a recent date with respect to the Borrower and each other Loan Party as of the Closing Date; and

(D) evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary in order to perfect the Liens created under and contemplated by the Security Agreement and required under the Loan Documents to have been taken on or by the Closing Date have been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters and UCC-3 termination statements, if applicable), other than with respect to the matters contemplated in Section 6.12(c) and Section 6.19 and subject to Section 6.12(b) ;

(iv) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other customary certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party and certifying that attached thereto is (A) the certificate of limited partnership or formation of such party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and (B) the limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other governing document of such party as in effect on the Closing Date;

(v) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in (i) its jurisdiction of organization and (ii) each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

74


(vi) a customary legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender;

(vii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a) either (A) attaching copies of all material consents and approvals of third parties that may be required in connection with (x) the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (y) the consummation of the initial public offering of the Borrower and all transactions related thereto (including any transfers of assets or Equity Interests to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by its parent companies), and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such material consents or approvals are so required and (b) certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.2(a) and 4.2(b) , mutatis mutandis , have been satisfied (or otherwise waived), (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2012, that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (C) that there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority in respect of the Facility, the facility contemplated under the Term Loan Agreement, the initial public offering or the transactions related thereto or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (D) that except for indebtedness among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted by this Agreement, the Borrower does not have any indebtedness for borrowed money, other than the facility contemplated under the Term Loan Agreement and (E) that no material force majeure, abandonment or suspension of operations in excess of ninety (90) days shall have occurred and be continuing in respect of the PBF Energy Company Group’s Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware or Paulsboro, New Jersey refineries and that no Disposition of any such refinery is contemplated as of the Closing Date;

(viii) (A) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions, from the Borrower’s chief financial officer and (B) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of PBF LLC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the consummation of the initial public offering of the Borrower, from PBF LLC’s chief financial officer;

(ix) evidence that all insurance (other than title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect, together with the certificates of insurance, naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies (other than title insurance, directors and officers insurance and workers compensation insurance) maintained with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitute Collateral;

(b) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall be reasonably satisfied with (A) the pro forma capital and ownership structure of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the equity holding arrangements and all agreements relating thereto and (B) the flow of funds in connection with the Closing Date;

 

75


(c) executed counterparts of the PBF LLC Guaranty of Collection;

(d) (i) all fees and expenses (to the extent such expenses have been invoiced at least two Business Day prior to the Closing Date) required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid;

(e) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received, projections prepared by management of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which will be quarterly for the first year after the Closing Date and annually thereafter for the term of the Facility;

(f) the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to or on the Closing Date and to the extent required to be reimbursed hereunder;

(g) the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including but not restricted to the USA Patriot Act to the extent requested at least eight (8) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(h) the Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed and executed Perfection Certificate, in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(i) the closing of the initial public offering of the Borrower shall have occurred, or shall substantially contemporaneously occur, on terms and conditions described in the Registration Statement and shall have resulted or will result in gross proceeds of at least $200,000,000;

(j) the Material Contracts contemplated by the Registration Statement shall be in all material respects on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, shall be in full force and effect, and no default shall have occurred and be continuing thereunder; and

(k) the closing of the facility contemplated under the Term Loan Agreement shall have occurred prior to or substantially contemporaneous with the closing of the Facility hereunder on terms satisfactory to the Lenders.

Upon request upon or after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and each Lender a written confirmation stating that the Closing Date has occurred and the date thereof.

 

76


Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.3 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.1 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

4.2 Conditions to All Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in ARTICLE V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to representations and warranties which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.2, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.5(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to Sections 6.1(a) and (b) , respectively.

(b) (i) No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof, and (ii) after giving effect to such proposed Credit Extension, the Total Outstandings would not exceed the Aggregate Commitments.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer, shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.2(a) and 4.2(b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

77


ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Relevant Party (a) is (i) duly organized or formed, (ii) validly existing and (iii) as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(iii), (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary company, limited partnership or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict in any material respect with, or result in any material breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien ((1) in the case of the Closing Date, other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and (2) in all other cases, other than any Permitted Lien) other than any Permitted Lien) under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material Law in any material respect.

5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . Except (i) for the filing or recording of any deeds of trust, mortgages, financing statements or other instruments necessary for the perfection of the security interests granted in the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (ii) for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect, no material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person that has not been obtained or made is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents or (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof, subject to Permitted Liens).

5.4 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable Debtor Relief Laws and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, concepts of reasonableness and general equitable principles.

 

78


5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Fiscal Year-End 2012 and Fiscal Period-End March 2013 Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) disclose, as and to the extent required by GAAP, the indebtedness and other liabilities of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof.

(b) The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which unaudited financial statements are set forth in the Registration Statement (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The unaudited pro forma financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(ii) (i) are derived from the historical combined financial statements of the predecessor to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date of, and for the periods covered by, such unaudited pro forma financial statements and (ii) contain such unaudited pro forma adjustments as the Borrower believes to be reasonable to reflect, on a Pro Forma Basis, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Closing Date.

(d) The projections delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(e)(iii) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be fair by the Borrower in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such projections, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Borrower’s reasonable estimate of its future financial condition and performance, it being understood that actual results may differ from such forecast and such differences may be material.

(e) Since December 31, 2012, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either relates to the Loan Documents or has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

79


5.7 Material Contracts; No Default .

(a) Other than as set forth on Schedule 5.07 , as of the Closing Date there are no Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party.

(b) Except to the extent that any such default or termination both (i) could not reasonably be expected to result in a failure to comply with Section 7.11 in any future period and (ii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is in default under any Material Contracts and no Material Contract has terminated other than at its stated term.

5.8 Ownership of Property .

(a) Each Loan Party has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or valid right to use and/or occupy, all Real Property and Easements material to the ordinary conduct of its business subject to Permitted Liens, except for such defects in title that individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except to the extent that flood insurance complying with Section 6.18 hereof has been obtained with respect thereto within the time period required thereunder, no building (defined as a structure with four walls and a roof) constituting Collateral that is located on any such Real Property or Easements is located in a special flood hazard area as designated by any Governmental Authority.

(c) [Reserved];

(d) Schedule 5.08(d) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments, other than Equity Interests in other Relevant Parties and cash and Cash Equivalents, that are held by any Loan Party on the Closing Date, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

(e) To the knowledge of the Borrower, the Pipeline Systems are located upon the Real Property owned or leased by or as to which an Easement has been granted to, the applicable Relevant Parties (or their predecessors in interest) and their respective successors and assigns, except where the failure of the Pipeline Systems to be so located, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) To the knowledge of the Borrower, the Easements and Real Property held or leased by the applicable Relevant Parties establish a contiguous and continuous right-of-way for the Pipeline Systems and the applicable Relevant Parties and their respective successors and assigns possess the right to construct, operate and maintain the Pipeline Systems in, over, under or across the land covered thereby in accordance with prudent industry practice, except where the failure of such Easements and Real Property to so establish such right-of-way or so possess such rights, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) To the knowledge of the Borrower, the Pipeline Systems are located within the confines of the Easements and the other Real Property held or leased by the

 

80


Relevant Parties and do not encroach outside of the Easements and Real Property held or leased by the Relevant Parties upon any adjoining property in any way that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns or has sufficient rights to use all the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property rights necessary for the present conduct of its businesses, in each case without any known conflict with the rights of others, except in each case where the failure to own or have such rights, or such conflict, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental Compliance .

(a) The Loan Parties and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with existing Environmental Laws and no claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law have been made against their respective businesses, operations and properties, except for such non-compliance with Environmental Laws and claims that are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except for matters that are not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) none of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties (other than operating tanks present at the terminals or at other properties of the Loan Parties), there are no underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party; (iii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of by any Loan Party on any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party.

This Section 5.9 contains the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Borrower with respect to any environmental, health or safety matter, including any arising under Environmental Laws or relating to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Liabilities.

5.10 Insurance . The properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates.

 

81


5.11 Taxes . The Borrower is taxable as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all material federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all material federal, state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which (A) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided to the extent required by GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any tax sharing agreement except with other Relevant Parties or (B) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Pension Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, (ii) each Pension Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS (or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto) or is maintained under a prototype document that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, and (iii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions that are due and owing to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Pension Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as could not reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction involving any Pension Plan that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

82


5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties . As of the Closing Date, (a) no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13, each identified as either Restricted or Unrestricted, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in any such Subsidiaries that are owned by any Loan Party have been validly issued and are owned by the Loan Parties in the percentages specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13, free and clear of, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiaries, all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents and inchoate tax Liens and (c) no Loan Party has any equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 or as held in a securities account. Set forth on Part (c) of Schedule 5.13 is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties as of the Closing Date, showing (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its organization, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number. The copy of the charter of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(iv) is a true and correct copy of each such document as of the Closing Date, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) None of the proceeds of any Loans have been used (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB) or (ii) in violation of Regulation U issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Borrower or any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 Disclosure . The financial statements, certificates, and other written information (other than third-party data and information of a general nature made available in any electronic data room) furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Relevant Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished from time to time), taken as a whole, do not contain as of the date delivered (after giving effect to any such modification or supplement) any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in any material respect; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, projected operations of assets and general economic or industry information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation (it being understood that such forecasts are estimates and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such forecasts may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

5.16 Compliance with Laws . Each Relevant Party is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws (including in respect of the Interstate Commerce Act, the Energy Policy Act, and regulations promulgated by the FERC) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

83


5.17 Solvency . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis are Solvent.

5.18 Casualty, Etc. Neither the businesses nor the properties of the Loan Parties are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (i) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, threatened against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, no union representation proceeding is pending with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and no union organizing activities are taking place, except (with respect to any matter specified in clause (i) or (ii) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.19 Collateral Documents . Except as expressly contemplated by the Collateral Documents, the provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to any Permitted Liens which would have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein.

5.20 State and Federal Regulation . In order to comply with the Interstate Commerce Act, the Energy Policy Act, and regulations promulgated by the FERC to implement those statutes, each Relevant Party, to the extent required, has on file with the FERC tariffs that govern transportation on the Pipeline Systems, except (i) any FERC Jurisdictional Requirement that has been ordered or imposed but for which the time period for compliance therewith has not expired, or any FERC Jurisdictional Requirement that has not yet been ordered, imposed or waived or (ii) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, none of the Relevant Parties or any other Person that now owns an interest in any of the Pipeline Systems has been within the past three (3) years or is the subject of a complaint, investigation or other proceeding at the FERC regarding their respective rates or practices with respect to the Pipeline Systems. No complaint or investigation is currently pending before the FERC, nor to the knowledge of the Relevant Party is any such complaint or investigation currently contemplated, that could result in, if adversely determined to the position or interest of the Relevant Party, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.21 U.S. Sanctions . No Relevant Party and, to the knowledge of the Relevant Parties, no controlled Affiliate is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, the subject of any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”). The Relevant Parties

 

84


will not knowingly use the proceeds of the Loans to fund any activities of any Person, or in any country, that is the subject of sanctions administered by OFAC, except as permitted under U.S. law.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than (A) contingent indemnification, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made ) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made), the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 , 6.2 , 6.3 and 6.11 ) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

6.1 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish such financial statements and information to the Lenders):

(a) by the date required to be delivered to the SEC (or such date as may be extended by the SEC), but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year (or, in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2014), and to the extent required to be delivered to the SEC, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (it being understood that a reconciliation shall be provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a) to the extent there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries), all (except with respect to such reconciliation) prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2014 by the date required to be delivered to the SEC (or such date as may be extended by the SEC), but in any event within 45 days (or 60 days in the case of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2014) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statement of operations for such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flow for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, and to the extent required to be delivered to the SEC, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of

 

85


the previous fiscal year (it being understood that a reconciliation shall be provided pursuant to Section 6.2(a) to the extent there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within 60 days after December 31, 2014, and within 45 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower thereafter, an annual budget of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, of projected debt balances, statements of operations and capital expenditure budget of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the immediately following fiscal year and in form, scope and detail substantially similar to the annual business plan and budget delivered to the General Partner (with the exception that the materials delivered under this Section 6.01(c) shall be presented on a quarterly basis).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as to any information contained in public filings (such as in annual, regular, periodic or special reports, proxies, registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, or financial statements or other reports or communications sent to public investors in the Borrower generally), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.1(a) or (b) above (it being agreed that the certification of a Responsible Officer required under Section 6.1(b) shall not be required to be delivered to the extent it is contained in the applicable public filings but instead shall be deemed made by such public filing).

6.2 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish such certificates and information to the Lenders):

(a) (i) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and (b) , (A) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (which such Compliance Certificate shall, to the extent there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, contain a reconciliation of the financial definitions therein to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , such reconciliation shall only be to the extent necessary to calculate the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (B) a management discussion and analysis required for filings with the SEC and (ii) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a) , an updated Perfection Certificate;

(b) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan Party or any audit of any of them;

 

86


(c) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statement or report furnished to any holder of loans, notes or debt securities in excess of the Threshold Amount of any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;

(d) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party to the extent such investigation or possible investigation is reasonably expected to have a material impact on the Borrower’s financial or operational results;

(e) promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by any Relevant Party with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of any Relevant Party (including summaries of insurance coverage), or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request, provided , however , under no circumstances shall any Loan Party or Subsidiary be required to deliver or disclose any information subject to attorney-client privilege or that otherwise constitutes attorney work product pursuant to the written advice of counsel; provided , however , to facilitate access to the requested information, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Administrative Agent in delivering any the information protected by such attorney-client privilege or to provide information in substitution therefor; and

(g) within thirty (30) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after consummation of a Material Permitted Acquisition, deliver an updated Perfection Certificate to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower emails such documents to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as applicable, or posts such documents or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents

 

87


and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.2(a) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, under no circumstance shall any Loan Party be required to deliver (including delivery of notice of) or post the documents required under Section 6.1(a) or (b)  to the extent delivery therefor is made in accordance with the last sentence of Section 6.1 .

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or WFS will make available to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, WFS, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.7 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and WFS shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no Obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.

6.3 Notices . Promptly (or, in the case of clause (h), as soon as reasonably practicable) notify the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish such notice and information to the Lenders) upon any Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

88


(c) other than to the extent such information has otherwise been made publicly available, the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) the (i) occurrence of any Asset Sale for which the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment (or permitted to reinvest) pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i) and (ii) receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt for which the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment (or permitted to reinvest) pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i);

(f) other than to the extent such information has otherwise been made publicly available, any notice, summons, citation, proceeding or order received from the FERC or any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency or any other Governmental Authority concerning the regulation of any material portion of the Pipeline Systems, in each case to the extent that such notice, summons, citation, proceeding or order could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) of any threatened or actual litigation against a Relevant Party involving amounts in dispute in excess of the Threshold Amount to the extent such litigation has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Default under Section 8.1(h); or

(h) of any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) with respect to assets or the business of the Relevant Parties that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect ( provided , however , notice pursuant to this Section 6.3(h) may be telephonic, provided further that written notice shall be delivered as soon as practicable afterwards).

Each notice pursuant to Section 6.3 (other than Section 6.3(e) ) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.3(a) shall describe with particularity the provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.4 Payment of Taxes . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable all its material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, as and when due and payable, unless (A) such obligation, liability, assessment or charge is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower and each applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable or (B) the failure to make such payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.4 or 7.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be

 

89


expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.6 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment (including, without limitation, all material properties and equipment included in the Pipeline Systems) necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and transactions permitted under Sections 7.4 or 7.5 excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) use the standard of care typical in the midstream industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (d) maintain or cause the maintenance of the Easements for the Pipeline Systems and the other Real Property associated therewith, which individually and in the aggregate, could, if not maintained, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (e) maintain such rights of ingress and egress necessary to permit the applicable Loan Parties to inspect, operate, repair and maintain the Pipeline Systems, the Easements and the other Real Property associated therewith to the extent that the failure to maintain such rights, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and provided that the applicable Loan Parties may hire third parties to perform these functions; and (f) maintain all material agreements, licenses, permits and other rights required for any of the foregoing described in clauses (d), (e)  and (f)  of this Section 6.6 in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, timely make any payments due thereunder, and prevent any default thereunder that could result in a termination or loss thereof, except any such failure to maintain, pay or default that could not reasonably, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

6.7 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business (including business interruption insurance) of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing, in the case of insurance in which Administrative Agent will be named additional insured or lender loss payee (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude title insurance, directors and officers insurance and workers compensation insurance) (for so long as such provision is commercially available, provided that, if not so available, the Borrower has promptly notified Administrative Agent) thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance (or in the case of nonpayment, the Borrower has used commercially reasonable efforts to include thirty (30) days’ prior notice, but in any case, such insurance contains provisions requires at least ten (10) days’ prior notice).

6.8 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws (including without limitation, the Interstate Commerce Act, the Energy Policy Act, regulations promulgated by the FERC, rules, regulations and orders of any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency, anti-money laundering laws, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and OFAC regulations) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or

 

90


order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.9 Books and Records . (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent (or, when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent and one Lender selected by the Required Lenders) to visit and inspect any of its properties once per calendar year, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (provided that Borrower will be afforded a reasonable opportunity to be present during such discussions), all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent and one Lender selected by the Required Lenders (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice and as many times during any calendar year as the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall request; provided , however , under no circumstances shall any Loan Party or Subsidiary be required to deliver or disclose any information subject to attorney-client privilege or that otherwise constitutes attorney work product pursuant to the written advice of counsel; provided , however , to facilitate access to the requested information, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Administrative Agent in delivering any the information protected by such attorney-client privilege or to provide information in substitution therefor.

6.11 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for working capital (including the issuance of Letters of Credit), acquisitions, capital expenditures, distributions, payments under the Term Loan Agreement and other general business purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not in contravention of any Law or prohibited by any Loan Document.

6.12 Additional Subsidiaries; Additional Security .

(a) Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Relevant Party, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense:

(i) within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition of such Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), cause such Restricted Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a

 

91


Joinder Agreement and other Collateral Documents, as reasonably specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents and securing payment of all the Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary under the Loan Documents with a lien on such Restricted Subsidiary’s personal property (other than Excluded Assets) of the types covered by the Security Agreement;

(ii) within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition of such Restricted Subsidiary, take such actions, or cause the applicable Loan Party to take such actions, as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over 100% of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Equity Interests are Excluded Assets) held by the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party; and

(iii) within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, a signed copy of a customary opinion of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent relating to such Joinder Agreement and Collateral Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(b) At any time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action, consistent with the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect, protect, and preserve the Liens of the Collateral Documents; provided that, anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to (i) enter into control agreements with respect to any securities accounts, commodity accounts or uncertificated securities, (ii) take any action with respect to assets located outside of the United States or with respect to assets that require action under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States to create or perfect a security interest in such assets, including, without limitation, making any filings in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, in respect of any patents, trademarks, copyrights or patent, trademark or copyright licenses (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States), (iii) make any filings in the United States Copyright office in respect of immaterial copyrights or copyright licenses, (iv) deliver any instruments or certificated securities or other collateral, other than instruments evidencing indebtedness to the extent that the face amount of any such instrument exceeds $10,000,000 and certificated securities constituting equity interests in direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower, (v) except for control agreements with respect to deposit accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) or as provided in clause (iv) above, take any action to cause the Administrative Agent to have “control” of any Collateral, (vi) take any action with respect to assets where the cost of obtaining or perfecting a security interest therein exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby, in

 

92


each case, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and identified by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower in a written notice referencing this Section, (vii) obtain any consent of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, comply in any respect with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act or similar statute) in order to obtain or perfection any security interest or (viii) obtain any landlord estoppels and consents, landlord waivers or other bailee waivers except with respect to Real Property leased from a member of the PBF Energy Company Group.

(c) To the extent the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) acquires, or to the extent that any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or acquired by a Relevant Party owns or leases at the time of such acquisition or formation, any owned or leased Real Property or Easements (in the case of leased Real Property, only if leased from the PBF Energy Company Group) (other than Excluded Assets), that individually (and in the case of Pipeline Systems, one or more interests in Real Property or Easements that are part of the same Pipeline Systems, that collectively exceed a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) of $2,500,000, promptly, and in any event within ninety (90) days of such reasonable request (or such longer period as permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), execute and deliver any and all instruments and documents necessary to grant Liens in such assets to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to perfect, protect and preserve such Liens required herein. With respect to any such owned and leased Real Property or Easements, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, deliver such other information, instruments and documents (including, without limitation, customary opinions of counsel and in the case of Real Property other than Real Property relating to pipelines and related Easements, lenders title policies, surveys, zoning reports and existing engineering and environmental assessment reports) as the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) may reasonably request in connection with the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 6.12 , each in scope, amount, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the assets required to be pledged to the Administrative Agent under this Section or under any other Loan Document shall not include Excluded Assets.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Equity Interests required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall not include any Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary and (2) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to take the actions specified in this Section 6.12 ; provided the exception set forth in clause (1) above shall not apply to (A) Voting Stock of any Subsidiary which is a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary representing 65% of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) 100% of the first-tier Foreign Subsidiary’s Equity Interests not constituting Voting Stock, except that any such Equity Interests constituting “stock entitled to vote” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) shall be treated as Voting Stock for purposes of this Section 6.12(e) .

 

93


6.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws . To the extent that failure to do any of the following could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with and to the extent required by the requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances to the extent required by GAAP.

6.14 Further Assurances . Upon reasonable request by (a) the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, consistent with the Loan Documents, correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, but subject to the proviso to Section 6.12(b), and (b) the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s properties, assets, rights or interests (other than Excluded Assets) to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to do so.

6.15 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds . Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of Real Property and Easements to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent of any material default by any party with respect to such leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such material default, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to do so, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.16 Material Contracts . Perform and observe in all material respects all of the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it within any grace period applicable thereto and, in accordance with prudent business practices, enforce its rights under each such Material Contract, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

94


6.17 Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Borrower may at any time designate, by a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 immediately after giving effect to such designation as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b) , and (iii) at all times after giving effect to such designation, (A) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, other than as contemplated by Section 7.2(d)(iii) , (B) neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will have any direct or indirect obligation for any obligation or liability of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than as contemplated by Section 7.2(d)(iii) and (C) neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to maintain or preserve such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Unrestricted Subsidiary to achieve any specified level of operating results, (iv) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own, directly or indirectly, any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (v) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of all such Person’s outstanding Investment therein.

(b) The Borrower may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and an incurrence of Liens by a Restricted Subsidiary on the property of such Unrestricted Subsidiary then subject to any Liens, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 7.2 and such Liens are permitted under Section 7.1 , (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation, (iii) all representations and warranties herein with respect to such designated Subsidiary will be true and correct in all material respects as if remade at the time of such designation, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (iv) the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 immediately after giving effect to such designation as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b)  and (v) such Subsidiary becomes a Loan Party to the extent required by Section 6.12 .

6.18 Flood Insurance Laws . To the extent any Mortgaged Property is subject to the provisions of the Flood Insurance Laws (as defined below), (a) (i) concurrently with the delivery of any Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent in connection therewith, and (ii) at any other time if necessary for compliance with applicable Flood Insurance Laws, provide the Administrative Agent with a standard flood hazard determination form for such Mortgaged Property and (b) if any building that forms a part of Mortgaged Property is located in an area designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal

 

95


Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance in such reasonable total amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require, and otherwise to ensure compliance with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Flood Insurance Laws ”). In addition, to the extent the Borrower and the Loan Parties fail to obtain or maintain satisfactory flood insurance required pursuant to the preceding sentence with respect to any Mortgaged Property, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, to obtain forced placed insurance at the Borrower’s expense to ensure compliance with any applicable Flood Insurance Laws.

6.19 Post-Closing Matters . (a) With respect to each Mortgaged Property described on Schedule 6.19, within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date or such later date determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent:

(i) deeds of trust, trust deeds or mortgages covering such Mortgaged Property (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein, in each case as amended, the “ Mortgages ”), duly executed, acknowledged and delivered by the appropriate Loan Parties for recording in the recording office of each jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property to be encumbered thereby is situated and in the form of Exhibit H (or as may otherwise be mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent);

(ii) a customary favorable opinion of one or more counsels to the Loan Parties with respect to each applicable Mortgage, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, covering such customary matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in clause (a)  above;

(iii) other than with respect to Real Property (x) relating to pipelines and related Easements or (y) described on Schedule 6.19(a)(iii) , (A) a fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policy, with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by a title insurer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgage to be a valid first and subsisting Lien on such Mortgaged Property, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, other than Permitted Liens and other exceptions that are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (each a “ Mortgage Policy ”) and (B) American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form plat of survey or such other form plat of survey as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, certified to the Administrative Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policy pertaining to such Mortgaged Property in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the State in which the Mortgaged Property is located and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

96


(iv) as to any Real Property (other than with respect to Real Property relating to pipelines and related Easements) that is leased from the PBF Energy Company Group, a (A) copy of the ground lease between the lessor and the applicable Loan Party, including all amendments thereto, (B) an estoppel certificate, (C) a consent to the Mortgage encumbering the leasehold interest in such Mortgaged Property, in each case executed by the lessor of such Mortgaged Property, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(v) if required under the law of the State in which the Mortgaged Property is located in order to perfect a security interest in fixtures, a UCC fixture filing naming the applicable Loan Party as debtor, filed in the applicable land records; and

(vi) flood certification(s) from a firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent covering any buildings (defined as structures with four walls and a roof) constituting Collateral showing whether or not such buildings are located in a special flood hazard area subject by federal regulation to mandatory flood insurance requirements.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Within 60 days of the Closing Date or such later date determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent deposit account control agreements satisfying the requirements set forth in the Security Agreement; and

(d) Within 90 days of the Closing Date or such later date determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent such other information, instruments and documents as it (or its counsel) may reasonably request in connection with the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in clauses (a)  through (c)  above.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than (A) contingent indemnification, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made) shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to (it being agreed and understood that the term “Guarantor” as used in this Article VII shall exclude PBF LLC):

7.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (collectively, the “Permitted Liens”):

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

97


(b) Liens for taxes not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required by GAAP;

(c) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, vendor’s, landlords’ and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, securing obligations which are not past due for more than ninety (90) days after the date on which such obligations became due, unless being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which any reserves required by GAAP are maintained;

(d) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(e) pledges or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, any Easements or any Pipeline Systems which, in the aggregate, do not materially and adversely affect the value of the property subject thereto, materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person, or individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect (for purposes hereof, title deficiencies shall be deemed to include, but are not limited to, defects in the chain of title, terms, conditions, exceptions, limitations, easements, servitudes, permits, surface leases and other similar rights in respect of surface operations, flood control, air rights, water rights, rights of others with respect to navigable waters, sewage and drainage rights and easements for pipelines, alleys, highways, telephone lines, power lines, railways and other easements and rights-of-way on, over or in respect of any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are customarily granted in the midstream industry);

(g) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) ;

(h) Liens (and financing statements associated therewith) securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(e) ; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, improvements and accessions to such property, insurance for such property, and the

 

98


proceeds of the foregoing, and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the costs of acquiring such property (including fees, costs and expenses related to such acquisition) except (1) for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (2) that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(i) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority by the terms of any right, power, franchise, grant, license or permit, or by any provision of Law, to revoke or terminate any such right, power, franchise, grant, license or permit or to condemn or acquire by eminent domain or similar process;

(j) rights reserved to or vested by Law in any Governmental Authority to in any manner, control or regulate in any manner any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the use thereof or the rights and interest of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries therein, in any manner and under any and all Laws;

(k) licenses, sublicenses or cross-licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or Investment and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or acquired by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary improvements and accession thereto, insurance thereon and the proceeds thereof, and the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2(h) ;

(m) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies, or under general depositary, broker, clearing-house or intermediary agreements, and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds and assets maintained with a creditor depository, brokerage, clearing-house or intermediary institution;

(n) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business covering only the assets so leased;

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(g) ; provided that such Liens cover only (i) unearned premiums or dividends, (ii) loss payments which reduce the unearned premiums, subject however, to the interests of the Administrative Agent as mortgagee or loss payee and (iii) any interest in any state guarantee fund relating to any financed policy;

 

99


(p) Liens existing on the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which the Borrower or a Subsidiary acquires the relevant asset) that are recorded in the relevant public real estate records and any renewals or extensions thereof; provided that, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove from the record (or, if acceptable to the Administrative Agent, cause the title insurance company to insure over) any such Lien that can be removed using commercially reasonable efforts (to the extent not otherwise a Permitted Encumbrance) at the Administrative Agent’s request;

(q) with respect to any Mortgaged Property, matters disclosed in any final lender’s title insurance policy with respect to such Mortgaged Property that has been issued and delivered in accordance with Section 6.12 or Section 6.19 ;

(r) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, servitudes, permits, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances on or rights with respect to any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are granted in favor of any Affiliate of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions;

(s) other Liens securing Indebtedness and/or other obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding the greater of (x) $10,000,000 at any time outstanding and (y) 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence thereof;

(t) Liens (i) (A) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (B) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 7.5 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, disposition, transfer or lease, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; and (ii) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) on customary terms;

(u) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business not prohibited by this Agreement;

(v) any restrictions on any Equity Interests or other joint venture interests of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for a breach, termination or default under any owners, participation, shared facility, joint venture, stockholder, membership, limited liability company or partnership agreement between such Person and one or more other holders of such Equity Interests or interest of such Person, if a security interest or other Lien is created on such Equity Interests or interest as a result thereof and other similar Liens;

(w) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business securing payment of amounts not yet due or which are

 

100


being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(x) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings made in respect of operating leases and other contractual arrangements entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business that describe only the property subject to such operating lease or contractual arrangement; and

(y) Liens in the Term Loan Collateral securing the Indebtedness and other obligations under the Term Loan Documents;

provided , that nothing in this Section 7.01 shall in and of itself constitute or be deemed to constitute an agreement or acknowledgment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that any Indebtedness subject to or secured by any Lien, right or other interest permitted under the subsections above ranks in priority to any Obligation.

7.2 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness (i) among Loan Parties or otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.3(c) , (ii) of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to the Borrower or another Loan Party to the extent permitted under Section 7.3(c)(iii) , (iii) of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (iv) of a Loan Party owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, subject, in the case of this clause (iv), to subordination terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(b) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(c) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a market premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, as a result of or in connection with such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension; and provided , still further , that the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (except to the extent required by the then-existing market conditions) and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;

 

101


(d) (i) Guarantees by any Loan Party of obligations of any other Loan Party that are otherwise permitted hereunder, (ii) Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) Guarantees by a Loan Party of the obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that in the case of this clause (iii)  such Guarantees may not be in respect of obligations the amount of which, when taken together with the amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 7.3(j) (other than Investments in the amount of return of capital permitted hereunder), exceeds $75,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(e) (i) Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations within the limitations set forth in Section 7.1(h ); provided , however , that the aggregate Attributable Indebtedness (or to the extent Attributable Indebtedness is not applicable, the aggregate principal amount) of all such Indebtedness referred to in this clause (e) at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $30,000,000;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness issued by the Borrower and/or any Finance Co; provided , however , that, the incurrence thereof is subject to the following conditions: (i) the maturity date of any such Indebtedness shall be no earlier than the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (ii) the documentation governing such Indebtedness shall not require any scheduled amortization prior to its maturity date, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, taken as a whole, shall be no more restrictive than the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such incurrence, as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b) , (v) no Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall guarantee such Indebtedness, (vi) if such Indebtedness is subordinated, such Indebtedness shall have subordination terms customary for high yield subordinated Indebtedness and (vii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after giving effect to the issuance of such Indebtedness;

(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business to finance the payment of premiums for a twelve-month period for insurance;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.3 , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (and not incurred in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower); provided , however , that the aggregate of all such Indebtedness referred to in this clause (h)  at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $30,000,000;

 

102


(i) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower and any Subsidiary not otherwise permitted by this Section in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(j) Indebtedness under Swap Contracts entered into consistent with prudent industry practice; provided that if such Swap Contracts relate to interest rates, (i) such Swap Contracts relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Loan Documents and (ii) the notional principal amount of such Swap Contracts at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Swap Contract relates;

(k) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances issued for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

(l) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(m) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness under the Term Loan Agreement; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $300,000,000 at any time; and

(p) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Disposition or Acquisition under agreements providing for, and in the form of, indemnification, the adjustment of purchase price or similar adjustments and earn-outs, in each case on customary terms.

7.3 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

(c) (i) Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in their respective Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) additional

 

103


Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Loan Parties, (iii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Investment, additional Investments by the Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate plus any return of capital actually received by any Loan Party in respect of Investments made by them pursuant to this Section 7.3(c) and (iv) Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors;

(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.2 ;

(f) other Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 5.08(d) ;

(g) Permitted Acquisitions;

(h) (i) other Investments to the extent that (A) the consideration in respect thereof consists of Equity Interests in the Borrower or (B) such acquisition or purchase is effected through a capital contribution to the Borrower or is funded with Net Equity Proceeds, and (ii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures of assets to the extent acquired in reliance on clause (h)(i);

(i) Investments constituting partial consideration for Dispositions to the extent permitted under Section 7.5(g) ;

(j) (A) Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures or other Subsidiary that does not become a Loan Party; provided that any Equity Interests (other than Excluded Assets) in any such Joint Venture or Subsidiary shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties under the Security Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other items in connection therewith as may be required by Section 6.12(b) ; or (B) Investments (including, but not limited to, Investments in Equity Interests, intercompany loans, and unsecured Guarantees of Indebtedness otherwise expressly permitted hereunder) after the Closing Date by Loan Parties in Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate of all such Investments referred to in this clause (j)  and Section 7.2(d) at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the sum of $75,000,000 plus any return of capital actually received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Investments made by them pursuant to this Section 7.3(j) ;

(h) Investments in Swap Obligations;

(i) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business received upon foreclosure or settlement or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

 

104


(j) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time; and

(k) other Investments at any one time outstanding not exceeding the greater of (A) $10,000,000 and (B) 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time such Investment is made.

7.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Relevant Party may merge or consolidate with one or more Loan Parties; provided that if the Borrower is a party to such merger or consolidation, it shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and otherwise a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is a party to such merger or consolidation, it shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(c) any Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Loan Party;

(d) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) each of the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may merge into or consolidate with any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto (i) in the case of any such merger or consolidation to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving Person and (ii) in the case of any other merger to which any Relevant Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Relevant Party is the surviving Person; and

(f) (A) any Guarantor may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that all of the assets of such Guarantor are transferred to another Guarantor or the Borrower and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that all of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary are transferred to another Restricted Subsidiary or a Loan Party.

 

105


7.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, damaged or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of (i) inventory, (ii) equipment, (iii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iv) overdue accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof (and not in connection with any financing transaction) and (v) leases, subleases, rights of way, easements, licenses and sublicenses that, individually and in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not materially detract from the value or the use of the property which they affect, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of equipment, Easements or Real Property to the extent that replacement property is acquired, substantially contemporaneously therewith;

(d) Dispositions of property (i) by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party or (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) Dispositions in the nature of Liens permitted by Section 7.1 or permitted by 7.3 or 7.4 ;

(f) other Dispositions not exceeding $5,000,000 in aggregate book value in any fiscal year;

(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, Dispositions of assets not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 if, (i) determined as of the date of each such Disposition and after giving effect thereto, the aggregate book value of the assets sold under this subsection (g) in any fiscal year of the Borrower does not exceed $25,000,000 and (ii) at least 75% of the purchase price received by the applicable Relevant Party shall be in cash;

(h) Dispositions of property (i) resulting from the condemnation thereof or (ii) that has suffered a casualty (constituting a total loss or constructive total loss of such property), in each case upon or after receipt of the condemnation proceeds or insurance proceeds of such condemnation or casualty, as applicable;

(i) Dispositions of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Dispositions consisting of the abandonment or lapse of any registrations or any applications for registration of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Dispositions described in Schedule 7.05(k);

(l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures; and

(m) to the extent constituting a Disposition, the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms.

 

106


provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(c) , section 7.05(f) , Section 7.05(g) , or to the extent consideration therefor exceeds $5,000,000, Section 7.05(i) or Section 7.05(l), shall be for fair market value.

7.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) (i) each Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any other Loan Party, (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) so long as no Default exists or would be caused thereby, each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any Person other than a Relevant Party that owns a direct Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary, so long as no Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary receives more than its ratable share of such Restricted Payments, determined according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payments are being made;

(b) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person;

(c) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its common Equity Interests with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new common Equity Interests;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) To the extent the underwriters in the Borrower’s initial public offering exercise their so-called “greenshoe” option as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Borrower may make distributions in an aggregate amount up to the proceeds received therefrom and (ii) to the extent the underwriters in the Borrower’s initial public offering do not exercise their so-called “greenshoe” option as contemplated in the Registration Statement, PBF LLC may purchase any such unpurchased common Equity Interests for no consideration;

(f) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby, and only to the extent permitted by its Partnership Agreement, the Borrower may make distributions to the holders of its Equity Interests up to the amount of Available Cash;

(g) so long as no Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Restricted Payments may be made in an amount not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate per annum; and

(h) any other Restricted Payments to the extent funded with Net Equity Proceeds from a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Equity Interests by the Borrower (or any contribution with respect to the Equity Interests of the Borrower).

 

107


7.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental thereto.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower (other than a Loan Party), whether or not in the ordinary course of business, if such transaction involves consideration in excess of $1,000,000 or is otherwise material to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of a transaction between a Loan Party and a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Loan Party) as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that this Section does not prohibit:

(i) any Investment permitted under Section 7.3 ;

(ii) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition permitted under Section 7.4;

(iii) any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 7.6 ;

(iv) the execution, delivery and performance of the Material Contracts listed on Schedule 5.07 as in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, to the extent modified as permitted under this Agreement;

(v) the consummation of the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith;

(vi) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses and severance) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans), payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower or any Affiliate in the ordinary course of business, indemnification arrangements with any of the foregoing, and the issuance of Equity Interests to any of the foregoing, in each case, approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower;

(vii) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date (and set forth on Schedule 7.08) or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect; and

(viii) transactions pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement and the Partnership Agreement, in each case as in effect on the date hereof.

 

108


7.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Term Loan Document) that (a) requires the grant of a Lien that would be in violation of Section 7.1 , or (b) limits the ability (i) of any Restricted Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to, or otherwise transfer property to or invest in the Borrower or any Guarantor, except for any agreement in effect (A) on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.09, (B) at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) relating to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Sections 7.2(f) , (h)  or (to the extent not more restrictive than the similar provisions in this Agreement), (i) , (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower; provided, however that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit (A) provisions customarily included in the terms of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2 , (B) (iii) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties on property of such Person; provided, however, that this clause (iii) shall not prohibit (T) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (U) any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(e) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, (V) customary limitations and restrictions contained in, and limited to, specific leases, licenses, conveyances and other contracts, (W) customary non-assignment provisions in purchase and sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements, which restrict the transfer, assignment or encumbrance of the assets subject thereto, (X) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Restricted Subsidiary or license or sublicense of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any lease with the PBF Energy Company Group); (iv) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (other than the Material Contracts to the extent in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the rights of the Secured Parties in the Collateral); (Y) any holder of a Lien permitted by Section 7.1 restricting the transfer of the property subject thereto; (Z) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 7.5 pending the consummation of such sale.

7.10 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, (a) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB) or (b) in violation of such Regulation U.

7.11 Financial Covenants .

(a) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio . Commencing with the Measurement Period ending September 30, 2014 and ending during the first Measurement Period during which the Borrower becomes Investment Grade, permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Measurement Period to be less than 2.50 to 1.00.

(b) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio . Commencing with the Measurement Period ending September 30, 2014, permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of

 

109


the end of any Measurement Period to be greater than 4.00 to 1.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) commencing with the Measurement Period ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter in which a Notes Offering occurs, and as of the end of any Measurement Period thereafter, the maximum permitted Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall increase to 4.50 to 1.00 and (ii) in addition (and without prejudice) to clause (i), upon the consummation of a Material Permitted Acquisition and for two-hundred seventy days immediately thereafter (an “ Increase Period ”), if elected by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent given on or prior to the date of such Material Permitted Acquisition, the maximum permitted Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be increased by 0.50 to 1.00 above the otherwise relevant level (the “ Step-Up ”); provided that Increase Periods may not be successive unless the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio has been complied with for at least one Measurement Period ending after such Increase Period (i.e., without giving effect to the Step-Up).

(c) Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio . Commencing with the Measurement Period ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter in which a Notes Offering occurs, and as of the end of any Measurement Period thereafter, permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.50 to 1.00.

For purposes of any calculation for determining compliance with this Section 7.11 on a Pro Forma Basis concurrently with or after a Notes Offering, the ratio in clause (b)(i)  shall be used (as increased by clause (b)(ii) , if applicable) and the ratio in clause (c)  shall be tested.

7.12 Amendments of Organization Documents . Amend the Partnership Agreement or any of its Organization Documents in a manner that, taken as a whole, is materially adverse to the Lenders.

7.13 Accounting Changes . Make any (a) elective change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP or as approved by the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants, or (b) change of fiscal year.

7.14 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness . Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any subordinated Indebtedness, except (a) regularly scheduled or required repayments or redemptions of Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 7.02, (b) refinancings and refundings of such Indebtedness in compliance with Section 7.2(c) and (c) any payment or redemption to the extent made with Net Equity Proceeds (or by way of conversion into or exchange for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)) of Borrower (or any Equity Interests of PBF LLC or any other member of the PBF Energy Company Group).

7.15 Amendment, Etc. of Indebtedness . Amend or modify in any manner any term or condition of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(f) if, after giving effect to such amendment or modification as if made at the time such Indebtedness were issued, such Indebtedness would not have been allowed to be issued pursuant to Section 7.2(f).

 

110


7.16 Swap Contracts . Enter into any Swap Contract unless such Swap Contract:

(a) is made (i) with a Person that is, at the time such Swap Contract is made, either a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or (ii) with another counterparty that is, at the time such Swap Contract is made, rated at least A- or better by S&P or A3 or better by Moody’s; and

(b) is entered into to hedge the Relevant Parties’ exposure to fluctuations in prices or rates (or to wholly or partially offset or unwind previous Swap Contracts) and not for speculative purposes.

7.17 Deposit Accounts . Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall hereafter establish and maintain, or otherwise deposit, allow to be deposited or hold any funds in, any deposit account (other than Excluded Bank Accounts), unless it complies with the provisions regarding such accounts set forth in the Security Agreement (including, without limitation, the notice provisions and the control agreement requirements).

7.18 Material Contracts . Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary may amend or modify or grant any waiver or release under or terminate in any manner any Material Contract, if such amendment, modification, waiver, release or termination would be materially adverse to the Lenders or affect the assignability of any such contract or agreement in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the rights of the Secured Parties in the Collateral (including in such agreement as Collateral).

7.19 Limitations on Activities of Borrower . Without limiting any restrictions on the Borrower otherwise set forth in this Article VII, the Borrower shall not conduct or engage in any operations or business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Equity Interests of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, (iii) the performance of the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Documents, (iv) guaranteeing the obligations of its Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by this Agreement and making Investments in its Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by this Agreement, (v) performance under the Partnership Agreement, the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement (including ownership and operation of the Toledo assets acquired thereby on the Closing Date and any Toledo assets complementary, reasonably related or incidental thereto acquired after the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Toledo Assets ”)) and the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement and the Toledo Terminaling Services Agreement to which it is a party, (vi) providing indemnification to officers and directors, (vii) incurring Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 and, subject to clause (ix), consummating any other transaction expressly permitted under Article VII or otherwise contemplated under the Registration Statement; provided that such transactions shall not result in the Borrower owning operating assets other than the Toledo Assets, (viii) consummating the Transactions, (ix) entry into, and performance of, the Material Contracts and any documentation in connection with a Permitted Acquisition with respect to which a Subsidiary is acquiring operating assets or the Borrower is purchasing Equity Interests of a new Subsidiary, (x) the ownership of any assets and the performance of any actions related to or incidental to being a public company (including, without limitation, any actions required by the SEC or applicable Law) and (xi) any activities incidental to any of the foregoing.

 

111


ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.1 Events of Default . The Existence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, Swingline Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within five days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, Swingline Loan or on any L/C Obligation, any fee due hereunder, or other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.3(a) , 6.5(a) (with respect to the Borrower and any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date only), 6.7 , 6.11 , 6.18 , or ARTICLE VII (in the case of Section 7.11 , subject to Section 8.4 ); or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Relevant Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.1(a) or (b)  above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Relevant Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect (except with respect to such representations, warranties or certifications which are expressly qualified by materiality, which shall be incorrect or misleading in any respect) when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) Any Relevant Party (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with or without the giving of notice, if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) (after giving effect to any grace or cure periods therein) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Relevant Party is the

 

112


Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) (after giving effect to any grace or cure periods therein) under such Swap Contract as to which a Relevant Party is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Relevant Party as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Relevant Party institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Attachment . Any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any Relevant Party and is not released, stayed, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Relevant Party, (i) one or more final judgments or orders in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurance company has not disputed coverage); or (ii) one or more non-monetary judgments that have had, or that could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and, in either case, there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made, ceases to be in full force and effect as against the appropriate Relevant Party; or any Relevant Party or any Affiliate thereof asserts in writing that any provision of any Loan Document is not the valid and enforceable obligation of such Relevant Party; or

 

113


(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control;

(l) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.1 or 6.12 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and other than as a result of any action or omission of any Secured Party) cease to create a valid first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) on Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or

(m) Termination or Default under the Material Contracts . There occurs (i) any default or defaults under the Material Contracts or (ii) any termination of the Material Contracts, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) Permanent or Indefinite Suspension of Operations . A period of 12 months shall have elapsed following the Borrower or its Subsidiaries’ receipt of a written notice from any member of the PBF Energy Company Group as to the permanent or indefinite suspension of operations at any of the Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware or Paulsboro, New Jersey refineries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, unless (i) the members of the PBF Energy Company Group shall continue to pay all applicable minimum volume commitments that would have been payable to the Borrower or any Loan Party if the applicable Material Contract had survived to its stated term or (ii) the Borrower shall have, as of the time of the expiration of such 12-month period, established replacement business that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or demonstrated to the Administrative Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that actions have been commenced to restore or replace business lost as a result of such suspension of operations; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that if insurance proceeds or other cash is used by the PBF Energy Company Group to satisfy the cash obligations that would have been payable to the Borrower or any Loan Party if the applicable Material Contract had survived to its stated term, then no Event of Default under this clause (n)  shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of such suspension of operations.

(o) Environmental . There occurs any Environmental Liability that has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.2 Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

114


(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to 103% of the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.3 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.2), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees, but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under ARTICLE III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under ARTICLE III , ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, Swingline Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, Swingline Loans, L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

 

115


Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize 103% of that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.14 ; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations, in each case, as to which no claim has been made and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Sections 2.3(c) and 2.14 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof from the Borrower, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to the Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of ARTICLE IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

8.4 Right to Cure Financial Covenants . For purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenants set forth in Section 7.11 , any Net Equity Proceeds of Borrower (or of PBF LLC that have been contributed to the Borrower as common equity or other equity on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the day that is ten (10) Business Days (the “ Last Cure Date ”) after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for a fiscal quarter will, at the request of the Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenant for the Measurement Period as at the end of such fiscal quarter and any applicable subsequent Measurement Periods that include such fiscal quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”), provided that (i) in each four (4) fiscal quarter periods, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, and no such Specified Equity Contributions may be made in consecutive fiscal quarters, (ii) there shall be no more than five (5) Specified Equity Contributions over the term of this Agreement, (iii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than 100% of the amount required to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the

 

116


financial covenants set forth in this Agreement, (iv) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes under the Loan Documents, including any determination of any baskets (including exceptions that are increased by the amount of Net Equity Proceeds), tests, pro forma tests or Consolidated EBITDA add-backs, (v) there shall be no pro forma or other reduction in Consolidated Funded Indebtedness with any Specified Equity Contributions for determining compliance with Section 7.11 for the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Specified Equity Contribution was made and (vi) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.11 , the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.11 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 7.11 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement.

If notice has been delivered to the Administrative Agent of a Specified Equity Contribution, then from the later of (a) the date of such notice and (b) the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate with respect to such Fiscal Quarter related to such cure notice, until the earlier to occur of the required date for receipt of the Specified Equity Contribution and the date on which the Administrative Agent is notified that the Specified Equity Contribution will not be made, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party shall exercise any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to an Event of Default (x) under Section  6.3(a) with respect to a Default under Section 7.11 or (y)  Section 7.11 (including, without limitation, the imposition of interest at the Default Rate); provided , however , no borrowing of Revolving Loans may be made hereunder until such Specified Equity Contribution has been made in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.4 .

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Wells Fargo to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 9.6 and 9.10(a) , the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank), the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are

 

117


reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this ARTICLE IX and ARTICLE X (including Section 10.4(c) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

9.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.1 and 8.2 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative

 

118


Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer.

(e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in ARTICLE IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, the making of a Swingline Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.5 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

9.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Swingline Issuer, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the

 

119


right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a Lender with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such Lender with an office in the United States; provided, however, if no Lender or Affiliate of a Lender is so appointed, then such successor does not need to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender but shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.4 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Wells Fargo as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of Wells Fargo as the retiring Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, (ii) the retiring Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by Wells Fargo.

9.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and

 

120


based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.8 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Joint Lead Arrangers, Documentation Agent or Co-Syndication Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan, Swingline Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Swingline Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Swingline Loan, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.3(h) and (i) , 2.8 and 10.4 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8 and 10.4 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

 

121


9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank), the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the other Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to take the following actions, and the Administrative Agent hereby agrees to take such actions upon the Borrower’s request:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of all of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or Disposed of or to be sold contemporaneously with the release of such Lien or Disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10.1 ;

(b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.1(h) , (n)  or (o) .

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Collateral or other property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.10 , the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral or other property from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10 .

9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements . No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.3, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action

 

122


hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) or any Guaranty (including the release of any Guaranty) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this ARTICLE IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent ( provided that such acknowledgement shall be administrative in nature and shall not be construed as a consent right, except as required in next the proviso below), and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.1 (other than Section 4.1(d)(1)) without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.2 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any scheduled date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to any Lender hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of such Lender;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, Swingline Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to the proviso to this Section 10.1 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount and directly and adversely affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend (i) the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan, Swingline Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

 

123


(e) change Section 8.3 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby;

(f) change any provision of this Section 10.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) except as provided in Section 9.10 , release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than as contemplated by the Loan Documents), without the written consent of each Lender; or

(h) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) the Engagement Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; and (iv) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that without the consent of such Defaulting Lender (A) the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, (B) the amount of principal payable to such Lender may not be reduced (except as provided in Section 2.15 ) and (C) the voting provisions hereof with respect to such Lender may not be amended without the consent of such Lender.

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 ; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

 

124


10.2 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 10.2(b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.2 or such other address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such Person in writing to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or such other address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such Person in writing to the other parties.

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to ARTICLE II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed

 

125


received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

 

126


(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including electronic and telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reasonable reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Swingline Lender) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (d) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.8 (subject to the terms of Section 2.12 ) or (e) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law, and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.12 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

 

127


10.4 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (limited, in the case of legal fees, by clause (iii)  below), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Swingline Lender in connection with the extension of any Swingline Loan or any demand for payment thereunder (limited, in the case of legal fees, by clause (iii) below), (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder (provided, however, in the case of clauses (i) through (iii) reimbursement of legal fees shall be limited to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary outside counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, taken as a whole, and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, as necessary, and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, additional conflicts counsel for all such Persons similarly situated) and (iv) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer during the existence of an Event of Default, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, its rights under this Section, and in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit (limited, in each case, in the case of legal fees, to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary outside counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, taken as a whole, and an additional primary outside counsel to all of the Lenders, taken as a whole, and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, as necessary for each such group, and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, additional conflicts counsel for all such Persons similarly situated).

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, the Joint Lead Arrangers and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply

 

128


with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties or from a material breach of such Indemnitee’s or its Related Person’s obligations under the Senior Credit Documentation, (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee or its Related Parties for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s or its Related Parties’ obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from a dispute among or between Indemnitees and not involving (i) any act or omission of the Borrower or (ii) such Indemnitee’s capacity or role as an agent or arranger with respect to the Loan Documents or the Loans; provided further that payments of expenses with respect to the negotiation, preparation, due diligence, administration, syndication, closing and enforcement of any of the Loan Documents will be limited to those provided for under Section 10.4(a) . This Section 10.4(b) shall not apply with respect to taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, reimbursement of legal fees pursuant to this Section 10.4(b) shall be limited, in each case, to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary outside counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction, as necessary, and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, additional conflicts counsel for all such Persons similarly situated.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection  (a) or (b)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing (and without limiting its obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of

 

129


any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection  (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(d) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . No Indemnitee shall be liable to the Borrower, its Affiliates or any other Person, and the Borrower and its Affiliates will not be liable to any Indemnitee, its Affiliates or any other Person, for any claim on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided, that, nothing contained in this Section 10.4(d) shall limit the Borrower’s indemnification obligations with respect to indirect, consequential or punitive damage claims, to the extent of the indemnification provided in Section 10.4(b) (but only to the extent asserted against any Indemnitee by a third party (other than another Indemnitee)) . No Indemnitee referred to in Section 10.4(b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after written demand therefor accompanied by reasonably detailed supporting information.

(f) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

10.5 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per

 

130


annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.6 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6(d) , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.6(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.6(d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.6(b) , participations in Swingline Obligations and L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise

 

131


consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swingline Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swingline Loans;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to the extent the Borrower has not responded within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written request for consent, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;

(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that initially establishes or increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

(D) the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that initially establishes or increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under any Swingline Loan (whether or not then outstanding).

(c) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500 (it being agreed and understood that such fee shall not be payable by Borrower or any Loan Party); provided , however ,

 

132


that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(i) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender, or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), (C) to a natural person or (D) to any Ineligible Institution.

(d) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub-participations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1 , 3.4 , 3.5 and 10.4 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.6(d) or, in the case of Ineligible Institutions, any such assignment would be void ab initio .

 

133


(e) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(f) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, an Ineligible Institution or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in Swingline Obligations and L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (iv) such Participant must agree to be bound by Section 10.7 . Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.1 that delays or reduces any payment to such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1 , 3.4 and 3.5 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.6(b) ; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 3.6 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and agrees to deliver the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.12 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”);

 

134


provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(g) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1 or 3.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.1 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.1 as though it were a Lender.

(h) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over it; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Resignation as Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Wells Fargo assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 10.6(b) , Wells Fargo may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as Swingline Lender and Wells Fargo may upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower or the Lenders to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Wells Fargo as Swingline Lender and Wells Fargo as L/C Issuer. If Wells Fargo resigns as Swingline Lender and Wells Fargo resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer and all Swingline Obligations and L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.3(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer and the

 

135


successor Swingline Lender’s and L/C Issuer’s acceptance thereof, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, and (b) the successor Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer shall issue swingline loans and letters of credit in substitution for the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Wells Fargo to effectively assume the obligations of Wells Fargo with respect to such Swingline Loans and Wells Fargo Letters of Credit.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, any assignment or participation made by a Lender in violation of the provisions of this Section 10.6 (including, without limitation, as a result of the making of any such assignment or the sale of any such participation (i) to an Ineligible Institution (unless the requisite consent has been obtained) or (ii) without any other required consent of the Borrower) shall be void ab initio and, in the case of assignments, the Ineligible Institution shall be deleted from the Register, and the Borrower shall be entitled to seek specific performance to unwind any such assignment or participation in addition to any other remedies available to the Borrower at law or in equity.

10.7 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or by any order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal or administrative proceeding or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, (h) to the extent requested by any Person providing insurance to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer relating to the Borrower and its obligations hereunder, (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, which source is not to the knowledge of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates in breach of any confidentiality obligations owing to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to such Information, or (j) to the extent needed to obtain a Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number.

 

136


For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from any Relevant Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof relating to any Relevant Party or any Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Relevant Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof from a source that is not to the knowledge of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates in breach of any confidentiality obligations owing to any Relevant Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof with respect to such Information; provided that, in the case of information received from a Relevant Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

10.8 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff hereunder, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section

 

137


are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Swingline Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.9 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which

 

138


comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.4, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1, if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Extending Lender, if Borrower exercises its replacement rights under Section 10.13 or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.6), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) the Borrower or such assignee shall pay to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.6(b) ;

(b) such Lender shall receive payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.5 ) (other than contingent indemnitees and other Contingent Obligations not then due and payable) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.4 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.1 , such assignment is reasonably expected to result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that, if Borrower elects to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 10.13, it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided, that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

 

139


10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.2 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

140


10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, and WFS, Citi and DB, in their capacities as Joint Lead Arrangers, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi and DB, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi and DB each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi nor DB has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi and DB and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi nor DB has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, WFS, Citi and DB with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form,

 

141


each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.18 USA Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

10.19 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

10.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

 

142


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

PBF LOGISTICS LP
By:   PBF Logistics GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PBF Logistics LP – Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
PBF Logistics LP – Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PBF Logistics LP – Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement
[OTHER LENDERS],
as a Lender
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PBF Logistics LP – Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement

Exhibit 10.6

PBF LOGISTICS LP

2014 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Section 1.  

Purpose of the Plan

     1   
Section 2.  

Definitions

     1   
Section 3.  

Administration

     5   
(a)  

Authority of the Committee

     5   
(b)  

Manner and Exercise of Committee Authority

     5   
(c)  

Limitation of Liability; Outside Advisors

     6   
(d)  

Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability

     6   
Section 4.  

Units

     6   
(a)  

Limits on Units Deliverable

     6   
(b)  

Units Available Under the Plan

     7   
(c)  

Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards

     7   
(d)  

Anti-Dilution Adjustments

     7   
(e)  

Additional Issuances

     8   
Section 5.  

Eligibility

     8   
Section 6.  

Awards

     8   
(a)  

General

     8   
(b)  

Options and Unit Appreciation Rights

     8   
(c)  

Restricted Units and Phantom Units

     9   
(d)  

Unit Awards

     10   
(e)  

Other Unit Based Awards

     10   
(f)  

DERs

     11   
(g)  

Substitute Awards

     11   
(h)  

Performance Awards

     11   
(i)  

Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards

     12   
Section 7.  

Amendment and Termination

     15   
(a)  

Amendments to the Plan and Awards

     15   
(b)  

Subdivision or Consolidation of Units

     15   
(c)  

Recapitalizations

     16   
(d)  

Additional Issuances

     16   
(e)  

Change of Control

     17   
(f)  

Change of Control Price

     17   


(g)   

Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally

     18   
Section 8.   

General Provisions

     18   
(a)   

No Rights to Award

     18   
(b)   

Tax Withholding

     18   
(c)   

No Right to Employment or Services

     18   
(d)   

Governing Law

     19   
(e)   

Severability

     19   
(f)   

Other Laws

     19   
(g)   

No Fractional Units

     19   
(h)   

Headings; Construction

     19   
(i)   

Facility of Payment

     19   
(j)   

Allocation of Costs

     20   
(k)   

Gender and Number

     20   
(l)   

Compliance with Section 409A

     20   
(m)   

No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

     20   
(n)   

Certificates

     20   
(o)   

Funding

     21   
(p)   

Non-Uniform Determinations

     21   
(q)   

Survival of Terms; Conflicts

     21   
(r)   

Arbitration

     21   
Section 9.   

Term of the Plan

     21   

 

ii


PBF LOGISTICS LP

2014 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan . The PBF Logistics LP 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) has been adopted by PBF Logistics GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner (the “ General Partner ”) of PBF Logistics LP , a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the General Partner, the Partnership and their Affiliates by providing to Employees, Directors and certain other service providers incentive compensation awards to encourage superior performance. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the General Partner, the Partnership and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Partnership Entities ”) to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Partnership and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Partnership.

Section 2. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; or (ii) any entity in which the Person has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.

(b) “ Award ” means an Option, Unit Appreciation Right, Restricted Unit, Phantom Unit, Unit Award, Performance Award, Substitute Award, Other Unit Based Award, or Cash Award granted under the Plan and DERs granted alone or in tandem with an Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award) as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(c) “ Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement or documents between the General Partner and the Participant of an Award that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to such Award.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

(e) “ Cash Award ” means an award denominated in cash.

(f) “ Cause ” with respect to any Participant means “Cause” as defined in the Participant’s employment agreement or other service-related agreement with any of the Partnership Entities that is in effect on the date of the Participant’s separation from service, or, if the Participant does not have an employment agreement or other service-related agreement with any of the Partnership Entities, or if such term is not defined therein, then Cause shall mean: (A) the commission of an act of gross negligence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, theft or embezzlement on the part of the Participant, in any case that adversely affects or may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the business or reputation of the Partnership Entities; (B) the conviction or indictment of the Participant, or a plea of nolo contendere by the Participant, to any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; or (C) the continued failure or refusal to perform the duties of the Participant’s position for which they are employed if such failure to perform is not cured by the Participant within thirty (30) days after notice.


(g) “ Change of Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon, one or more of the following events:

(i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than PBF Energy Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the equity securities of the General Partner or the Partnership;

(ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one transaction or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;

(iii) the sale or other disposition by either the General Partner or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than PBF Energy Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates;

(iv) (A) the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership or (B) the general partner of the Partnership ceases to be PBF Energy Inc. or one of its controlled Affiliates;

(v) a “Change in Control” as defined in the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended, supplemented, restated or succeeded; or

(vi) any other event specified as a “Change of Control” in an applicable Award Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, with respect to payment or delivery of any Award or portion of an Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, a “Change of Control” shall not occur unless that Change of Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” a “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets,” in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) promulgated under Section 409A, as applied to non-corporate entities.

(h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(i) “ Committee ” means the Board or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, which alternative committee may be the board of directors or managers of any Affiliate or a committee thereof, or such other persons as necessary to comply with applicable legal requirements or listing standards.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate of the General Partner who is not an Employee (other than in that individual’s capacity as a Director).

 

2


(k) “ Distribution Equivalent Right ” or “ DER ” means a contingent right, granted alone or in tandem with a specific Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award), to receive with respect to each Unit subject to the Award cash, Units and/or Phantom Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, equal in value to the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit as provided in the Award Agreement.

(l) “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

(m) “ Employee ” means an employee of any of the Partnership Entities.

(n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a Unit, on any relevant date, the closing sales price of a Unit on the principal national securities exchange or other market in which trading in Units occurs, on the last market trading day prior to the applicable day (or, if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding day on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). If Units are not traded on a national securities exchange or other market at the time a determination of Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in good faith using a “reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method” within the meaning of Section 409A (specifically, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(b)(5)(iv)(B)).

(p) “ General Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(q) “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to any Participant, “Good Reason” as defined under any employment agreement or agreement for services entered into with any of the Partnership Entities that is in effect on the date of the Participant’s separation from service, or, if the Participant does not have an employment agreement or other service-related agreement with any of the Partnership Entities, or if such term is not defined therein, then Good Reason shall exist in the event of, without the Participant’s consent: (i) an adverse, material and sustained diminution of the Participant’s duties, (ii) any of the Partnership Entities requiring a change in the location for performance of Participant’s employment responsibilities hereunder to a location more than 50 miles from the Participant’s current employment location (not including ordinary travel during the regular course of employment), or (iii) the failure of any of the Partnership Entities to pay or cause to be paid the Participant’s base salary or other compensation or fees when due; provided, that prior to the Participant’s termination of employment or other separation from service for Good Reason, the Participant must give written notice to the Partnership Entity which employs him or to which he renders services) of any such event that constitutes Good Reason within twenty (20) days of the occurrence of such event and such event must remain uncorrected for thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice; and provided further that any termination due to Good Reason must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason.

(r) “ Option ” means an option to purchase Units granted under the Plan.

(s) “ Other Unit Based Award ” means an Award granted to an Employee, Director, or Consultant pursuant to Section 6(e).

 

3


(t) “ Participant ” means an Employee, Director or other service provider granted an Award under the Plan and any authorized transferee of such individual.

(u) “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(v) “ Partnership Entities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(w) “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended and restated from time to time.

(x) “ Performance Award ” means a right granted to an Employee, Director or other service provider pursuant to Section 6 to receive an Award based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(y) “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity.

(z) “ Phantom Unit ” means a notional Unit granted under the Plan which to the extent then vested and outstanding entitles the Participant to receive a Unit or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit (or a combination of the foregoing), subject to terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(aa) “ Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(bb) “ Qualified Member ” means a member of the Committee who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of Rule 16b-3.

(cc) “ Restricted Period ” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to vesting or forfeiture (as applicable) and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.

(dd) “ Restricted Unit ” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.

(ee) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

(ff) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

(gg) “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, as amended, and the regulations, rulings, notices or other guidance promulgated thereunder.

(hh) “ Substitute Award ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Plan.

(ii) “ Unit Distribution Right ” or “ UDR ” means a distribution made by the Partnership with respect to a Restricted Unit.

(jj) “ Unit ” means a common unit of the Partnership.

 

4


(kk) “ Unit Appreciation Right ” means a contingent right granted under the Plan that entitles the holder to receive, in cash or Units (or a combination of the foregoing), as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the exercise date of the Unit Appreciation Right (or another specified date) over the exercise price of the Unit Appreciation Right.

(ll) “ Unit Award ” means a grant of a Unit that is not subject to a Restricted Period.

Section 3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award, consistent with the terms of the Plan, which terms may include any provision regarding the acceleration of vesting or waiver of forfeiture restrictions or any other condition or limitation regarding an Award, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be vested, settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (viii) waive, in whole or part, any forfeiture or vesting conditions of any Award; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or an Award Agreement in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Manner and Exercise of Committee Authority . At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Partnership may be taken either (i) by a subcommittee, designated by the Committee, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members, (ii) by the Committee but with each such member who is not a Qualified Member abstaining or recusing himself or herself from such action; provided , however , that upon such abstention or recusal the Committee remains composed solely of two or more Qualified Members, or (iii) if the Committee is the Board, by the full Board. Such action, authorized by such a subcommittee, by the Committee upon the abstention or recusal of such non-Qualified Member(s), or by the full Board, as applicable, shall be the action of the Committee for all purposes of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under (or with respect to) the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including any of the Partnership Entities, any Participant, and any beneficiary of a Participant. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting the power or authority of the Committee. Subject to the Plan and any

 

5


applicable law, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any, and provided that the Committee may not delegate its duties where such delegation would violate state corporate law, or with respect to making Awards to, or otherwise with respect to Awards granted to, Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” other than in Section 7, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer. Any such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan; provided , however , the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to himself, a Director, or any executive officer of the General Partner or an Affiliate, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to himself, an individual who is an executive officer, or a Director. Under no circumstances shall any such delegation result in the loss of an exemption under paragraph (d)(1) of Rule 16b-3 for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Partnership.

(c) Limitation of Liability; Outside Advisors . The Committee may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons at the expense of the Partnership. The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of a Partnership Entity, or the General Partner’s or the Partnership’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants, or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the General Partner, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership Agreement and any indemnification agreement applicable to such Person, be indemnified and held harmless by the General Partner with respect to any such action or determination.

(d) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the General Partner that the grant of any Awards to, or other transaction by, a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 or another applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged by the Participant in writing to be non-exempt). Accordingly, if any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or such other exemption as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Section 4. Units .

(a) Limits on Units Deliverable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(d) and Section 7, the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan is [                    ]. Units withheld from an Award or surrendered by a Participant to satisfy tax withholding obligations of any of the Partnership Entities (including the withholding of Units with respect to Restricted Units) or to satisfy the payment of any exercise price with respect to the Award shall not be considered to be Units delivered under the Plan for this purpose. If any

 

6


Award is forfeited, cancelled, exercised, settled in cash, or otherwise terminates or expires without the actual delivery of Units pursuant to such Award (for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of Restricted Units is not a delivery of Units for this purpose, unless and until such Restricted Units vest and any restrictions placed on them under the Plan or applicable Award Agreement lapse), the Units subject to such Award shall again be available for Awards under the Plan (including Units not delivered in connection with the exercise of an Option or Unit Appreciation Right). There shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted and paid in cash.

(b) Units Available Under the Plan . The following additional parameters shall apply:

(i) Awards that are valued by reference to Units that may be settled in cash will reduce the number of Units available for issuance pursuant to the Plan, provided that to the extent the Award is ultimately settled or paid in cash, Units subject to such Award will not be considered to have been issued and will not be applied against the maximum number of Units available under the Plan.

(ii) If an Award may be settled in Units or cash, such Units shall be deemed issued only when and to the extent that settlement or payment is actually made in Units. To the extent an Award is settled or paid in cash, and not in Units, any Units previously reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to such Award will again be deemed available for issuance or transfer under the Plan, and the maximum number of Units that may be issued or transferred under the Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Units actually issued and transferred to the Participant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full number of Units subject to an Option or Unit Appreciation Right granted that are settled by the issuance of Units shall be counted against the Units authorized for issuance under this Plan, regardless of the number of Units actually issued upon the settlement of such Option or Unit Appreciation Right.

(iv) Any Units repurchased by the Partnership or the Partnership on the open market using the proceeds from the exercise of an Award shall not increase the number of Units available for the future grant of Awards.

(c) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards . Any Units that may be delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued Units, authorized and issued Units held in the Partnership’s treasury, Units acquired from any Affiliate, the Partnership or any other Person, in the open market or otherwise, and any other Units available for any reason for purposes of the Plan, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(d) Anti-Dilution Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 7, with respect to any “equity restructuring” event that could result in an additional compensation expense to the General Partner or the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718 if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and type of Units covered by

 

7


each outstanding Award and the terms and conditions, including the exercise price and performance criteria (if any), of such Award to equitably reflect such restructuring event and shall adjust the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted after such event. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in an accounting charge under FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718 if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event. In the event the Committee makes any adjustment pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4(d), the Committee shall make a corresponding and proportionate adjustment with respect to the maximum number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 4(a) and the kind of Units or other securities available for grant under the Plan.

(e) Additional Issuances . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the General Partner or the Partnership of Units for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, or upon the conversion of Units or obligations of the General Partner or the Partnership convertible into such Units, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Units subject to Awards theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan.

Section 5. Eligibility . Any Employee, Director or other service provider shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan. If the Units issuable pursuant to an Award are intended to be registered with the SEC on Form S-8, then only Employees, Directors or other service provider of the Partnership or a parent or subsidiary of the Partnership (within the meaning of General Instruction A.1(a) to Form S-8) will be eligible to receive such an Award.

Section 6. Awards .

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 7(a)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant, or termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the General Partner, the Partnership, or their Affiliates, and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan.

(b) Options and Unit Appreciation Rights . The Committee shall have the authority to determine to whom Options and/or Unit Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option or Unit Appreciation Right, the exercise price therefor, the Restricted Period and other conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option or Unit Appreciation Right, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. Options which are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) and Unit Appreciation Rights which are intended to comply with Treasury

 

8


Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B) or, in each case, any successor regulation, may be granted only if the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii), or any successor regulation, are satisfied. Options and Unit Appreciation Rights that are otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A may be granted to any eligible Employee, Director or other service provider.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit purchasable under an Option or subject to a Unit Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option or Unit Appreciation Right is granted but may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant of the Option or Unit Appreciation Right.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the exercise terms and any applicable Restricted Period with respect to an Option or Unit Appreciation Right, which may include provisions for accelerated vesting (if any) upon the achievement of specified performance goals and/or other events, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect to an Option or Unit Appreciation Right may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include cash, check acceptable to the Partnership, withholding Units having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price from the Award, a “cashless” exercise or a “net exercise” through procedures approved by the Partnership, or any combination of the foregoing methods.

(iii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with or service to the Partnership, General Partner and any of their Affiliates or membership on the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, whichever is applicable, for any reason during any applicable Restricted Period, all unvested Options shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options.

(iv) Term of Options and Unit Appreciation Rights . The term of each Option and Unit Appreciation Right shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.

(c) Restricted Units and Phantom Units . The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Directors and other service providers to whom Restricted Units or Phantom Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units or Phantom Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units or Phantom Units may become vested, delivered or forfeited, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

(i) UDRs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Restricted Units may provide that the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to the Restricted Units shall be subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the Restricted Unit and, if restricted, such distributions shall be held, without interest, until the Restricted Unit vests or is forfeited with the UDR being paid or forfeited at the same time, as the case may be. In addition, the Committee may provide that such

 

9


distributions be used to acquire additional Restricted Units for the Participant. Such additional Restricted Units may be subject to such vesting and other terms as the Committee may prescribe. Absent such a restriction on the UDRs in the Award Agreement, UDRs shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Unit without restriction at the same time as cash distributions are paid by the Partnership to its unitholders.

(ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with or service to the General Partner, the Partnership and any of their Affiliates or membership on the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding, unvested Restricted Units and Phantom Units awarded to the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units.

(iii) Lapse of Vesting Restrictions .

(A) Phantom Units . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, as soon as practicable but in no case later than the 70 th calendar day following the vesting of each Phantom Unit or such other date or dates provided for in the Award Agreement, and subject to the provisions of Sections 8(b) and 8(l), the Participant shall be entitled to settlement of such Phantom Unit and shall receive one Unit (or if determined by the Committee in its discretion, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit as calculated on the last day of the Restricted Period, or a combination of Units and cash), as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(B) Restricted Units . Upon the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Award so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.

(d) Unit Awards . The Committee shall have the authority to grant a Unit Award under the Plan to any Employee, Director or other service provider in a number determined by the Committee in its discretion, as a bonus or additional compensation or in lieu of cash compensation the individual is otherwise entitled to receive, in such amounts as the Committee determines to be appropriate.

(e) Other Unit Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Units, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Units, purchase rights for Units, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Partnership or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Units or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership. The Committee shall determine the terms and

 

10


conditions of such Awards. Units delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(e) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including cash, Units, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to, or independent of any other Award under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(e).

(f) DERs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, an Award (other than a Restricted Unit or Unit Award) may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be reinvested into additional Awards, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the vesting restrictions provided in the Award Agreement, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Absent a contrary provision in the Award Agreement, DERs shall be paid to the Participant without restriction at the same time and in the same form as distributions are paid by the Partnership to its unitholders.

(g) Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become Employees, Directors or other service providers as a result of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity. Such Substitute Awards that are Options or Unit Appreciation Rights may have exercise prices less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with Section 409A and other applicable laws and exchange rules.

(h) Performance Awards . The right of a Participant to receive a grant, and the right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions.

(i) Performance Goals Generally . The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria or individual performance criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 6(h). The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised, and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to the grant, exercise, and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. The Committee shall establish any such performance conditions and goals based on one or more business criteria for the General Partner and/or the Partnership, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Affiliates or business or geographical units of the Partnership (and such performance conditions or goals may be applied in total or on a per Unit, per barrel, or percentage basis, if applicable), all as determined by the Committee in its discretion, which may include (but are not limited to) one or more of the following: (A) earnings per Unit, (B) revenues, (C) cash flow, (D) cash flow from operations, (E) cash flow return, (F) return on assets or on net assets, (G) return on investment, (H) return on capital, (I) return on equity,

 

11


(J) economic value added, (K) operating margin, contribution margin, gross margin, or other margin capture, (L) net income, (M) pretax earnings, (N) pretax earnings before interest or before interest, depreciation and amortization, (O) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items, (P) total unitholder return, (Q) debt reduction, (R) increase in market share, (S) change in the Fair Market Value of the Units, (T) operating income (before or after tax), (U) expenses, (V) assets or capital employed, (W) working capital, (X) operating capacity utilized, (Y) production or sales volumes, (Z) cost of processing, (AA) completion or acquisition of a new plant; (BB) environmental and/or safety metrics, (CC) cash distributions or (DD) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Performance Periods . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established by the Committee not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards.

(iii) Settlement . At the end of each performance period, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of the potential Performance Award otherwise payable to each Participant. The amount determined by the Committee, if any, shall be paid to the Participant no later than March 15 of the year following the year that included the last day of the performance period. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Units, other Awards, or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce or increase the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

(i) Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(i) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of any of the Partnership Entities. Awards granted in addition to, in substitution for, or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of any of the Partnership Entities may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Awards under the Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the General Partner, the Partnership, or any Affiliate, in which the value of Units subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash

 

12


compensation, or in which the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Units minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered. Awards granted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be designed, awarded, and settled in a manner that does not result in additional taxes under Section 409A.

(ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (B) below, each Option and Unit Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the Person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution and no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against any of the Partnership Entities.

(B) The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement or in its discretion that an Award may, on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish, be transferred by a Participant without consideration to any “family member” of the Participant, as defined in the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, as applicable, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards. In addition, vested Units may be transferred to the extent permitted by the Partnership Agreement and not otherwise prohibited by the Award Agreement or any other agreement or policy restricting the transfer of such Units.

(iii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee but may not exceed ten (10) years.

(iv) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by any of the Partnership Entities upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or upon settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including cash, Units, other Awards, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided , however , that any such deferred payment will be set forth in the agreement evidencing such Award and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under Section 409A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Units in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee. Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 7(a) of the Plan, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award Agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the

 

13


Committee and in compliance with Section 409A. Payments may include provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of DERs or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Units.

(v) Issuance of Units . The Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered pursuant to an Award may be evidenced in any manner deemed appropriate by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in the form of a certificate issued in the name of the Participant or by book entry, electronic or otherwise, and shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws. The Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(vi) Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine.

(vii) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the General Partner that the grant of any Awards to, or other transaction by, a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from such section pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(viii) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, delivery of Units pursuant to the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the General Partner is not reasonably able to obtain Units to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating applicable law or the applicable rules or regulations of any governmental agency or authority or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the General Partner.

(ix) Additional Agreements . Each Employee, Director or other service provider to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing, as a condition to the grant of such Award or otherwise, to subject an Award that is exercised or settled following such Person’s termination of services to, or employment with, the General Partner, the Partnership, or any of their Affiliates to a general release of claims and/or a noncompetition agreement in favor of the General Partner, the Partnership, and their Affiliates, with the terms and conditions of such agreement(s) to be determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

14


(x) Termination of Employment . Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and any of the Partnership Entities shall be specified in the Award Agreement controlling such Award.

(xi) Clawback . Any Award under the Plan may as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion if it deems advisable be subject to a clawback or recovery provision requiring a portion of the payments and benefits provided under an Agreement or the sale of the Units granted thereunder to be subject to a clawback or other recovery to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law including the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any SEC rule.

Section 7. Amendment and Termination . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

(a) Amendments to the Plan and Awards . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Units are traded, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, including increasing the number of Units available for Awards under the Plan, without the consent of any partner, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided that no change, other than pursuant to Section 7(b), 7(c), 7(d), 7(e), or 7(g) below, in any Award shall materially reduce the rights or benefits of a Participant with respect to an Award without the consent of such Participant.

(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Units . The terms of an Award and the number of Units authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, the Partnership shall subdivide as a whole (by reclassification, by a Unit split, by the issuance of a distribution on Units payable in Units, or otherwise) the number of Units then outstanding into a greater number of Units, or in the event the Partnership distributes an extraordinary cash dividend, then, as appropriate, (A) the maximum number of Units available for the Plan as provided in Section 4 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Units (or other kind of securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each Unit (or other kind of securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, all without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

 

15


(ii) If at any time, or from time to time, the Partnership shall consolidate as a whole (by reclassification, by reverse Unit split, or otherwise) the number of Units then outstanding into a lesser number of Units, (A) the maximum number of Units available for the Plan as provided in Section 4 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Units (or other kind of securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each Unit (or other kind of securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(iii) Whenever the number of Units subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each Unit subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Section 7(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of Units, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments. The Committee shall promptly provide each affected Participant with such notice.

(iv) Adjustments under Sections 7(b)(i) and (ii) shall be made by the Committee, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive, and, in the discretion of the Committee, an adjustment may be in accordance with Section 409A, to the extent applicable, so as not to cause a modification or deemed new grant of award. No fractional interest shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

(c) Recapitalizations . If the Partnership recapitalizes, reclassifies its equity securities, or otherwise changes its capital structure (a “ recapitalization ”) without a Change of Control, the number and class of Units covered by an Award theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Award shall thereafter cover the number and class of Units and securities to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization if, immediately prior to the recapitalization, the holder had been the holder of record of the number of Units then covered by such Award, and the Unit limitations provided in Section 4 shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the recapitalization.

(d) Additional Issuances . Except as expressly provided herein, the issuance by the Partnership of units of any class or securities convertible into units of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of units or obligations of the Partnership convertible into such units or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Units subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per Unit, if applicable.

 

16


(e) Change of Control

(i) Discretion of Committee . In the event of a Change in Control after the Effective Date of the Plan, the Committee may (subject to Section 8(l)), in its sole discretion, either (alone or in combination): (A) cancel such Awards for fair consideration (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) which, in the case of Options and Unit Appreciation Rights shall equal the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price (as defined in Section 7(f) below) to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Units subject to such Options or Unit Appreciation Rights (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Units subject to such Options or Unit Appreciation Rights) over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Unit Appreciation Rights; (B) provide for the assumption of such Awards or the issuance of substitute Awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Awards previously granted hereunder, including any applicable vesting conditions or (C) provide that for a period of at least 15 days prior to the Change in Control, such Awards shall be exercisable as to all Units subject thereto, and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Awards shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to clause (A) above, the Committee may cancel Options and Unit Appreciation Rights for no consideration if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Units subject to such Options or Unit Appreciation Rights is less than or equal to the aggregate exercise price of such Options or exercise price of such Unit Appreciation Rights.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided for by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee in its sole discretion, upon a termination of employment or service of a Participant within twenty four (24) months of the occurrence of a Change in Control that occurs while the Participant was still employed by, or in the service of, any of the Partnership Entities (A) by any of the Partnership Entities other than for Cause or (B) by the Participant for Good Reason, all of the Participant’s Awards which have not at such time become vested, delivered, or exercisable, or otherwise remain subject to lapse restrictions, shall immediately become vested, delivered and exercisable or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as may be applicable.

(f) Change of Control Price . The “ Change of Control Price ” shall equal the amount determined in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v), whichever is applicable, as follows: (i) the per Unit price offered to Unit holders in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per Unit value of the Units immediately before the Change of Control without regard to assets sold in the Change of Control and assuming the General Partner or the Partnership, as applicable, has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per Unit in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per Unit offered to Unit holders in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or (v) if such Change of Control occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 7(f), the Fair Market Value per Unit of the Units that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Awards or to which such Awards track, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Awards. In the event that the consideration offered to unitholders of the Partnership in any Change of Control transaction consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash.

 

17


(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally . In the event of changes in the outstanding Units by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Section 7, any outstanding Awards and any Award Agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion, which adjustment may, in the Committee’s discretion, be described in the Award Agreement and may include, but not be limited to, adjustments as to the number and price of Units or other consideration subject to such Awards, accelerated vesting (in full or in part) of such Awards, conversion of such Awards into awards denominated in the securities or other interests of any successor Person, or the cash settlement of such Awards in exchange for the cancellation thereof. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Units, the aggregate number of Units available under this Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

Section 8. General Provisions .

(a) No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding . If the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any Federal, State, local or foreign tax rules or regulations in respect of any Award, any of the Partnership Entities shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements. Any of the Partnership Entities shall have the right, at its option, to (i) require the Participant (or the Participant’s permitted transferee under Section 6(i)(ii), as applicable) to pay or provide for payment of the amount of any taxes which any of the Partnership Entities may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, (ii) deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any amount otherwise payable (whether related to the Award or otherwise) to the Participant (or the Participant’s transferee, as applicable and where otherwise permitted under the Plan) the amount of any taxes which any of the Partnership Entities may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, or (iii) if the Committee determines, to withhold Units with a Fair Market Value of the minimum amount of any taxes which any of the Partnership Entities may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, or (iv) enter into with the Participant any such other suitable arrangements approved by the Committee. In no event will Units be withheld at Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum statutory withholding rate. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be determined as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined (and the Partnership may cause any fractional Unit to be settled in cash).

(c) No Right to Employment or Services . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any of the Partnership Entities, to continue providing services, or to remain on the Board, as applicable. Furthermore,

 

18


any of the Partnership Entities may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or his or her service relationship free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other agreement.

(d) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

(e) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect. If any of the terms or provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (as those terms or provisions are applied to Participants who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (unless the Board or the Committee, as appropriate, has expressly determined that the Plan or such Award should not comply with Rule 16b-3).

(f) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or entitle the Partnership or an Affiliate to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the General Partner by a Participant, other holder, or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder, or beneficiary.

(g) No Fractional Units . No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated with or without consideration.

(h) Headings; Construction . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof. All words used in this Plan shall be construed to be of such gender or number, as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms.

(i) Facility of Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any individual under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to manage properly his financial affairs may be paid to the legal representative of such individual or may be applied for

 

19


the benefit of such individual in any manner that the Committee may select, and the General Partner, the Partnership and all of their Affiliates shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

(j) Allocation of Costs . Nothing herein shall be deemed to override, amend, or modify any cost sharing arrangement, omnibus agreement, or other arrangement between the General Partner, the Partnership, and any Affiliate regarding the sharing of costs between those entities.

(k) Gender and Number . Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(l) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that all Awards under this Plan and any Award Agreement either be exempt from or avoid taxation under Section 409A. All Options or other similar Awards that are granted with an exercise Price shall be granted with an exercise price such that the Award would not constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A or shall otherwise be structured to avoid taxation under Section 409A. Any ambiguity in this Plan and any Award Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with Section 409A. To the extent applicable (a) each amount or benefit payable pursuant to this Plan and any Award Agreement shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A and (b) in the event the equity interests of the Partnership are publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, any payments under this Plan or any Award Agreement that are deemed to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall not be paid or begin payment until the earlier of the Participant’s death and the first day following the six (6) month anniversary of the Participant’s date of termination of employment. For all purposes under this Plan, with respect to any Award or any portion of an Award that is nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, any iteration of the word “termination” (e.g., “terminated”) in respect of a Participant’s service to any of the Partnership Entities shall mean a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. The Committee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 8(1) in good faith; provided that neither the Partnership, the General Partner, the Board, the Committee nor any of the employees, Directors or representatives of the Affiliates of the Partnership shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 8(l).

(m) No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . None of the Board, the Committee, the Partnership, nor the General Partner makes any commitment or guarantee that any federal, state, or local tax treatment will (or will not) apply or be available to any Participant.

(n) Certificates . All certificates, if any, evidencing Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC or other applicable governmental authority, any stock exchange or market upon which such securities are then listed, admitted or quoted, as applicable, and any applicable Federal, state or any other applicable laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

20


(o) Funding . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no benefit or promise under the Plan shall be secured by any specific assets of the General Partners, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, nor shall any assets of any of the Partnership Entities be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the General Partner’s or Partnership’s obligations under the Plan.

(p) Non-Uniform Determinations . The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive or are eligible to receive Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the persons to receive Awards under the Plan and the terms and provisions of Awards under the Plan.

(q) Survival of Terms; Conflicts . The provisions of the Plan shall survive the termination of the Plan to the extent consistent with, or necessary to carry out, the purposes thereof. Each Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Plan, however, in the event of any conflict between specific provisions of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the Plan shall control, except where the terms of the Award Agreement are more restrictive than the terms of the Plan.

(r) Arbitration . Any dispute with regard to the enforcement of this Plan and any Award Agreement hereunder shall be exclusively resolved by a single experienced arbitrator selected in accordance with the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) rules and procedures, at an arbitration to be conducted in the State of New York pursuant to the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes rules of the AAA with the arbitrator applying the substantive law of the State of Delaware as provided for under Section 8(d) hereof. The AAA shall provide the parties hereto with lists for the selection of arbitrators composed entirely of arbitrators who are members of the National Academy of Arbitrators and who have prior experience in the arbitration of disputes between employers and senior executives. The determination of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and judgment therein may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of the arbitration.

Section 9. Term of the Plan . The Plan shall be effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date” ) and shall continue until the earliest of (i) the date terminated by the Board, (ii) all Units available under the Plan have been delivered to Participants, or (iii) the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date. However, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

 

21

Exhibit 10.7

PBF LOGISTICS LP 2014 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF PHANTOM UNIT AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “ Date of Grant ”), between PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”) and the individual named on the signature page hereto (the “ Service Provider ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, PBF Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), acting through the Board of Directors of the General Partner (the “ Board ”), has adopted the PBF Logistics LP 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to, among other things, attract, retain and motivate certain service providers of the Partnership Entities; and

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Partnership and its unitholders to grant the Phantom Units (as defined below) provided for herein to the Service Provider pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

WHEREAS, the Board has authorized the grant of Phantom Units of the Partnership to the Service Provider pursuant to the Plan on the terms and conditions set forth herein as part of their compensation for services provided to the Partnership Entities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

(a) “ Change of Control ” means Change of Control as defined in the Plan, provided that, a “Change of Control” shall not occur unless such Change of Control also constitutes a change of control within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), as applied to non-corporate entities.

(b) “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to any Service Provider, “Good Reason” as defined under any agreement for services entered into with any of the Partnership Entities that is in effect on the date of the Service Provider’s separation from service, or, if the Service Provider does not have a service-related agreement with any of the Partnership Entities, or if such term is not defined therein, then Good Reason shall exist in the event of, without the Service Provider’s consent: (A) with respect to the Service Provider, a material breach by any Partnership Entity of any of its material covenants or obligations under this Agreement, the Plan or any agreement between the Service Provider (in his or her capacity as a director or other


service provider) and any Partnership Entity; or (B) the failure of a Partnership Entity to pay or cause to be paid the Service Provider’s fees or other compensation when due; provided , that prior to the Service Provider’s separation from service for Good Reason under clauses (A) and (B) above, the Service Provider must give written notice to General Partner of any such event that constitutes Good Reason within twenty (20) days of the occurrence of such event and such event must remain uncorrected for thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice; and provided , further , that any termination due to Good Reason must occur no later than sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason.

(c) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 409A and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) thereunder.

(d) “ Retirement ” with respect to any Service Provider means the separation from service with the Partnership Entities by the Service Provider following the attainment of age 55 and completion of 2 years of service. “Service” for this purpose means the sum of all years or partial year of service with any Partnership Entity, whether or not performed consecutively.

(e) “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, as amended, and the regulations, rulings, notices or other guidance promulgated thereunder.

2. Grant of Phantom Units . The General Partner hereby grants to the Service Provider the number Phantom Units set forth on the signature page hereto, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement, including those restrictions described in Section 5, whereby each Phantom Unit (each, a “ Phantom Unit ”) represents the right to receive delivery of one Unit of the Partnership or, at the election of the Committee, in lieu of the delivery of a Unit, payment of an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit of the Partnership measured as of the date of payment, or a combination of cash and Units. Settlement of tandem DERs (as defined below) granted under this Agreement shall be completed through the delivery of cash.

3. Phantom Unit Account . The General Partner shall establish and maintain a bookkeeping account on its records for the Service Provider (a “ Phantom Unit Account ”) and shall record in such Phantom Unit Account: (a) the number of Phantom Units granted to the Service Provider and (b) the amount deliverable to the Service Provider at settlement on account of Phantom Units that have vested. The Service Provider shall not have any interest in any fund or specific assets of the Partnership by reason of this Award or the Phantom Unit Account established for the Service Provider.

4. Rights of Service Provider . No Units shall be issued to the Service Provider at the time the grant is made, and the Service Provider shall not be, nor have any of the rights and privileges of, a unitholder or limited partner of the Partnership with respect to any Phantom Units recorded in the Phantom Unit Account. The Service Provider shall have no voting rights with respect to the Phantom Units. This grant of Phantom Units also includes a grant of a tandem distribution equivalent right (“ DER ”) with respect to each Phantom Unit. The General Partner shall establish a DER bookkeeping account (the “ DER Account ”) that shall be credited with an amount equal to any cash or property distributions made by the Partnership to unitholders

 

-2-


generally, calculated based on the number of Units related to the portion of the Service Provider’s Phantom Units that have not yet been settled as of the record date for the distribution. Amounts recorded in the DER Account shall be paid to the Service Provider in cash at the time the tandem Phantom Unit for which the distribution accrued is settled. No interest will accrue on any such right between the issuance of the distribution to unitholders generally and the settlement of the DER.

5. Vesting of Phantom Units . The Phantom Units are restricted in that they (a) may be forfeited by the Service Provider and (b) may not, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, be transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Service Provider. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the forfeiture restrictions on the Phantom Units shall lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on the signature page hereto, provided, however, that such restrictions will lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest in accordance with the foregoing provision only if the Service Provider has continuously provided services to the Partnership Entities from the date of grant until the date of vesting.

6. Separation from Service .

(a) Termination of Service . If the Service Provider’s service with the Partnership Entities terminates for any reason prior to vesting in accordance with Section 5, unless otherwise provided for in Section 6(b), the Phantom Units, to the extent not then vested, shall be immediately forfeited by the Service Provider without consideration.

(b) Accelerated Vesting Under Certain Circumstances . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Award shall vest as to 100% of the Phantom Units subject to the Award (but only to the extent the Award has not otherwise previously been forfeited), and the Phantom Units shall become nonforfeitable, on the earliest to occur of (i) a determination by the Committee to so accelerate such Award; (ii) a Change in Control; (iii) the Service Provider’s death or Disability; and (iv) the termination of the Service Provider’s service (A) without Cause, (B) if the Service Provider is ready, willing and able to serve on the board of directors but is not re-appointed or re-elected other than for Cause, (C) by Retirement of the Service Provider or (D) by the Service Provider for Good Reason.

7. Settlement Date; Manner of Settlement . In the case of Phantom Units vested pursuant to Section 5 and Sections 6(b)(i)-(iii) of this Agreement, such Phantom Units shall be settled immediately following vesting in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement, but in no case later than the 70th calendar day following vesting. In the case of Phantom Units vested pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv) of this Agreement, Phantom Units shall be settled in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement on the earlier of the first calendar day of the seventh month following vesting or the Service Provider’s death. No fractional Units will be issued or acquired pursuant to this Agreement. If the application of any provision of this Agreement would yield a fractional Unit, such fractional Unit will be rounded down to the next whole Unit if it is less than 0.5 and rounded up to the next whole Unit if it is 0.5 or more. The Service Provider agrees that any vested Units that the Service Provider acquires upon vesting of the Phantom Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange upon

 

-3-


which the Units are then listed. The Service Provider also agrees that any certificates representing the Units acquired under this award may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Partnership may require that the Service Provider make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, rules, regulations, or requirements.

8. Limitations on Transfer . The Service Provider agrees that the Award is subject to such limitations on transfer imposed by Section 6(i)(ii) of the Plan.

9. Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, any portion of the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or proceeds from the sale of the Units granted hereunder in settlement of any outstanding vested Phantom Unit shall be subject to a clawback or other recovery by the Partnership Entities to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law including the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

10. Taxes; Withholding . The Service Provider may be required to pay to the Partnership Entities and the Partnership Entities shall have the right and each is authorized to withhold any applicable withholding or other taxes in respect of the Award or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Phantom Units and DERs and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all of the relevant Partnership Entity’s obligations for the payment of such withholding or other taxes. The Service Provider acknowledges that he or she is solely responsible for the direct payment of any taxes owed by the Service Provider in connection with the Award for which the Partnership is not statutorily required to withhold, and with respect to which the Partnership has not entered into an agreement with Service Provider to withhold such taxes voluntarily.

11. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the General Partner in care of its Secretary, and to the Service Provider at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Partnership Entities for the Service Provider or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

13. Arbitration . Any dispute with regard to the enforcement of this Agreement shall be exclusively resolved by a single experienced arbitrator licensed to practice law in the State of New York, selected in accordance with the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) rules and procedures, at an arbitration to be conducted in the State of New York pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of AAA with the arbitrator applying the substantive law of the State of Delaware as provided for under Section 12 hereof. The AAA shall provide the parties hereto with lists for the selection of arbitrators composed entirely of arbitrators who are members of the National Academy of Arbitrators and who have prior experience in the arbitration of disputes between employers and senior executives. The determination of the arbitrator shall be

 

-4-


final and binding on the parties hereto and judgment therein may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of the arbitration.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

15. Award Subject to Plan; Conflict . By entering into this Agreement the Service Provider agrees and acknowledges that the Service Provider has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Award is subject to the Plan and the Award Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as they may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail, except where the terms of this Agreement are more restrictive than the terms of the Plan.

16. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

17. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information .

(a) Protection of Confidential Information . All items of information, documents (including electronically stored documents like email), and materials pertaining to the business and operations of the Partnership Entities that are not made public by the Partnership Entities through authorized means will be considered confidential (hereafter, “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, customer lists, business referral source lists, internal cost and pricing data and analysis, marketing plans and strategies, personnel files and evaluations, financial and accounting data, operational and other business affairs and methods, contracts, technical data, know-how, trade secrets, computer software and other proprietary and intellectual property, and plans and strategies for future developments relating to any of the foregoing. Except in connection with the faithful performance of the Service Provider’s duties hereunder or as permitted pursuant to Section 1(c), the Service Provider shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any Confidential Information, or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The parties hereby stipulate and agree that as between them the foregoing matters are important, material and confidential proprietary information and trade secrets and affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Partnership Entities, or any of its successors.

(b) Return of Confidential Information . Upon termination of the Service Provider’s service or employment with the Partnership Entities for any reason, the Service Provider upon the request of the Partnership Entities will promptly either destroy or deliver to the Partnership Entities any and all Confidential Information in the Service Provider’s possession and any other documents concerning the customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products or processes of the Partnership Entities.

 

-5-


(c) No Prohibition . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Service Provider from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (provided the Service Provider gives reasonable notice thereof and makes reasonably available to the General Partner and its counsel the documents and other information sought and assists such counsel, at the Partnership’s expense, in resisting or otherwise responding to such order or process), (ii) disclosing information and documents to his attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing the post-service restrictions in this Agreement to any employer or service recipient, (iv) retaining, at any time, his personal correspondence, his personal rolodex or outlook contacts and documents related to his own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations, or (v) disclosing or retaining information that, through no act of the Service Provider in breach of this Agreement or any other party in violation of an existing confidentiality agreement with any of the Partnership Entities, is generally available to the public, is in the public domain at the time of disclosure or is available from other sources.

18. Specific Performance . The Service Provider acknowledges and agrees that remedies at law available to the Partnership Entities for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 17 would be inadequate and any Partnership Entity would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, the Service Provider agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Partnership Entities without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

19. Conformity to Section 409A . It is intended that the Award either be exempt from or avoid taxation under Section 409A. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall be interpreted to preserve exemption from, or comply with, Section 409A. To the extent applicable, each amount or benefit payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. The Committee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 19 in good faith; provided that neither the Partnership Entities, the Board, the Committee nor any of the Partnership Entities’ employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Service Provider with respect to this Section 19.

20. Section Headings; Construction . The section headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of the sections. All words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such gender or number, as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms.

21. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

-6-


22. Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature . In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Service Provider agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Partnership Entities may be required to deliver (including prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other award made or offered by the Partnership Entities. Electronic delivery may be via an electronic mail system of the Partnership Entities or by reference to a location on a Partnership Entity intranet to which the Service Provider has access. The Service Provider hereby consents to any and all procedures the Partnership Entities have established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Partnership Entities may be required to deliver, and agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature.

23. No Guarantee of Interests . The Board and the Partnership Entities do not guarantee the Units from loss or depreciation.

24. Insider Trading Policy . The terms of the Partnership’s insider trading policy with respect to Units are incorporated herein by reference.

25. No Right to Continued Service . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Service Provider the right to be retained as a director of, or in any other service relationship to, any Partnership Entity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the General Partner has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Service Provider has set his hand as to the date and year set forth below.

 

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[SERVICE PROVIDER NAME]

 

The Date of Grant is [ ].

The number of Phantom Units is [ ].

Subject to the Service Provider’s continued service with the General Partner, the Partnership, or one of their Affiliates through the applicable vesting date, the restrictions with respect to the Phantom Units shall lapse at the following times:

 

Date Units Subject to Award Vest

   Percentage of Phantom Units
as to Which Award Vests
 

Upon the first anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the second anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

[Signature Page to Phantom Unit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

PBF LOGISTICS LP 2014 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF PHANTOM UNIT AGREEMENT

FOR EMPLOYEES

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “ Date of Grant ”), between PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”) and the individual named on the signature page hereto (the “ Service Provider ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, PBF Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), acting through the Board of Directors of the General Partner (the “ Board ”), has adopted the PBF Logistics LP 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to, among other things, attract, retain and motivate certain service providers of the Partnership Entities; and

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Partnership and its unitholders to grant the Phantom Units (as defined below) provided for herein to the Service Provider pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

WHEREAS, the Board has authorized the grant of Phantom Units of the Partnership to the Service Provider pursuant to the Plan on the terms and conditions set forth herein as part of their compensation for services provided to the Partnership Entities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

(a) “ Change of Control ” means Change of Control as defined in the Plan, provided that, a “Change of Control” shall not occur unless such Change of Control also constitutes a change of control within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), as applied to non-corporate entities.

(b) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 409A and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) thereunder.

(c) “ Retirement ” with respect to any Service Provider means the separation from service (other than by termination for Cause) with the Partnership Entities by the Service Provider following the attainment of age 55 and completion of 5 years of service. “Service” for this purpose means the sum of all years or partial year of service with any Partnership Entity, whether or not performed consecutively.

(d) “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, as amended, and the regulations, rulings, notices or other guidance promulgated thereunder.


2. Grant of Phantom Units . The General Partner hereby grants to the Service Provider the number Phantom Units set forth on the signature page hereto, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement, including those restrictions described in Section 5, whereby each Phantom Unit (each, a “ Phantom Unit ”) represents the right to receive delivery of one Unit of the Partnership or, at the election of the Committee, in lieu of the delivery of a Unit, payment of an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one Unit of the Partnership measured as of the date of payment, or a combination of cash and Units. Settlement of tandem DERs (as defined below) granted under this Agreement shall be completed through the delivery of cash. Delivery or payment in respect of Phantom Units and DERs, as applicable, will be subject to applicable withholding described in Section 10 hereof.

3. Phantom Unit Account . The General Partner shall establish and maintain a bookkeeping account on its records for the Service Provider (a “ Phantom Unit Account ”) and shall record in such Phantom Unit Account: (a) the number of Phantom Units granted to the Service Provider and (b) the amount deliverable to the Service Provider at settlement on account of Phantom Units that have vested. The Service Provider shall not have any interest in any fund or specific assets of the Partnership by reason of this Award or the Phantom Unit Account established for the Service Provider.

4. Rights of Service Provider . No Units shall be issued to the Service Provider at the time the grant is made, and the Service Provider shall not be, nor have any of the rights and privileges of, a unitholder or limited partner of the Partnership with respect to any Phantom Units recorded in the Phantom Unit Account. The Service Provider shall have no voting rights with respect to the Phantom Units. This grant of Phantom Units also includes a grant of a tandem distribution equivalent right (“ DER ”) with respect to each Phantom Unit. The General Partner shall establish a DER bookkeeping account (the “ DER Account ”) that shall be credited with an amount equal to any cash or property distributions made by the Partnership to unitholders generally, calculated based on the number of Units related to the portion of the Service Provider’s Phantom Units that have not yet been settled as of the record date for the distribution. Amounts recorded in the DER Account shall be paid to the Service Provider in cash at the time the tandem Phantom Unit for which the distribution accrued is settled. No interest will accrue on any such right between the issuance of the distribution to unitholders generally and the settlement of the DER.

5. Vesting of Phantom Units . The Phantom Units are restricted in that they (a) may be forfeited by the Service Provider and (b) may not, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, be transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Service Provider. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the forfeiture restrictions on the Phantom Units shall lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on the signature page hereto, provided , however, that such restrictions will lapse, and the Phantom Units shall vest in accordance with the foregoing provision only if the Service Provider has continuously provided services to the Partnership Entities from the date of grant until the date of vesting.

 

-2-


6. Separation from Service .

(a) Termination of Service . If the Service Provider’s service or employment with the Partnership Entities terminates for any reason prior to vesting in accordance with Section 5, unless otherwise provided for in Section 6(b), the Phantom Units, to the extent not then vested, shall be immediately forfeited by the Service Provider without consideration.

(b) Accelerated Vesting Under Certain Circumstances . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Award shall vest as to 100% of the Phantom Units subject to the Award (but only to the extent the Award has not otherwise previously been forfeited), and the Phantom Units shall become nonforfeitable, on the earliest to occur of (i) a determination by the Committee to so accelerate such Award; (ii) a Change in Control; (iii) the Service Provider’s death or Disability; and (iv) the termination of the Service Provider’s service, (A) by the Partnership Entities without Cause, (B) by Retirement of the Service Provider or (C) by the Service Provider for Good Reason.

7. Settlement Date; Manner of Settlement . In the case of Phantom Units vested pursuant to Section 5 and Sections 6(b)(i)-(iii) of this Agreement, such Phantom Units shall be settled immediately following vesting in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement, but in no case later than the 70th calendar day following vesting. In the case of Phantom Units vested pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv) of this Agreement, Phantom Units shall be settled in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement on the earlier of the first calendar day of the seventh month following vesting or the Service Provider’s death. No fractional Units will be issued or acquired pursuant to this Agreement. If the application of any provision of this Agreement would yield a fractional Unit, such fractional Unit will be rounded down to the next whole Unit if it is less than 0.5 and rounded up to the next whole Unit if it is 0.5 or more. The Service Provider agrees that any vested Units that the Service Provider acquires upon vesting of the Phantom Units will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange upon which the Units are then listed. The Service Provider also agrees that any certificates representing the Units acquired under this award may bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Partnership may require that the Service Provider make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, rules, regulations, or requirements.

8. Limitations on Transfer . The Service Provider agrees that the Award is subject to such limitations on transfer imposed by Section 6(i)(ii) of the Plan.

9. Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, any portion of the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or proceeds from the sale of the Units granted hereunder in settlement of any outstanding vested Phantom

 

-3-


Unit shall be subject to a clawback or other recovery by the Partnership Entities to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law including the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

10. Taxes; Withholding . If any Partnership Entity shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any Federal, State, local or foreign tax rules or regulations in respect of any Award, the Committee shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements. The Committee shall have the right, at its option, to (i) require the Service Provider (or the Service Provider’s permitted transferee, as applicable) to pay or provide for payment of the amount of any taxes which a Partnership Entity may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, (ii) deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any amount otherwise payable (whether related to the Award or otherwise) to the Service Provider (or the Service Provider’s transferee, as applicable and where otherwise permitted under the Plan) the amount of any taxes which a Partnership Entity may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, or (iii) if the Committee determines, to withhold Units with a Fair Market Value of the minimum amount of any taxes which a Partnership Entity may be required to withhold with respect to such Award, or (iv) enter into with the Service Provider any such other suitable arrangements approved by the Committee. In no event will Units be withheld at Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum statutory withholding rate. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be determined as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined (and the Committee may cause any fractional Unit to be settled in cash).

11. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the General Partner in care of its Secretary, and to the Service Provider at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Partnership Entities for the Service Provider or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

13. Arbitration . Any dispute with regard to the enforcement of this Agreement shall be exclusively resolved by a single experienced arbitrator licensed to practice law in the State of New York, selected in accordance with the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) rules and procedures, at an arbitration to be conducted in the State of New York pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of AAA with the arbitrator applying the substantive law of the State of Delaware as provided for under Section 12 hereof. The AAA shall provide the parties hereto with lists for the selection of arbitrators composed entirely of arbitrators who are members of the National Academy of Arbitrators and who have prior experience in the arbitration of disputes between employers and senior executives and other employees. The determination of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and judgment therein may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of the arbitration.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

-4-


15. Award Subject to Plan; Conflict . By entering into this Agreement the Service Provider agrees and acknowledges that the Service Provider has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Award is subject to the Plan and the Award Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as they may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail, except where the terms of this Agreement are more restrictive than the terms of the Plan.

16. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

17. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information .

(a) Protection of Confidential Information . All items of information, documents (including electronically stored documents like email), and materials pertaining to the business and operations of the Partnership Entities that are not made public by the Partnership Entities through authorized means will be considered confidential (hereafter, “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, customer lists, business referral source lists, internal cost and pricing data and analysis, marketing plans and strategies, personnel files and evaluations, financial and accounting data, operational and other business affairs and methods, contracts, technical data, know-how, trade secrets, computer software and other proprietary and intellectual property, and plans and strategies for future developments relating to any of the foregoing. Except in connection with the faithful performance of the Service Provider’s duties hereunder or as permitted pursuant to Section 1(c), the Service Provider shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any Confidential Information, or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The parties hereby stipulate and agree that as between them the foregoing matters are important, material and confidential proprietary information and trade secrets and affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Partnership Entities, or any of its successors.

(b) Return of Confidential Information . Upon termination of the Service Provider’s service or employment with the Partnership Entities for any reason, the Service Provider upon the request of the Partnership Entities will promptly either destroy or deliver to the Partnership Entities any and all Confidential Information in the Service Provider’s possession and any other documents concerning the customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products or processes of the Partnership Entities.

(c) No Prohibition . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Service Provider from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (provided the Service Provider gives reasonable notice thereof and makes reasonably available to the General Partner and its counsel the documents and other information sought and assists such counsel, at the Partnership’s expense, in resisting or otherwise responding to such

 

-5-


order or process), (ii) disclosing information and documents to his attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement to any potential new employer, (iv) retaining, at any time, his personal correspondence, his personal rolodex or outlook contacts and documents related to his own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations, or (v) disclosing or retaining information that, through no act of the Service Provider in breach of this Agreement or any other party in violation of an existing confidentiality agreement with any of the Partnership Entities, is generally available to the public, is in the public domain at the time of disclosure or is available from other sources.

18. Specific Performance . The Service Provider acknowledges and agrees that remedies at law available to the Partnership Entities for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 17 would be inadequate and any Partnership Entity would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, the Service Provider agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Partnership Entities without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

19. Conformity to Section 409A . It is intended that the Award either be exempt from or avoid taxation under Section 409A. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall be interpreted to preserve exemption from, or comply with, Section 409A. To the extent applicable, each amount or benefit payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. The Committee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 19 in good faith; provided that neither the Partnership Entities, the Board, the Committee nor any of the Partnership Entities’ employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Service Provider with respect to this Section 19.

20. Section Headings; Construction . The section headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of the sections. All words used in this Agreement shall be construed to be of such gender or number, as the circumstances require. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms.

21. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

22. Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature . In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Service Provider agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Partnership Entities may be required to deliver (including prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other award made or offered by the Partnership Entities. Electronic delivery may be via an electronic mail system of the Partnership Entities or by reference to a location on a Partnership Entity intranet to which the Service Provider has access. The Service Provider hereby consents to any and all procedures the Partnership Entities

 

-6-


have established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Partnership Entities may be required to deliver, and agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature.

23. No Guarantee of Interests . The Board and the Partnership Entities do not guarantee the Units from loss or depreciation.

24. Insider Trading Policy . The terms of the Partnership’s insider trading policy with respect to Units are incorporated herein by reference.

25. No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Service Provider the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, any Partnership Entity. Further, any Partnership Entity may at any time dismiss the Service Provider or discontinue any employment or consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Any determinations as to whether the Service Provider continues to be employed shall be at the discretion of the Committee.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the General Partner has caused this Agreement to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and the Service Provider has set his hand as to the date and year set forth below.

 

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[SERVICE PROVIDER NAME]

 

The Date of Grant is [ ].

The number of Phantom Units is [ ].

Subject to the Service Provider’s continued service or employment with the General Partner, the Partnership, or one of their Affiliates through the applicable vesting date, the restrictions with respect to the Phantom Units shall lapse at the following times:

 

Date Units Subject to Award Vest

   Percentage of Phantom Units
as to Which Award Vests
 

Upon the first anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the second anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

Upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date

     25

[Signature Page to Phantom Unit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

TOLEDO TRUCK UNLOADING &

TERMINALING AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1

 

Definitions and Construction.

     1   

Article 2

 

Term.

     9   

Article 3

 

Terminaling; Ancillary Services.

     9   

Article 4

 

Custody, Title and Risk of Loss.

     12   

Article 5

 

Specification and Contamination.

     13   

Article 6

 

Condition and Maintenance of the Terminal.

     14   

Article 7

 

Inspection, Access and Audit Rights.

     15   

Article 8

 

Scheduling.

     16   

Article 9

 

Vapor Recovery.

     16   

Article 10

 

Additional Covenants.

     16   

Article 11

 

Representations.

     18   

Article 12

 

Insurance.

     19   

Article 13

 

Force Majeure, Damage or Destruction.

     19   

Article 14

 

Suspension of Refinery Operations.

     20   

Article 15

 

Right of First Refusal.

     21   

Article 16

 

Shutdown or Idling of Refinery.

     24   

Article 17

 

Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     26   

Article 18

 

Indemnification.

     27   

Article 19

 

Limitation on Damages.

     28   

Article 20

 

Confidentiality.

     29   

Article 21

 

Choice of Law.

     30   

Article 22

 

Assignment.

     30   

Article 23

 

Notices.

     31   

Article 24

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

     32   

Article 25

 

Nature of Transaction and, Relationship of Parties.

     33   

Article 26

 

Arbitration Provision.

     33   

Article 27

 

General.

     34   

 

i


Exhibit A

   Ancillary Services Fees

Exhibit B

   Product and Product Quality

Exhibit C

   Nomination and Scheduling

Exhibit D

   Designated Refinery Assets

 

ii


TOLEDO TRUCK UNLOADING & TERMINALING AGREEMENT

This Toledo Truck Unloading & Terminaling Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the Commencement Date, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operator ”) (each referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS , the Operator operates a truck unloading facility located in the Company’s north tank farm in Toledo, Ohio (together with existing or future modifications or additions, the “ Terminal ”);

WHEREAS , the Parties are entering into this Agreement to provide for the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to the Terminal; and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to record the terms and conditions upon which the Operator shall provide terminaling services to the Company at the Terminal on a non-exclusive basis and the Operator shall serve as operator of the Terminal and bailee of all Products in the custody of the Operator and owned or held by the Company or any of the Company Designees.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions, terms and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Definitions and Construction.

Section 1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, including the foregoing recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Acquisition Proposal ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Adjustment ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6(a) .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with that first Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” includes (a) with respect to any Person having voting securities or the equivalent and elected directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, the ownership of or power to vote, directly or indirectly, voting securities or the equivalent representing 50% or more of the power to vote in the election of directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, (b) ownership of 50% or more of the equity or equivalent interest in any Person and (c) the ability to direct the business and affairs of any Person by acting as a general partner, manager or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries (other than the Operator and its subsidiaries), on the one hand, and the Operator and its subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall not be considered Affiliates of each other.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this document.

 

1


Ancillary Services ” means the services to be provided by the Operator to the Company at the Terminal that are set forth on Exhibit A , as well as any other ancillary services requested in accordance with Section 3.4 .

Ancillary Services Fees ” means, for any month during the Term, the fees set forth on Exhibit A , to be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 3.4 during that month for Ancillary Services.

Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, Environmental Law, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued under any of the foregoing by, or any determination by, any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended (including all of the terms and provisions of the applicable common law of such Governmental Authority), as interpreted and enforced at the time in question.

Arbitrable Dispute ” means any and all disputes, controversies and other matters in question between the Operator, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

Barrel ” means forty-two (42) net U.S. gallons, measured at 60° F and 1 atmospheric pressure.

bpd ” means barrels per day.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the State of New York, State of New Jersey or the State of Ohio.

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure incurred to acquire or upgrade a fixed asset.

Change in Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6(a) .

Change of Control ” means PBF Energy Company LLC or any of its majority owned direct or indirect subsidiaries ceases to control the general partner of the Operator.

Claimant ” has the meaning specified in Article 26 .

Commencement Date ” means [            ] , 2014.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Company Designee ” means, collectively, each Person designated by the Company, including any Person acting as an intermediator of all or any portion of the Products or any third-party.

 

2


Company Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.1 .

Company Inspectors ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1 .

Company’s Share ” means a number, expressed as a percentage, equal to the quotient of (a) the greater of (i) the total Barrels throughput by the Company and any Company Designee at the Terminal, in the aggregate, during the sixth-month period preceding the date of determination or (ii) the Minimum Throughput Commitment during such period, and (b) the total Barrels throughput by all Persons at the Terminal during such period.

Confidential Information ” means all information, documents, records and data (including this Agreement, except to the extent required to be made public in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or another Governmental Authority or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange) that a Party furnishes or otherwise discloses to the other Party (including any such items furnished prior to the execution of this Agreement), together with all analyses, compilations, studies, memoranda, notes or other documents, records or data (in whatever form maintained, whether documentary, computer or other electronic storage or otherwise) prepared by the receiving Party which contain or otherwise reflect or are generated from such information, documents, records and data; provided , however , that the term “ Confidential Information ” does not include any information that (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is or becomes generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving Party), (b) is developed by the receiving Party without reliance on any Confidential Information or (c) is or was available to the receiving Party on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the disclosing Party that, insofar as is known to the receiving Party after reasonable inquiry, is not prohibited from transmitting the information to the recipient by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the disclosing Party.

Contract Quarter ” means a three-month period that commences on January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1, and ends on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, respectively, except that the initial Contract Quarter shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on June 30, 2014 and the final Contract Quarter shall end on the last day of the Term.

Contract Year ” means a year that commences on January 1 and ends on the last day of December of such year, except that the initial Contract Year shall commence on the Commencement Date and the final Contract Year shall end on the last day of the Term.

control ” (including with correlative meaning, the term “ controlled by ”) means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 17.2 .

Designated Refinery Assets ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1 .

Disposition Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

 

3


Environmental Law ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law now or hereafter in effect, relating to pollution or protection of human health and the environment, safety, and occupational health, including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, OSHA, and other similar federal, state or local health and safety, and environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended from time to time.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.

ET ” means the prevailing time in the Eastern time zone.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 17.1 .

Excess Throughput ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3 .

First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Force Majeure ” means acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, acts of a public enemy, wars, terrorism, blockades, insurrections, riots, storms, floods, interruptions in the ability to have safe passage in navigable waterways or rail lines, washouts, other interruptions caused by acts of nature or the environment, arrests, the order of any court or Governmental Authority claiming or having jurisdiction while the same is in force and effect, civil disturbances, explosions, fires, leaks, releases, breakage, accident to machinery, vessels, storage tanks or lines of pipe or rail lines, inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment, inability to obtain or distribute Products, feedstocks, other products or materials necessary for operation because of a failure of third-party pipelines or rail lines or any other causes whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise not reasonably within the control of the Party claiming suspension and which by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts such Party is unable to prevent or overcome; provided , however , a Party’s inability to perform its economic obligations hereunder shall not constitute an event of Force Majeure.

Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Force Majeure Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Force Majeure Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

 

4


Hart-Scott-Rodino Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

Index Change ” means the Producer Price Index is no longer published or the method of calculating the Producer Price Index is changed so that the Producer Price Index no longer reflects general increases in prices in the broad United States economy.

Initial Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Liabilities ” means any losses, liabilities, charges, damages, deficiencies, assessments, interests, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (collectively, “ Costs ”) of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), including any Costs directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, proceeding, judgment, settlement, cause of action, equitable or injunctive relief, or judicial or administrative order and any Costs arising from compliance or non-compliance with Environmental Law.

Minimum Throughput Capacity ” means, with respect to each Contract Quarter, an aggregate amount of throughput capacity equal to 4,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter; provided , however , that for the purposes of this Agreement, the period from the Commencement Date through September 30, 2014 shall be treated as one Contract Quarter.

Minimum Throughput Commitment ” means, with respect to each Contract Quarter, an aggregate amount of Products received at the Terminal equal to at least 4,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter; provided , however , that for the purposes of this Agreement, the period from the Commencement Date through September 30, 2014 shall be treated as one Contract Quarter.

Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Exhibit C .

Non-Defaulting Party ” means the Party other than the Defaulting Party.

Notice Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.1 .

Off-Specification Product ” means Product that fails to meet the specifications set forth in Exhibit B.

Offer Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Logistics GP LLC, and the Operator.

Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement ” means that Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Operator, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Logistics GP LLC, and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC.

Operator ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

5


Operator Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.2 .

OSHA ” means Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Permitted Lien ” means (a) liens for real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water charges or other governmental charges and levies not yet delinquent; (b) liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies, or claims not yet delinquent or the non-payment of which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside; (c) liens of mechanics, laborers, suppliers, workers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith; and (d) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits.

Permanent Refinery Shutdown ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(a) .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal , Bonds, Rates & Yields Section as the Prime Rate.

Producer Price Index ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Product ” means any of the products listed on Exhibit B , as from time to time amended by mutual agreement of the Parties.

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Prudent Industry Practice ” means, as of the relevant time, those methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the circumstances known at the time of performance, would have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with functionality, reliability, safety and expedition with due regard for health, safety, security and environmental considerations. Prudent Industry Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practices, methods or acts to the exclusion of others, but rather is intended to include reasonably acceptable practices, methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States.

Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning specified in Section 20.4 .

 

6


Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery located in Toledo, Ohio owned and operated by the Company’s Affiliates.

Refinery Asset Option Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(b) .

Refinery Asset Option Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(f) .

Refinery Asset Purchase Option ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(b) .

Renewal Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Required Permits ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

Respondent ” has the meaning specified in Article 26 .

Restoration ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2(b) .

ROFR Acceptance Deadlines ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

ROFR Asset ” means the Terminal and each asset that comprises the Terminal and is material to the operation thereof.

ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(c) .

ROFR Response ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Sale Assets ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Services ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

Shortfall ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7 .

Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7 .

Special Damages ” has the meaning specified in Article 19 .

Supplier Inspector ” means any Person selected by the Company to perform any and all inspections required by the Company or the Company Designee in a commercially reasonable manner at the Company’s own cost and expense that is acting on behalf of the Company or the Company Designee and that (a) is a Person who performs sampling, quality analysis and quantity determination or similar services of the Products purchased and sold under any agreement between the Company (or its Affiliates) and the Company Designee, (b) is not an Affiliate of any Party and (c) in the reasonable judgment of the Company, is qualified and reputed to perform its services in accordance with Applicable Law and Prudent Industry Practice.

Suspension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.1 .

 

7


Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Terminal ” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

Terminal Maintenance ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2(a) .

Terminaling Service Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Termination Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.2 .

Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions.

Section 1.2 Construction of Agreement .

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all references herein are to the Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement and all Exhibits are incorporated herein.

(b) All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms and shall be read to be followed by the words “without limitation” or words having similar import.

(d) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months and quarters mean calendar days, weeks, months and quarters, respectively.

(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, references herein to “consent” mean the prior written consent of the Party at issue.

(f) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(g) Unless the contrary clearly appears from the context, for purposes of this Agreement, the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa; and each gender includes the other gender.

(h) Except where specifically stated otherwise, any reference to any Applicable Law or agreement shall be a reference to the same as amended, supplemented or reenacted from time to time.

(i) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

Section 1.3 No Presumption . The Parties acknowledge that they and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no presumption of contract interpretation or construction shall apply to the advantage or disadvantage of the drafter of this Agreement.

 

8


Article 2 Term.

Section 2.1 Term . The initial term of this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”) shall commence at 12:00 a.m., ET, on the Commencement Date and shall continue until 11:59 p.m., ET, on the first December 31 following the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date. Thereafter, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, the Company shall have a unilateral option to extend this Agreement for two additional five (5) year periods on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (each, a “ Renewal Term ”). The Initial Term and the Renewal Terms are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “ Term .” In order to exercise its option to extend this Agreement for a Renewal Term, the Company shall notify the Operator in writing not less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable.

Section 2.2 Termination . The Parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Term (but are under no obligation to do so) (a) as they may mutually agree in writing, (b) pursuant to a Termination Notice in accordance with Section 13.2 , (c) pursuant to a Suspension Notice in accordance with Section 14.1 , (d) pursuant to a default in accordance with Section 17.2 or (e) pursuant to Section 3.6(c) .

 

Article 3 Terminaling; Ancillary Services.

Section 3.1 Services . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Operator shall provide the following services (the “ Services ”) to the Company hereunder: receipt, unloading, handling, throughput, custody and delivery of the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’ and the Company Designee’s) Product at the Terminal. During each Contract Quarter during the Term, the Company (on its own behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries and the Company Designee) shall throughput or, if it does not throughput, pay for in accordance with Section 3.7 , in the aggregate, at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminal and the Operator shall make available to the Company throughput capacity at the Terminal (and provide the Services as reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith subject to the terms hereof), at all times sufficient to allow the Company to throughput the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminal.

Section 3.2 Terminaling Service Fee . The Company shall pay a terminaling services fee (the “ Terminaling Service Fee ”) for the volumes of Products it actually throughputs at the Terminal of $1.00 per Barrel (which is inclusive of the Company providing the Operator with access to the Terminal) for all throughput up to the Minimum Throughput Commitment.

Section 3.3 Excess Throughput . The Company shall have the right to throughput volumes in excess of its Minimum Throughput Commitment (“ Excess Throughput ”), up to the then-available capacity of the Terminal, as reasonably determined by the Operator in good faith at any time (after giving effect to the physical and operational constraints of the Terminal and the capacity contractually committed to third parties). In accordance with Section 3.1 , the Company shall pay the Operator the applicable per-Barrel Terminaling Service Fee for any Excess Throughput.

 

9


Section 3.4 Ancillary Services . Upon request by the Company, the Operator shall provide Ancillary Services to the Company at the Terminal. From time-to-time, the Company may request that the Operator provide additional Ancillary Services to the Company at the Terminal upon customary terms in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice so long as such additional Ancillary Services are reasonably related to the Services or existing Ancillary Services; provided , however , that in the event any requested additional Ancillary Service requires the Operator to make Capital Expenditures, such Capital Expenditures shall be subject to Section 3.10(b) and the Operator shall not be required to provide such additional Ancillary Service until the Operator is able to do so after using reasonable efforts in compliance with Section 3.10(b) ; provided , further , the Operator shall not be required to perform any additional Ancillary Service if it reasonably believes the performance thereof will materially adversely interfere with, or be detrimental to, the operation of the Terminal. The Company shall pay the Ancillary Services Fees listed on Exhibit A for such services. The Company may, at any time on reasonable prior notice, revoke or modify any instructions it has previously given, whether such previous instructions relate to a specific Service or Ancillary Service or are instructions relating to an ongoing Service or Ancillary Service. The Operator shall not be required to perform any requested Service or Ancillary Service if it reasonably believes such Service or Ancillary Service violates Applicable Law.

Section 3.5 Annual Fee Escalator . All fees set forth in this Agreement, including the Terminaling Service Fee and the Ancillary Services Fees, shall be adjusted on January 1 of each Contract Year, commencing on January 1, 2015, (a) by an amount equal to the increase or decrease, if any, in the Producer Price Index during the previous Contract Year and (b) by an amount equal to the increase, if any, in the individual out-of-pocket costs that increase greater than the Producer Price Index reasonably incurred by the Operator in connection with providing the Services and Ancillary Services; provided , however , that no fee shall be decreased below the initial fee for such service provided in this Agreement; provided , further , that the Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any such rise in out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Operator in connection with providing the Services and Ancillary Services. In the event of an Index Change, the Company and the Operator shall negotiate in good faith to agree on a new index that gives comparable protection against inflation that the Producer Price Index gave as of the date hereof, and, for all periods following the date of such Index Change, such new index shall replace the Producer Price Index for all purposes herein. If the Company and the Operator are unable to agree, a new index will be determined by arbitration in accordance with Article 26 and, for all periods following the date of such Index Change, such new index shall replace the Producer Price Index for all purposes herein.

Section 3.6 Change in Law .

(a) In the event that any applicable existing laws, codes, regulations, permit conditions or other authorizations are amended or new laws, codes, regulations, permit conditions or other authorizations are enacted or promulgated after the Commencement Date that require a material Capital Expenditure in the Terminal, or the acquisition of a permit from a Governmental Authority, in each case, in order to provide the Services and Ancillary Services (a “ Change in Law ”), the Operator may, by written notice to the Company, request to negotiate an adjustment (an “ Adjustment ”) in the Terminaling Service Fee or other fees and charges paid hereunder to cover the Company’s Share of the reasonable, incremental, out-of-pocket operating and

 

10


maintenance costs the Operator would incur to comply with the Change in Law, including a return of capital expended and a return on such capital at a rate of return of [    ] % per annum, amortized over the remaining Term.

(b) If the Operator requests to negotiate an Adjustment pursuant to Section 3.6(a) : (i) the Operator shall provide the Company with complete access (subject to reasonable confidentiality provisions) to information and documentation regarding such proposed Adjustment, including the nature and cost of the contemplated improvements or permit, as applicable, the options for financing or otherwise amortizing such cost, the Operator’s assessment that such improvements are the most feasible means of complying with the Change in Law and the manner in which the Company’s Share of such costs are determined; and (ii) the Parties shall be obligated to negotiate in good faith to agree to an Adjustment as described in Section 3.6(a) .

(c) If, despite good faith negotiations, the Parties are unable to agree to an Adjustment pursuant to Section 3.6(a) in sufficient time for the Operator to take such action as shall be necessary to comply with the Change in Law, then the amount of such fee increases will be determined by arbitration in accordance with Article 26 , and such fee increases will be effective as of the effective time of such Change in Law; provided , however , that in the event the fees paid hereunder increase in the aggregate as a result of Changes in Law by more than [    ] %, then the Company may terminate this Agreement.

Section 3.7 Shortfall Payments . If, during any Contract Quarter, the Company throughputs aggregate volumes less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment, as adjusted pursuant to Section 6.2 , for such Contract Quarter (a “ Shortfall ”), then (in addition to Terminaling Service Fee) the Company shall pay the Operator an amount (a “ Shortfall Payment ”) equal to the Terminaling Service Fee multiplied by the difference between (a) the Minimum Throughput Commitment and (b) the volume of Products actually delivered to the Terminal by the Company during the applicable Contract Quarter. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there shall be no carry-over of deficiency volumes with respect to the Minimum Throughput Commitment and the payment by the Company of the Shortfall Payment shall relieve the Company of any obligation to meet such Minimum Throughput Commitment for the relevant Contract Quarter. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that there shall not be any carry-over of volumes in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment to any subsequent Contract Quarter.

Section 3.8 Invoices . The Operator shall invoice the Company monthly (or, in the case of any Shortfall Payments, quarterly) for all fees and payments under this Agreement. The Company will make payments to the Operator on a monthly (or, in the case of any Shortfall Payments, quarterly) basis during the Term with respect to amounts due to the Operator under this Agreement in the prior month (or, in the case of any Shortfall Payments, Contract Quarter) ten (10) days after its receipt of such invoice. Any past due payments owed to the Operator hereunder shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the Prime Rate plus 400 basis points from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment. Payment of any fee or Shortfall Payment pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Operator. If any such fee shall be due and payable on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

11


Section 3.9 Operating Hours . The Operator agrees to keep the Terminal open for receipt and redelivery of the Company’s and the Company Designee’s Products twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week.

Section 3.10 Regulatory Costs; Reimbursement .

(a) Taxes. The Company shall reimburse the Operator for all taxes that the Operator incurs in connection with this Agreement unless prohibited by Applicable Law.

(b) Capital Expenditures. The Company may request that the Operator make certain Capital Expenditures at the Terminal and the Operator shall make such Capital Expenditures; provided , however , that the Operator shall not be required to make any such Capital Expenditure if such Capital Expenditure would materially adversely affect the operation of the Terminal, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Operator. The Company shall reimburse the Operator for the Company’s Share of any such Capital Expenditure. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement or the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, any maintenance required for the Operator to continue to provide the services specified hereunder shall be paid for by the Operator.

(c) Payment Terms. All of the foregoing reimbursements shall be made in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 3.8 herein.

Section 3.11 Third-Party Arrangements . The Operator may throughput volumes for third parties; provided , however , that such arrangements do not prevent the Operator from fulfilling its obligations to the Company hereunder, including the obligation to make the Minimum Throughput Capacity available to the Company during the Term. Nothing herein shall be deemed to provide the Company with exclusive rights to services at the Terminal.

 

Article 4 Custody, Title and Risk of Loss.

Section 4.1 Title . Subject to Section 22.2 , the Company or the Company Designee shall at all times during the Term retain title to the Products handled or throughput by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal, and such Products shall remain the Company’s or the Company Designee’s exclusive property. The Company hereby represents that, at all times during the Term, the Company or the Company Designee holds exclusive title to the Products throughput or handled by the Company at the Terminal; provided , however , that each of the Company and the Company Designee may at any time permit liens on the Company’s or the Company Designee’s Products at the Terminal.

Section 4.2 Compliance with Laws . During the time any Products are held or throughput at the Terminal, the Operator, in its capacity as operator of the Terminal shall be solely responsible for compliance with (and the Operator shall comply with) all Applicable Laws pertaining to the possession, handling, use and processing of such Products at the Terminal.

Section 4.3 Volumetric Losses and Gains . Subject to the other provisions in this Agreement, title and risk of loss to all of the Products handled or throughput by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal shall remain at all times with the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable. Unless the Operator experiences a spill or other release of Product while Product is in the Operator’s custody, all volumetric losses and gains in Product shall be for the Company’s or the Company Designee’s account, as applicable.

 

12


Section 4.4 Custody . During the Term, the Operator shall hold all Products at the Terminal solely as bailee, and agrees that when any such Products are redelivered to the Company or the Company Designee, the Company or the Company Designee shall have good title thereto (to the extent the Company had good title prior to delivery at the Terminal) free and clear of any liens, security interests, encumbrances and claims of any kind whatsoever created or caused to be created by the Operator, other than Permitted Liens; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary the Operator hereby waives, relinquishes and releases any and all liens, including, any and all warehouseman’s liens, custodian’s liens, rights of retention or similar rights under all applicable laws, which the Operator would or might otherwise have under or with respect to any Products handled hereunder. During the Term, none of the Operator or any of its Affiliates shall (and the Operator shall not permit any of its Affiliates or any other Person to) use any such Products for any purpose. Solely in its capacity as bailee, the Operator shall have custody of Product throughput under this Agreement from the time such Product passes the delivery point until such time that the Products pass the outlet flange of the Terminal.

 

Article 5 Specification and Contamination.

Section 5.1 Delivery Specifications . The Company shall not (and shall cause the Company Designee to not) deliver to the Terminal any Off-Specification Product; provided , however , that in the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee to the Terminal, and the Company or the Company Designee fails to instruct the Operator to return such Off-Specification Product to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, the Operator shall provide the Services to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, and the Company will receive on its or the Company Designee’s behalf, such Off-Specification Product at its own expense; provided , further , that in the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee to the Terminal and the Company or the Company Designee instructs the Operator to return such Off-Specification Product to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, the Operator shall return such Off-Specification Product to the Company (on its or the Company Designee’s behalf) at the Company’s own expense. In the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee, and in the reasonable opinion of the Operator, the Services are unable to be provided as a result of the Off-Specification Product (whether due to a failure to comply with law, safety considerations or otherwise), the Operator shall notify the Company and the Company shall be responsible for taking possession of such Off-Specification Product without the Services being provided.

Section 5.2 Unloading Specifications . If all Product meets the relevant specifications set forth in Exhibit B when it enters the Terminal, it is the responsibility of the Operator to ensure that all Products leaving the Terminal shall meet the same relevant specifications, and shall not leave the Terminal with different specifications.

Section 5.3 Contamination . The Operator shall use at least Prudent Industry Practice to ensure that no Products shall be contaminated with scale or other materials, chemicals, water or any other impurities.

 

13


Article 6 Condition and Maintenance of the Terminal.

Section 6.1 Interruption of Service . The Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) minimize the interruption of service at the Terminal, (ii) minimize the impact of any such interruption on the Company and the Company Designee and (iii) notwithstanding any such interruption of service, make the Terminal available to the Minimum Throughput Capacity. The Operator shall inform the Company at least sixty (60) days in advance (or promptly, in the case of an unplanned interruption) of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service at the Terminal, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions the Operator is taking to resume full operations; provided , however , that the Operator shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, the Company of any such matters except to the extent the Company has been materially damaged by such failure or delay.

Section 6.2 Maintenance and Repair Standards .

(a) Subject to Article 13 , during the Term the Operator shall maintain the Terminal with sufficient aggregate capacity to throughput a volume of the Company’s Products at least equal to the Minimum Throughput Capacity; provided , however , that the Operator’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, routine repair and maintenance consistent with Prudent Industry Practice that prevents the Operator from providing the Minimum Throughput Capacity (“ Terminal Maintenance ”) so long as the Operator has complied with its obligations set forth in Section 6.1 . In the event the Terminal Maintenance is not as a result of Force Majeure, the Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other so as to (i) ensure that such Terminal Maintenance does not unnecessarily interfere with any of the Company’s or the Company Designee’s purchase or sale commitments, (ii) ensure that such Terminal Maintenance otherwise accommodates, to the extent reasonably practicable, other commercial or market considerations that the Company deems relevant and (iii) reasonably minimize the effect of such Terminal Maintenance on the Services and the Ancillary Services.

(b) To the extent the Company is prevented for seven (7) or more days in any Contract Quarter from throughputting volumes at the Terminal equal to at least 4,000 bpd for reasons caused by the Operator (or any of its employees, agents or contractors) other than Force Majeure and other than causes due to actions of the Company or the Company Designee (and any of their respective contractors, employees or representatives excluding the Operator and its employees, agents and representatives), then the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be proportionately reduced to the extent of the difference between the Minimum Throughput Capacity and the amount that the Operator can effectively throughput at the Terminal (prorated for the portion of the Contract Quarter during which the Minimum Throughput Capacity was unavailable) regardless of whether actual throughput amounts prior to the reduction were below the Minimum Throughput Commitment. At such time as the Operator is capable of throughputting volumes equal to at least 4,000 bpd at the Terminal, the Company’s obligation to throughput the full Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be restored as of such time. To the extent the Company is prevented for seven (7) or more days in any Contract Quarter from throughputting volumes at the Terminal equal to at least 4,000 bpd, other than due to a Force Majeure event, and the throughput at the Terminal falls below the Minimum Throughput Capacity as described above in this paragraph (b), the Operator shall make all commercially reasonable repairs at the Terminal to restore the capacity of the

 

14


Terminal to that required for throughput of the Minimum Throughput Capacity (“ Restoration ”). All of such Restoration shall be at the Operator’s cost and expense, unless any damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee or their respective contractors, employees, agents (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Operator and its contractors, employees and agents) or customers, in which case such Restoration shall be at the Company’s cost and expense to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee or their respective employees, agents or customers.

 

Article 7 Inspection, Access and Audit Rights.

Section 7.1 Inspection . At any reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice, the Company, the Company Designee and their respective representatives (including one or more Supplier Inspector, collectively, the “ Company Inspectors ”) shall have the right to enter and exit the Operator’s premises in order to have access to the Terminal, to observe the operations of the Terminal and to conduct such inspections as the Company or the Company Designee may wish to have performed in connection with this Agreement, including to enforce its rights and interests under this Agreement; provided , however , that (a) each of the Company Inspectors shall follow routes and paths to be reasonably designated by the Operator or security personnel retained by the Operator, (b) each of the Company Inspectors shall observe all security, fire and safety regulations while in, around or about the Terminal, (c) when accessing the facilities of the Operator, the Company Inspectors shall at all times comply with Applicable Law and such safety directives and guidelines as may be furnished to the Company or the Company Designee by the Operator by any means (including in writing, orally, electronically or through the posting of signs) from time to time, and (d) the Company or the Company Designee shall be liable for any personal injury to its representatives or any damage caused by such Company Inspectors in connection with such access to the Terminal. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Operator shall regularly grant the Company Inspectors such access from the last day of each month until the third (3 rd ) Business Day of the ensuing month. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if an Event of Default with respect to the Operator has occurred and is continuing, the Company Inspectors shall have unlimited and unrestricted access to the Terminal, for so long as such Event of Default continues.

Section 7.2 Access . The Company, the Company Designee and their respective representatives, upon reasonable notice and during normal working hours, shall have access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Operator, or any of its contractors and agents, which relate to this Agreement, and shall have the right to audit such records at any reasonable time or times during the Term and for a period of up to two (2) years after termination of this Agreement. The Company or the Company Designee shall have the right to conduct such audit no more than once per calendar quarter and each audit shall be limited in time to no more than the present and prior two (2) calendar years. Claims as to defects in quality shall be made by written notice within ninety (90) days after the delivery in question or shall be deemed to have been waived. The right to inspect or audit such records shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years following the end of the Term. The Operator shall preserve, and shall cause all contractors or agents to preserve, all of the aforesaid documents for a period of at least two (2) years from the end of the Term. Additionally, the Operator shall make available a copy of any meter calibration report, to be available for inspection upon reasonable

 

15


request by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal following any calibration. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if an Event of Default with respect to the Operator has occurred and is continuing, the Company Inspectors shall have unlimited and unrestricted access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Operator with respect to the Terminal, for so long as such Event of Default continues.

 

Article 8 Scheduling.

The Operator shall provide the Company and the Company Designee non-discriminatory, priority access rights at the Terminal to throughput the Company’s and the Company Designee’s Products up to the Minimum Throughput Capacity. All deliveries, receipts, handling and throughput of Product hereunder shall be made in strict accordance with the Operator’s current reasonable operating, scheduling and nomination procedures for the Terminal, which (a) the Operator shall provide to the Company on the date hereof, (b) the Operator shall not materially modify without the prior written consent of the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld, modified or delayed; provided , however , that the Operator may make any modifications it reasonably deems necessary to comply with or observe any Applicable Law or for health, safety, environmental, security or other similar concerns consistent with Prudent Industry Practice, and (c) shall allow the throughput of the grades and qualities of Product specified in Exhibit B.

 

Article 9 Vapor Recovery.

During the Term, the Company’s Share of any liquids recovered through the vapor recovery at the Terminal will be returned to the Company.

 

Article 10 Additional Covenants.

Section 10.1 Required Permits . During the Term, unless the Company has agreed to maintain such for the benefit of the Operator, the Operator shall, at its sole cost and expense (directly or through one of its or the Company’s Affiliates), obtain, apply for, maintain, monitor, renew, and modify, as appropriate, any license, authorization, certification, filing, recording, permit, waiver, exception, variance, franchise, order or other approval with or of any Governmental Authority pertaining or relating to the operation of the Terminal (the “ Required Permits ”) as currently operated; provided , however , that if any Required Permits require the signature of, or any action by, the Company or the Company Designee, the Company shall reasonably cooperate with the Operator (at the Operator’s expense) so that the Operator may obtain and maintain such Required Permits. The Operator shall not do anything in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement that causes a termination or suspension of the Required Permits.

Section 10.2 Additional Operator Covenants . The Operator hereby:

(a) (i) confirms that it will post at the Terminal such reasonable placards as the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, requests stating that the Company or the Company Designee is the owner of specific Products held at the Terminal; (ii) agrees that it will take all actions necessary to maintain such placards in place for the Term; and (iii) agrees to furnish documents reasonably acceptable to the Company, the Company Designee and their respective lenders and intermediators and to cooperate with the Company in ensuring and demonstrating that Product titled in the Company’s or the Company Designee’s name shall not be subject to any lien on the Terminal;

 

16


(b) acknowledges and agrees that the Company or the Company Designee may file a UCC-1 or other financing statement with respect to the Products handled or throughput at the Terminal, and the Operator shall cooperate with the Company in executing such financing statements as the Company or the Company Designee deems necessary or appropriate;

(c) agrees that, subject to Section 4.3 , no loss allowances shall be applied to the Products handled or throughput at the Terminal;

(d) agrees to maintain all necessary leases, easements, licenses and rights-of-way necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Terminal; and

(e) agrees that, in the event of any Product spill, leak or discharge or any other environmental pollution caused by or in connection with the use of the Terminal, the Operator shall promptly commence containment or clean-up operations as required by any Governmental Authorities or Applicable Law or as the Operator deems appropriate or necessary and shall notify or arrange to notify the Company or the Company Designee immediately of any such spill, leak or discharge and of any such operations.

The Company and the Company Designee shall take all reasonable steps to cooperate with the Operator in connection with the Operator’s performance of each of the covenants in this Section 10.2 , in each case, at the Operator’s sole expense.

Section 10.3 Additional Company Covenants . The Company hereby agrees:

(a) to replace or repair, at its own expense, any part of the Terminal that is destroyed or damaged through any negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee (acting in such capacity), or any of their agents or employees (acting in such capacity), or any Company Inspector; and

(b) to not make any alteration, additions or improvements to the Terminal or remove any part thereof, without the prior written consent of the Operator, such consent to be at the Operator’s sole discretion.

Section 10.4 Existing Obligations . The execution of this Agreement by the Parties does not reduce any existing obligations of such Parties and does not confer any additional obligation or responsibility on the Company in connection with: (a) any existing or future environmental condition at the Terminal, including, the presence of a regulated or hazardous substance on or in environmental media at the Terminal (including the presence in surface water, groundwater, soils or subsurface strata, or air), including the subsequent migration of any such substance; (b) any Environmental Law; (c) the Required Permits; or (d) any requirements arising under or relating to any Applicable Law pertaining or relating to the ownership and operation of the Terminal.

 

17


Section 10.5 Records .

(a) Each Party shall (i) maintain the records required to be maintained by Applicable Law and shall make such records available to the other Party upon reasonable request and (ii) immediately notify the other Party of any violation or alleged violation of any Applicable Law relating to any Products throughput and handled under this Agreement and, upon request, shall provide to the other Party all evidence of environmental inspections or audits by any Governmental Authority with respect to such Products.

(b) All records or documents provided by any Party to any other Party shall, to the reasonable knowledge of the providing Party, accurately and completely reflect the facts about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Party shall be required to provide to the other Party any document that is determined by the disclosing Party’s legal counsel to be protected by an attorney-client privilege or attorney work product doctrine. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party if at any time such Party has reason to believe that any records or documents previously provided to the other Party are no longer accurate or complete.

 

Article 11 Representations.

Section 11.1 Representations of the Operator . The Operator represents and warrants to the Company that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Operator hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Operator, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Operator or any of its properties or assets, the terms and provisions of the Operator’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Operator or any of its properties or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Operator has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Operator has the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement and to provide the services hereunder; (d) no further action on behalf of the Operator, or consents of any other party, are necessary for the provision of services hereunder; and (e) upon execution and delivery by the Operator, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Operator enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 11.2 Representations of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Operator that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Company hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Company or any of its property or assets, the terms and provisions of the Company’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its property or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Company has the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement; and (d) upon execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

18


Article 12 Insurance.

The Operator, directly or through one of its or the Company’s Affiliates, shall procure and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term insurance in sufficient amounts and coverage to be in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice. Such policies shall be endorsed to name the Company and any Company Designee as a loss payee with respect to any of the Company’s or the Company Designee’s Products in the care, custody or control of the Operator.

 

Article 13 Force Majeure, Damage or Destruction.

Section 13.1 Force Majeure . In the event that a Party (the “ Force Majeure Party ”) is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by a Force Majeure event to perform its obligations under this Agreement, then such Party shall within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such event of Force Majeure deliver to the other Party written notice (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”) including full particulars of the Force Majeure event, and the obligations of the Parties, to the extent they are affected by the Force Majeure event, shall be suspended for the duration of any inability so caused; provided , however , that (a) prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Company shall be required to continue to make payments (i) for the Terminaling Service Fees for volumes actually throughput under this Agreement, (ii) for the Ancillary Services Fees, if any, for Ancillary Services performed, and (iii) for any Shortfall Payments unless, in the case of (iii), the Force Majeure event is an event that adversely affects the Operator’s ability to perform the Services (including making the Minimum Throughput Capacity available to the Company), in which case Shortfall Payments shall not be paid to the extent of the Force Majeure event’s effect on the Operator’s ability to perform the Services and the Terminaling Service Fees shall only be paid as provided under (a)(i) above, and (b) from and after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Company shall be required to continue to make payments (x) for the Terminaling Service Fees for volumes actually throughput under this Agreement and (y) for the Ancillary Services Fees, if any, for the Ancillary Services actually performed under this Agreement. The Force Majeure Party shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that it believes in good faith such Force Majeure event shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). The Company shall be required to pay any amounts accrued and due under this Agreement at the time of the start of the Force Majeure event. The cause of the Force Majeure event shall so far as possible be remedied with all reasonable efforts, except that no Party shall be compelled to resolve any strikes, lockouts or other industrial or labor disputes other than as it shall determine to be in its best interests. Prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, any suspension of the obligations of the Parties under this Section 13.1 as a result of a Force Majeure event that adversely affects the Operator’s ability to perform the services it is required to perform under this Agreement shall extend the Term for the same period of time as such Force Majeure event continues (up to a maximum of one year) unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 13.2 .

Section 13.2 Termination due to Force Majeure . If the Force Majeure Party advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive months beyond the second (2 nd ) anniversary

 

19


of the Commencement Date, then at any time after the delivery of such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may deliver to the other Party a notice of termination (a “ Termination Notice ”), which Termination Notice shall become effective not earlier than twelve (12) months after the later to occur of (a) delivery of the Termination Notice and (b) the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided , however , that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure Period ends before the Termination Notice becomes effective, and, upon the cancellation of any Termination Notice, the Parties’ respective obligations hereunder shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, and the Term shall be extended by the same period of time as is required for the Parties to resume such obligations. After the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date and following delivery of a Termination Notice, the Operator may terminate this Agreement, to the extent affected by the Force Majeure event, upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company in order to enter into an agreement to provide any third-party the services provided to the Company under this Agreement; provided , however , that the Operator shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement for so long as the Company continues to make Shortfall Payments.

 

Article 14 Suspension of Refinery Operations.

Section 14.1 Suspension of Refinery Operations . From and after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, in the event that the Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend all or substantially all crude oil refining operations at the Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive months, the Company may provide written notice to the Operator of the Company’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time (but not prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date) after the Company has notified the Operator of such suspension and, upon the expiration of the period of twelve (12) months (which may run concurrently with the twelve (12) month period described in the immediately preceding sentence) following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If the Company notifies the Operator more than two (2) months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period of its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered. During the Notice Period, the Company shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments and all payments per Section 3.6 and Section 3.10 with respect of Capital Expenditures hereunder. Subject to Section 14.1 and after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, during the Notice Period, the Operator may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company in order to enter into an agreement to provide any third-party the services provided to the Company under this Agreement.

Section 14.2 Notice of Suspension . If all or substantially all refining operations at the Refinery are suspended for any reason (including refinery turnaround operations and other scheduled maintenance), then the Company shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 14.1 . The Company shall provide at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice whenever practical of any suspension of operations at the Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance that affects or will affect the Services or the Ancillary Services; provided , however , that the Company shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, the Operator of any such suspension except to the extent the Operator has been materially damaged by such failure or delay.

 

20


Article 15 Right of First Refusal.

Section 15.1 Grant of ROFR . The Operator hereby grants to the Company a right of first refusal on any proposed Transfer (other than a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to an Affiliate of the Operator) of any ROFR Asset; provided , however , that the Parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article 15 shall prevent or restrict the Transfer of partnership interests, limited liability interests, equity or ownership interests or other securities of the Operator or create a right of first refusal as a result thereof; provided , further , that the Company may, without consent or approval from the Operator, assign its rights under this Article 15 to any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 15.2 Acknowledgement regarding Consents . The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of ROFR Assets pursuant to this Article 15 are subject to obtaining any and all required written consents of Governmental Authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of the ROFR Assets, as applicable; provided , however , that the Operator represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to the Company pursuant to this Article 15 with respect to any ROFR Asset.

Section 15.3 Procedures for Transfer of ROFR Asset .

(a) In the event the Operator proposes to Transfer any of the ROFR Assets (other than a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to an Affiliate of the Operator) pursuant to a bona fide third-party offer (an “ Acquisition Proposal ”), then the Operator shall, prior to entering into any such Acquisition Proposal, first give notice in writing to the Company (a “ Disposition Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Acquisition Proposal. The Disposition Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for the Company to determine whether to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to the Acquisition Proposal, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include: the name and address of the prospective acquirer (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), the ROFR Assets subject to the Acquisition Proposal (the “ Sale Assets ”), the purchase price offered by such Proposed Transferee (the “ Offer Price ”), reasonable detail concerning any non-cash portion of the proposed consideration, if any, to allow the Company to reasonably determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration, the Operator’s estimate of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the Acquisition Proposal that are then known to the Operator. To the extent the Proposed Transferee’s offer consists of consideration other than cash (or in addition to cash), the Offer Price shall be deemed equal to the amount of any such cash plus the fair market value of such non-cash consideration. In the event the Company and the Operator are able to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration or if the consideration consists solely of cash, the Company will provide written notice of its decision regarding the exercise of its right of first refusal to purchase the Sale Assets (the “ ROFR Response ”) to the Operator within sixty (60) days of its receipt of the Disposition Notice (the “ First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ”). In the event the Company and the Operator are unable to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration prior to the First ROFR Acceptance

 

21


Deadline, the Company shall indicate its desire to determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration pursuant to the procedures outlined in the remainder of this Section 15.3 in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline. If no ROFR Response is delivered by the Company prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset. In the event (i) the Company’s determination of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration described in the Disposition Notice is less than the fair market value of such consideration as determined by the Operator in the Disposition Notice and (ii) the Company and the Operator are unable to mutually agree upon the fair market value of such non-cash consideration within sixty (60) days after the Company notifies the Operator of its determination thereof, the Operator and the Company will engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm that is not currently engaged in business with either of the Parties to determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration. In the event the Parties are unable to agree upon an investment banking firm, each Party will select a nationally recognized investment banking firm, and the two investment banking firms so chosen will select a third investment banking firm to serve as the investment banking firm for purposes of this Article 15 . The investment banking firm will determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration within thirty (30) days of its engagement and furnish the Company and the Operator its determination. The fees of the investment banking firm will be split equally between Parties. Once the investment banking firm has submitted its determination of the fair market value of the non-cash consideration, the Company will provide a ROFR Response to the Operator within thirty (30) days after the investment banking firm has submitted its determination (the “ Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” and together with the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, the “ ROFR Acceptance Deadlines ”). If no ROFR Response is delivered by the Company prior to the Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset.

(b) If the Company elects in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline or Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline, as applicable, to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to a Sale Asset, within sixty (60) days of the delivery of the ROFR Response, such ROFR Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator and the Operator shall thereafter enter into a purchase and sale agreement with the Company providing for the consummation of the Acquisition Proposal upon the terms set forth in the ROFR Response. Unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Operator, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Company will agree to deliver the Offer Price in cash (unless the Company and the Operator agree that such consideration will be paid, in whole or in part, in equity securities of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company, an interest-bearing promissory note or similar instrument, or any combination thereof);

(ii) the Operator will represent that it has valid fee or leasehold title, as applicable, to the Sale Asset that is sufficient to operate the Sale Assets in accordance with their historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable Sale Asset, plus any other such matters as the Company may approve (and if the Company desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the Sale Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by the Company);

 

22


(iii) the Operator will grant to the Company the right, exercisable at the Company’s risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFR Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Sale Asset as the Company may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections are neither destructive nor invasive and do not damage the Sale Asset or interfere with the activities of the Operator;

(iv) the Company will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Sale Asset under this Article 15 if the results of any searches under Section 15.3(b)(ii) or (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, unsatisfactory;

(v) the closing date for the purchase of the Sale Asset shall occur no later than one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt by the Operator of the ROFR Response pursuant to Section 15.3(a) ;

(vi) the Operator and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 15.3(b) , including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith;

(vii) except to the extent modified in the Acquisition Proposal, the sale of any Sale Assets shall be made on an “as is,” “where is” and “with all faults” basis, and the instruments conveying such Sale Assets shall contain appropriate disclaimers; and

(viii) neither the Operator nor the Company shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Sale Assets if any of the consents referred to in Section 15.2 has not been obtained.

(c) The Company and the Operator shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining all necessary governmental and other third-party approvals, waivers and consents required for the closing of the purchase and sale agreement described in Section 16.1(b) . Any such closing shall be delayed, to the extent required, until the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the expiration of any required waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act; provided , however , that such delay shall not exceed sixty (60) days following the one hundred eighty (180) days referred to in Section 15.3(b)(v) (the “ ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ”) and, if governmental approvals and waiting periods shall not have been obtained or expired, as the case may be, by such ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice and thereafter the Operator shall be free to consummate the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee, subject to Section 15.3(d)(ii) .

(d) If the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee (i) in the case of a Transfer other than a Transfer permitted under Section 15.3(c) , is not consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Proposal within the later of (A) one hundred eighty (180) days after the applicable ROFR Acceptance Deadline and (B) three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction of all

 

23


governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, or (ii) in the case of a Transfer permitted under Section 15.3(c) , is not consummated within the later of (A) sixty (60) days after the ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline and (B) three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction of all governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, then in each case the Acquisition Proposal shall be deemed to lapse, and the Operator may not Transfer any of the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice without complying again with the provisions of this Article 15 if and to the extent then applicable.

 

Article 16 Shutdown or Idling of Refinery.

Section 16.1 Shutdown or Idling of Refinery . In the event of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown, the Operator shall have the right to purchase the assets identified in Exhibit D (the “ Designated Refinery Assets ”) at their fair market value at the time of sale in accordance with this Section 16.1 .

(a) A “ Permanent Refinery Shutdown ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the earlier of (i) the cessation of all or substantially all commercial operation of the Refinery with no current intent on the part of the Company to resume all or substantially all commercial operation thereof or (ii) a change to the Refinery’s current SIC code (i.e., 4610) applicable to crude oil refining. The Company shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Operator with at least sixty (60) days advance notice of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown.

(b) The Operator may at any time during the two-year period following notice of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown exercise its purchase option pursuant to this Article 16 (the “ Refinery Asset Purchase Option ”) by providing written notice (a “ Refinery Asset Option Notice ”) to the Company. Promptly upon receipt of such Refinery Asset Option Notice, the Company shall provide the Operator and its designees with access to such information regarding the Designated Refinery Assets as shall be reasonable and customary for the Operator to conduct diligence in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice on assets such as the Designated Refinery Assets. The Operator shall have a period of not less than ninety (90) days to evaluate such information.

(c) The Operator and the Company shall, for a period of thirty (30) days following completion of Operator’s diligence in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice, negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the terms for a purchase of the Designated Refinery Assets by the Operator; provided , however , that the Parties agree that: (i) the terms (including price) of any such purchase and sale will be on terms customary for the sale of assets of this nature and otherwise agreeable to both the Operator and the Company; (ii) the purchase price shall be paid at closing in cash; (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to make any representations as to the condition of the Designated Refinery Assets or any portion thereof; (iv) the Operator shall not be required to purchase the real property on which the Designated Refinery Assets are located (in which case the Operator shall be entitled to lease or be granted easements to all or a portion of such real property); (v) the Company shall convey all operating and maintenance records reasonably necessary for the operation of the Designated Refinery Assets; and (vi) the Company shall convey the Designated Refinery Assets free and clear of any charge, claim, covenant, equitable interest, equitable servitude, lien, option, pledge security interest, right of first refusal, or other restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute

 

24


of ownership; provided , however , that the Company shall receive a reasonable easement with respect to the Designated Refinery Assets in order to access such Designated Refinery Assets in connection with the Company or its Affiliates potential refining operations.

(d) If the Operator and the Company are unable to agree on the terms (including price) for a sale of the Designated Refinery Assets, the Operator and the Company shall engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm to determine any terms (including price) as to which the Parties are unable to agree with respect to the sale of the Designated Refinery Assets. In the event the Parties are unable to agree upon an investment banking firm, each Party will select a nationally recognized investment banking firm, and the two investment banking firms so chosen will select a third investment banking firm to serve as the investment banking firm for purposes of this Section 16.1 . The investment banking firm shall: (i) base the terms of purchase and sale on those that are reasonable and customary for the sale of industrial assets such as the Designated Refinery Assets, subject to the provisions of this Section 16.1 ; (ii) determine the fair market value of the Designated Refinery Assets based on their then-current operations; and (iii) consider the age, condition, maintenance history, replacement cost, ongoing operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or fines in effect and other factors the investment banking firm considers relevant to fair market value.

(e) All fees of the investment banking firm incurred in connection with the Refinery Asset Purchase Option will be split equally between the Operator and the Company.

(f) Once the investment banking firm resolves all terms of the sale regarding the Refinery Asset Purchase Option that the Parties are unable to agree upon, the Operator will have the right, but not the obligation, for a period of ninety (90) days from the investment banking firm’s resolution (such period, the “ Refinery Asset Option Period ”) to purchase the Designated Refinery Assets on terms (including price) agreed to by the Parties (as supplemented by any terms determined by the investment banking firm). The Operator shall notify the Company, in writing delivered during the Refinery Asset Option Period, of its intention to purchase the Designated Refinery Assets. Failure to provide such notice within the Refinery Asset Option Period shall be deemed to constitute a decision by the Operator not to exercise its Refinery Asset Purchase Option.

(g) If the Operator notifies the Company in writing during the Refinery Asset Option Period of its intention to exercise its Refinery Asset Purchase Option, both Parties shall be obligated to enter into an agreement incorporating the terms (including price) either agreed to by the Parties or determined by the investment banking firm. If the Operator fails to execute and deliver such an agreement within sixty (60) days of expiration of the Refinery Asset Option Period, the Operator’s Refinery Asset Purchase Option shall be deemed to have lapsed.

 

25


Article 17 Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

Section 17.1 Event of Default . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Article 26 , the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) any Party fails to make payment when due (i) under Article 3 within five (5) Business Days after a written demand therefor or (ii) under any other provision hereof within seven (7) Business Days;

(b) other than a default described in Sections 17.1(a) or 17.1(c) , if the Company or the Operator fails to perform any material obligation or covenant to the other under this Agreement, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of any other Party within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives written notice that such obligation or covenant has not been performed;

(c) any Party breaches any representation or warranty made by such Party hereunder, or such warranty or representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made; provided , however , that if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives notice that corrective action is needed;

(d) any Party files a petition or otherwise commences or authorizes the commencement of a proceeding or case under any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar law for the protection of creditors, or have any such petition filed or proceeding commenced against it and such proceeding is not dismissed for sixty (60) days; and

(e) the Operator sells or permits the creation of, or suffers to exist any security interest, lien, encumbrance, charge or other claim of any nature (other than Permitted Liens or liens or liens that existed with respect to such Product prior to the throughput by the Company or the Company Designee hereunder) with respect to any of the Products.

Section 17.2 Termination in the Event of Default . Except as set forth in Section 17.1(d) , without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, if an Event of Default with respect to the Company or the Operator (such defaulting Party, the “ Defaulting Party ”) has occurred and is continuing, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have the right, immediately and at any time(s) thereafter, to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Defaulting Party.

Section 17.3 Other Remedies . Without limiting any other rights or remedies hereunder, if an Event of Default occurs and the Company is the Non-Defaulting Party, the Company may, in its discretion, (a) withhold or suspend its obligations, including any of its delivery or payment obligations, under this Agreement, (b) reclaim and repossess any and all of its Products held at the Terminal or elsewhere on the Operator’s premises, and (c) otherwise arrange for the disposition of any of its Products in such manner as it elects.

Section 17.4 Set Off . If an Event of Default occurs, the Non-Defaulting Party may, without limitation on its rights under this Article 17 , set off amounts which the Defaulting Party owes to it against any amounts which it owes to the Defaulting Party (whether hereunder, under

 

26


any other agreement or contract or otherwise and whether or not then due). Any net amount due hereunder shall be payable by the Party owing such amount within one (1) Business Day of termination.

Section 17.5 No Preclusion of Rights . The Non-Defaulting Party’s rights under this Section 17.5 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights which the Non-Defaulting Party may have (whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise), including any rights of recoupment, setoff, combination of accounts, as a secured party or under any other credit support. The Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold the Non-Defaulting Party harmless from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred in the exercise of any remedies hereunder.

 

Article 18 Indemnification.

Section 18.1 Indemnification by Operator . The Operator shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Company Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of (a) any breach by the Operator of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Operator made herein or in connection herewith proving to be false or misleading, (b) any failure by the Operator, its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (c) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Operator, its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights granted hereunder or the handling or transportation of any Products hereunder, except to the extent of the Company’s obligations under Section 18.2 below, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Company Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Operator’s liability to the Company Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 18.1 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Company Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Company agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Company Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Company Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Operator of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Operator fully informed of the efforts of the Company Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 18.2 Indemnification by Company . The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Operator, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Operator Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of (a) any breach by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Company made herein or in connection herewith proving to

 

27


be false or misleading, (b) any personal injury incurred by any representative of the Company or the Company Designee (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector) while on the Operator’s property, (c) any failure by the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector), agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (d) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector), agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights granted hereunder or the refining or storage of any Products hereunder, except to the extent of the Operator’s obligations under Section 18.1 above, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Operator Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s liability to the Operator Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 18.2 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Operator Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Operator agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Operator Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Operator Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Company of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Company fully informed of the efforts of the Operator Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 18.3 EXPRESS REMEDY . THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES ARE INTENDED TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE PARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANY EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES BECAUSE OF THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR FAULT OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

Article 19 Limitation on Damages.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, punitive, special, incidental or exemplary damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “ Special Damages ”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect Special Damages in connection with any third-party claim or imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement; provided , further , that to the extent an indemnitor hereunder receives insurance proceeds with respect to Special Damages that would be indemnified hereunder if not for this Article 19 , such indemnitor shall be liable up to the amount of such insurance proceeds (net any deductible and premiums paid with respect thereto).

 

28


Article 20 Confidentiality.

Section 20.1 Obligations . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain the other Party’s Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third-party (other than a Company Designee, provided the Company Designee has agreed to adhere to this Article 20 , or any Receiving Party Personnel) nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 20.1 . Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.

Section 20.2 Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 20.1 above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, including the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or is required to disclose pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange upon which the receiving Party or its parent entity is listed, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall reasonably cooperate with the disclosing Party (at the disclosing Party’s cost) in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.

Section 20.3 Return and Destruction of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 20.3 , and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law for so long as such Confidential Information is retained.

Section 20.4 Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third-party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written

 

29


agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.

Section 20.5 Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Article 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.

 

Article 21 Choice of Law.

This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Subject to Article 26 , the Parties agree to the venue and jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware for the adjudication of all disputes arising out of this Agreement.

 

Article 22 Assignment.

Section 22.1 Assignment by the Company . Except as set forth in this Article 22 , the Company shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the Operator’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that (a) the Company may assign this Agreement without the Operator’s consent in connection with a sale by the Company of its inventory of Products, or all or substantially all of the Refinery, including by merger, equity sale, asset sale or otherwise, so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by the Company in its reasonable judgment; and (b) the Company shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for itself or any of its Affiliates.

Section 22.2 Company Designee .

(a) Without the Operator’s consent, the Company shall be permitted to assign the Company’s rights to use, hold the Products in, and transport the Products through, the Terminal pursuant to this Agreement, to the Company Designee.

(b) The Company shall act as the Company Designee’s counterparty for all purposes of this Agreement, and the Operator shall be entitled to follow the Company’s instructions with respect to all of the Company Designee’s Products that are transported or handled by the Operator pursuant to this Agreement unless and until the Operator is notified by the Company Designee in writing that the Company is no longer authorized to act as the Company Designee’s counterparty, in which case the Operator shall thereafter follow the instructions of the Company Designee (or such other agent as the Company Designee may appoint) with respect to all the Company Designee’s Products that are transported or handled by the Operator pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall be responsible for all the Company Designee’s payments to the Operator hereunder; provided , however , that the Operator shall accept payment in connection with this Agreement directly from any Company Designee and apply such payments against amounts owed by the Company hereunder. All volumes throughput by the Company Designee will be taken into account in the determination of whether the Company has satisfied its Minimum Throughput Commitment. During any time that this Agreement is assigned to the Company Designee, all

 

30


provisions of this Agreement, as amended or adjusted by this Article 22 , shall be in full force and effect with respect to the Company Designee and the Company Designee’s Products as if the Company Designee were Party hereto in place of the Company.

Section 22.3 Assignment by the Operator . The Operator shall not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that (a) subject to Article 15 hereof and Article VI of the Omnibus Agreement, the Operator may assign this Agreement without such consent in connection with a sale by the Operator of all or substantially all of the Terminal, including by merger, equity sale, asset sale or otherwise, so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of the Operator’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by the Operator in its reasonable judgment; and (iii) is not a competitor of the Company, as determined by the Company in good faith; and (b) the Operator shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Operator and its Affiliates.

Section 22.4 Terms of Assignment . Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio . A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 22.5 Change of Control . The Parties’ obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Change of Control; provided , however , that in the case of a Change of Control, the Company shall have the option to extend the Term as provided in Section 2.1 , without regard to the notice period provided in the fourth sentence of Section 2.1 .

 

Article 23 Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express or UPS, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by email, one (1) Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:

If to the Company:

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

 

31


with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to the Operator:

PBF Logisitics LP

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jim Fedena, Senior VP, Logistics

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jim.fedena@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Matt Lucey, Executive VP

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: matt.lucey@pbfenergy.com

or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.

 

Article 24 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

Section 24.1 No Waivers . The failure of a Party hereunder to assert a right or enforce an obligation of the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or obligation. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of, or Event of Default under, this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach of that provision or as a waiver of any breach of another provision of, Event of Default or potential Event of Default under, this Agreement, whether of a like kind or different nature.

Section 24.2 Cumulative Remedies . Each and every right granted to the Parties under this Agreement or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and Applicable Law.

 

32


Article 25 Nature of Transaction and, Relationship of Parties.

Section 25.1 Independent Contractor . This Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership, association or joint venture among the Parties. It is understood that the Operator is an independent contractor with complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make the Operator, or any employee or agent of the Operator, an agent or employee of the Company.

Section 25.2 No Agency . No Party shall have the right or authority to negotiate, conclude or execute any contract or legal document with any third person in the name of the other Party; to assume, create, or incur any liability of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name of any of the other Party; or to otherwise act as the representative of the other Party, unless expressly authorized in writing by the other Party.

 

Article 26 Arbitration Provision.

Any and all Arbitrable Disputes (except to the extent injunctive relief is sought) shall be resolved through the use of binding arbitration using, in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000 or non-monetary relief, three arbitrators, and in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, one arbitrator, in each case in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as supplemented to the extent necessary to determine any procedural appeal questions by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code). If there is any inconsistency between this Article 26 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules or the Federal Arbitration Act, the terms of this Article 26 will control the rights and obligations of the Parties. Arbitration must be initiated within the time limits set forth in this Agreement, or if no such limits apply, then within a reasonable time or the time period allowed by the applicable statute of limitations. Arbitration may be initiated by a Party (“ Claimant ”) serving written notice on the other Party (“ Respondent ”) that Claimant elects to refer the Arbitrable Dispute to binding arbitration. Claimant’s notice initiating binding arbitration must identify the arbitrator Claimant has appointed. Respondent shall respond to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Claimant’s notice, identifying the arbitrator Respondent has appointed. If Respondent fails for any reason to name an arbitrator within the 30-day period, Claimant shall petition the American Arbitration Association for appointment of an arbitrator for Respondent’s account. The two arbitrators so chosen shall select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed, and, in the of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, such third arbitrator shall act as the sole arbitrator, and the sole role of the first two arbitrators shall be to appoint such third arbitrator. Claimant will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it, and Respondent will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it. The costs of petitioning for the appointment of an arbitrator, if any, shall be paid by Respondent. Claimant and Respondent will each pay one-half of the compensation and expenses of the third arbitrator. All arbitrators must (a) be neutral parties who have never been officers, directors or employees of the Operator, the Company or any of their Affiliates and (b) have not less than seven (7) years’ experience in the energy industry. The hearing will be conducted in the State of Delaware or the Philadelphia Metropolitan area and commence within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third arbitrator. The Company, the Operator and the arbitrators shall proceed diligently and in good faith in order that the award may

 

33


be made as promptly as possible. Except as provided in the Federal Arbitration Act, the decision of the arbitrators will be binding on and non-appealable by the Parties hereto. The arbitrators shall have no right to grant or award Special Damages. Notwithstanding anything herein the contrary, the Company may not dispute any amounts with respect to an invoice delivered in accordance with Section 3.8 that the Company has not objected to within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt thereof. No Event of Default shall occur if the subject matter underlying such potential Event of Default is the subject matter of any dispute that is pending resolution or arbitration under this Article 26 until such time that such dispute is resolved in accordance with this Article 26 .

 

Article 27 General.

Section 27.1 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Section 27.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement and the Omnibus Agreement together constitute the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by any of the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and none of the Parties shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

Section 27.3 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of each Party’s performance of any obligations under this Agreement.

Section 27.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party; provided , however , that upon written request from the Company, this Agreement will be amended by the Parties to make any Company Designee or lender or intermediator of the Company or any Company Designee a third-party beneficiary hereof.

Section 27.5 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory Party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

Section 27.6 Survival . All audit rights, payment, confidentiality and indemnification obligations and obligations under this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

 

34


Section 27.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPERATOR:
PBF LOGISTICS LP
By: PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO THE T OLEDO T RUCK U NLOADING  & T ERMINALING A GREEMENT


Exhibit A

Ancillary Services Fees

 

   

Service

  

Fee or Specification

1.   Metering    To be agreed upon, if applicable during the Term.
2.   Truck Management    To be agreed upon, if applicable during the Term.

If any additional ancillary services are requested by the Company in accordance with the Agreement, the Parties shall reasonably negotiate to determine the appropriate rates to be charged for such services.

E XHIBIT A

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Product

Product : Crude Oil

Product Specifications :

API 30 – 45

H2S < 10 ppm in breathing zone

TVP < 11.1 psi

Pour Point < 0 degf

E XHIBIT B

 

B-1


Exhibit C

Nomination and Scheduling

Nominations and Scheduling.

The Company will provide to the Operator, by email or facsimile, or by other means mutually agreed by the Operator and the Company from time to time, no later than the twenty-fifth (25th) day of each calendar month throughout the Term, a good faith monthly nomination (a “ Nomination ”) of the volume of Crude Oil that the Company projects it will deliver to the Terminal by truck during the following calendar month (to be delivered to the Terminal on a ratable basis throughout such month). The volume will be broken down per grade per supplier.

The Company will provide the Operator with intra-month revisions with respect to the Company’s then-current Nomination when information becomes available.

E XHIBIT C

 

C-1


Exhibit D

Designated Refinery Assets

Designated Refinery Assets

 

    LACT Units piping (16-746, 16-738, 16-740, 16-736)

 

    LACT common header (16-729)

 

    TK405 fill from LACTs & Transmix (16-730)

 

    Crude tank (TK405) and associated fire suppression system

 

    LPG building

 

    Security Shack on Wheeling St.

 

    Emergency Response Equipment (specifically?)

 

    69Kv electrical feed along Railroad ROW from Toledo Edision

 

    Firewater piping, pumps and firewater reserve capacity (pond) in tank farm 2

 

    Local fire extinguishers at LACT units

 

    Mutual Aid contract with Oregon Fire Department

 

    Land occupied by the Truck Unloading Terminal

 

    Land or ROW for areas additional assets identified above

 

    Equipment to enable future tie into crude pipelines:

 

    Common lines

 

    TK405 booster (P-16019)

 

    P-16019 discharge line (16-137)

 

    SXL crude line

 

    Crude charge pumps suction line (16-8)

 

    Crude charge pumps (P-1655A & B)

 

    Crude charge pumps discharge line (16-5)

 

    New spool to tie in line 16-5 to SXL crude delivery line (16-65)

 

    BPL

 

    New spool to tie in line 16-137 to existing intermediate feed transfer line (16-327)

 

    Intermediate feed transfer line (16-15)

 

    Intermediate feed transfer line (16-312)

 

    Buckeye pump suction manifold (16-202)

 

    Buckeye pump suction manifold (16-725)

 

    Buckeye pump (P-16132)

 

    Buckeye pump discharge manifold (16-726)

 

    Buckeye line (Line 417)

 

    Mid Valley

 

    New spool to tie in line 16-137 to existing intermediate feed transfer line (16-327)

E XHIBIT D

 

D-1


    Intermediate feed transfer line (16-15)

 

    Intermediate feed transfer line (16-312)

 

    Buckeye pump suction manifold (16-202)

 

    Buckeye pump suction manifold (16-725)

 

    Buckeye pump (P-16132)

 

    Buckeye pump discharge manifold (16-726)

 

    New spool to tie in pump discharge manifold (16-726) to Mid Valley crude deliver line

E XHIBIT D

 

D-2

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

DELAWARE CITY RAIL

TERMINALING SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1

 

Definitions and Construction.

     1   

Article 2

 

Term.

     9   

Article 3

 

Terminaling; Ancillary Services.

     9   

Article 4

 

Custody, Title and Risk of Loss.

     12   

Article 5

 

Specification and Contamination.

     13   

Article 6

 

Condition and Maintenance of the Terminal.

     14   

Article 7

 

Inspection, Access and Audit Rights.

     15   

Article 8

 

Scheduling.

     16   

Article 9

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

     17   

Article 10

 

Additional Covenants.

     17   

Article 11

 

Representations.

     18   

Article 12

 

Insurance.

     19   

Article 13

 

Force Majeure, Damage or Destruction.

     19   

Article 14

 

Suspension of Refinery Operations.

     20   

Article 15

 

Right of First Refusal.

     21   

Article 16

 

Shutdown or Idling of Refinery.

     24   

Article 17

 

Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     26   

Article 18

 

Indemnification.

     27   

Article 19

 

Limitation on Damages.

     29   

Article 20

 

Confidentiality.

     29   

Article 21

 

Choice of Law.

     30   

Article 22

 

Assignment.

     30   

Article 23

 

Notices.

     31   

Article 24

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

     33   

Article 25

 

Nature of Transaction and, Relationship of Parties.

     33   

Article 26

 

Arbitration Provision.

     33   

Article 27

 

General.

     34   

 

i


Exhibit A

   Ancillary Services Fees

Exhibit B

   Product and Product Quality

Exhibit C

   Nomination and Scheduling; Railcar Specifications

Exhibit D

   Designated Refinery Assets

 

ii


DELAWARE CITY RAIL TERMINALING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Delaware City Rail Terminaling Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the Commencement Date, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operator ”) (each referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS , the Operator owns and operates a double-loop rail terminal located in Delaware City, Delaware (together with existing or future modifications or additions, the “ Terminal ”);

WHEREAS , the Parties are entering into this Agreement to provide for the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to the Terminal; and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to record the terms and conditions upon which the Operator shall provide terminaling services to the Company at the Terminal on a non-exclusive basis and the Operator shall serve as operator of the Terminal and bailee of all Products in the custody of the Operator and owned or held by the Company or any of the Company Designees.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the respective promises, conditions, terms and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Definitions and Construction.

Section 1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, including the foregoing recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Acquisition Proposal ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Adjustment ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6(a) .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with that first Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” includes (a) with respect to any Person having voting securities or the equivalent and elected directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, the ownership of or power to vote, directly or indirectly, voting securities or the equivalent representing 50% or more of the power to vote in the election of directors, managers or Persons performing similar functions, (b) ownership of 50% or more of the equity or equivalent interest in any Person and (c) the ability to direct the business and affairs of any Person by acting as a general partner, manager or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries (other than PBF Logistics LP and its subsidiaries), on the one hand, and PBF Logistics LP and its subsidiaries (including the Operator), on the other hand, shall not be considered Affiliates of each other.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this document.

 

1


Ancillary Services ” means the services to be provided by the Operator to the Company at the Terminal that are set forth on Exhibit A , as well as any other ancillary services requested in accordance with Section 3.4 .

Ancillary Services Fees ” means, for any month during the Term, the fees set forth on Exhibit A , to be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 3.4 during that month for Ancillary Services.

Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, Environmental Law, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued under any of the foregoing by, or any determination by, any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended (including all of the terms and provisions of the applicable common law of such Governmental Authority), as interpreted and enforced at the time in question.

Arbitrable Dispute ” means any and all disputes, controversies and other matters in question between the Operator, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

Barrel ” means forty-two (42) net U.S. gallons, measured at 60° F and 1 atmospheric pressure.

bpd ” means barrels per day.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the State of New York, State of New Jersey or the State of Delaware.

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure incurred to acquire or upgrade a fixed asset.

Change in Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6(a) .

Change of Control ” means PBF Energy Company LLC or any of its majority owned direct or indirect subsidiaries ceases to control the general partner of PBF Logistics LP.

Claimant ” has the meaning specified in Article 26 .

Commencement Date ” means [            ] , 2014.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Company Designee ” means, collectively, each Person designated by the Company, including any Person acting as an intermediator of all or any portion of the Products or any third-party.

 

2


Company Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.1 .

Company Inspectors ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1 .

Company’s Share ” means a number, expressed as a percentage, equal to the quotient of (a) the greater of (i) the total Barrels throughput by the Company and any Company Designee at the Terminal, in the aggregate, during the sixth-month period preceding the date of determination or (ii) the Minimum Throughput Commitment during such period, and (b) the total Barrels throughput by all Persons at the Terminal during such period.

Confidential Information ” means all information, documents, records and data (including this Agreement, except to the extent required to be made public in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or another Governmental Authority or pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange) that a Party furnishes or otherwise discloses to the other Party (including any such items furnished prior to the execution of this Agreement), together with all analyses, compilations, studies, memoranda, notes or other documents, records or data (in whatever form maintained, whether documentary, computer or other electronic storage or otherwise) prepared by the receiving Party which contain or otherwise reflect or are generated from such information, documents, records and data; provided , however , that the term “ Confidential Information ” does not include any information that (a) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is or becomes generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving Party), (b) is developed by the receiving Party without reliance on any Confidential Information or (c) is or was available to the receiving Party on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the disclosing Party that, insofar as is known to the receiving Party after reasonable inquiry, is not prohibited from transmitting the information to the recipient by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the disclosing Party.

Contract Quarter ” means a three-month period that commences on January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1, and ends on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, respectively, except that the initial Contract Quarter shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on June 30, 2014 and the final Contract Quarter shall end on the last day of the Term.

Contract Year ” means a year that commences on January 1 and ends on the last day of December of such year, except that the initial Contract Year shall commence on the Commencement Date and the final Contract Year shall end on the last day of the Term.

control ” (including with correlative meaning, the term “ controlled by ”) means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Defaulting Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 17.2 .

Designated Refinery Assets ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1 .

Disposition Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

 

3


Environmental Law ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law now or hereafter in effect, relating to pollution or protection of human health and the environment, safety, and occupational health, including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, OSHA, and other similar federal, state or local health and safety, and environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended from time to time.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.

ET ” means the prevailing time in the Eastern time zone.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 17.1 .

Excess Throughput ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3 .

First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Force Majeure ” means acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, acts of a public enemy, wars, terrorism, blockades, insurrections, riots, storms, floods, interruptions in the ability to have safe passage in navigable waterways or rail lines, washouts, other interruptions caused by acts of nature or the environment, arrests, the order of any court or Governmental Authority claiming or having jurisdiction while the same is in force and effect, civil disturbances, explosions, fires, leaks, releases, breakage, accident to machinery, vessels, storage tanks or lines of pipe or rail lines, inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment, inability to obtain or distribute Products, feedstocks, other products or materials necessary for operation because of a failure of third-party pipelines or rail lines or any other causes whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise not reasonably within the control of the Party claiming suspension and which by the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts such Party is unable to prevent or overcome; provided , however , a Party’s inability to perform its economic obligations hereunder shall not constitute an event of Force Majeure.

Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Force Majeure Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Force Majeure Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.1 .

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

 

4


Hart-Scott-Rodino Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

Index Change ” means the Producer Price Index is no longer published or the method of calculating the Producer Price Index is changed so that the Producer Price Index no longer reflects general increases in prices in the broad United States economy.

Initial Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Liabilities ” means any losses, liabilities, charges, damages, deficiencies, assessments, interests, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (collectively, “ Costs ”) of any kind (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees, court costs and other disbursements), including any Costs directly or indirectly arising out of or related to any suit, proceeding, judgment, settlement, cause of action, equitable or injunctive relief, or judicial or administrative order and any Costs arising from compliance or non-compliance with Environmental Law.

Minimum Throughput Capacity ” means, with respect to each Contract Quarter, an aggregate amount of throughput capacity equal to 85,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter; provided , however , that from the Commencement Date through September 30, 2014, which for the purposes of this Agreement shall be treated as one Contract Quarter, the Minimum Throughput Capacity shall be an aggregate amount of throughput capacity equal to 85,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter.

Minimum Throughput Commitment ” means, with respect to each Contract Quarter, an aggregate amount of Products received at the Terminal equal to at least 85,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter; provided , however , that from the Commencement Date through September 30, 2014, which for the purposes of this Agreement shall be treated as one Contract Quarter, the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be an aggregate amount of Products received at the Terminal equal to 85,000 bpd of Products, multiplied by the number of calendar days in such Contract Quarter.

Nomination ” has the meaning specified in Exhibit C .

Non-Defaulting Party ” means the Party other than the Defaulting Party.

Notice Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.1 .

Off-Specification Product ” means Product that fails to meet the specifications set forth in Exhibit B .

Offer Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, PBF Energy Company LLC, PBF Logistics GP LLC, and PBF Logistics LP.

 

5


Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement ” means that Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Logistics GP LLC, PBF Logistics LP, and the Operator.

Operator ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Operator Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 18.2 .

OSHA ” means Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Permitted Lien ” means (a) liens for real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water charges or other governmental charges and levies not yet delinquent; (b) liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies, or claims not yet delinquent or the non-payment of which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside; (c) liens of mechanics, laborers, suppliers, workers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith; and (d) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits.

Permanent Refinery Shutdown ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(a) .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, joint stock company or any other private entity or organization, Governmental Authority, court or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal , Bonds, Rates & Yields Section as the Prime Rate.

Producer Price Index ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Product ” means any of the products listed on Exhibit B , as from time to time amended by mutual agreement of the Parties.

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Prudent Industry Practice ” means, as of the relevant time, those methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the circumstances known at the time of performance, would have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with functionality, reliability, safety and expedition with due regard for health, safety, security and environmental considerations. Prudent Industry Practice is not

 

6


intended to be limited to the optimum practices, methods or acts to the exclusion of others, but rather is intended to include reasonably acceptable practices, methods and acts generally engaged in or applied by the refining, pipeline or terminaling industries (as applicable) in the United States.

Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning specified in Section 20.4 .

Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery located in Delaware City, Delaware owned and operated by the Company’s Affiliates.

Refinery Asset Option Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(b) .

Refinery Asset Option Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(f) .

Refinery Asset Purchase Option ” has the meaning specified in Section 16.1(b) .

Renewal Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Required Permits ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

Respondent ” has the meaning specified in Article 26 .

Restoration ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2(b) .

ROFR Acceptance Deadlines ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a).

ROFR Asset ” means the Terminal and each asset that comprises the Terminal and is material to the operation thereof.

ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(c) .

ROFR Response ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Sale Assets ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.3(a) .

Services ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

Shortfall ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7 .

Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7 .

Special Damages ” has the meaning specified in Article 19 .

Supplier Inspector ” means any Person selected by the Company to perform any and all inspections required by the Company or the Company Designee in a commercially reasonable manner at the Company’s own cost and expense that is acting on behalf of the Company or the Company Designee and that (a) is a Person who performs sampling, quality analysis and quantity

 

7


determination or similar services of the Products purchased and sold under any agreement between the Company (or its Affiliates) and the Company Designee, (b) is not an Affiliate of any Party and (c) in the reasonable judgment of the Company, is qualified and reputed to perform its services in accordance with Applicable Law and Prudent Industry Practice.

Suspension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.1 .

Term ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Terminal ” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

Terminal Maintenance ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2(a) .

Terminaling Service Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Termination Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.2 .

Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions.

Section 1.2 Construction of Agreement .

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all references herein are to the Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement and all Exhibits are incorporated herein.

(b) All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the word “including” as used herein does not limit the preceding words or terms and shall be read to be followed by the words “without limitation” or words having similar import.

(d) Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references to days, weeks, months and quarters mean calendar days, weeks, months and quarters, respectively.

(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, references herein to “consent” mean the prior written consent of the Party at issue.

(f) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s permitted successors and assigns.

(g) Unless the contrary clearly appears from the context, for purposes of this Agreement, the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa; and each gender includes the other gender.

(h) Except where specifically stated otherwise, any reference to any Applicable Law or agreement shall be a reference to the same as amended, supplemented or reenacted from time to time.

 

8


(i) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

Section 1.3 No Presumption . The Parties acknowledge that they and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that no presumption of contract interpretation or construction shall apply to the advantage or disadvantage of the drafter of this Agreement.

 

Article 2 Term.

Section 2.1 Term . The initial term of this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”) shall commence at 12:00 a.m., ET, on the Commencement Date and shall continue until 11:59 p.m., ET, on the first December 31 following the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date. Thereafter, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, the Company shall have a unilateral option to extend this Agreement for two additional five (5) year periods on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (each, a “ Renewal Term ”). The Initial Term and the Renewal Terms are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “ Term .” In order to exercise its option to extend this Agreement for a Renewal Term, the Company shall notify the Operator in writing not less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable.

Section 2.2 Termination . The Parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Term (but are under no obligation to do so) (a) as they may mutually agree in writing, (b) pursuant to a Termination Notice in accordance with Section 13.2 , (c) pursuant to a Suspension Notice in accordance with Section 14.1 , (d) pursuant to a default in accordance with Section 17.2 or (e) pursuant to Section 3.6(c) .

 

Article 3 Terminaling; Ancillary Services.

Section 3.1 Services . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Operator shall provide the following services (the “ Services ”) to the Company hereunder: receipt, handling, throughput, custody and delivery of the Company’s (and its subsidiaries’ and the Company Designee’s) Product at the Terminal. During each Contract Quarter during the Term, the Company (on its own behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries and the Company Designee) shall throughput or, if it does not throughput, pay for in accordance with Section 3.7 , in the aggregate, at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminal and the Operator shall make available to the Company throughput capacity at the Terminal (and provide the Services as reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith subject to the terms hereof), at all times sufficient to allow the Company to throughput the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminal. The Operator shall cooperate with the Company or the Company Designee, and the Company shall (and shall cause the Company Designee to) cooperate with the Operator, to determine throughput of Product hereunder based on the number of railcars unloaded or any other commercially reasonable method mutually agreed to by the Parties.

Section 3.2 Terminaling Service Fee . The Company shall pay a terminaling services fee (the “ Terminaling Service Fee ”) for the volumes of Products it actually throughputs at the Terminal of (i) $2.00 per Barrel for all throughput up to the Minimum Throughput Commitment, and (ii) $0.50 per Barrel for all throughput volumes in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment.

 

9


Section 3.3 Excess Throughput . The Company shall have the right to throughput volumes in excess of its Minimum Throughput Commitment (“ Excess Throughput ”), up to the then-available capacity of the Terminal, as reasonably determined by the Operator in good faith at any time (after giving effect to the physical and operational constraints of the Terminal and the capacity contractually committed to third parties). In accordance with Section 3.1 , the Company shall pay the Operator the applicable per-Barrel Terminaling Service Fee for any Excess Throughput.

Section 3.4 Ancillary Services . Upon request by the Company, the Operator shall provide Ancillary Services to the Company at the Terminal. From time-to-time, the Company may request that the Operator provide additional Ancillary Services to the Company at the Terminal upon customary terms in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice so long as such additional Ancillary Services are reasonably related to the Services or existing Ancillary Services; provided , however , that in the event any requested additional Ancillary Service requires the Operator to make Capital Expenditures, such Capital Expenditures shall be subject to Section 3.10(b) and the Operator shall not be required to provide such additional Ancillary Service until the Operator is able to do so after using reasonable efforts in compliance with Section 3.10(b) ; provided , further , the Operator shall not be required to perform any additional Ancillary Service if it reasonably believes the performance thereof will materially adversely interfere with, or be detrimental to, the operation of the Terminal. The Company shall pay the Ancillary Services Fees listed on Exhibit A for such services. The Company may, at any time on reasonable prior notice, revoke or modify any instructions it has previously given, whether such previous instructions relate to a specific Service or Ancillary Service or are instructions relating to an ongoing Service or Ancillary Service. The Operator shall not be required to perform any requested Service or Ancillary Service if it reasonably believes such Service or Ancillary Service violates Applicable Law.

Section 3.5 Annual Fee Escalator . All fees set forth in this Agreement, including the Terminaling Service Fee and the Ancillary Services Fees, shall be adjusted on January 1 of each Contract Year, commencing on January 1, 2015, (a) by an amount equal to the increase or decrease, if any, in the Producer Price Index during the previous Contract Year and (b) by an amount equal to the increase, if any, in the individual out-of-pocket costs that increase greater than the Producer Price Index reasonably incurred by the Operator in connection with providing the Services and Ancillary Services; provided , however , that no fee shall be decreased below the initial fee for such service provided in this Agreement; provided , further , that the Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any such rise in out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Operator in connection with providing the Services and Ancillary Services. In the event of an Index Change, the Company and the Operator shall negotiate in good faith to agree on a new index that gives comparable protection against inflation that the Producer Price Index gave as of the date hereof, and, for all periods following the date of such Index Change, such new index shall replace the Producer Price Index for all purposes herein. If the Company and the Operator are unable to agree, a new index will be determined by arbitration in accordance with Article 26 and, for all periods following the date of such Index Change, such new index shall replace the Producer Price Index for all purposes herein.

 

10


Section 3.6 Change in Law .

(a) In the event that any applicable existing laws, codes, regulations, permit conditions or other authorizations are amended or new laws, codes, regulations, permit conditions or other authorizations are enacted or promulgated after the Commencement Date that require a material Capital Expenditure in the Terminal, or the acquisition of a permit from a Governmental Authority, in each case, in order to provide the Services and Ancillary Services (a “ Change in Law ”), the Operator may, by written notice to the Company, request to negotiate an adjustment (an “ Adjustment ”) in the Terminaling Service Fee or other fees and charges paid hereunder to cover the Company’s Share of the reasonable, incremental, out-of-pocket operating and maintenance costs the Operator would incur to comply with the Change in Law, including a return of capital expended and a return on such capital at a rate of return of [    ] % per annum, amortized over the remaining Term.

(b) If the Operator requests to negotiate an Adjustment pursuant to Section 3.6(a) : (i) the Operator shall provide the Company with complete access (subject to reasonable confidentiality provisions) to information and documentation regarding such proposed Adjustment, including the nature and cost of the contemplated improvements or permit, as applicable, the options for financing or otherwise amortizing such cost, the Operator’s assessment that such improvements are the most feasible means of complying with the Change in Law and the manner in which the Company’s Share of such costs are determined; and (ii) the Parties shall be obligated to negotiate in good faith to agree to an Adjustment as described in Section 3.6(a) .

(c) If, despite good faith negotiations, the Parties are unable to agree to an Adjustment pursuant to Section 3.6(a) in sufficient time for the Operator to take such action as shall be necessary to comply with the Change in Law, then the amount of such fee increases will be determined by arbitration in accordance with Article 26 , and such fee increases will be effective as of the effective time of such Change in Law; provided , however , that in the event the fees paid hereunder increase in the aggregate as a result of Changes in Law by more than [    ] %, then the Company may terminate this Agreement.

Section 3.7 Shortfall Payments . If, during any Contract Quarter, the Company throughputs aggregate volumes less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment, as adjusted pursuant to Section 6.2 , for such Contract Quarter (a “ Shortfall ”), then (in addition to Terminaling Service Fee) the Company shall pay the Operator an amount (a “ Shortfall Payment ”) equal to the Terminaling Service Fee multiplied by the difference between (a) the Minimum Throughput Commitment and (b) the volume of Products actually delivered to the Terminal by the Company during the applicable Contract Quarter. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there shall be no carry-over of deficiency volumes with respect to the Minimum Throughput Commitment and the payment by the Company of the Shortfall Payment shall relieve the Company of any obligation to meet such Minimum Throughput Commitment for the relevant Contract Quarter. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that there shall not be any carry-over of volumes in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment to any subsequent Contract Quarter.

Section 3.8 Invoices . The Operator shall invoice the Company monthly (or, in the case of any Shortfall Payments, quarterly) for all fees and payments under this Agreement. The Company will make payments to the Operator on a monthly (or, in the case of any Shortfall

 

11


Payments, quarterly) basis during the Term with respect to amounts due to the Operator under this Agreement in the prior month (or, in the case of any Shortfall Payments, Contract Quarter) ten (10) days after its receipt of such invoice. Any past due payments owed to the Operator hereunder shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the Prime Rate plus 400 basis points from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment. Payment of any fee or Shortfall Payment pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Operator. If any such fee shall be due and payable on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

Section 3.9 Operating Hours . The Operator agrees to keep the Terminal open for receipt and redelivery of the Company’s and the Company Designee’s Products twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week.

Section 3.10 Regulatory Costs; Reimbursement .

(a) Taxes. The Company shall reimburse the Operator for all taxes that the Operator incurs in connection with this Agreement unless prohibited by Applicable Law.

(b) Capital Expenditures. The Company may request that the Operator make certain Capital Expenditures at the Terminal and the Operator shall make such Capital Expenditures; provided , however , that the Operator shall not be required to make any such Capital Expenditure if such Capital Expenditure would materially adversely affect the operation of the Terminal, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Operator. The Company shall reimburse the Operator for the Company’s Share of any such Capital Expenditure. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement or the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement, any maintenance required for the Operator to continue to provide the services specified hereunder shall be paid for by the Operator.

(c) Payment Terms. All of the foregoing reimbursements shall be made in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 3.8 herein.

Section 3.11 Third-Party Arrangements . The Operator may throughput volumes for third parties; provided , however , that such arrangements do not prevent the Operator from fulfilling its obligations to the Company hereunder, including the obligation to make the Minimum Throughput Capacity available to the Company during the Term. Nothing herein shall be deemed to provide the Company with exclusive rights to services at the Terminal.

 

Article 4 Custody, Title and Risk of Loss.

Section 4.1 Title . Subject to Section 22.2 , the Company or the Company Designee shall at all times during the Term retain title to the Products handled or throughput by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal, and such Products shall remain the Company’s or the Company Designee’s exclusive property. The Company hereby represents that, at all times during the Term, the Company or the Company Designee holds exclusive title to the Products throughput or handled by the Company at the Terminal; provided , however , that each of the Company and the Company Designee may at any time permit liens on the Company’s or the Company Designee’s Products at the Terminal.

 

12


Section 4.2 Compliance with Laws . During the time any Products are held or throughput at the Terminal, the Operator, in its capacity as operator of the Terminal shall be solely responsible for compliance with (and the Operator shall comply with) all Applicable Laws pertaining to the possession, handling, use and processing of such Products at the Terminal.

Section 4.3 Volumetric Losses and Gains . Subject to the other provisions in this Agreement, title and risk of loss to all of the Products handled or throughput by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal shall remain at all times with the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable. Unless the Operator experiences a spill or other release of Product while Product is in the Operator’s custody, all volumetric losses and gains in Product shall be for the Company’s or the Company Designee’s account, as applicable.

Section 4.4 Custody . During the Term, the Operator shall hold all Products at the Terminal solely as bailee, and agrees that when any such Products are redelivered to the Company or the Company Designee, the Company or the Company Designee shall have good title thereto (to the extent the Company had good title prior to delivery at the Terminal) free and clear of any liens, security interests, encumbrances and claims of any kind whatsoever created or caused to be created by the Operator, other than Permitted Liens; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary the Operator hereby waives, relinquishes and releases any and all liens, including, any and all warehouseman’s liens, custodian’s liens, rights of retention or similar rights under all applicable laws, which the Operator would or might otherwise have under or with respect to any Products handled hereunder. During the Term, none of the Operator or any of its Affiliates shall (and the Operator shall not permit any of its Affiliates or any other Person to) use any such Products for any purpose. Solely in its capacity as bailee, the Operator shall have custody of Product throughput under this Agreement from the time the locomotive crew transporting such Product to the Terminal has disembarked from, and the Operator’s crew has embarked onto, the locomotive used to transfer railcars to the Terminal until such time that the Products pass the outlet flange of the Terminal.

 

Article 5 Specification and Contamination.

Section 5.1 Delivery Specifications .

(a) The Company shall not (and shall cause the Company Designee to not) deliver to the Terminal any Off-Specification Product; provided , however , that in the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee to the Terminal, and the Company or the Company Designee fails to instruct the Operator to return such Off-Specification Product to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, the Operator shall provide the Services to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, and the Company will receive on its or the Company Designee’s behalf, such Off-Specification Product at its own expense; provided , further , that in the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee to the Terminal and the Company or the Company Designee instructs the Operator to return such Off-Specification Product to the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, the Operator shall return such Off-Specification Product to the Company (on its or the Company Designee’s behalf) at the Company’s own expense. In the event Off-Specification Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee, and in the reasonable opinion of the Operator, the Services are unable to be provided as a result of the

 

13


Off-Specification Product (whether due to a failure to comply with law, safety considerations or otherwise), the Operator shall notify the Company and the Company shall be responsible for taking possession of such Off-Specification Product without the Services being provided.

(b) The Company shall not (and shall cause the Company Designee to not) deliver to the Terminal any Product on any railcar if such railcar is broken, in disrepair, or otherwise cannot be unloaded consistent with Prudent Industry Practice; provided , however , that in the event Product is delivered by the Company or the Company Designee on a railcar that is broken or in disrepair but not to an extent which precludes the Operator from providing the Services, the Operator shall provide the Services and shall notify the Company, and the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, shall make any necessary repairs to the railcar; provided , further , that the Company shall be responsible for removing any railcar from the Terminal if, in the reasonable opinion of the Operator, the Services cannot be provided due to the railcar’s status as broken or in disrepair.

Section 5.2 Offloading Specifications . If all Product meets the relevant specifications set forth in Exhibit B when it enters the Terminal, it is the responsibility of the Operator to ensure that all Products leaving the Terminal shall meet the same relevant specifications, and shall not leave the Terminal with different specifications.

Section 5.3 Contamination . The Operator shall use at least Prudent Industry Practice to ensure that no Products shall be contaminated with scale or other materials, chemicals, water or any other impurities.

 

Article 6 Condition and Maintenance of the Terminal.

Section 6.1 Interruption of Service . The Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) minimize the interruption of service at the Terminal, (ii) minimize the impact of any such interruption on the Company and the Company Designee and (iii) notwithstanding any such interruption of service, make the Terminal available to the Minimum Throughput Capacity. The Operator shall inform the Company at least sixty (60) days in advance (or promptly, in the case of an unplanned interruption) of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service at the Terminal, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions the Operator is taking to resume full operations; provided , however , that the Operator shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, the Company of any such matters except to the extent the Company has been materially damaged by such failure or delay.

Section 6.2 Maintenance and Repair Standards .

(a) Subject to Article 13 , during the Term the Operator shall maintain the Terminal with sufficient aggregate capacity to throughput a volume of the Company’s Products at least equal to the Minimum Throughput Capacity; provided , however , that the Operator’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, routine repair and maintenance consistent with Prudent Industry Practice that prevents the Operator from providing the Minimum Throughput Capacity (“ Terminal Maintenance ”) so long as the Operator has complied with its obligations set forth in Section 6.1 . In the event the Terminal Maintenance is

 

14


not as a result of Force Majeure, the Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other so as to (i) ensure that such Terminal Maintenance does not unnecessarily interfere with any of the Company’s or the Company Designee’s purchase or sale commitments, (ii) ensure that such Terminal Maintenance otherwise accommodates, to the extent reasonably practicable, other commercial or market considerations that the Company deems relevant and (iii) reasonably minimize the effect of such Terminal Maintenance on the Services and the Ancillary Services.

(b) To the extent the Company is prevented for seven (7) or more days in any Contract Quarter from throughputting volumes at the Terminal equal to at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment for reasons caused by the Operator (or any of its employees, agents or contractors) other than Force Majeure and other than causes due to actions of the Company or the Company Designee (and any of their respective contractors, employees or representatives excluding the Operator and its employees, agents and representatives), then the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be proportionately reduced to the extent of the difference between the Minimum Throughput Capacity and the amount that the Operator can effectively throughput at the Terminal (prorated for the portion of the Contract Quarter during which the Minimum Throughput Capacity was unavailable) regardless of whether actual throughput amounts prior to the reduction were below the Minimum Throughput Commitment. At such time as the Operator is capable of throughputting volumes equal to at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminal, the Company’s obligation to throughput the full Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be restored as of such time. To the extent the Company is prevented for seven (7) or more days in any Contract Quarter from throughputting volumes at the Terminal equal to at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment, other than due to a Force Majeure event, and the throughput at the Terminal falls below the Minimum Throughput Capacity as described above in this paragraph (b), the Operator shall make all commercially reasonable repairs at the Terminal to restore the capacity of the Terminal to that required for throughput of the Minimum Throughput Capacity (“ Restoration ”). All of such Restoration shall be at the Operator’s cost and expense, unless any damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee or their respective contractors, employees, agents (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Operator and its contractors, employees and agents) or customers, in which case such Restoration shall be at the Company’s cost and expense to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee or their respective employees, agents or customers.

 

Article 7 Inspection, Access and Audit Rights.

Section 7.1 Inspection . At any reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice, the Company, the Company Designee and their respective representatives (including one or more Supplier Inspector, collectively, the “ Company Inspectors ”) shall have the right to enter and exit the Operator’s premises in order to have access to the Terminal, to observe the operations of the Terminal and to conduct such inspections as the Company or the Company Designee may wish to have performed in connection with this Agreement, including to enforce its rights and interests under this Agreement; provided , however , that (a) each of the Company Inspectors shall follow routes and paths to be reasonably designated by the Operator or security personnel retained by the Operator, (b) each of the Company Inspectors shall observe all security, fire and safety regulations while in, around or about the Terminal, (c) when accessing the facilities of the Operator, the Company Inspectors shall at all times comply

 

15


with Applicable Law and such safety directives and guidelines as may be furnished to the Company or the Company Designee by the Operator by any means (including in writing, orally, electronically or through the posting of signs) from time to time, and (d) the Company or the Company Designee shall be liable for any personal injury to its representatives or any damage caused by such Company Inspectors in connection with such access to the Terminal. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Operator shall regularly grant the Company Inspectors such access from the last day of each month until the third (3 rd ) Business Day of the ensuing month. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if an Event of Default with respect to the Operator has occurred and is continuing, the Company Inspectors shall have unlimited and unrestricted access to the Terminal, for so long as such Event of Default continues.

Section 7.2 Access . The Company, the Company Designee and their respective representatives, upon reasonable notice and during normal working hours, shall have access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Operator, or any of its contractors and agents, which relate to this Agreement, and shall have the right to audit such records at any reasonable time or times during the Term and for a period of up to two (2) years after termination of this Agreement. The Company or the Company Designee shall have the right to conduct such audit no more than once per calendar quarter and each audit shall be limited in time to no more than the present and prior two (2) calendar years. Claims as to defects in quality shall be made by written notice within ninety (90) days after the delivery in question or shall be deemed to have been waived. The right to inspect or audit such records shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years following the end of the Term. The Operator shall preserve, and shall cause all contractors or agents to preserve, all of the aforesaid documents for a period of at least two (2) years from the end of the Term. Additionally, the Operator shall make available a copy of any meter calibration report, to be available for inspection upon reasonable request by the Company or the Company Designee at the Terminal following any calibration. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if an Event of Default with respect to the Operator has occurred and is continuing, the Company Inspectors shall have unlimited and unrestricted access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the Operator with respect to the Terminal, for so long as such Event of Default continues.

 

Article 8 Scheduling.

The Operator shall provide the Company and the Company Designee non-discriminatory, priority access rights at the Terminal to throughput the Company’s and the Company Designee’s Products up to the Minimum Throughput Capacity. All deliveries, receipts, handling and throughput of Product hereunder shall be made in strict accordance with the Operator’s current reasonable operating, scheduling and nomination procedures for the Terminal, which (a) the Operator shall provide to the Company on the date hereof, (b) the Operator shall not materially modify without the prior written consent of the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld, modified or delayed; provided , however , that the Operator may make any modifications it reasonably deems necessary to comply with or observe any Applicable Law or for health, safety, environmental, security or other similar concerns consistent with Prudent Industry Practice, and (c) shall allow the throughput of the grades and qualities of Product specified in Exhibit B .

 

16


Article 9 [Intentionally Omitted]

 

Article 10 Additional Covenants.

Section 10.1 Required Permits . During the Term, unless the Company has agreed to maintain such for the benefit of the Operator, the Operator shall, at its sole cost and expense (directly or through one of its or the Company’s Affiliates), obtain, apply for, maintain, monitor, renew, and modify, as appropriate, any license, authorization, certification, filing, recording, permit, waiver, exception, variance, franchise, order or other approval with or of any Governmental Authority pertaining or relating to the operation of the Terminal (the “ Required Permits ”) as currently operated; provided , however , that if any Required Permits require the signature of, or any action by, the Company or the Company Designee, the Company shall reasonably cooperate with the Operator (at the Operator’s expense) so that the Operator may obtain and maintain such Required Permits. The Operator shall not do anything in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement that causes a termination or suspension of the Required Permits.

Section 10.2 Additional Operator Covenants . The Operator hereby:

(a) (i) confirms that it will post at the Terminal such reasonable placards as the Company or the Company Designee, as applicable, requests stating that the Company or the Company Designee is the owner of specific Products held at the Terminal; (ii) agrees that it will take all actions necessary to maintain such placards in place for the Term; and (iii) agrees to furnish documents reasonably acceptable to the Company, the Company Designee and their respective lenders and intermediators and to cooperate with the Company in ensuring and demonstrating that Product titled in the Company’s or the Company Designee’s name shall not be subject to any lien on the Terminal;

(b) acknowledges and agrees that the Company or the Company Designee may file a UCC-1 or other financing statement with respect to the Products handled or throughput at the Terminal, and the Operator shall cooperate with the Company in executing such financing statements as the Company or the Company Designee deems necessary or appropriate;

(c) agrees that, subject to Section 4.3 , no loss allowances shall be applied to the Products handled or throughput at the Terminal;

(d) agrees to maintain all necessary leases, easements, licenses and rights-of-way necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Terminal; and

(e) agrees that, in the event of any Product spill, leak or discharge or any other environmental pollution caused by or in connection with the use of the Terminal, the Operator shall promptly commence containment or clean-up operations as required by any Governmental Authorities or Applicable Law or as the Operator deems appropriate or necessary and shall notify or arrange to notify the Company or the Company Designee immediately of any such spill, leak or discharge and of any such operations.

 

17


The Company and the Company Designee shall take all reasonable steps to cooperate with the Operator in connection with the Operator’s performance of each of the covenants in this Section 10.2 , in each case, at the Operator’s sole expense.

Section 10.3 Additional Company Covenants . The Company hereby agrees:

(a) to replace or repair, at its own expense, any part of the Terminal that is destroyed or damaged through any negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Company Designee (acting in such capacity), or any of their agents or employees (acting in such capacity), or any Company Inspector; and

(b) to not make any alteration, additions or improvements to the Terminal or remove any part thereof, without the prior written consent of the Operator, such consent to be at the Operator’s sole discretion.

Section 10.4 Existing Obligations . The execution of this Agreement by the Parties does not reduce any existing obligations of such Parties and does not confer any additional obligation or responsibility on the Company in connection with: (a) any existing or future environmental condition at the Terminal, including, the presence of a regulated or hazardous substance on or in environmental media at the Terminal (including the presence in surface water, groundwater, soils or subsurface strata, or air), including the subsequent migration of any such substance; (b) any Environmental Law; (c) the Required Permits; or (d) any requirements arising under or relating to any Applicable Law pertaining or relating to the ownership and operation of the Terminal.

Section 10.5 Records .

(a) Each Party shall (i) maintain the records required to be maintained by Applicable Law and shall make such records available to the other Party upon reasonable request and (ii) immediately notify the other Party of any violation or alleged violation of any Applicable Law relating to any Products throughput and handled under this Agreement and, upon request, shall provide to the other Party all evidence of environmental inspections or audits by any Governmental Authority with respect to such Products.

(b) All records or documents provided by any Party to any other Party shall, to the reasonable knowledge of the providing Party, accurately and completely reflect the facts about the activities and transactions to which they relate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Party shall be required to provide to the other Party any document that is determined by the disclosing Party’s legal counsel to be protected by an attorney-client privilege or attorney work product doctrine. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party if at any time such Party has reason to believe that any records or documents previously provided to the other Party are no longer accurate or complete.

 

Article 11 Representations.

Section 11.1 Representations of the Operator . The Operator represents and warrants to the Company that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Operator hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Operator, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Operator or any of its

 

18


properties or assets, the terms and provisions of the Operator’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Operator or any of its properties or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Operator has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Operator has the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement and to provide the services hereunder; (d) no further action on behalf of the Operator, or consents of any other party, are necessary for the provision of services hereunder; and (e) upon execution and delivery by the Operator, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Operator enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 11.2 Representations of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Operator that (a) this Agreement, the rights obtained and the duties and obligations assumed by the Company hereunder, and the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company, do not directly or indirectly violate any Applicable Law with respect to the Company or any of its property or assets, the terms and provisions of the Company’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its property or assets are bound or subject; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company has been authorized by all necessary action; (c) the Company has the full and complete authority and power to enter into this Agreement; and (d) upon execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement shall be a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

Article 12 Insurance.

The Operator, directly or through one of its or the Company’s Affiliates, shall procure and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term insurance in sufficient amounts and coverage to be in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice. Such policies shall be endorsed to name the Company and any Company Designee as a loss payee with respect to any of the Company’s or the Company Designee’s Products in the care, custody or control of the Operator.

 

Article 13 Force Majeure, Damage or Destruction.

Section 13.1 Force Majeure . In the event that a Party (the “ Force Majeure Party ”) is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by a Force Majeure event to perform its obligations under this Agreement, then such Party shall within a reasonable time after the occurrence of such event of Force Majeure deliver to the other Party written notice (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”) including full particulars of the Force Majeure event, and the obligations of the Parties, to the extent they are affected by the Force Majeure event, shall be suspended for the duration of any inability so caused; provided , however , that (a) prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Company shall be required to continue to make payments (i) for the Terminaling Service Fees for volumes actually throughput under this Agreement, (ii) for the Ancillary Services Fees, if any, for Ancillary Services performed, and (iii) for any Shortfall Payments unless, in the case of (iii), the Force Majeure event is an event that adversely affects the Operator’s ability to perform the

 

19


Services (including making the Minimum Throughput Capacity available to the Company), in which case Shortfall Payments shall not be paid to the extent of the Force Majeure event’s effect on the Operator’s ability to perform the Services and the Terminaling Service Fees shall only be paid as provided under (a)(i) above, and (b) from and after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Company shall be required to continue to make payments (x) for the Terminaling Service Fees for volumes actually throughput under this Agreement and (y) for the Ancillary Services Fees, if any, for the Ancillary Services actually performed under this Agreement. The Force Majeure Party shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that it believes in good faith such Force Majeure event shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). The Company shall be required to pay any amounts accrued and due under this Agreement at the time of the start of the Force Majeure event. The cause of the Force Majeure event shall so far as possible be remedied with all reasonable efforts, except that no Party shall be compelled to resolve any strikes, lockouts or other industrial or labor disputes other than as it shall determine to be in its best interests. Prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, any suspension of the obligations of the Parties under this Section 13.1 as a result of a Force Majeure event that adversely affects the Operator’s ability to perform the services it is required to perform under this Agreement shall extend the Term for the same period of time as such Force Majeure event continues (up to a maximum of one year) unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 13.2 .

Section 13.2 Termination due to Force Majeure . If the Force Majeure Party advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive months beyond the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, then at any time after the delivery of such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may deliver to the other Party a notice of termination (a “ Termination Notice ”), which Termination Notice shall become effective not earlier than twelve (12) months after the later to occur of (a) delivery of the Termination Notice and (b) the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided , however , that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure Period ends before the Termination Notice becomes effective, and, upon the cancellation of any Termination Notice, the Parties’ respective obligations hereunder shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, and the Term shall be extended by the same period of time as is required for the Parties to resume such obligations. After the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date and following delivery of a Termination Notice, the Operator may terminate this Agreement, to the extent affected by the Force Majeure event, upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company in order to enter into an agreement to provide any third-party the services provided to the Company under this Agreement; provided , however , that the Operator shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement for so long as the Company continues to make Shortfall Payments.

 

Article 14 Suspension of Refinery Operations.

Section 14.1 Suspension of Refinery Operations . From and after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, in the event that the Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend all or substantially all crude oil refining operations at the Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive months, the Company may provide written notice to the Operator of the Company’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time (but not prior to the second (2 nd )

 

20


anniversary of the Commencement Date) after the Company has notified the Operator of such suspension and, upon the expiration of the period of twelve (12) months (which may run concurrently with the twelve (12) month period described in the immediately preceding sentence) following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If the Company notifies the Operator more than two (2) months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period of its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered. During the Notice Period, the Company shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments and all payments per Section 3.6 and Section 3.10 with respect of Capital Expenditures hereunder. Subject to Section 14.1 and after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, during the Notice Period, the Operator may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company in order to enter into an agreement to provide any third-party the services provided to the Company under this Agreement.

Section 14.2 Notice of Suspension . If all or substantially all refining operations at the Refinery are suspended for any reason (including refinery turnaround operations and other scheduled maintenance), then the Company shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 14.1 . The Company shall provide at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice whenever practical of any suspension of operations at the Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance that affects or will affect the Services or the Ancillary Services; provided , however , that the Company shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, the Operator of any such suspension except to the extent the Operator has been materially damaged by such failure or delay.

 

Article 15 Right of First Refusal.

Section 15.1 Grant of ROFR . The Operator hereby grants to the Company a right of first refusal on any proposed Transfer (other than a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to an Affiliate of the Operator) of any ROFR Asset; provided , however , that the Parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article 15 shall prevent or restrict the Transfer of partnership interests, limited liability interests, equity or ownership interests or other securities of the Operator or create a right of first refusal as a result thereof; provided , further , that the Company may, without consent or approval from the Operator, assign its rights under this Article 15 to any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 15.2 Acknowledgement regarding Consents . The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of ROFR Assets pursuant to this Article 15 are subject to obtaining any and all required written consents of Governmental Authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of the ROFR Assets, as applicable; provided , however , that the Operator represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to the Company pursuant to this Article 15 with respect to any ROFR Asset.

 

21


Section 15.3 Procedures for Transfer of ROFR Asset .

(a) In the event the Operator proposes to Transfer any of the ROFR Assets (other than a grant of a security interest to a bona fide third-party lender or a Transfer to an Affiliate of the Operator) pursuant to a bona fide third-party offer (an “ Acquisition Proposal ”), then the Operator shall, prior to entering into any such Acquisition Proposal, first give notice in writing to the Company (a “ Disposition Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Acquisition Proposal. The Disposition Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for the Company to determine whether to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to the Acquisition Proposal, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include: the name and address of the prospective acquirer (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), the ROFR Assets subject to the Acquisition Proposal (the “ Sale Assets ”), the purchase price offered by such Proposed Transferee (the “ Offer Price ”), reasonable detail concerning any non-cash portion of the proposed consideration, if any, to allow the Company to reasonably determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration, the Operator’s estimate of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the Acquisition Proposal that are then known to the Operator. To the extent the Proposed Transferee’s offer consists of consideration other than cash (or in addition to cash), the Offer Price shall be deemed equal to the amount of any such cash plus the fair market value of such non-cash consideration. In the event the Company and the Operator are able to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration or if the consideration consists solely of cash, the Company will provide written notice of its decision regarding the exercise of its right of first refusal to purchase the Sale Assets (the “ ROFR Response ”) to the Operator within sixty (60) days of its receipt of the Disposition Notice (the “ First ROFR Acceptance Deadline ”). In the event the Company and the Operator are unable to agree on the fair market value of any non-cash consideration prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, the Company shall indicate its desire to determine the fair market value of such non-cash consideration pursuant to the procedures outlined in the remainder of this Section 15.3 in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline. If no ROFR Response is delivered by the Company prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset. In the event (i) the Company’s determination of the fair market value of any non-cash consideration described in the Disposition Notice is less than the fair market value of such consideration as determined by the Operator in the Disposition Notice and (ii) the Company and the Operator are unable to mutually agree upon the fair market value of such non-cash consideration within sixty (60) days after the Company notifies the Operator of its determination thereof, the Operator and the Company will engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm that is not currently engaged in business with either of the Parties to determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration. In the event the Parties are unable to agree upon an investment banking firm, each Party will select a nationally recognized investment banking firm, and the two investment banking firms so chosen will select a third investment banking firm to serve as the investment banking firm for purposes of this Article 15 . The investment banking firm will determine the fair market value of the non-cash consideration within thirty (30) days of its engagement and furnish the Company and the Operator its determination. The fees of the investment banking firm will be split equally between Parties. Once the investment banking firm has submitted its determination of the fair market value of the non-cash consideration, the Company will provide a ROFR Response to the Operator within thirty (30) days after the investment banking firm has submitted its determination (the “ Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline ” and together with the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline, the “ ROFR Acceptance

 

22


Deadlines ”). If no ROFR Response is delivered by the Company prior to the Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to such Sale Asset.

(b) If the Company elects in a ROFR Response delivered prior to the First ROFR Acceptance Deadline or Second ROFR Acceptance Deadline, as applicable, to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to a Sale Asset, within sixty (60) days of the delivery of the ROFR Response, such ROFR Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Operator and the Operator shall thereafter enter into a purchase and sale agreement with the Company providing for the consummation of the Acquisition Proposal upon the terms set forth in the ROFR Response. Unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Operator, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Company will agree to deliver the Offer Price in cash (unless the Company and the Operator agree that such consideration will be paid, in whole or in part, in equity securities of the Company or of an Affiliate of the Company, an interest-bearing promissory note or similar instrument, or any combination thereof);

(ii) the Operator will represent that it has valid fee or leasehold title, as applicable, to the Sale Asset that is sufficient to operate the Sale Assets in accordance with their historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable Sale Asset, plus any other such matters as the Company may approve (and if the Company desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the Sale Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by the Company);

(iii) the Operator will grant to the Company the right, exercisable at the Company’s risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFR Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Sale Asset as the Company may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections are neither destructive nor invasive and do not damage the Sale Asset or interfere with the activities of the Operator;

(iv) the Company will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Sale Asset under this Article 15 if the results of any searches under Section 15.3(b)(ii) or (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, unsatisfactory;

(v) the closing date for the purchase of the Sale Asset shall occur no later than one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt by the Operator of the ROFR Response pursuant to Section 15.3(a) ;

(vi) the Operator and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 15.3(b) , including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith;

 

23


(vii) except to the extent modified in the Acquisition Proposal, the sale of any Sale Assets shall be made on an “as is,” “where is” and “with all faults” basis, and the instruments conveying such Sale Assets shall contain appropriate disclaimers; and

(viii) neither the Operator nor the Company shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Sale Assets if any of the consents referred to in Section 15.2 has not been obtained.

(c) The Company and the Operator shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining all necessary governmental and other third-party approvals, waivers and consents required for the closing of the purchase and sale agreement described in Section 16.1(b) . Any such closing shall be delayed, to the extent required, until the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the expiration of any required waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act; provided , however , that such delay shall not exceed sixty (60) days following the one hundred eighty (180) days referred to in Section 15.3(b)(v) (the “ ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline ”) and, if governmental approvals and waiting periods shall not have been obtained or expired, as the case may be, by such ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline, then the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right of first refusal with respect to the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice and thereafter the Operator shall be free to consummate the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee, subject to Section 15.3(d)(ii) .

(d) If the Transfer to the Proposed Transferee (i) in the case of a Transfer other than a Transfer permitted under Section 15.3(c) , is not consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Proposal within the later of (A) one hundred eighty (180) days after the applicable ROFR Acceptance Deadline and (B) three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction of all governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, or (ii) in the case of a Transfer permitted under Section 15.3(c) , is not consummated within the later of (A) sixty (60) days after the ROFR Governmental Approval Deadline and (B) three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction of all governmental approval or filing requirements, if any, then in each case the Acquisition Proposal shall be deemed to lapse, and the Operator may not Transfer any of the Sale Assets described in the Disposition Notice without complying again with the provisions of this Article 15 if and to the extent then applicable.

 

Article 16 Shutdown or Idling of Refinery.

Section 16.1 Shutdown or Idling of Refinery . In the event of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown, the Operator shall have the right to purchase the assets identified in Exhibit D (the “ Designated Refinery Assets ”) at their fair market value at the time of sale in accordance with this Section 16.1 .

(a) A “ Permanent Refinery Shutdown ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the earlier of (i) the cessation of all or substantially all commercial operation of the Refinery with no current intent on the part of the Company to resume all or substantially all commercial operation thereof or (ii) a change to the Refinery’s current SIC code (i.e., 4610) applicable to crude oil refining. The Company shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Operator with at least sixty (60) days advance notice of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown.

 

24


(b) The Operator may at any time during the two-year period following notice of a Permanent Refinery Shutdown exercise its purchase option pursuant to this Article 16 (the “ Refinery Asset Purchase Option ”) by providing written notice (a “ Refinery Asset Option Notice ”) to the Company. Promptly upon receipt of such Refinery Asset Option Notice, the Company shall provide the Operator and its designees with access to such information regarding the Designated Refinery Assets as shall be reasonable and customary for the Operator to conduct diligence in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice on assets such as the Designated Refinery Assets. The Operator shall have a period of not less than ninety (90) days to evaluate such information.

(c) The Operator and the Company shall, for a period of thirty (30) days following completion of Operator’s diligence in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice, negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the terms for a purchase of the Designated Refinery Assets by the Operator; provided , however , that the Parties agree that: (i) the terms (including price) of any such purchase and sale will be on terms customary for the sale of assets of this nature and otherwise agreeable to both the Operator and the Company; (ii) the purchase price shall be paid at closing in cash; (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to make any representations as to the condition of the Designated Refinery Assets or any portion thereof; (iv) the Operator shall not be required to purchase the real property on which the Designated Refinery Assets are located (in which case the Operator shall be entitled to lease or be granted easements to all or a portion of such real property); (v) the Company shall convey all operating and maintenance records reasonably necessary for the operation of the Designated Refinery Assets; and (vi) the Company shall convey the Designated Refinery Assets free and clear of any charge, claim, covenant, equitable interest, equitable servitude, lien, option, pledge security interest, right of first refusal, or other restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute of ownership; provided , however , that the Company shall receive a reasonable easement with respect to the Designated Refinery Assets in order to access such Designated Refinery Assets in connection with the Company or its Affiliates potential refining operations.

(d) If the Operator and the Company are unable to agree on the terms (including price) for a sale of the Designated Refinery Assets, the Operator and the Company shall engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm to determine any terms (including price) as to which the Parties are unable to agree with respect to the sale of the Designated Refinery Assets. In the event the Parties are unable to agree upon an investment banking firm, each Party will select a nationally recognized investment banking firm, and the two investment banking firms so chosen will select a third investment banking firm to serve as the investment banking firm for purposes of this Section 16.1 . The investment banking firm shall: (i) base the terms of purchase and sale on those that are reasonable and customary for the sale of industrial assets such as the Designated Refinery Assets, subject to the provisions of this Section 16.1 ; (ii) determine the fair market value of the Designated Refinery Assets based on their then-current operations; and (iii) consider the age, condition, maintenance history, replacement cost, ongoing operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or fines in effect and other factors the investment banking firm considers relevant to fair market value.

(e) All fees of the investment banking firm incurred in connection with the Refinery Asset Purchase Option will be split equally between the Operator and the Company.

 

25


(f) Once the investment banking firm resolves all terms of the sale regarding the Refinery Asset Purchase Option that the Parties are unable to agree upon, the Operator will have the right, but not the obligation, for a period of ninety (90) days from the investment banking firm’s resolution (such period, the “ Refinery Asset Option Period ”) to purchase the Designated Refinery Assets on terms (including price) agreed to by the Parties (as supplemented by any terms determined by the investment banking firm). The Operator shall notify the Company, in writing delivered during the Refinery Asset Option Period, of its intention to purchase the Designated Refinery Assets. Failure to provide such notice within the Refinery Asset Option Period shall be deemed to constitute a decision by the Operator not to exercise its Refinery Asset Purchase Option.

(g) If the Operator notifies the Company in writing during the Refinery Asset Option Period of its intention to exercise its Refinery Asset Purchase Option, both Parties shall be obligated to enter into an agreement incorporating the terms (including price) either agreed to by the Parties or determined by the investment banking firm. If the Operator fails to execute and deliver such an agreement within sixty (60) days of expiration of the Refinery Asset Option Period, the Operator’s Refinery Asset Purchase Option shall be deemed to have lapsed.

 

Article 17 Event of Default: Remedies Upon Event of Default.

Section 17.1 Event of Default . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Article 26, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) any Party fails to make payment when due (i) under Article 3 within five (5) Business Days after a written demand therefor or (ii) under any other provision hereof within seven (7) Business Days;

(b) other than a default described in Sections 17.1(a) or 17.1(c) , if the Company or the Operator fails to perform any material obligation or covenant to the other under this Agreement, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of any other Party within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives written notice that such obligation or covenant has not been performed;

(c) any Party breaches any representation or warranty made by such Party hereunder, or such warranty or representation proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made; provided , however , that if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date that such Party receives notice that corrective action is needed;

(d) any Party files a petition or otherwise commences or authorizes the commencement of a proceeding or case under any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar law for the protection of creditors, or have any such petition filed or proceeding commenced against it and such proceeding is not dismissed for sixty (60) days; and

(e) the Operator sells or permits the creation of, or suffers to exist any security interest, lien, encumbrance, charge or other claim of any nature (other than Permitted Liens or liens or liens that existed with respect to such Product prior to the throughput by the Company or the Company Designee hereunder) with respect to any of the Products.

 

26


Section 17.2 Termination in the Event of Default . Except as set forth in Section 17.1(d) , without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, if an Event of Default with respect to the Company or the Operator (such defaulting Party, the “ Defaulting Party ”) has occurred and is continuing, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have the right, immediately and at any time(s) thereafter, to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Defaulting Party.

Section 17.3 Other Remedies . Without limiting any other rights or remedies hereunder, if an Event of Default occurs and the Company is the Non-Defaulting Party, the Company may, in its discretion, (a) withhold or suspend its obligations, including any of its delivery or payment obligations, under this Agreement, (b) reclaim and repossess any and all of its Products held at the Terminal or elsewhere on the Operator’s premises, and (c) otherwise arrange for the disposition of any of its Products in such manner as it elects.

Section 17.4 Set Off . If an Event of Default occurs, the Non-Defaulting Party may, without limitation on its rights under this Article 17 , set off amounts which the Defaulting Party owes to it against any amounts which it owes to the Defaulting Party (whether hereunder, under any other agreement or contract or otherwise and whether or not then due). Any net amount due hereunder shall be payable by the Party owing such amount within one (1) Business Day of termination.

Section 17.5 No Preclusion of Rights . The Non-Defaulting Party’s rights under this Section 17.5 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights which the Non-Defaulting Party may have (whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise), including any rights of recoupment, setoff, combination of accounts, as a secured party or under any other credit support. The Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold the Non-Defaulting Party harmless from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred in the exercise of any remedies hereunder.

 

Article 18 Indemnification.

Section 18.1 Indemnification by Operator . The Operator shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Company Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of (a) any breach by the Operator of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Operator made herein or in connection herewith proving to be false or misleading, (b) any failure by the Operator, its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (c) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Operator, its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights granted hereunder or the handling or transportation of any Products hereunder, except to the extent of the Company’s obligations under Section 18.2 below, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Company Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Operator’s liability to the Company Indemnitees

 

27


pursuant to this Section 18.1 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Company Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Company agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Company Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Company Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Operator of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Operator fully informed of the efforts of the Company Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 18.2 Indemnification by Company . The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Operator, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Operator Indemnitees ”) from and against any Liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of (a) any breach by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained herein or made in connection herewith or any representation or warranty of the Company made herein or in connection herewith proving to be false or misleading, (b) any personal injury incurred by any representative of the Company or the Company Designee (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector) while on the Operator’s property, (c) any failure by the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector), agents or contractors to comply with or observe any Applicable Law, or (d) injury, disease, or death of any Person or damage to or loss of any property, fine or penalty, any of which is caused by the Company, the Company Designee, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives (including any Supplier Inspector or Company Inspector), agents or contractors in the exercise of any of the rights granted hereunder or the refining or storage of any Products hereunder, except to the extent of the Operator’s obligations under Section 18.1 above, and except to the extent that such injury, disease, death, or damage to or loss of property, fine or penalty was caused by the gross or sole negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Operator Indemnitees, their Affiliates or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or contractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s liability to the Operator Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 18.2 shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Operator Indemnitees or any of their respective Affiliates from any third-party with respect to or on account of the damage or injury which is the subject of the indemnification claim. The Operator agrees that it shall, and shall cause the other Operator Indemnitees to, (i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue the collection of all insurance proceeds to which any of the Operator Indemnitees are entitled with respect to or on account of any such damage or injury, (ii) notify the Company of all potential claims against any third-party for any such insurance proceeds, and (iii) keep the Company fully informed of the efforts of the Operator Indemnitees in pursuing collection of such insurance proceeds.

Section 18.3 EXPRESS REMEDY . THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES ARE INTENDED TO BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST THE PARTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS AND SCOPE THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANY EXPRESS NEGLIGENCE RULE OR ANY SIMILAR DIRECTIVE THAT WOULD PROHIBIT OR OTHERWISE LIMIT INDEMNITIES BECAUSE OF THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR FAULT OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

28


Article 19 Limitation on Damages.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, punitive, special, incidental or exemplary damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “ Special Damages ”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided , however , that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect Special Damages in connection with any third-party claim or imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement; provided , further , that to the extent an indemnitor hereunder receives insurance proceeds with respect to Special Damages that would be indemnified hereunder if not for this Article 19 , such indemnitor shall be liable up to the amount of such insurance proceeds (net any deductible and premiums paid with respect thereto).

 

Article 20 Confidentiality.

Section 20.1 Obligations . Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain the other Party’s Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third-party (other than a Company Designee, provided the Company Designee has agreed to adhere to this Article 20 , or any Receiving Party Personnel) nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 20.1 . Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.

Section 20.2 Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 20.1 above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, including the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or is required to disclose pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange upon which the receiving Party or its parent entity is listed, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall reasonably cooperate with the disclosing Party (at the disclosing Party’s cost) in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.

Section 20.3 Return and Destruction of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures

 

29


and policies; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this Agreement, any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 20.3 , and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law for so long as such Confidential Information is retained.

Section 20.4 Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third-party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.

Section 20.5 Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Article 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.

 

Article 21 Choice of Law.

This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Subject to Article 26 , the Parties agree to the venue and jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware for the adjudication of all disputes arising out of this Agreement.

 

Article 22 Assignment.

Section 22.1 Assignment by the Company . Except as set forth in this Article 22 , the Company shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the Operator’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that (a) the Company may assign this Agreement without the Operator’s consent in connection with a sale by the Company of its inventory of Products, or all or substantially all of the Refinery, including by merger, equity sale, asset sale or otherwise, so long as the transferee: (1) agrees to assume all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by the Company in its reasonable judgment; and (b) the Company shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for itself or any of its Affiliates.

Section 22.2 Company Designee .

(a) Without the Operator’s consent, the Company shall be permitted to assign the Company’s rights to use, hold the Products in, and transport the Products through, the Terminal pursuant to this Agreement, to the Company Designee.

 

30


(b) The Company shall act as the Company Designee’s counterparty for all purposes of this Agreement, and the Operator shall be entitled to follow the Company’s instructions with respect to all of the Company Designee’s Products that are transported or handled by the Operator pursuant to this Agreement unless and until the Operator is notified by the Company Designee in writing that the Company is no longer authorized to act as the Company Designee’s counterparty, in which case the Operator shall thereafter follow the instructions of the Company Designee (or such other agent as the Company Designee may appoint) with respect to all the Company Designee’s Products that are transported or handled by the Operator pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall be responsible for all the Company Designee’s payments to the Operator hereunder; provided , however , that the Operator shall accept payment in connection with this Agreement directly from any Company Designee and apply such payments against amounts owed by the Company hereunder. All volumes throughput by the Company Designee will be taken into account in the determination of whether the Company has satisfied its Minimum Throughput Commitment. During any time that this Agreement is assigned to the Company Designee, all provisions of this Agreement, as amended or adjusted by this Article 22 , shall be in full force and effect with respect to the Company Designee and the Company Designee’s Products as if the Company Designee were Party hereto in place of the Company.

Section 22.3 Assignment by the Operator . The Operator shall not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that (a) subject to Article 15 hereof and Article VI of the Omnibus Agreement, the Operator may assign this Agreement without such consent in connection with a sale by the Operator of all or substantially all of the Terminal, including by merger, equity sale, asset sale or otherwise, so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of the Operator’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by the Operator in its reasonable judgment; and (iii) is not a competitor of the Company, as determined by the Company in good faith; and (b) the Operator shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Operator and its Affiliates.

Section 22.4 Terms of Assignment . Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio . A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 22.5 Change of Control . The Parties’ obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Change of Control; provided , however , that in the case of a Change of Control, the Company shall have the option to extend the Term as provided in Section 2.1 , without regard to the notice period provided in the fourth sentence of Section 2.1 .

 

Article 23 Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (a) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after

 

31


mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (c) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express or UPS, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (d) if by email, one (1) Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:

If to the Company:

PBF Holding Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

If to the Operator:

Delaware City Terminaling Company LLC,

c/o PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jim Fedena, Senior VP, Logistics

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: jim.fedena@pbfenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

PBF Logistics GP LLC

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Matt Lucey, Executive VP

Telecopy No: (973) 455-7500

Email: matt.lucey@pbfenergy.com

or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.

 

32


Article 24 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

Section 24.1 No Waivers . The failure of a Party hereunder to assert a right or enforce an obligation of the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or obligation. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of, or Event of Default under, this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach of that provision or as a waiver of any breach of another provision of, Event of Default or potential Event of Default under, this Agreement, whether of a like kind or different nature.

Section 24.2 Cumulative Remedies . Each and every right granted to the Parties under this Agreement or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and Applicable Law.

 

Article 25 Nature of Transaction and, Relationship of Parties.

Section 25.1 Independent Contractor . This Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership, association or joint venture among the Parties. It is understood that the Operator is an independent contractor with complete charge of its employees and agents in the performance of its duties hereunder, and nothing herein shall be construed to make the Operator, or any employee or agent of the Operator, an agent or employee of the Company.

Section 25.2 No Agency . No Party shall have the right or authority to negotiate, conclude or execute any contract or legal document with any third person in the name of the other Party; to assume, create, or incur any liability of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name of any of the other Party; or to otherwise act as the representative of the other Party, unless expressly authorized in writing by the other Party.

 

Article 26 Arbitration Provision.

Any and all Arbitrable Disputes (except to the extent injunctive relief is sought) shall be resolved through the use of binding arbitration using, in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000 or non-monetary relief, three arbitrators, and in the case of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, one arbitrator, in each case in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as supplemented to the extent necessary to determine any procedural appeal questions by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code). If there is any inconsistency between this Article 26 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules or the Federal Arbitration Act, the terms of this Article 26 will control the rights and obligations of the Parties. Arbitration must be initiated within the time limits set forth in this Agreement, or if no such limits apply, then within a reasonable time or the time period allowed by the applicable statute of limitations. Arbitration may be initiated by a Party (“ Claimant ”) serving written notice on the other Party (“ Respondent ”) that Claimant elects to refer the Arbitrable Dispute to binding arbitration. Claimant’s notice initiating binding arbitration must identify the arbitrator Claimant has appointed. Respondent shall respond to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Claimant’s notice, identifying the arbitrator Respondent has appointed. If Respondent fails for any reason to name an arbitrator within the 30-day period, Claimant shall petition the American Arbitration Association for appointment of an arbitrator for Respondent’s account. The two

 

33


arbitrators so chosen shall select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed, and, in the of an Arbitrable Dispute involving a dispute of an amount less than $1,000,000, such third arbitrator shall act as the sole arbitrator, and the sole role of the first two arbitrators shall be to appoint such third arbitrator. Claimant will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it, and Respondent will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it. The costs of petitioning for the appointment of an arbitrator, if any, shall be paid by Respondent. Claimant and Respondent will each pay one-half of the compensation and expenses of the third arbitrator. All arbitrators must (a) be neutral parties who have never been officers, directors or employees of the Operator, the Company or any of their Affiliates and (b) have not less than seven (7) years’ experience in the energy industry. The hearing will be conducted in the State of Delaware or the Philadelphia Metropolitan area and commence within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third arbitrator. The Company, the Operator and the arbitrators shall proceed diligently and in good faith in order that the award may be made as promptly as possible. Except as provided in the Federal Arbitration Act, the decision of the arbitrators will be binding on and non-appealable by the Parties hereto. The arbitrators shall have no right to grant or award Special Damages. Notwithstanding anything herein the contrary, the Company may not dispute any amounts with respect to an invoice delivered in accordance with Section 3.8 that the Company has not objected to within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt thereof. No Event of Default shall occur if the subject matter underlying such potential Event of Default is the subject matter of any dispute that is pending resolution or arbitration under this Article 26 until such time that such dispute is resolved in accordance with this Article 26 .

 

Article 27 General.

Section 27.1 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Section 27.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Operation and Management Services and Secondment Agreement and the Omnibus Agreement together constitute the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith. No promise, representation or inducement has been made by any of the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and none of the Parties shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

Section 27.3 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of each Party’s performance of any obligations under this Agreement.

Section 27.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party; provided , however , that upon written request from the

 

34


Company, this Agreement will be amended by the Parties to make any Company Designee or lender or intermediator of the Company or any Company Designee a third-party beneficiary hereof.

Section 27.5 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory Party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

Section 27.6 Survival . All audit rights, payment, confidentiality and indemnification obligations and obligations under this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

Section 27.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPERATOR:
DELAWARE CITY TERMINALING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE T O T HE R AIL T ERMINALING A GREEMENT


Exhibit A

Ancillary Services Fees

 

   

Service

  

Fee or Specification

1.   Metering    To be agreed upon, if applicable, during the Term.
2.   Laboratory tests or specific railcar sampling    To be agreed upon, if applicable, during the Term.
3.   Railcar Management    To be agreed upon, if applicable, during the Term.

If any additional ancillary services are requested by the Company in accordance with the Agreement, the Parties shall reasonably negotiate to determine the appropriate rates to be charged for such services.

E XHIBIT A

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Product

Product : Light Crude

Product Specifications :

API 30 – 45

H2S < 10 ppm in breathing zone

TVP < 11.1 psi

Pour Point < 0 degf

E XHIBIT B

 

B-1


Exhibit C

Nomination and Scheduling; Railcar Specifications

Nominations and Scheduling.

The Terminal is a shared-use facility and has limited capacity at any one time to take delivery of crude oil by railcars. Accordingly, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver crude oil on a ratable basis and to coordinate with the Operator the arrival of unit trains for unloading, and the Operator will require the other users to do the same. The Company will coordinate with the Operator and keep the Operator apprised of the arrival of unit trains delivering the Company’s crude oil to the Terminal. The Company will keep the Operator apprised of volumes of crude oil that the Company nominates for transportation and delivery to the Terminal by rail.

The Company will provide the Operator, by email or facsimile, or by other means mutually agreed by the Operator and the Company from time to time, no later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each calendar month throughout the Term, a good faith monthly nomination (a “ Nomination ”) of (i) the volume of crude oil that the Company projects it will deliver to the Terminal by rail during the following calendar month (to be delivered to the Terminal on a ratable basis throughout the month), (ii) the dates and times when the Company projects each unit train will arrive at the Terminal during the month (which must be on a ratable basis throughout such month), and the number and type of railcars of each unit train. All nominations for delivery of crude oil to the Terminal must be accompanied by a corresponding and reasonable tank availability schedule for prompt transfer of such crude oil into storage tanks.

The Company will provide to the Operator each Wednesday throughout the Term an updated forecast for the following week with respect to the Company’s then-current Nomination.

Railcar Specifications.

The following specifications reflect the Operator’s minimum railcar requirements, which are not intended to replace original manufacturer requirements or other basic industry regulations or specifications. Railcar variations that are outside of these specifications must be approved by the Operator in advance of arrival of the unit train and, if accepted by the Operator, may require the Operator to break the unit train at additional points at the Company’s sole cost and expense.

 

Design Item

 

Parameter I Requirement

Design Car Length- over coupler pulling faces- (ftlin)   59’-4”
Minimum Car Length- over coupler pulling faces- (ftlin) For all cars having the same AlB orientation  

59’-3” (this is an absolute dimension, tolerances

and coupling connection variances must be evaluated)

E XHIBIT C

 

C-1


Design Item

 

Parameter I Requirement

Maximum Car Length- over coupler pulling faces- (ftlin) For all cars having the same AlB orientation  

59’-6” (this is an absolute dimension, tolerances

and coupling connection variances must be evaluated)

Minimum Car Length- over coupler pulling faces- (ftlin) For cars having varied AlB orientations, with maximum crash box centerline to tank centerline offset of 24”  

59’-4” (this is an absolute dimension, tolerances

and coupling connection variances must be evaluated)

Maximum Car Length- over coupler pulling faces- (ftlin)

For cars having varied AlB orientation, with maximum crash box centerline to tank centerline offset of 24”

  59’-5 112” (this is an absolute dimension, tolerances and coupling connection variances must be evaluated

Maximum Crash Box Entry Centerline I Tank Centerline

Offset (in.)

  24”
Minimum Crash Box Entry Width (in)   21”
Maximum Car Height - Top of Rail to Top of Crash Box Handrail (ft)   17’ (17’ is limit for cars with crash box widths 7’; cars with crash box widths greater than 7’ should be evaluated for maximum allowable car height)
Bottom Connection (Cap Off I Empty Car) Height from Top of Rail (est.) (in)   16” Minimum
BOY Axis (empty car) Height from Top of Rail (in)   31” Minimum
Spring Travel - Loaded to Empty (in)   2” Maximum
BOY Size and Connection   4” Ball Valve- Salco Cam Lock Cap Required Must utilize either Type A or Type B. Type A.) part # TE4ITUFIA Type B.) part# TE4IUTF1A
BOY Internal Drain   No Riser Pipe, Full Drainage
Air Inlet Connection   1” Minimum Connection, use Salco Cam Lock Cap part# K201UMPIA. Use full port valve. Do not use a l-in riser with 2-in adapter.
Required Air Inlet Capacity  

Estimated at 900 cfrn (air) minimum with 1 psi

differential (a) atmospheric pressure

Pressure Safety Relief Device and Capacity   Required, Sized Per Standard Industry Methods
Pressure Safety Relief Device- Set Pressure   Set at MA WP (Maximum of 165 psig)
Vacuum Relief Valve and Capacity   Required, estimated at 230 cfrn (air) with 4 psi differential @ atmospheric pressure
Outage / Strapping Table   Car specific gage table required per car

Rail Car Orientation.

All rail cars must be orientated in the same direction.

E XHIBIT C

 

C-2


Exhibit D

Designated Refinery Assets

 

  24” diameter crude oil line from six 10” flanges from double-loop terminal pump discharge lines block valves to tank 281-TF-200 (length of pipe is 12,900 ft.)

 

  Storage tank 281-TF-200

 

  18” diameter outlet from tank 281-TF-200 to pumps

 

  Pump 40-P-514 and 40-P-22A as a spare

 

  12” diameter P-20 transfer line (formerly the 509 line) from discharge of the pumps to Pier 2 and Pier 3

 

  Hoses at the piers from the transfer line to the barge.

 

  Marine vapor combustion Unit for Piers 2 and 3.

 

  Crude tanks 001-TF-200, 0026-TF-200, 005-TF-200, 006-TF-200 (alternative tanks, as mutually agreed), and associated tank mixing pumps and piping

 

  16” diameter dedicated crude unloading header (old no. 6 fuel oil line) to crude tanks named above

 

  16” no. 6 fuel oil line from the crude tank to the piers

 

  Natural gas supply line to the Marine Vapor Combustion Unit

E XHIBIT D

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.11

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is dated as of [            ] (this “ Agreement ”) and is by and among PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner” and together with the Partnership, the “ Companies ” and each a “ Company ”), and [ Name of director/officer ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS , the Companies believe that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons, they must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Companies;

WHEREAS , the Companies desire and have requested Indemnitee to serve as a [director] [officer] and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as a [director] [officer] and provide services to the Companies, each of the Companies is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided; and

WHEREAS , the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Companies and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Indemnification .

To the fullest extent permitted by the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware (the “LP Act” ), the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (the “ LLC Act ” and together with the LP Act, the “ Delaware Acts ”) and other applicable law:

(a) Each Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of either Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of either Company, or while serving as a director or officer of either Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of either Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity. The obligations of the Companies under this Agreement are joint and several obligations of each Company.


(b) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.

Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Acts, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as contemplated by Section 3(e), shall be paid by the Companies (without duplication) in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by the Companies of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Companies in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification: Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made hereunder, notify the Companies in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify any Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve such Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent such Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Companies a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Companies to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Companies are so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Companies shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Companies, the Companies will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Companies setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably

 

2


likely to be a conflict of interest or position between any of the Companies and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Companies will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Companies will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of either Company.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Acts, the Companies’ assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph (b) above will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Companies that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Companies under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following any Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If either Company determines that Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph (c) above, the Companies have acknowledged such entitlement, the Companies will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Companies are not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Companies’ determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the Delaware Acts.

(e) In the event that (i) the Companies determine in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Companies deny a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fail to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2, or (v) the Companies or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institute any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Companies to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Acts.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Companies shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Companies overcome such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

 

3


Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation .

(a) The Companies shall use reasonable best efforts to secure a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Companies, or while serving as a director or officer of the Companies, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Companies as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Companies would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Companies. If the Companies have such insurance in effect at the time the Companies receive from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Companies shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Companies shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) Subject to Section 9(b), in the event of any payment by the Companies under this Agreement, the Companies shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Companies to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Companies shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(c) Subject to Section 9(b), the Companies shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and ERISA excise taxes or penalties) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “ action, suit or proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

4


(b) The term “ by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Companies, or while serving as a director or officer of the Companies, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Companies as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out of pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Companies or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “ judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.

Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Companies shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement (provided however, that in the event that the organizational documents of any of the Companies (including the Partnership’s Agreement of Limited Partnership) provides greater indemnification coverage than is set forth in this Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement shall not be deemed to supersede the terms of such organizational documents, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of such organizational documents (including the Partnership’s Agreement of Limited Partnership) pursuant to this Agreement):

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Prior to a change of control, to indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, other than (i) an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement) and (ii) an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) that was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the General Partner, it being understood and agreed that such authorization or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed in connection with any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee in response to an action, suit or proceeding otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement.

(b) Action for Indemnification . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest

 

5


extent permitted by the Delaware Acts), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish their right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Companies’ obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) Section 16(b) Matters . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

(e) Prohibited by Law . To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions; No Adverse Settlement . The Companies shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Companies’ prior written consent. The Companies shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding. Neither the Companies nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its or his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided, that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. In no event shall the Indemnitee be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection. The Companies shall not seek, nor shall they agree to, consent to, support or agree not to contest any settlement or other resolution of any action, suit or proceeding, or settlement or other resolution of any other claim, action, proceeding, demand, investigation or other matter that has the actual or purported effect of extinguishing, limiting or impairing the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the entry of any bar order or other order, decree or stipulation, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 (the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act), or any similar foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law.

Section 8. Savings Clause . If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Companies shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is

 

6


threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Companies or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Companies, or while serving as a director or officer of the Companies, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Companies as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution/Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

(a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c), 6 or 7 hereof.

(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Companies at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Companies acknowledge and agree that the Companies shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Companies be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Companies hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Companies, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Companies and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 9(b), entitled to enforce this Section 9(b) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

7


(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Companies or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Companies or at the Companies’ request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Companies may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Companies pursuant to the Delaware Acts, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Companies or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 10. Change in Control .

(a) The Companies agree that if there is a change in control of the Partnership, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement, any other agreement or the Companies’ organizational documents now or hereafter in effect, the Companies shall seek legal advice only from outside counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Companies (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). In addition, upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 3(a), a determination, if required by the Delaware Acts, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by such outside counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors of the General Partner, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. The Companies agree to pay the reasonable fees of the outside counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

For purposes of this Section 10, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) A “change in control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following: (i) any person (as defined below) or “group” (within the meaning of this term as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (together with its or their Affiliates (as defined below)) (other than (1) PBF Energy Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined below), (2) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of PBF Energy Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (4) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the equityholders of the Partnership in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Partnership Units), is or becomes the “beneficial

 

8


owner”, directly or indirectly, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of Partnership Units representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Partnership Units; (ii)(x) the General Partner or any of its Affiliates ceases to be the general partner of the Partnership or (y) the general partner of the Partnership is no longer PBF Energy Inc. or any of its controlled Affiliates; (iii) a merger or consolidation of the Partnership with any person, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the Partnership Units outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into partnership units of the surviving or parent entity) more than 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Partnership Units or the partnership units of such surviving or parent entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation in which no person (together with its Affiliates) (other than (1) the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (2) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (4) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the equityholders of the Partnership in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Partnership Units,) acquired 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Partnership’s then outstanding securities; (iv) a complete liquidation of the Partnership or a sale or disposition by the Partnership of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s consolidated assets (or any transaction having a similar effect), in each case in one or more transactions; or (v) a “change in control” shall be deemed to occur under (and as defined in) any similar indemnification agreement of PBF Energy Inc. as then in effect.

For purposes of this Section 10(b)(i) and elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that person shall exclude (i) the Companies, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Partnership, and (iii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the unitholders of the Partnership in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Partnership.

(C) “beneficial owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that beneficial owner shall exclude any person otherwise becoming a beneficial owner by reason of the unitholders of the Partnership approving a merger of the Partnership with another entity.

(D) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

(E) “Subsidiaries” shall mean, with respect to any person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that person or one or more of the other

 

9


Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person or one or more Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a person or persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such person or persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

(F) “Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a person.

(G) “Partnership Units” means limited partnership units of the Partnership.

Section 11. Form and Delivery of Communications . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Partnership shall be directed to PBF Logistics LP, Attention: General Counsel, One Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054, email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com; facsimile: (973) 455-7562; confirmation number: (973) 455-7576. Notice to Indemnitee shall be given to the address set forth on the Indemnitee’s signature page hereto. Either party may change the address for notices by providing written notice to the other.

Section 12. Nonexclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of applicable law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, under the organizational documents of the Companies (or other organizational documents of any predecessor or parent of the Companies) other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Companies’ organizational documents or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 13. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director or in the employ of the Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Companies or of any other enterprise at the Companies’ request.

 

10


Section 14. Severability; Interpretation of Agreement . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the Delaware Acts. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with the Delaware Acts or any other applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

Section 15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 16. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Partnership without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 17. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, spouses, executors, administrators and personal and legal representatives. The Companies shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Indemnitor, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Companies would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 18. Service of Process and Venue . The Companies and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

11


Section 19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Companies of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 21. Specific Performance, Etc . The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Partnership, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

Section 22. Headings . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

12


This Indemnification Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date stated above.

 

PBF LOGISTICS LP
By:   PBF Logistics GP LLC,
  its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PBF LOGISTICS GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE :
Name:  

 

Address:  

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-195024 of our report dated April 3, 2014 relating to the balance sheet of PBF Logistics LP appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

April 22, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-195024 of our report dated April 3, 2014 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the combined financial statements being prepared from the separate records maintained by PBF Energy Inc. which may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have existed or results of operations if PBF MLP Predecessor had been operated as an unaffiliated company) relating to the combined financial statements of PBF MLP Predecessor appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

April 22, 2014

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Partnership with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ George Ogden

George Ogden

Date: April 11, 2014

Exhibit 23.6

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Partnership with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ David Roush

David Roush

Date: April 14, 2014

Exhibit 23.7

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of PBF Logistics GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of PBF Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Partnership with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Bruce Jones

Bruce Jones

Date: April 17, 2014